&EPA
         United States      Industrial Environmental Research  EPA-600/7-78-110a
         Environmental Protection  Laboratory          June 1978
         Agency        Research Triangle Park NC 27711
Electrostatic
Precipitator
Technology
Assessment:
Visits in Japan,
November 1977 -
Appendices

         Interagency
         Energy/Environmei
         R&D Program  Report

-------
                 RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES


Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and application of en-
vironmental technology. Elimination  of traditional  grouping was consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

    1. Environmental Health Effects Research

    2. Environmental Protection Technology

    3. Ecological Research

    4. Environmental Monitoring

    5. Socioeconomic Environmental  Studies

   6. Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports  (STAR)

    7. Interagency Energy-Environment Research and Development

   ft. "Special" Reports

    9. Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been assigned to the INTERAGENCY ENERGY-ENVIRONMENT
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT series. Reports in this series result from the
effort funded under  the 17-agency Federal  Energy/Environment Research and
Development Program. These studies relate to EPA's mission to protect the public
health and welfare from adverse effects of pollutants associated with energy sys-
tems. The goal of the Program is to assure the rapid development of domestic
energy supplies in an environmentally-compatible manner by providing the nec-
essary environmental data and control technology. Investigations include analy-
ses of the transport  of energy-related pollutants and their health and ecological
effects;  assessments of, and development of, control technologies for energy
systems; and integrated assessments  of a wide range of energy-related environ-
mental issues.



                       EPA REVIEW NOTICE
This report has been reviewed by the participating Federal Agencies, and approved
for pubiication. Approval does  not signify that the contents necessarily reflect
the views and policies of the Government, nor does mention of trade names or
commercial products constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.

This document is available to the public through the National Technical Informa-
tion Service, Springfield, Virginia 22161.

-------
                                   EPA-600/7-78-110a

                                            June 1978
       Electrostatic Precipitator
       Technology Assessment:
Visits in Japan,  November 1977
                Appendices
                       by

                   Grady B. Nichols

                Southern Research Institute
                2000 Ninth Avenue, South
                Birmingham, Alabama 35205
                 Contract No. 68-02-2610
                      W.A. 5
                Program Element No. EHE624
              EPA Project Officer: James H. Abbott

           Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
             Office of Energy, Minerals, and Industry
              Research Triangle Park, NC 27711
                     Prepared for

           U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
              Office of Research and Development
                 Washington, DC 20460

-------
                             ABSTRACT

This volume of the two-volume report consists of appendices representing
technical papers supplied to a team of U.S.  investigators during a parti-
culate control technology assessment visit to Japan.  The visit included
discussions with personnel from universities, industries, and major
installations involved with partlculate control, Significant research
activities were noted in both the academic and industrial sectors related
to partlculate  control and measurements.
The report proper, EPA-600/7-78-110, summarizes the results of the
individual discussions, observations during the tours, and discussions
of technical papers.
                                   ii

-------
                            CONTENTS
Appendix A — University of Tokyo                               1

     Initiation Condition and Mode of Back Discharge            2
       Masuda and Mi zvino

     Back Discharge Phenomena in Bias Controlled
     Pulse Charging System                                     37
       Masuda et al.

     Light Measurement of Back Discharge                       40
       Masuda and Mizuno

     Initiation Condition and Mode of Back Discharge
     for Extremely High Resistivity Powders                    63
       Masuda et al.

     Utility Limit and Mode  of Back Discharge in
     Bias-Controlled Pulse Charging System                     73
       Masuda et al.

     The Analysis of Electric Wind in Electrostatic
     Precipitator (by Laser  Doppler Velocimeter)               81
       Masuda et al.

     Fundamental Analysis of Electron Beam Gas
     Elimination                                               91
       Masuda et al.

     Motion of a Microcharge Particle Within
     Electrohydrodynamic Field                                100
       Masuda and Matsumoto


                                111

-------
CONTENTS  (continued)


Appendix A  (Continued)

     A Preliminary  Study of Re-entrainment in an
     Electrostatic  Precipitator                               108
       Bassett  et al.

     Recent Progress  in  Electrostatic Precipitation           123
       Masuda

     Flashover  Measurements of Back Discharge                 142
       Masuda and Mizuno

     Basic Studies  on Back Discharge Mode and
     Streamer Propagation                                     176
       Masuda and Mizuno

     Present Status of Electrostatic Precipitator Technology          179
       Masuda

Appendix B                                                     228

     IHI's New  Precipitation Techniques                       229
       Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.
       Tokyo, Japan

Appendix  C — Hitachi Ltd.                                    235

     High Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator
     for  Coal Fired Boiler                                    236
       Imanishi et  al.

     High Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator
     for  Coal Fired Boiler                                    270
       Oataki et al.

     Electric Field Distribution in Wide Plate
     Spacing Electrostatic Precipitator                       280
       Misaka et al.

     Elimination of SO2  and NO in a Corona Discharge Field    284
       Ootsuka  et al.

     Hitachi EP-SB Type Electrostatic Precipitator                  289

     Measurement of Suspended Particulates                        291
       Ootsuka et al.

     Hitachi Dust Collection Equipment and Systems                 294

     List of Hitachi Installations                                  320

                                iv

-------
CONTENTS (continued)


Appendix D — Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd.                  322

     Roof-Mounted Electrostatic Precipitator                   323
       Sumitomo Heavy Industries, Ltd., Oct.  1977

Appendix E — Nippon Steel-Kimitsu Works                       365

     (No papers)

Appendix F — Shinwa Trading and Engineering  Co.               366

     (No papers)

Appendix G — Isogo Power Station                              367

     (No papers)

Appendix H — Kyoto University                                 368

     Dynamics of Naturally Cooled Hot Gas Duct                 369
       Hotta et al.

     Particle Size Classification by Deposition Angle
     in a Gas Centrifuge at Reduced Pressure                   377
       Tanaka et al.

     Electrification of Gas—Solid Suspensions Flowing
     in Steel and Insulating-Coated Pipes                      383
       Masuda et al.

     Experiments on the Electrical Dislodging of a
     Dust Layer                                                393
       Makino et al.

     Comparison of Dust Cleaning Performance  of
     Collapse and Mechanical Shaking Types  of Fabric Filters   400
       linoya et al.

     On the Economically Optimal Design of  Bag Filter          408
       linoya et al.

     Performance of a Micro-Cyclone                            424
       linoya and Nakai

     International Seminar on Dust Collection                       432
       Concept of Research in Particle-Gas-Separation               434
         Lbffler

-------
CONTENTS (Continued)

Appendix H (Continued)

     International Seminar on Dust Collection (Continued)

        Current Research on Particle Removal at the
        Harvard Air Cleaning Laboratory                             452
          First

        Research Activities on Dust Collection                        453

        Directory of Foreign Attendants                              471

        Roster of Attendants, Japan                                  473

        Error  in Measurement  of Gas Flow Rate in
        Gas-Solids  Two-Phase  Flow by Use of a
        Horizontal  Diffuser                                       477
          Masuda et al.

        Dust Cleaning Dynamics in Reverse Collapse
        Type Bag Filter                                          483
          Makino et al.

        A  Method of Measuring Pressure Drop Parameters
        for Multi-Compartment Bag Filter—Mechanical
        Shaking Type and  Reverse Collapse Type                   490
          linoya et al.

        Performance of Fibrous Powder Bed Filter                 504
          linoya et al.

Appendix I -- University of Osaka                                   511

        Growth of Aerosol Particles by Condensation              512
          Yoshida et al.

        Stability of Fine Water Droplet Clouds                   518
          Kousaka et al.

        Behavior of Aerosols  Undergoing Brownian
        Coagulation,  Brownian Diffusion and Gravitational
        Settling in a Closed  Chamber                             552
          Ikuyama et al.

        A  New  Technique of Particle Size Analysis of
        Aerosols and Fine Powders Using an Ultramicroscope       560
          Yoshida et al.

        Turbulent Coagulation of Aerosols in a Pipe Flow         565
          Okuyama et al.


                                vi

-------
CONTENTS  (continued)


Appendix  I  (continued)

     Effects of Brownian Coagulation and Brownian
     Diffusion on Fine Particle Size Analysis by
     Sedimentation Method                                     59°
       Oku*ana et al.

     Constant Pressure Filtration of Power-Law
     Non-Newtonian Fluids (incomplete)                         598
       Shirato et al.

     Experimental Study of Thermophoresis of
     Aerosol Particles                                        599
       Kousaka et al.

     Turbulent Coagulation of Aerosols in a
     Stirred Tank                                             604
       Okuyama et al.

     The Effect of Neighbouring Fibers on the
     Single Fiber Inertia-Interception Efficiency
     of Aerosols                                              611
       End et al.

     Pressure Drop and Collection Efficiency
     of Irrigated Bag Filter                                  612
       Yoshida et al.

     Growth of Aerosol Particles by Steam Injection           618
       Yoshida et al.

     Effect of Brownian Coagulation and Brownian
     Diffusion on Gravitational Settling of
     Polydisperse Aerosols                                    634
       Yoshida et al.

     Change in Particle Size Distributions of
     Polydisperse Aerosols Undergoing Brownian
     Coagulation                                              641
       Yoshida et al.

     Application of Particle Enlargement by
     Condensation to Industrial Dust Collection               648
       Yoshida et al.

Appendix J — Mitsubishi Heavy Industries, Ltd.               677

     The Latest Dust Collecting Technique                     678
       Saito et al.

                               vli

-------
    APPENDIX A



UNIVERSITY OF TOKYO

-------
            INITIATION CONDITION AND MODE
                        OF
                   BACK DISCHARGE
Senlchl MASUDA, PhD.                  Department of Electrical  Engineering
                                      University of Tokyo
Aklra MIZUNO, MSc.                                   "
                                      7-3-1, Kongo,  Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo,
                                      Japan

-------
Summary
     Modes of back discharge occurring in the electrostatic precipitator
were studied using, instead of a dust layer,  the model  samples of glass
and mica plates with a pin-hole, and tissue papers.   It was confirmed
that back discharge started to occur when the apparent field strength
in the sample layers exceeded its breakdown field strength.  Back discharge
became to be a streamer corona under atmospheric condition.  It could be
classified into space streamer mode, surface streamerjnode and mixed_
streamer mode, depending upon the field distribution around the breakdown
point in the sample layers.  The first and the third modes occurred when
the field strength in the air gap, Ea, exceeded about 5 kV/cm, and positive
ions were generated in the whole gas space.  The second mode appeared when
Ea was lower than about 5 kV/cm, and ion generation was limited to the
near surface region.  Among the factors affective on the back discharge,
the dust resistivity was the most essential.   For low dust resistivity,
space streamers tended to develop from the breakdown points when the
applied voltage was raised.  For high dust resistivity, on the other
hand, the number of breakdown points increased and surface discharge was
pronounced.  Remarkable difference in modes was seen when using positive
corona.  Neither space streamer nor surface discharge occurred and the
flashover voltage was higher than that with negative corona.

-------
1.  Introduction
     Back discharge is one of the most difficult problems in electrostatic
precipitators impairing their performance in many industrial plants.   '
This is an abnormal kind of discharge which is triggered by breakdown in
a high resistivity dust layer deposited on the collecting electrode and
which lowers the flashover voltage, reducing particle charge and causing
a severe drop in collection efficiency.  The nature of back discharge
depends on many factors such as the electrical properties of the dust
layer and the chemical properties of the particles themselves, and its
form is very complicated.  Therefore more intensive and basic investigations
are required to solve the back discharge problem, and also to assess
precipitator performance, when back discharge occurs.
     Back discharge occurring when using negative corona can be classified
into two major discharge modes.  One is the streamer mode, occurring
with high gas density, the other the glow corona mode, occurring with
low gas density.
     Normally streamers, formed at the breakdown point on the layer,
proceed Into the gas space towards the discharge electrode or to the
accumulated charges on the dust surface, or In both directions, depending
upon the field distribution around the starting point.  It is appropriate
to classify the streamer mode into three sub-modes; space streamer mode,
surface streamer mode and mixed streamer mode.  The third one appears
In most of the practical cases.
     In this paper, an experimental study on the back discharge of streamer
mode carried out under atmospheric pressure and room temperature is
reported.  Studies on the back discharge of a glow corona mode will be
reported separately.

-------
 2.   Initiation condition and initial mode of back discharge
     At  first the  initiation condition and the initial mode of back
 discharge was studied  using a needle to plane electrode system, located
 inside a thermostat where humidity could also be controlled.  It was
 tested whether the initiation of back discharge was governed by the
 breakdown field  strength of a layer, Eds, measured separately using
-parallel plane electrodes.  In  order to change Eds of a sample, two
 glass  plates, each having a pinhole, were used on top of one another as
 the layer sample,  as  indicated  in  Fig.l.  By altering the position of
 one plate and thus changing the distance between the holes, the value
 of Eds could be  changed.   The  resistivity of  the glass plate, Pd, was
 6 x 1011 ohm-cm and the diameter of the pinhole was 0.5 mm.  The  thickness
 of one plate was 2.0 mm.   An  image intenslfier  tub£  (EMI,  type 9912) was
 used at its maximum gain (about 106)  to observe  a back discharge  glow
 at Its Initiation.  Current pulse was  observed  at the  same  time by a
 cathode ray oscilloscope with a band width  of 10 MHz.
      The breakdown field strength of the layer  In corona  field at the
 Initiation of back discharge, Eds', was estimated  as follows/
 Voltage-current density (V-J) curves with the layer for  various  values
 of Eds were measured, where J represents average current density at the
 measuring electrode.  They are shown by solid curves 1,  2 and  3  in Fig.2
 when  the electrode gap was 60 mm.  In the same figure, the air load V-J
 curve (without glass  plates) was plotted by a dotted line, the plane
 electrode being raised to the position of the surface when the glass
 plates  were present*  i.e. a gap of 56 mm.   The voltage across the glass
 plates,  &V,  is given by AV = V - V, where V and V are the electrode

-------
voltages corresponding to the same value of current density,  J, with and
without the glass plates, respectively.   With the increase  in applied
voltage from zero, a Trichel  pulse current appeared at the  measuring
electrode when corona started at the needle electrode.   With  the  voltage
further increased, repetition frequency  of the Trichel  pulse  current
increased and D.C. current component appeared as shown in Fig.3-a.  This
D.C. current component also increased when voltage was increased.   When
the point Ai (i = 1 - 3) (Fig.2) was reached, feeble but continuous glow
appeared at the pinhole (Fig.3-b-2), leading to a slight non-linear increase
in current.  Breakdown of the layer at the pinhole occurred at this point.
The current wave form at this point is shown in Fig.3-b-l.  We took this
point as the initiation point of back discharge.  From the  value  of
AV at this point, (AV)0, and the layer thickness, t, we get Eds'  =  (AV)0  /  t.
The values of Eds' thus obtained at the points AI - Aj in Fig.2 were
compared with those of Pd x Jo, where pd is the layer resistivity and
Jo the current density at the corresponding points.  A good agreement
could be seen between Eds' and pd x Jo as indicated in Table  1.   The
values of Eds measured using parallel plane electrodes are  also given.
The values of Eds' agreed well with these values.  This suggests  that
the breakdown of the layer occurred at a layer field strength nearly
equal to Eds measured by a parallel plane electrode system.  This continuous
glow mode of back discharge at its initial stage should be  considered as
a kind of glow discharge.  Hence this should be refered to as "onset-glow
mode".  It should be distinguished from the more intense "steady-glow mode"
                                                         (2)
appearing under the conditions to be reported separately.
     With the further increase in voltage, a very small surface streamers

-------
randomly appeared at the limited region around the upper edge  of the
pinhole (Fig.3-c-2) at point B1  (1  = 1  • 3)  1n F1g.2,  corresponding to
                    72                                             2
0 = 0.5 to 1.0 x 10   A/cm .  (The  expression  of current density 1n A/cm
lost Us sense here, since most of  the  current flew through the  pinhole
hereafter.)  F1g.3-c-l Indicates current pulse of this streamer, which
should be refered to as an "onset-streamer".   The Trlchel  pulse  current
was still observed to exist.  When  the  voltage was slightly raised above
points Bi, space streamers and large surface streamers occurred  from
the pinhole at point |Ci (1=1- 3) in Fig.2 (see F1g.3-d-2), accompanied
by large current pulses (Fig.3-d-l). A more Intense rise 1n current
occurred beyond these streamer starting voltages.  It should therefore
be noted that the criterion for occurence of the layer breakdown
should be clearly distinguished from that for occurence of streamers
which are the essential cause for rapid current Increase.   In  the field
measurements of V-J curves, only the initiation points of streamers
could be detected because of much higher signal to noise ratio expected.
    For glass plate with a pinhole  described above, the onset-glow appeared
at the layer breakdown voltage.  However, when a sufficiently high
resistivity layer, such as a mica plate with a pinhole (pd > 10    ohm-cm),
was used, a random breakdown occurred at first.  With a slight increase  in
voltage, it was followed by a repetitive breakdown, as Indicated in
F1g.3-e.  Then this was followed by a stable onset-glow.  Hence, the  layer
breakdown voltage, Vb, was different from the starting voltage of the
onset-glow, Vo, in this case.  The streamer discharge in gas space 1s
followed by a flashover occurring at a voltage much lower than that without
back discharge.  Thus  there are four major critical voltages for back

-------
discharge under atmospheric condition;   layer breakdown  voltage  Vb,
onset-glow starting voltage Vo, streamer starting voltage^st and  finally
flashover voltage Vs.  The random breakdown, onset-glow  and onset-streamer
constitute an initial stage of back discharge where the  current  rise
remains still comparatively low.   This  stage should be refered to  as
"onset-stage".

3.  Back discharge in streamer mode
    With the increase in voltage beyond the point  C1 in Fig.2,  streamers
are emitted either into gas space towards discharge electrode or along  the
surface of the layer, or in both directions.  Hence, back discharge in  this
mode should be refered to as "streamer  mode", more specifically space
streamer mode, surface streamer mode and mixed streamer  mode as  a  combination
of the former two.  When the voltage was further raised, space streamer
proceeded towards the discharge electrode and it bridged across  the
electrode gap until it finally turned into flashover.  It could  be expected
that the most essential factors deciding the respective  mode of  streamers
would be the strengths of tangential and vertical field  around the breakdown
point of the layer as well as corona current.  Thus, these effects were
studied separately.  The detailed mechanism of propagation for these  streamers
                                  (4)
will be discussed in another paper.

3.1  Effects of vertical field and current
    Along with the study of the effect of vertical field, Ea, that of the
corona current density, J, was also investigated.   These two factors,
Ea and J, are closely coupled to each other  in an actual precipitator,
                                      8

-------
while their magnitudes at back discharge initiation largely differ from
case to case, depending upon the dust layer resistivity as described in
section 3.3.  To investigate the effects of these two factors separately,
a grid electrode was inserted between the needle and plane electrodes as
shown in Fig.4.  A transient fluctuation in the grid electrode potential
was eliminated by using a condenser of 0.5 yF capacity connected paralled
to its H.V.source.  By the change in needle electrode voltage Va and
grid electrode potential Vg, vertical field strength Ea and current
density J could be varied independently.  The value of Ea was calculated
from the ratio Vg / (grid-to-plane spacing).  In these experiments two
glass plates each having a pinhole (0.5 mm in diameter) were used as
before.   The resistivity was 6 x 10   ohm-cm and the breakdown field
strength 20.7 kV/cm.  Fig.5 shows curves of current density 0 plotted
against voltage of needle electrode Va with the grid potential Vg being
kept constant.  The mode and current wave form of back discharge under
atmospheric condition were observed with the aids of an image intensifier
tube and a cathode ray oscilloscope.  From these observations and the
curves in Fig.5, the mode diagram of back discharge was depicted on
Ea-J domain as shown in Fig.6-a.  No back discharge occurred in region I
because of low current density.  When the current exceeded a certain value
at which the layer breakdown condition described before was fulfilled,
back discharge in the onset-glow mode occurred in region II (see Fig.3-b-2).
The further increase in current resulted in the onset-streamers occurring
around the edge of the pinhole in region III (see Fig.3-c-2).   It should
be noted that the critical current densities for the transitions between
regions I, II and III were nearly constant respectively independent of

-------
Ea, as is shown by the flat curves A and B.   The two regions II and III
should be refered to as "onset-stage" region,  With the further Increase
In current beyond the other critical curves C and D, back discharge 1n
the streamer modes (surface and mixed streamer modes) took place in region
IV and V.  The region IV, for lower value of Ea, 1s the surface streamer
region where the surface streamer mode was predominant and space streamers
were few (see F1g.6-b).  In this region current density J saturated at
curve E because of space charge limitation (see Fig.5), and no flashover
could be resulted between the grid and the plane electrodes.  Whereas In
region V, when Ea exceeded 5 kV/cm, both the surface and space streamers
occurred to form the mixed streamer mode (see F1g.7-b).  Again the critical
current density for the transition from the region III to IV and V was
nearly constant, except for a corner area G.  When J 1n the region V
exceeded curve F, the streamer turned Into a flashover.  The critical value
of the field strength between regions IV and V (curve H) was about 5 kV/cm
under the atmospheric pressure and room temperature, which had been taken
as a criterion for the occurence of streamer under these conditions.  It
should, however, be noted that the Initiation and growth of space and
surface streamers is'also governed by current density «3.

3.2  Effect of tangential field
    In the present case where the surface resistivity of the layer is
extremely high, the surface charge would be firmly bound to its original
position.  In this case the tangential field around the breakdown point
will become a function of the surface charge density on the layer, 00» at
the Instant ttf breakdown at which the potential of the breakdown point
                                        10

-------
becomes almost zero.  The value of o0 in turn is given  by  eEds  where  e  is
the dielectric constant of the layer.  If o0 is sufficiently  high,  the
breakdown of the point will directly trigger the surface streamer.  In  the
opposite case onset-glow appears prior to the occurence of surface  streamer,
so far as the vertical field strength in gas space is not  sufficiently  high
 for the space streamer to be triggered.  Such a high vertical  field
strength does not normally exist at the initiation of back discharge, unless
the layer resistivity is in the range of 5  x 10   to 10   ohm-cm as
discussed later.  Thus, the effect of o0 on back discharge in streamer  mode
was studied.  Two glass plates were used as before so that Eds  and, hence,
o0 could be changed.  Photographs of the back discharge for two values
of breakdown strength are shown in Fig.7.  When Eds was 13.8  kV/cm, a space
streamer was dominant proceeding to the discharge electrode (Fig.7-a).
When Eds was 33.8 kV/cm, the mixed streamer mode appeared  where a remarkable
surface streamer in the vicinity of the pinhole could be observed (Fig.7-b).
This was because the tangential field strength became larger  as o0  increased.
The surface discharge became especially dominant when the  value of  o0
                     -9     2
exceeded about 5 x 10   C/cm .

3.3  Effect of dust resistivity
    A tissue paper was used as a sample in  this experiment.   This was
                                                                   g
because its apparent resistivity p. could easily be changed from 10  to
  14
10   ohm-cm by adjusting the ambient humidity.  Thus the effect of  p  . on
the back discharge mode under normal temperature was studied.   Voltage-
                                                                     g
current density curves for different values of p^, ranging from 6 x 10
to 2 x 10   ohm-cm, are shown in Fig.8 where the electrode gap  was  kept
at 60 mm.  Photographs of the back discharge for three  different values
                                    11

-------
of pd are shown in Fig.9,  where the values  of  J were  1n  the  same order.
                                   g
    When the resistivity was 6 x 10  ohm-cm (curve  1  in  Fig.8), no back
                                                                           2
discharge occurred until flashover took place  at V  =  65  kV and J = 7.6 yA/cm .
For the case of needle to  plane electrode system and  experimental conditions
Investigated, the initiation condition of back discharge, Eds - Pd x Jo,
did not become to be fulfilled prior to the occurence of flashover when
Pd was lower than about  5  x 10   ohm-cm.  In other  words, the initiation
voltage of back discharge  was higher than the  flashover  voltage of the.
gap because of too low value of pd-  When the  value of pd slightly exceeded
this critical value, space streamers occurred  as soon as the layer broke
down, owing to the large voltage drop across the gas  space.  For instance,
when the resistivity was 0.9 x 10   ohm-cm  (curve 2), the streamer starting
voltage Vst was about 27 kV.  The number of breakdown points was less
and streamers proceeded into space towards  the discharge electrode, as
shown in Fig.9-a.  The occurence of space streamers lowered  the flashover
voltage Vs to a great extent.  It was observed that,  when pd was between
about 5 x 10   and 0.9 x 10   ohm-cm, excessive sparking tended to occur.
In this range of pd, Vst would be lowered with the  increase  in pd, so that
1t finally becomes lower than Vs as in the  case of  curve 2 in Fig.8.
A slight Increase in voltage beyond Vst would  cause flashover because
                                                     12
Vst remained still close to Vs.  For pd higher than 10   ohm-cm (curve
3 and 4), the back discharge streamers started to occur  at a much lower
voltage and current density.  There was a larger  interval between Vst and
Vs so that the excessive sparking disappeared. There were more breakdown
points with a general glow surrounding each point.   In this  case a surface
glow dominated and space streamers were few.  This  tendency  became
                                      12

-------
pronounced with the increase in prf (Fig.9-c).
    The different discharge modes were caused  by the  difference  in  the
ratio of the voltage drop across the dust layer to that across the  gas
space.  If the resistivity was high, the voltage drop across  the dust
layer was high even at a low current density on the initial stage of back
discharge, whereas the voltage drop across the gas space was  low.   As a
result, the development of a space streamer was suppressed, and  a surface
discharge occurred.  In this case many weak points broke down and the
current increased readily without excessive sparking.   However,  when
voltage was raised, the space streamer occurred also  in this  case,  taking
the form of a general glow bridging across the gap.  A more severe
increase in current occurred at this later stage.  It can  be  seen that
flashover occurred almost at the same voltage  inspite of a large difference
in p., once back discharge occurred.  This agrees well with the  results
of G.W. Penney,  ' i.e. the flashover voltage  of back discharge  was not
affected by the value of resistivity.  This flashover voltage was almost
half the value of that under non-back discharge condition.

3.4  Charging efficiency in different regions
    For negative corona, back discharge is a source of positive  ions
to produce a bipolar ion atmosphere in gas space.  The effect on particle
charging, however, is different depending on the mode of back discharge.
In the surface streamer mode, the ion source 1s considered to be surface-
like, but in the space or mixed streamer modes, ion generation  in space
may occur.  These were confirmed by measuring  particle charge using the
electrode system as shown in Fig.10.' ' This system enabled the  change
                                     13

-------
in back discharge mode by changing the field strength between grid and  plane
electrodes, Ea (see Fig.6).   A steel  ball, 3.0 mm in diameter, was dropped
between plane and grid electrodes and its saturation charge was measured
by a Faraday cage.  Distance between  plane and grid electrodes was 50 mm,
grid to discharge electrodes 30 mm, and a mica plate having many pinholes
was used as a layer.  Fig.11 is an example of the results obtained, showing
the saturation charge of a steel ball as a function of its position d from
the plane electrode.  The values indicated in the bracket represent the
theoretical saturation charge due to  monopolar ions, calculated from
Pauthenier's equation.  ' In the surface streamer region (curve 1), the
value of charge was about 90 X less than the theoretical value but the
sign of particle charge remained the same as that of the discharge electrode.
The value of charge decreased as the particle crossed nearer the plane
electrode.  This result indicates that the back discharge of this mode
can be considered as a surface-like ion source so that the density of
positive ions decreased into the space.  In the mixed streamer region where
space streamer was pronounced (curve 2), particle charge scattered largely
around its average value which was a  fairly high positive value and almost
the same regardless of position.  This result might indicate that positive
ions were generated abundantly inside the whole space and took dominant
role in particle charging.  The effect of streamer tip to collide with
a particle might also be a factor.  The curve 3 represents the transition
region between the foregoing two.  In this case particle charges were
also positive but as low as in the case of curve 1.
                                       14

-------
3.5  Back discharge with positive corona
    It was observed that the mode of back discharge with positive
corona at the needle was completely different, as shown 1n F1g.l2.
Tissue paper was used and the electrode gap was 60 mm.   Voltage-current
density curves are shown in Fig.13 for various values of pd-   In this
case breakdown points were distributed uniformly on the surface, no space
                                                              ,—  \._._
or surface streamers could be observed and the discharge mode Was only
glow mode Independent on resistivity.  The abnormal Increase 1n  current
was small and the flashover voltage when back discharge occurred was
approximately 1.5 times higher than that for back discharge with negative
corona at the needle.  The relationship between the flashover voltage of
back discharge, Vs, and gap distance d 1s shown 1n F1g.l4 for the positive
and negative coronas.  Vs of the positive corona was higher than that of
the negative corona for gap distance range of 1.0 to 10.0 cm.  The flashover
voltage of the positive corona under back discharge condition was also
higher than that without back discharge when the layer was removed (air
load).  The mechanism for this behavior is considered to be due to a stable
nature of negative glow corona at the breakdown point and to the positive
                                                                    (Q\
corona at the needle tip being converted to Mentistein's glow corona.1 '
The latter may be resulted by copious negative Ions fed to the needle
electrode, from which electrons would be shedded to form a continuous
and stable positive glow discharge at the needle tip.

-------
4.  Conclusions
    From the experimental  studies described above,  using the model  samples
of tissue papers, glass and mica plate,  the following results  on the effects
of apparent resistivity and breakdown field strength  on  back discharge were
obtained.
(1)  With the negative corona at the needle, the layer breakdown started
to occur when Eds = prf x J is fulfilled.   It was followed by the onset-
glow mode occurring with a slight increase in voltage.   A rapid increase
in current, however, occurred only when  the streamers started  to occur
at a critical voltage Vst.  Thus there are four major critical voltages
for back discharge under atmospheric condition;  layer breakdown voltage Vb,
onset-glow starting voltage Vo,  streamer starting voltage Vst  and flashover
voltage Vs.  For the case of electrode system investigated,  the initiation
condition of back discharge may  not be fulfilled prior to the  occurence
of flashover when p. does not exceed about 5 x 10  ohm-cm.  When p. is
in the range of 5 x 10   to 10   ohm-cm,  it becomes Vst  * Vs,  so that
                                        12
excessive sparking occurs.  When pd > 10    ohm-cm,  Vst becomes sufficiently
lower than Vs so that excessive  sparking  disappears,  but abnormal increase
in current occurs.
(2)  There are three sub-modes in the streamer mode;   space  streamer mode,
surface streamer mode and mixed  streamer  mode, depending upon  the field
distribution around the breakdown point  in the sample layers.  This in turn
is a function of p ., Eds,  Ea and J.   In  the space streamer mode, positive
ion generation in space occurs and particle aquires a fairly high positive
charge.  Whereas in the surface  streamer  mode, positive  ion  generation is
limited to the surface region and the sign of particle charge  is the same
                                      16

-------
as that of the needle electrode.   In most of the actual cases, however,
the mixed streamer mode appears.
(3)  With positive corona at the needle,  back discharge mode  is completely
different.  The flashover voltage is higher than that  under back discharge
condition with the negative corona.

Acknowledgements
    This research was sponsored by the Ministry of Education, Japan,
as its Special Research Project (I)  (Project No.011914).   The authors
are gratefully indebted for its support.   Thanks are also due to
Mr. Masao Kuroda for his help given to a  part of the experiments.

Nomenclature
p.  apparent dust resistivity
Eds breakdown field strength of the layer measured by  parallel plane electrodes
Eds'breakdown field strength of the layer in corona field
a0  surface charge density at the instant of breakdown
e   dielectric constant of the layer
Ea  vertical field strength in the gap
Va  discharge electrode voltage
Vg  grid electrode potential
Vb  layer breakdown voltage
Vo  onset-glow starting voltage
Vst  streamer starting voltage
Vs   flashover voltage
J    current density at the measuring electrode
Jo   current density at the initiation of back discharge
                                    17

-------
References
        •
1    S. Masuda, Recent Progress  1n Electrostatic Precipitation,
     Static Electrification  1975, Institute of Physics Conference
     Series, No.27, p.  154   (1975)
2    S. Masuda and A.  Mlzuno,  Flashover Measurements of Back Discharge,
     J. Electrostatics (to be  published)
3    S. Masuda, Reverse Ion1sat1on Phenomena In Electrostatic Predpltator,
     J.I.E.E. Japan.  35-102  (1960)  p. 1482
4    S. Masuda and A.  Mlzuno,  Light Measurement of Back Discharge,
     J. Electrostatics  (to  be published)
5    6.W.  Penney and S.E. Craig, Sparkover as Influenced by Surface
     Conditions 1n D.C.  Corona,  A,I.E.E. Trans,  pt.1, vol. 79, May 1960,
     pp.112-18.
6    M. Kuroda, 1975 Graduation  Thesis, Department of Electrical Engineering,
     University of Tokyo
7    H. Pauthenier, Moreau-Hanot, Rev. Gen. Elect., Tome XIV, No. 18
     p. 583  (1932)
8    L.B.  Loeb, Electrical Coronas, p.95  (1965) Univ. of California
     Press
                                      18

-------
Curve
1
2
3
Initiation
point
Al
A2
A3
AV (kV)
5.6
9.2
14.0
Jo (A/cm2)
2.5X10~8
4.1X10" 8
6.9X10"8
Eds'= AV/tj
(kV/cm)
14.0
23.0
35.0
/>dxj0|
(kV/cm)
15.0
24.6
41.4
Eds (kV/cm)
15.7
25.1
39.0
Table 1  Comparison of Eds,  Eds'  and
                       19

-------
      D.C.H.V.
     NEEDLE ELECTRODE
            PINHOLE
            TEST SAMPLE
             (DOUBLE  PLATES)
            PLANE ELECTRODE
            MEASURING ELECTRODE
Figure 1

-------
20  -
                                      GAP = 60 (mm)
                                 Eds » 15.7 (kV/cm)
                                 Eds =25.1  (kV/cm)
                              3: Eds = 39.0  (kV/cm)
                10         15      20
                        V  (  KV )

                   Figure 2
30
                          21

-------

                      rrrxr
 ->r~Kt>'rr*T**'~~*niryt*ir*mr-w~,- ,r -..  ™
._• ?r  ,2^^^^:
     '. cT COMp""E"jTT1>^3:J
                              i-o
TS^I            1S^^
L -^fc.A... .j^.yji^v-u^m^ic^M.-'
                                 0.7 x 10~8 A/cm2
  (a) Trichel pulse  (  12  kV, 2.0 x 10~8 A/cm  )
                                  2 x 10~8 A/cm2
       (1) Current

  (b)  Onset-glow  ( 16 kV, 4.0 x 10"8 A/cm2 )
                                                 (2) Photograph obtained

                                                     with  intensifier
                                  3 x  10~8 A/cm2
ONSET-STREAMER PULSE
       (1)  Current                                (2) Photograph  obtained

  (c) Onset-streamer   (18 kV, 1.1 x 10'7 A/cm2 )       w1th 1ntens1f1er


                            Figure 3a
                                         22

-------
                                 1.5 x 10
                                         -•'
                                       A/cm'
    (1)  Current



(d)  Streamer  ( 21  kV,  4.0  x  10"7 A/cm2 )
                (2) Photograph obtained


                   with 1ntens1f1er
 '  ''



^h^v.-^r •
   - -=-  -''- '   -*'•
3 x 10"8 A/cm2
(e)  Repetitive  breakdown   (10 kV, 4.0 x 10"8 A/on2 )


    (Mica  plate)
                             Figure 3b
                                  23

-------
               Va
               NEEDLE ELECTRODE
                      GRID ELECTRODE
                            Vg
PINHOLE
                  GLASS PLATES
R = 100
          mm
                            --     **
                  PLANE
                  ELECTRODE
            Figure 4 (modified)
                      24

-------
< in   -
  10
    -8
         10     15    20       30     40
                  Va  (kV)
                   Figure 5
                      25

-------
   10
      -5
                         FLASHOVER
   10
      -6
CM
 E
 u
      -7
   10
      -8
        0
                     v
                  MIXED
               H  STREAMER
                  REGION
       IV
    SURFACE
    STREAMER
    REGION
                   III  ONSET-STREAMER REGION
                X	X	x	X	X	j
                   II  ONSET-GLOW REGION
                   I  NO BACK DISCHARGE
216
  Ea (kV/cm)
8
10
                    Figure 6a
                            26

-------
                 Figure 6b                             .
Photograph of back discharge in the surface streamer region JJVJ
  (Ea : 4.0kV/cm, J : 5. 0 x 10-7 A/cm2)
                        27

-------
(a)   Eds   LOU
     Eds  = 13.8  (IcV/cm)
     V   = 30    (kV)
     1   = 29
(b)   Eds   HIGH
     Eds  = 33.8  (kV/cm)
     V   =40    (kV)
         = 23
                         Figure  7
                               28

-------
    10
u
   0,1
 0,01
                                                   FLASHOVER
                                                     65 (kV)
                                                    7.6 (/iA/cm2)
                                        = 6.0 x 10  (ohm-cm)
                                  2: /»d = 0.9 x lO^ohm-cm)
                                  3: /»d = 1,6 x 1012 (ohm-cm)
                                  4: /»d = 2.0 x 1013(ohm-cm)
                                                        I
10         15      20
       V   (  KV )

      Figure 8
                                                30    40
                                     29

-------
                                     (a) />d -  0.9  x 10
                                          J -  3.2
                                                      II
(ohm-cm)
OlA/cm2)
                                     (b) /»d • 1.6 x 10
                                          J = 5.5
                                                      12
(ohm-cm)
Figure 9
                                     (c) /»d - 2.0 x 10"
                                          J - 2.2
(ohm-cm)
                    30

-------
fi

p _



••
•
i
^
i
^
i
1
X
f
. •

JL
10 mm
T
d
f'





-oV9


1
a
j_JL
                                    )Va
                     30 mm-*
                F  D:   DISCHARGE  ELECTRODE
                       (SAW TOOTH ELECTRODE)
                   G:   GRID ELECTRODE
                   P:   PLANE  ELECTRODE
                   M:   MEASURING  ELECTRODE
                   T:   MICA PLATE WITH PINHOLES
                   B:   STEEL  BALL WITH 3.0 mm
                       IN DIAMETER
                   F:   FARADAY CAGE
Figure  10 (modified)
                        31

-------
    +10
     + 8
     + 6
 L
 o
P"

 X

 a
0
     - 2
     -1
        0
                      (2) MIXED STREAMER REGION
                          Ea * 6.0  (kV/cm)
                          J = 2.0 '•'—*'
                  (44.7 X)
                      	     (41.7%)	;C(43.4X)
              (3) TRANSITION REGION   Ea = 4.6 (kV/cm)
                                     J = 1.7
          I	r(5.4 56)
         (2.2 35)         IT——-^
           (1) SURFACE STREAMER REGION
               Ea = 3.6 (kV/cm)
                      .9  X)
                      J = 1.6 (AiA/cro)
          10
20
30
50
                    d  (mm)
                       Figure  11
                                32

-------
Figure 12
    33

-------
  10
CM

 <
 n.
 0,1
0,01
                  GAP = 60 (ran)
                  1: AIR LOAD
                            l
              2: Ai
              3: Al
                         10"  (ohm-cm)
                         1012  (ohm-cm)
                  4: Al = 1013  (ohm-cm)
                FLASHOVER
                                     I
         7      10        15    20
            V  (*kV)
                                              30
40   50
                       Figure 13
                              34

-------
    60 r
CO
tu
o
CO
    50
    40
    30
    20
    10
     0
      0
          50
ELECTRODE GAP  d (mm)
100
                  Figure 14
                            35

-------
Figure caption
Flg.l   Electrode system for studying back discharge
F1g.2   Voltage-current curves under back discharge condition  for
        different values of breakdown field strength
        (A pair of glass plates, each having a single plnhole; sample
        resistivity p^ « 6 x 10   ohm-cm)
Fig.3   Current wave forms and modes of back discharge
Fig.4   Electrode system for studying the effects of vertical  field and current
F1g.5   Voltage-current density curves for different values  of grid
        potential Vg  (ref. F1g.4)
Fig.6   Effect of tangential field and current density on mode of back discharge
        (a)  Mode diagram 1n field-current domain
        (b)  Photograph of back discharge in surface streamer  region (IV)
             (Ea = 4.0 kV/cm, J = 5.0 x 10~7 A/cm2)
F1g.7   Effect of tangential field on back discharge in the  mixed streamer mode
        (A pair of glass plates, each having a single pinhole.  Electrode
        gap = 50 mm)
F1g.8   Effect of dust resistivity pd on voltage-current density curves
        under back discharge condition when negative corona  is used
        (Tissue paper, 1.0 mm in thickness)
Fig.9   Effect of dust resistivity on back discharge mode
        (Tissue paper)
Fig.10  Electrode system for measuring particle charging
F1g.ll  Saturation charge v.s. position d for different back discharge modes
Fig.12  Back discharge under positive corona point
        (Tissue paper, V = +40 kV, 0 = 2.8 x 10"6 A/cm2, P£J  •  1013 ohm-cm)
Fig.13  Voltage-current density curves under back discharge  condition
        when positive corona is used
        (Tissue paper, 1.0 mm 1n thickness)
F1g.l4  Flashover voltage v.s. gap distance under back discharge condition
        with positive and negative coronas
        (Tissue paper, pd » 1.2 x 10   ohm-cm, 1.0 mm in thickness)
                                       36

-------
Proe.  4th Int.  Clean Air Congress
 Paper  No.  V-52   (May  1977, Tokyo)
                        BACK DISCHARGE PHENOMENA
        IN BIAS CONTROLLED PULSE CHARGING SYSTEM

         Ph6nomene de d&charge de Back dans le systfcme de chargement pr6ventif
                                        a pulsations controlees

                                           MASUDA.S.andDOI.I.
                              Department of Electrical Engineering. University of Tokyo
                                                Tokyo. Japan
                                        HATTORI, I. and SHIBUYA, A.
                              Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Company Limited
                                                Tokyo. Japan
   INTRODUCTION

     Recently an emphasis is given in the field of electrostatic
   precipitation to the solution  of  back discharge. As  is
   known, this phenomena occurs when  the apparent dust
   resistivity  of the  deposited  layer upon  the  collecting
   electrode exceeds about 5X10'° ohm-cm. When it occurs,
   many  troublesome  problems arise in  the precipitation
   process, such as an excessive sparking hindering the increase
   of voltage and the decrease in particle charge owing to the
   ions of opposite polarity emitted from  the back discharge
   points, hence reducing  largely the collecting performance.
     In principle,  a  technical  solution lies in  meeting the
   conditions  to avoid the occurrence of back discharge
   phenomena, such that the apparent field strength Ed inside
   the dust layer given as the product of current density id and
   its dust layer resistivity pa  does not exceed its breakdown
   strength £,),'>.
                      =id xpd
-------
                          THE FOURTH INTERNATIONAL  CLEAN AIR CONGRESS
 II.   SPECIALITIES  IN  BEHAVIOR  OF  BACK
      DISCHARGE
pulse height was lowest among them.
   The  start  and  mode  of visible back discharge  are
 governed  by sample  resistivity p,j, pulse width r, pulse
 repetition  frequency  f,  pulse  height  Vp, and  main dc
 voltage Vc. The effect of E and i are contained implicitly in
 these results. It is found that behaviors of back discharge in
 the pulse charging system is largely different from those
 under- a  conventional electrode system.  Hence, they are
 studied in detail.
2.1  Effect of Dust Resistivity

   Among the effects of various factors described above.
that of Pd  is the most essential.  In this pulse charging
system, the visible back discharge does not occur normally
unless Pd exceeds about 1013 ohm-cm, when Vc   10 Hz, duty cycle = 0.1. However,
even in this range, random back discharge  exceptionally
occurs very rarely.  It starts with  the appearance of an
unstable glow on the sample surface  from which space
streamers suddently develop and turn to a flashover. When
the frequency is high or pulse width large, the occurrence
of back discharge becomes more frequent, but the starting
condition  becomes more obscure. The situation  changes
completely  when  the  sample resistivity  exceeds  10''
ohm-cm. In this case, with the initiation of back discharge,
a very stable glow appears at first on the  sample surface.
With the increase in the dc voltage, a spot like glow points
a'ppear in  the sample layer, their  number  increases, and
finally,  streamers  occur  toward the discharge  electrode,
bridging across the electrode gap. But these streamers are
very hard fo  turn flashover in  contrast to those under
Pd<1013 ohm-cm. An interesting phenomena occurring in
the resistivity range higher than  10'3 ohm-cm is  that
streams jump from points to points over the  whole sample
surface. When  the sample resistivity exceeds 1014 ohm-cm,
a very noticeable phenomena starts to occur, such that back
discharge also appears on the third electrode if it is covered
by  the  layer. This back discharge appears  only when  the
field strength E  is sufficiently high so that breakdown of
the layer on the third electrode can take place owing to the
oncoming positive  ions from the counter electrode. Also in
the resistivity  range  beyond this order, if the main field
strength E is  sufficient enough, a  feeble  glow-like back
discharge becomes possible  to occur on the sample layer on
counter electrode, even  by the dark current, even without
supply of pulse current.
2.2  Effects of Pulse Width and its Repetition Frequency

   Pulse width and its repetition frequency have also an
appreciable effect on  the  initiation and  mode of back
discharge. Back  discharge becomes more active  with the
increase in pulse widths. The increase in pulse repetition
frequency and pulse height have also the same effect, and
these tendencies are observed in the whole range of sample
resistivity investigated. For larger  pulse widths or higher
repetition frequencies more streamers develop toward the
discharge electrode. These effects are most pronouncedly
observable  when pulse width  is raised, followed by the
increase in pulse repetition frequency, whereas the effect of
III.  CRITICAL   VOLTAGE   AND  CURRENT
     FOR BACK DISCHARGE INITIATION

   The visible back  discharge  starts, depending upon the
sample resistivity pd at a certain critical current density i
which, however, varies as the  function of the main field
strength E. The magnitude of i determines the charging
rate, whereas that of E governs  the particle saturation
charge  and Coulomb force. Hence, the utility limit of this
charging system is  to be judged from the critical values of i
and  E  at which  the  visible back  discharge  initiates.
Therefore the critical values of the main dc  voltage and
pulse current, Vcc  and lc, are measured for respective value
of pd, where the  values of T, f, and Vp are changed  as
parameters.
   As described already, back discharge occurs very rarely
when Pd<1013 ohm-cm. When the resistivity Pd is in the
order   of 10"   ohm-cm no  appreciable  difference  is
observed with the  change of these parameters. In the Figs.
2(a) and (b) are shown the relationship  between voltage
Vcc and lc forpd  = (1.13~1.80)X10!7 ohm-cm where f =
100 Hz, and  Vp = 10 and 25 kv. A critical voltage Vcc  as
high as 50—80  kv can be  attained for 20  cm spacing
between discharge and counter electrodes, and zero bias
voltage. It should be noted that the difference in the
magnitude of Vp  results in  a large  changes in  Vcc—Ic
characteristics. This change occurs only when f>100 Hz. In
general, the  increase in Pd results in a decrease in Vcc. So
        ( - U.U * l.M)iUU!k»
               	t • 1000

               	»0
                                   tfO.lt *• I.M)t»'*On
                               — i • 1000 M
                               	  Me  "
                               	MO  •
                               	  100  -
                               	  M  •
                               	  JO  •
                               	It  •
                                                              f - M
                                                              T - 10 B
                       M
                       »
                                   « • M l
                                   t - H
Fig. 2
  O
Relationship
current 1
                  between  critical voltage V^, and  critical
                                                      38

-------
                          THE FOURTH INTERNATIONAL CLEAN  AIR  CONGRESS
far as f<100 Hz, the characteristic of Fig. 2(a) remains
unchanged until Pd becomes about 10** ohm-cm, although
the magnitudes of e.ach  plot changes.  If Pd exceeds about
10'4 ohm-cm, back discharge becomes extremely easier to
occur,  and  the  drooping characteristics  always appears
independent of V  and  f, as  shown in Figs. 2(c) and (d).
The magnitudes of both  Vcc and Ic become extremely low.
   Generally the use of'  a narrow pulse width r and a low
pulse height Vp is preferable, because a high critical voltage
Vec is obtainable in this case. Under the conditions of this
experiment, the highest value  of Vcc is obtained when r is
reduced to its minimum  of 10—20 ps.  In this case Vce = 50
kv is obtainable even when pa is as high as 10'* ohm-cm.
   It can be concluded  that, with the use of the pulse
charging system,  back discharge  can  be  very  effectively
avoided when  a sufficiently narrow pulse width and low
pulse height are used.
IV.  RESULTS IN FIELD TEST

   The above results were confirmed in a pilot plant test
performed  at  the exit of  an electrostatic precipitator
located  at  an  iron ore sintering furnace. The pilot plant
consists of  a combination of a pulse charging zone identical
to that  shown in Fig. 1 and a  collecting zone out of the
electrostatic screen,  the  details of which were reported
elsewhere3). There were two stages of this combination in
series, and  the gas transit time through  a single charging
zone was about 0.4 sec. The dust consisted mainly of iron
oxide (Fe}O3) particles and  contained small amounts of
salts of  alkaline metals and alkaline earth metals, by several
percents in  total. The resistivity of the dust layer was very
high, in the range of 10'*-10M ohm-cm under operating
conditions. The particle size of dust was extremely small,
and more than 70 percents were in the range less than 1 /im
in diameter. This was because most of  the coaser particles
had  been  collected  in the preceding  conventional  pre-
cipitator. Instead of a pulse voltage a sinusoidal voltage was
applied  between the discharge and third electrodes, so that
its equivalent pulse width re was taken as a half period.
   Fig.  3 shows the relationship between the peak  voltage
Vp and the current I flowing into the counter electrodes of
one  charging zone, where the main dc voltage Vc between
the third and the counter electrodes was kept at 40 kv and
the frequency of the ac voltage was either 62.5 or 50 Hz.
The curves (I) and (2)  show the Vp-I characteristics when
the  thickness of  dust  layer  deposited on the  counter
electrodes  was large. The equivalent pulse width r, for
curve (1) is 10 ms, whereas that  for curve  (2) 1 ms. The
sharp rise  in curve (1) clearly shows the occurrence of a
severe back discharge. This could, however, be amended to
a great  extent by reducing the equivalent pulse width Te to
 1 ms as indicated by  curve  (2). The  curves (3) and (4)
indicate the characteristics when  the dust layer  thickness
was kept very small. These two curves show a remarkable
effect   of  decreasing the layer  thickness  as a  counter
measure to back discharge. The effect of decrease in pulse
width  can  also be  observed here.  The characteristics of
           (»
                         Mia dc velum ' *>
notation
O
•
A
A
l.(M>
1
1
' 10
10
((Hi)
»2.J
62.1
SO
JO
l*y«r
cMckniM
•Mil
Ur««
•Mil
!«»•
                                                                         "' V
                                                                           \J
                                                                               1 M
                          O) I  -IOM
                            \
 <» 1
L
      	—   PEAK VOLTAGE V^(KV)    	"
Fig. 3  Effect of  peak voltage V. and equivalent  pulse width
       re on current I

curve (4) is a normal one without back discharge.
   The collection performance of 65-80 percent could be
achieved, which  exceeded the required level for an after
collector to  be  installed. This performance  level corre-
sponds to a very satisfactory figure, if the extremely high
resistivity and small size of dust as well as the very short
treating time of  about  I  s in total within active zones be
taken into account.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

   Fellowship of the Fundac, ao de Amparo a Pesquisa do
Estado de Sao Paulo (FAPESP), Brazil, given to one of the
authors (loshiaki Doi) is highly appreciated.
REFERENCES

1)  Masuda, S., Mizuno, A. & Akutsu. K., "Initiation and
    Mode of Back Discharge," J.  Electrostatics (to be
    published).
2)  Luthi,  J.  E.,  Grundlagen  Zur  Elektrostatischen
    Abscheidung von hochohmigen Stauben, Dissertation
    ETH-Zurkh.No. 3924(1967).
3)  Masuda, S., Doi, I.. Aoyama, M. & Shibuya, A., "Bias-
    Controlled  Pulse  Charging System  for Electrostatic
    Precipitator," Staub-Reihalt.Lu/rM,1,19(1976).
                                                        39

-------
Reprinted from


 Journal of Electrostatics, 2 (1976/1977) 375—396
 & Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company, Amsterdam — Printed in The Netherlands

 (tteprinted with permission)
 LIGHT MEASUREMENT OF BACK DISCHARGE
 SENICHI MASUDA and AKIRA MIZUNO

 Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Tokyo, 7—3—1, Hongo, Bunkyo-Ku,
 Tokyo (Japan)

 (Received January 19, 1977; in revised form April 7,1977)
ELSEVIER SCIENTIFIC PUBLISHING COMPANY. AMSTERDAM
                                40

-------
Journal of Electrostatics, 2(1976/1977)375—396
© Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company, Amsterdam — Printed in The Netherlands
LIGHT MEASUREMENT OF BACK DISCHARGE
SENICHI MASUDA and AKIRA MIZUNO

Department of Electrical Engineering,  University of Tokyo, 7—3—1, Hongo, Bunkyo-Ku,
Tokyo (Japan)
(Received January 19, 1977; in revised form April 7, 1977)
Summary

   Light measurements of back discharge are made under negative d.c. high voltage and
negative pulse high voltage application, with the aid of a photomultiplier tube and an
image converter camera connected to an image intensifier. The light signal of back dis-
charge in the mixed streamer mode indicates that it consists of two parts, the primary
light wave rising very rapidly, and the secondary light wave rising more slowly. The
former proceeds into space while the latter proceeds along the layer surface. In the space
streamer mode, the primary light wave is dominant and the secondary light wave is very
weak. When a sufficiently high pulse voltage is applied under lower pressure, back dis-
charge is triggered by free electrons supplied from the needle electrode. As the pressure
is increased, an abrupt change in the triggering carriers occurs from electrons to negative ions.

1. Introduction

   Back discharge is a  phenomenon which impairs the collection performance
of electrostatic precipitators. It is an abnormal discharge starting from the
dust layer deposited on the collecting electrode and triggered by its break-
down. The authors studied the initiation condition  and mode  of back dis-
charge as well as its  flashover voltage, and clarified the effects of various
parameters affecting them, as reported separately [1,2]. Studies were further
made on the propagation of back discharge in the streamer mode and its
triggering process by the use of a light measurement technique. As reported
separately [3], particles are ejected at back discharge points from the layer,
so that, after a short transient period of time, pinholes are formed in the
layer. Hence, through these studies,  the precipitated layer was modelled by
the insulating discs having a 0.5 mm pinhole backed by a metal electrode.

2. Experimental apparatus

2.1 Electrode system
   A needle-to-plane electrode system is used with a gap d of 50 mm or 20
mm, as shown in Fig.  1. A glass plate, having resistivity Pd of 6 X 10n ohm.cm,
2.0-mm thickness, and a pinhole of 0.5-mm diameter, is located on the  plane
electrode as a test layer. This is to improve reproducibility of the phenomena.
                                       41

-------
      NEEDLE
      ELECTRODE
-D.C.H.V.
       o
       in
MIRROR  „
     PLANE
     ELECTRODE  I *
                            r  i
                           >•   i
                            ••-•J
           P.M
                                       P.M.: PHOTOMULTIPLICR TUBE
                                       CRO  : CATHODE RAY
                                             OSCILLOSCOPE
 (a)  MEASURING SYSTEM FOR STUDYING
      BACK DISCHARGE STREAMER PROPAGATION
  1
                -D.C.H.V.
   o
   in
   \
     E^^^gd

         DELAY  CABLE  4-  i
          DELAY
           UNIT
                 I.C.: IMAGE CONVERTOR
                       CAMERA
                 1.1.: IMAGE INTENSIFIER
                  S   : SMALL SPARK GAP
                                   TRIGGERING PULSE
  (b) TRIGGERING CIRCUIT FOR  IMAGE
      CONVERTOR CAMERA
Fig.l. Experimental apparatus.
                                                                 P.B.:  PULSE GENERATOR
                                      (c)  TRIGGERING CIRCUIT FOR IMAGE
                                      42

-------
A mica plate, having Pd greater than 1015 ohm.cm, 0.20-mm thickness, and
a pinhole of 0.5-mm diameter, is also used for the measurement with pulse
high voltage. As reported separately, difference in sample resistivity does
not affect the discharge in the gas space to be studied [2].  The plane elec-
trode consists of measuring and guard electrodes.

2.2 Photomultiplier measurements
  The light signal from a point inside the back discharge streamer is mea-
sured simultaneously with current. The light is f ocussed onto a slit in front
of a photomultiplier tube, using a concave mirror as shown in Fig. l(a). An
area of 0.5-mm square at the measured point can be resolved. The measured
point can be traversed by altering the position of the photomultiplier. The
output resistance of the photomultiplier tube and the resistance for current
waveform detection are 50 ohm, equal to the characteristic impedance of the
cable used, so that distortion in wave-form is avoided. The input resistance
of the dual beam oscilloscope (Tektronics 7844) is 50 ohm, and rise time of
the measuring circuit is about 2 ns.  The needle electrode is applied with a
negative d.c. high voltage in this measurement. The effect of surface resistiv-
ity of the sample is studied by locating the electrode system inside a thermostat
in which the humidity can also be controlled.

2.3 Streak photograph measurement
  Propagation of the back discharge streamer is also measured by a streak
photograph method using an image converter camera (John Hadland, Ima—
Con) combined with an image intensifier tube (EMI, type 9912) having a
maximum gain of 106. Fluctuation in the period between successive back dis-
charge pulses, especially  when d.c. high voltage is used, is very large (of the
order of 100 /LIS) compared to the duration of the phenomenon (shorter than
1 jus). Therefore, two different triggering circuits are used to synchronize
the image converter camera accurately to the start of the back discharge to
be observed. Figure 1 (b) shows the one which is used when d.c. high voltage
is applied to the needle electrode. The measuring electrode is connected to
one end of a delay cable, and its other end is grounded  through a small spark
gap. Then, the spark in the gap, caused by the increase  in voltage at the mea-
suring electrode, results in an earth potential appearing at the electrode after
a certain delay time, so that back discharge is triggered. This spark signal is
also fed to the image  converter camera so that it is completely synchronized
to the phenomenon. In this measurement, the electrode system is located in-
side the thermostat. Figure l(c) shows the second triggering circuit. A nega-
tive d.c. high voltage is applied so that a negative corona occurs at the needle
electrode and a faint onset-glow [1] occurs at the sample. Then, a single or
periodic negative pulse high voltage is applied superimposed to the negative
d.c. voltage. After a certain formation time, the back discharge is triggered.
The pulse signal is also fed to the image converter camera.  In order to study
the triggering mechanism in more detail, the measurement is performed under
                                      43

-------
vacuum, using a pulsed high voltage alone. The circuit shown in Fig.l(c) is
used also in this case, and the electrode system is located inside a vacuum
chamber.

3. Results obtained

3.1  Negative d.c. high voltage application
   Measurements are performed using a negative d.c. high voltage to be ap-
plied to the needle electrode, with the glass plate sample on the plane elec-
trode.

3.1.1 Mixed streamer mode
   The authors reported that back discharge in the form of surface streamer
becomes dominant when the sample surface has a charge density a0 higher
than about 5 X 10~9 C/cm2 at the instant of breakdown, and a sufficiently
high surface resistivity [1]. In the present experiment, the value of o0 =
of the sample used is about 5 X 10"9 C/cm2, where e is the dielectric con-
  100
       (1) Mixed Streamer Mode
         ( R, « 3.5 x 10U 11 )

      (If) Space Streamer node
         ( R, » 2.0 x 101' u )

      (1U) A1r Load
   13



-5

£1.0
B
3-



  0.1
  0  100200
   time (ns)

(a) z-AXIS
  0  100200
   time (ns)
(b) r-AXIS
            10     15   20
           VOLTAGE ( kV )
Fig.2. Voltage—current curves of back discharge for different modes. Sample: glass plate
with a pinhole.
Fig. 3. Change in light signal of back discharge in space (see Fig. l(a)).
                                    44

-------
 (a)  LIGHT SIGNAL AT  THE BREAKDOWN  POINT
     (z  =  0, r = 0) AND CURRENT WAVEFORM
     ( V = -28 kV,  I  =  13
            DISCHARGE  PULSE
(b) LIGHT SIGNAL AT  THE TIP OF  THE
    NEEDLE  ELECTRODE  (z =  48 mm)
Fig.4. Light and current waveform of back discharge in the mixed streamer mode.
                                  45

-------
 stant of the sample. When the surface resistivity Rt is set to 3.5 X 1014 ohm
 by reducing ambient humidity (R.H. = 20%, T = 40°C), both surface and
 space streamers occur to form the mixed streamer mode [1]. The following
 measurements are performed under these conditions of humidity, tempera-
 ture and atmospheric pressure inside the thermostat.
   A voltage—current characteristic in this case is shown by curve (i) in Fig.2.
 The light measurements described below are performed for the back discharge
 occurring when the applied voltage is —26 kV. The change in light signal in
 the normal direction z and in the tangential direction r are shown in Fig.3
 (see Fig. l(a)>. The light signal at the breakdown point (z = 0, r = 0) shows
 that the back discharge pulse in the mixed streamer mode consists of two
 parts. There is a "primary light wave" which rises very rapidly and lasts
 about 20 ns, followed by  a "secondary light wave" which rises more slowly
 and lasts about 200 ns. The former proceeds hi the 2-direction and the latter
 in the r-direction. The interval between the primary and secondary light
 waves, however, varies widely, depending upon the value of applied voltage
 and surface resistivity. It can be seen that the primary light wave advances
 towards the needle electrode with a speed of about 4 X 107 cm/s, while the
 secondary light wave propagates along the sample surface with a speed of
 about 2.5 X 107 cm/s. Figure 4(a) shows an example of the typical light and
 current  waveforms of back discharge in the mixed streamer mode. The
 primary light wave corresponds to the first rise in current waveforms, as indi-
 cated by P in Fig.4(a), having a small pulse height and a charge content of
 1—2 X 10~9 C/pulse, as described in Section 3.1.2. The secondary light wave
 corresponds to the second rise in current, as indicated by 8 in Fig.4(a) which
 has a much larger pulse height and a charge content of 2—4 X 10"* C/pulse.
 Table 1 shows the charge content per pulse in this mode for various applied
 voltages. The charge content per pulse remains almost the same even when
the applied voltage is changed, so that the change in current results from
the change in the average repetition frequency of the back discharge pulse.
   The light signal at the tip of the discharge electrode is shown in Fig.4 (b).
The first pulse, indicated by A, occurs at the same instant as that for a back
TABLE 1

Charge per single back discharge pulse (mixed streamer mode)

Voltage (kV)    Q(C)            Ta (ms)   /-Q/T,(A)   /measured (A)
16
18
22
25
28
2.0 X 10'1
2.0 X 10'*
2.8 X 10'8
3.0 X 10'*
2.8-3.6 X 10-»
60
34-36
12
6.5
3.2-3.5
0.34 X 10'*
0.6 X 10'*
2.4 X 10'«
4.6 X 10"
1.08 X 10"*
1.3 X 10"
2.5 X 10-
4.4 X 10-
8.0 X 10-
1.3 X 10-





Ta: average pulse repetition period
                                    46

-------
•o
1

0

*~ 17 mm —
                .L.
                 -
                              0     TOO     200     300
                                         time (ns)

     (a)  STREAK PHOTOGRAPH  OF PRIMARY  AND SECONDARY LIGHT WAVES
         (P:760 Torr,  V:-28 kV, 1:13 yA)  (see Fig.l-b)

         v/N
•
0
in
•o
1



0
" 45 mm ~"
0
                                     1
                                      time
    (b) BACK DISCHARGE TRIGGERED BY APPLYING PULSE  HIGH

        VOLTAGE IN  ADDITION  TO -D.C. VOLTAGE

        (P:410 Torr,  Vp:-10  kV ,  T :10  us,  D.C.:-15  kV)

        (see F1g.l-c)
Fig.5. Streak photograph of back discharge in the mixed streamer mode. N: needle elec-
trode, O: breakdown point, P: primary light wave, S: secondary light wave.


discharge pulse and has the same shape as the light signal shown in Fig.3 at
z * 48 mm when the time scale is magnified. The other pulses in Fig.4(b)
have an entirely different waveform  which corresponds to that of the Trichel
pulse.
   Streak photographs taken by  the method described in Section 2.3 are
shown in Fig. 5. Figure  5(a) is a side  view obtained by the method in Fig.l(b).
This photograph clearly shows the development of primary and secondary
                                    47

-------
 light waves. Figure 5(b) is also a side view obtained by the method in Fig.l(c)
 where pulsed high voltage is applied to the d.c. high voltage. In this case, the
 measurement is performed under P = 410 torr, because the triggering proves
 to be difficult under atmospheric pressure. Dry air is used inside a vacuum
 chamber so that the surface resistivity can be kept sufficiently high and the
 mixed streamer mode appears. These photographs indicate  that, once the
 onset-glow mode has turned into the streamer mode, the continuous glow
 disappears and the streamers are triggered each time by the layer breakdown.
 The reproducibility can be much improved by the method of Fig. 1 (c). As a
 result, it is  found that secondary light wave appears at the instant when the
 primary light wave nears the discharge electrode. It should also be pointed
 out that the pulse repetition period in the mixed streamer mode is about
 two orders of magnitude larger than that in the space streamer mode to be
 described later.

  3.1.2 Space streamer mode
  As reported separately, back discharge in the space streamer mode appears
 when the vertical field strength exceeds about 5 kV/cm and the value of o0
 = e£ds is comparatively small [1].  In this experiment, however, it is found
 that, as long as the surface resistivity R3 is low, the space streamer mode oc-
 curs even though the value of a0 exceeds about 5 X 10~9 C/cm2. The voltage-
 current characteristic in this case when Rs =  2 X 1011  ohm  is shown by
 curve (ii) in Fig.2 and the light signal from the  breakdown point, and current
 waveform,  are shown in Fig. 6 (a).
  In this mode, the secondary light emitting spot is very weak and occurs
 randomly so that it cannot clearly  be observed by the photomultiplier. The
 charge content per single current pulse is about 10"' C/pulse. The repetition
 period, however, is much smaller (50—300 jus) than that in  the mixed streamer
mode, and  hence the current is several times higher than that in the latter
 mode (see Fig.2). Figure 6(b) shows a streak photograph of back discharge
 in side view in the space streamer mode, which is taken under P = 410 torr.
 The light under atmospheric pressure is too weak to be seen even with the
 aid  of the image intensifier, unless  the applied d.c. high voltage is excessively
 high. This high d.c. voltage causes an instability in the streamer which results
 in random sparking. In addition, its repetition period under atmospheric
 pressure becomes larger than the time frame of the  streak camera. All these
 problems can be solved when the pressure is  lowered to the value used of
 410 torr. In this case, room air (R.H. = 76%, T = 20°C) is also used in the
 vacuum chamber so that a sufficiently low value of Rs is obtained. Three
 successive back discharge glows are seen in the  photograph. It should be
 noted that  glow at the needle electrode does not appear at the time when
 back discharge glow disappears. It can be seen on the sample side that the
 space streamers occur at first, followed by a  faint glow at the breakdown point
 which corresponds to the weak secondary light wave described above.
                                   48

-------
(a) LIGHT SIGNAL FROM  THE BREAKDOWN  POINT
    AND  CURRENT  WAVEFORM
    (P:  760 Torr, V: -22 kV,  I: 12 UA)
1
o
£



0
- 45 mm-

                      10
50     60
                                  20    30      40
                                    time  (us)

   (b) STREAK PHOTOGRAPH  FROM  SIDE VIEW

       (P:  410 Torr, V:  -10 kV)

Fig.6. Light and current pulse and streak photograph of back discharge in the space
•treamer mode.


  3.1.3  Flashover
  The flashover from back discharge in the streamer mode is studied by the
streak photograph method described in Fig.l(c), where pulsed high voltage
(Vp - —10 kV, TP = 1.0 ms) is applied to the d.c. high voltage of —15 kV.
Room air (R.H. = 76%, T =  20°C) is used inside th«- vacuum chamber as be-
fore. The light signal at the breakdown point and current waveform are
shown in Fig. 7(a). There are two stages, A and B, the former corresponding
to the back discharge pulses at  its initial stape, the latter to those at its final
                                 49

-------
              •PULSE  WIDTH: 1  ms
                             FLASHOVER

                                 URRENT
(a) LIGHT AND CURRENT  SIGNALS AT FLASHOVER
    (P: 410 Torr, Vp:  -10  kV, T  :  1  ms, D.C,
  -15 kV)
      N
1
i
0
•o
1





>- 45 mm -
                           10
   40
   50
                                     20     30
                                      time (us)
   (b)  BACK DISCHARGE TRIGGERED  BY  APPLYING PULSE HIGH VOLTAGE
         N

i
o





0
-45 mn —
                        10
4C
50
                                  20     30
                                   time (us)
   (c)  STREAK PHOTOGRAPH OF  FLASHOVER CAUSED DY BACK DISCHARGE
       FROM SIDE VIEW
Fig.7. Flaihover caused by back discharge (see Fig.l(c)).
                            50

-------
stage. The large and continuous light signal in stage A is due to a saturation
in the photomultiplier tube used. The streak photographs in stages A and B
are shown in Fig.7(b) and (c), respectively, where the light intensity in the
latter is reduced to one half of the former by an iris. When the pulsed voltage
is applied, the back discharge in the space streamer mode is triggered after a
certain formation time  of about 50—100 /-is. It should be noted that the first
streamer is highly luminous owing to the full voltage appearing between two
electrodes. This streamer disappears when the voltage stored in the capacitance
between the electrodes falls. The following streamers are much weaker because
the triggering of the streamers — the sample breakdown — could happen be-
fore the electrodes have been charged up to the source voltage. However,
during the course of repeated streamer discharge, the streamer channel could
be sufficiently heated up and localized to form a "leader" [4]. The leader
proceeds along the streamer channel towards the discharge electrode, and
finally turns into a flashover at point C, which should be taken as the high
voltage arc in this case.

3.2 Negative pulse high voltage application

  3.2.1  Streak photograph of back discharge
  Streak photographs of back discharge are taken when a periodic negative
pulsed high voltage having a square waveform is applied. The method de-
scribed in Fig. l(c) is used where the d.c. high voltage source is removed.
Figure 8(a)(i) indicates the waveform of the pulse voltage used, and Fig.
8(a) (ii) its initial part.  The pulse rise time is 0.5 /us, its height Vp is —25 kV,
and its width rp (10 /is) is much longer than the time-scale of the phenomena
observed. The electrode gap is  50 mm. A mica plate with a pinhole of 0.5-
mm diameter and 0.2-mm thickness is used as the test layer. Figures 8 (b)(i)
and (ii) indicate the results obtained where the time-scale is changed. A
corona glow appears at first at the needle electrode at least 500 ns after the
application of the pulse voltage. Hence, the needle is applied with the full
pulse voltage when the  corona glow occurs. This glow lasts for about 100 ns,
emitting electrons which will be attached to electro-negative gas molecules
to form a dense negative space charge around the needle tip. The negative
corona is thus quickly choked. After a delay time of 400-800 ns, the
primary light wave of back discharge starts to occur, triggered by the accu-
mulated negative charge on  the sample layer. This delay  time, which may be
the transit time of the carriers from the needle to the sample layer, is too
short to be explained by ion transit time, suggesting the  role of electrons
for triggering carriers in this case of pulse voltage application, as described
in the next section. The propagation speed of the primary light wave is
about 5 X 107  cm/s, and the secondary light wave appears again when the
primary light wave approaches the needle electrode. Once the primary light
wave reaches the needle electrode, a continuous second glow corona appears
at its tip. Figure 8 (b) (ii) shows the photograph taken with a much  lower

-------
    (i)
    (11)
   (a)  WAVE FORM OF APPLIED PULSE HIGH  VOLTAGE
(i)
           -
                       100   200  300  400   500
                                time (ns)

                     2    3
                   time (us)
   (b) STREAK  PHOTOGRAPHS OF BACK DISCHARGE l/ITH

       PULSE HIGH  VOLTAGE  (sec  Fig.l-c)

       (d: 50  rm,  P:  170 Torr, Vp:  -25 kV, i  :  10  us,

        f: 10  Hz,  nica  plate with a  pinhcle)

Fig.8. Back discharge with pulse high voltage application. P: primary light wave, S:
secondary light wave, R: return light wave.
                                52

-------
streak speed. The second glow appearing at the needle electrode moves
gradually towards the plane electrode with a speed of about 0.7 X 107 cm/s.
This glow should be referred to as the "return light wave" [5]. When the
voltage is further raised, both the secondary light wave and return light wave
proceed into space to form an intensive glow in the middle of the gap and
cause flashover as described later. The propagation velocity of the primary
light wave and the intensity of the secondary light wave vary with the change
in the pulse voltage as shown in Fig.9. The velocity of the primary Hght wave
is about 5 X  101 cm/s for V'p = - 25 kV, 3 X 10' cm/s for  Vp = -20 kV, and
2 X 107 cm/s for Vp = —15 kV. The velocity of the primary light wave, as
well as the intensity of the secondary light wave, increase as the voltage is
raised.  It should also bo noted that the secondary glow at the  needle tip dis-
appears when the voltage is lowered
(i)

Vp:  -25 kV
(ii)

Vp:  -20 kV
(iii)

Vp:  -15 kV
              I

                     0    100   200    300   400   500
                                 time (ns)

Fij.9. Streak photographs of back discharge with pulse. /': 160 torr, rp: 10 MS, /: 10 Hz,
sample: mica plate with a pinhole
                                      53

-------
        0   100  200   300  tine  (ni)
  (i)  P:  36C Torr
 .
      0     100   200   300  time  (ns)
  (ii) P: 410 Torr
 .
           100  200  300 tine  (ns!
 (lii) P: 510 Torr
 (a) STREAK PHOTOGRAPHS
                                                     i) P: 360 Torr
                                                    (ii) P:  •
(in)  P:
(b) LIGHT          NT SIGNALS
Fig.10. Change in trig^crin^ delay tim«- \'p: -20 kV, -p  lit MS, /  in H/, Dimple: mica
plate with a pinli
                                      54

-------
  3.2.2 Triggering delay of back discharge and triggering carriers
  There exists a triggering delay time r& from the first glow at the needle
electrode to the initiation of back discharge. During this delay time, carriers
are considered to migrate across the gap. Carriers are considered to be elec-
trons because of an extremely high velocity estimated from d/T&. This value,
estimated from Fig,8(b), is 0.6—1,2 X 107 cm/s, which is about three orders
of magnitude higher than that for negative ions [6]. The velocity of elec-
trons is given in [7] as a function of E/P. Taking the average field intensity
E - Vp/d, we get E/P • 31.0 V/cm.torr in this case, giving an approximate
value of electron velocity of about 1.2 X 107cm/s.
   In order to confirm the carriers to be electrons, the triggering delay time
is measured using streak photographs as well as oscillograms of the current
waveform, and  is compared with the carrier transit time measured separate-
ly. Figure 10 (a) shows the streak photographs obtained under different
pressures, where the electrode gap is 20 mm, and the mica plate with a pin-
hole is used. It is checked every time that the corona glow appears at the
needle tip after the pulse has reached its peak voltage. In this measurement,
room air (R.H.  • 61%, T » 17° C) is used inside the vacuum chamber as be-
fore. Figure 10(b) shows current waveforms and light signals from the whole
gap, measured under the same conditions but not simultaneously with the
streak photograph. The first rise in current corresponds to the glow at the
needle tip, while the second rise corresponds to the occurrence of back dis-
charge streamer. These waveforms enable more accurate evaluations of r&
which agree very well with those estimated from the streak photographs.
  The values of r-

g 100 ns


*

I


  10 ns
                     I   I   I   I
         310 360    460    560    660

           PRESSURE P (Torr)
Fig.ll. Triggering delay time and carrier transit time as a function of pressure.
                                     55

-------
           |-o  PULSE  GENERATOR
                           Q.C.  -2  kV
  H:  NEEDLE  ELECTRODE
  G:  GRID  ELCCTRODE
  P:  PLANE ELECTRODE
  CRO: CATHO&E RAY OSCILLOSCOPE
  (Vp: -22 kV. i  : 10 ws, f: 10 Hz)

  (a) MEASURING  SYSTEM
                                                 (ii)  P:  410 Torr
                                                   v;  v.
                                                  [NT SIGNALS
Fig. 12. Carrier transit time measurement.
                                      56

-------
as a function of pressure P. An abrupt increase in rd, more than two orders
of magnitude, occurs at P - 560 torr, and suggests a sudden decrease in
carrier mobility. The width of the pulse voltage is raised to 100 MS above
this pressure. It is expected that, with the decrease in gas mean-free-path, the
range of free electrons emitted from the needle tip is lowered, and finally
becomes shorter than the electrode gap at P > 510 torr. Above this critical
pressure, the mobility of ions produced by electron attachment may govern
the value of TJ.
   Figure 12(a) indicates the electrode system for measuring the carrier
transit time Tf. In order to suppress the disturbing effect of the displacement
current caused by the movement of carrier space-charge, a grid electrode
with 0.5-mm-square mesh is located near the plane electrode to cover its
whole surface. The distance between  the plane and the grid electrodes is
2.0 mm. The gap between the needle and the grid electrodes is 20 mm, equal
to that in Fig.10. A d.c. voltage of —2.0 kV is applied to the grid electrode
to drive the incoming carriers to the plane electrode and a capacitor with
4.0 pF capacitance is connected in parallel to eliminate the effect of tran-
sient fluctuation in grid potential. In  this measurement, the mica plate is re-
moved, and a pulse voltage with Vp = —22  kV, rp = 10 MS, f = 10 Hz, is ap-
plied to the needle electrode. The pulse voltage appearing between the
needle and grid electrodes is —20 kV, equal to that between the needle and
the plane electrodes in  Fig.10.
   Figure 12(b) shows the current signal obtained at the plane electrode under
different pressures. These signals should correspond to the arrival of the
carriers. Light signals from the needle electrode are  also indicated as the time
origin. The time elapsed from this origin to the peak of the current signal
may be taken as the carrier transit time, 7>. The values of rt obtained are
plotted against pressure P in Fig.ll. A fairly good coincidence can be seen
between r& and rt in the pressure range lower than 510 torr. At P =  610 torr,
a very large discrepancy appeared between TA and r^. It should, however, be
noted in Fig.l2(b) (iv)  that the peak value  of current in this case becomes
very small. This suggests that the number of incoming fast carriers becomes
too small to trigger the back discharge in the case of TA measurement. It is
expected that the second peak may appear in Fig.l2(b)(iv) at a much longer
time delay beyond the frame, corresponding to the ion transit time.
   Figure 13 indicates the values of djr^ for P < 510 torr and dfrt obtained
from Fig. 12, the approximate values of the carrier velocity, as functions of
E/P. The electron velocity taken from [7]  is also indicated. The very good
agreement between these values confirms that the fast carriers triggering back
discharge in the low pressure range are electrons. The pressure, above which
electrons cannot trigger back discharge, should be referred to as the  critical
pressure Pc. In this case, Pc is 510 torr. It should also be added that  free
electrons, smaller in number, also arrive at  the plane electrode in the pressure
range higher than Pc, although the triggering may be effected by ions in this
range.
                                     57

-------
   1,0
 i
       10            20              30

              E/P
 Fig. 13. Carrier velocity as a function of £/P.
   3.2.3  Back discharge in N2 and SF6 gases
   The results described so far clearly indicate the importance of electron
affinity of gas molecules encountered to determine the critical pressure Pc.
In addition, it is known that streamer propagation is also strongly affected
by the gas electron affinity. These effects are studied in more detail using
Nj having no electron affinity and SF6 gas with a very high electron affinity.
A streak photograph of back discharge in N2 gas, when the pulse voltage is
applied, is shown in Fig. 14 (a). In this case, the chamber is evacuated at first
to about 1 torr, and, thereafter, N3 gas (99.99%) is introduced up to P =
310 tonr. It is observed that the triggering delay in this case is 200 ns, much
higher than that for air, but still indicating the carriers to be electrons. A
faint glow continues to exist at the needle tip after the initial strong glow.
There exists a certain delay from the pinhole breakdown to the initiation of
the back discharge streamer, whereas no delay time exists between the prim-
ary and the secondary light waves in contrast to the case in air.
  The streak photograph of back discharge occurring in SF6  gas is shown
in Fig.14 (b). SF6 gas is introduced into the vacuum chamber in the same
way as in the case of N3 gas. Even at a low pressure of P - 160 torr, the
triggering delay amounts to 4 /us, much larger than the expected value for
electrons. It is expected that the critical pressure Pc lies at a much lower
value than 160 torr in this gas with a very strong electron affinity, The small
value of 4 /us triggering delay may be attributed to the increase in ion mobil-
                                58

-------
 N
              200   400    600    800  time  (ns)
   (a)  N2  gas
       (P:  360 Torr, Vp:  -20  kV, T  :  10  us)
        0      1      2
  (b)  SF6 gas
time  (us)
       (P:  160 Torr,  Vp:  -24 kV,  T  :  10 us)


Fig. 14. Back discharge with pulse under Na and SF,  gas. Sample: mica plate with a pin-
hole.
ity at the reduced pressure of P = 160 torr. It should be noted that the
streamer propagation into space is highly suppressed, and the secondary
light wave completely disappears.

  3.2.4 Flashover
  The streak photographs of flashover occurring in air and N2, when a single
pulse voltage is applied, are shown, respectively, in Fig.l5(a) and (b). There
is no remarkable difference in character of the two pictures, although the
former is blurred by a strong halation. After the glow at the needle tip, the
back discharge streamer is triggered from the pinhole. At  the instant the
streamer nears the tip, the  second streamers are launched from both  sides
to meet at the middle point and finally to turn into  a highly luminous chan-
nel of a flashover.
                                    59

-------
        0      1
 (a)  AIR
     (P: 310 Torr,  Vp:

  3      4      5
      time  (ps)

-20  kV,  T  :  10 us)
          0     10     20    30  time  (us)

(b)  N2 gas
     (P: 260 Torr,  Vp:  -25  kV,  T :  50 us)

Fig. 15 Flashover caused by back discharge with pulse. Sample: mica plate with a pinhole.
4. Conclusions

  The following conclusions are obtained from the light measurements of
back discharge:
  (1) Ir the mixed streamer mode occurring in air under atmospheric pres-
sure, the light signal consists of primary and secondary waves. The primary
light wave corresponds to a space streamer and the secondary light wave to
a surface streamer, each resulting in a different current pulse. The former
has a charge content of 1—2 X 10"9 C/pulse, while that of the latter is 2—4
X 10'8 C/pulse, both remaining almost constant, independent of applied
voltage. The period of successive back discharge pulses, however, becomes
smaller as  the voltage is raised. This mode of back discharge occurring under
atmospheric air is  considered to be triggered by negative ions supplied from
the discharge electrode.
  (2) In the space streamer  mode, the primary light wave is dominant, while
                                60

-------
the secondary light wave is extremely weak. The charge per single current
pulse is about 1—2 X 10~9 C/pulse. The pulse repetition frequency in this
mode,  however, is one or two orders of magnitude larger than that in the
mixed  streamer mode, so that total current in the former mode becomes
larger than that in the latter under equal applied voltage.
  (3) Flashover seems to be caused by the leader developing along the channel
left by the preceding streamers  when d.c. voltage is applied.
  (4) When a sufficiently high pulse voltage is applied under lower pressure,
back discharge is triggered by free electrons supplied from the needle elec-
trode. As the pressure is increased, an abrupt  change in the triggering car-
riers occurs from electrons to negative ions. The electron affinity of gas
molecules is a major factor in this process.

Acknowledgement

  This research was sponsored  by the Ministry of Education, Japan, as its
Special Research Project (I) (Project No. 011914). The authors are grate-
fully indebted for its support.

Nomenclature

d    electrode gap
£&  breakdown field strength of the layer
£    average field strength of the gap (Vp/d)
f    frequency of pulse
P    pressure
Pe    critical pressure for the change in the triggering carrier
R.H. relative humidity
R,   surface resistivity of the layer
T    temperature
Ta   average pulse repetition period
Vp   peak value of pulse voltage
e    dielectric constant of the layer
Pd   apparent resistivity of the layer
GO   surface charge density at the instant of layer breakdown
rd    triggering delay time
TP    width of pulse voltage
rt    carrier transit time
N    needle electrode
0    breakdown point
P    primary light wave
R    return light wave
S    secondary light wave

References

1 S. Masuda and A. Mizuno, Initiation condition and mode of back discharge,
  J. Electrostatics, to be published.
2 S. Masuda and A. Mizuno, Flashover measurements of back discharge, J. Electro-
  statics, to be published.
                                          61

-------
3 8. Masuda, A. Mizuno and K. Akutsu, Initiation condition and mode of back discharge
  for extremely high-resistivity powders, to be presented at the 1977 Annual Meeting of
  IEEE IAS, Los Angeles, October 1977.
4 I. Tsuneyasu, Observations of air breakdown in positive point to plane gaps under
  impulse voltage and its mechanisms, J. Inst. Electr. Eng. Jpn., 96B (1976) 63.
5 N. Ikuta, T. Ushita and Y. Ishiguro, Positive streamer corona and its propagation mech-
  anism, J. Inst. Electr. Eng. Jpn., 90 (1970) 1816.
6 E.W. McDaniel and M.R.C.  McDowell, Low-field mobilities of the negative ions in
  oxygen, sulfur hexafluoride, sulfur dioxide, and hydrogen chloride, Phys. Rev., 114
  (1959) 1028.
7 H. Ryzko, Drift velocity of electrons and ions in dry and humid air and in water
  vapour, Proc. Phys. Soc., 85 (1965) 1283.
                                     62

-------
            INITIATION CONDITION AND MODE OF BACK DISCHARGE FOR EXTREMELY HIGH RESISTIVITY POWQERS

                             Stnicht MASUDA, Aklra MIZUNO and Kenauke AXUTSU
                             Department of Electrical Engineering, University
                             of Tokyo, 7-3-1, Hongo, Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo, JAPAN
                     Summary

     Initiation condition of back discharge occurring
 la easa of extremely high resistivity powders, Includ-
 ing tht Cflco.  However, it was considered chat the
 Initiation condition might become entirely different
 because of the layer space charge when the pj- value
 becomes extremely high and exceeds the level of 10 14 -
 1015 Ocm.  The appearence of limiting thickness itself
 means that, in spite of a very high pd-value, the back
 discharge does not occur until a certain layer thick-
 ness is exceeded, suggesting th« thickness to be
 another factor.  The authors observed on the other
 hand that in case of very high o^-value the back
 discharge could be resulted even in the absence of lj
 supplied by ionic current, ^6^ which is to be described
 in the next section.  According to the authors' obser-
 vation, the mode of back discharge in this case was
 also somewhat different froa those In the case of
 electrostatic precipitation.  Hence, the initiation
 condition and moda of back di?cha'k;e ware studied for
 the case of extremely high reuiscivity powders. W
              2. PRILIHINALY OBSERVATIONS

      It  is  studied  at  first whether back discharge can
 taki  place  without  the aid of  ionic current when  tha
 Pj-value becomes extremely high.  Fig.l shows  tha
 experimental apparatus."' In  ordsr to rajaet  all tha
 possibility of  ionic currant to be supplied, two  sphere
 electrodes  with 14  cm  diameter are used inside a  shield-
 ing chamber (1m x IB » 1m).  The  total stray currant
 can ba kept below 0.1  •  0.3 nA under  the applied  volt-
'age of 50 kV.  Polyethylene powder with PJ « 1015 (1cm
 is negatively charged  by tribo-electrlficatlon and fed
 with  the aid of air flow from  a plastics nozzle onto
 the surface of the lower  electrode B,  where both elect-
 rodes are grounded.  After the powder supply is stopped,
 the electrode B is  connected to either a negative or  a
 positive high voltage  source.  When it is connected to
 a positive  H.V.source, the powder adheres to the  olect-
 rode  surface.  At a certain voltage,  back discharge is
 detected with an image intenslfier tube (EMI,  type 991"),.
 and it turns into a spark at +40  kV.  When a negative
 voltage  is  applied  to  the electrode B, all the powder
 violently jumps up  to  deposit  on  the  surface of the
 opposite electrode  A.  These phenomena can occur  after
 several  hours of powder  deposition, but completely
 disappear after 40  hours.
                           ..11
              ":*-?••; •'• •••.-.•^.   10
      Flg.l   Experimental Apparatus  (I)  for Prellalnary
             Observation

      Another experiment is  performed  to examine  these
phenomena in more detail, using the apparatus  shown
in Fig.2.  The powder, negatively charged by tribo-
electrification, Is  fed into a  space  between two para-
llel  electrodes applied with a  dc high  voltage.   The
powder Is separated  in the  afield to deposit on the
surfaces of  both electrodes.  This is because  a  irtaorlty
portion of the powder is charged positively, altho-ixh
the net powder charge is negative.  After several 10
seconds back discharge starts to occur  at the  upper
area  of the  positive electrode  at which the nxount of
deposition is maximum.  It  triggers a new back, disobar;;i
to occur at  the opposite area on the  negative  c lev ".roc!..,
owing to the copious ions supplied fron the initial
back  discharge point.  These back discharges pro1.:•,•.-!.a
gradually downwards on both electrodoi  towards t'-f
lower areas.  This phenomenon,  an •.•<*  "j_..,, disrharyu
propagation" by the authors, also occurs in (•'.'Aero-
static precipitators whsn the pj-valu*  axc
      It is observed that the lay»r chickens at  t'.:
initiation of back dischai-ce is much  larger in t'. • ,'.i > •
IAS 77 ANNUAL
                                                       63

-------
    Fig. 2
Experimental Apparatus (II)  for Preliminary
Observation
two cases compared with the usual case of powder
coating with ionic current supplied.
     These two experiments clearly indicate that back
discharge can take place without the aid of ionic
current when the pd-value exceeds the level of 1015 flea
and a sufficiently high external field Is applied in
a favourable direction.  This suggests the necessity
of formulating its initiation condition on a »ore
general basis.
3. THEORETICAL CONDITION OF BACK DISCHARGE INITIATION

     W« assume the continuous and uniform flows of
charged powder particles and ions coming from a gas
space perpendicular onto a grounded plane electrode to
form a uniform powder layer on It (Fig. 3).  The layer
thickness is growing with a constant rate b  (m/s).
We calculate die field distribution Inside the layer,
starting from the following fundamental equations in
one-dimensional case:
           POWER LAYER
                                        U
I

•— x — J
. • i
'.'•:'. ' •'.'
.1.
i
«!

illhlllll


'I'l'l'l'l
U
'REED PARTICU SOURCI
§
5
One-Dimensional Model of Powder Deposition
Process
   Fig. 3
1)    Continuity equation:

     -div Td - 3idx/3x - 3q
ii)   Polsson's equation:

      ^^d^d -
ill)  Ohm's law:
   -  -td9Edx/3x
                                                  (2)


                                                  (3)
            Edx/Bd
where q, - charge density inside the layer, ed - appa-
rent dielectric constant of the layer,  and l,jx and E^
arc the x-compor ents of current density Td and field
intensity ?d insi.de the layer respectively, taken
                                                          positive  to  the  left direction.
                                                               He take the following boundary conditions;
                                                          (I) Boundary between the layer and gas space:
                                                               a) Position of the boundary:
                                                                      X - bt
                                                                                      (m)
                                                                                                             (5)
                                                               b) Current density at the boundary:
                                                                  (outside the layer)
                                                                  1  « i.
                                                                   o    i
                                                                     • constant

                                                                  (inside the layer)

                                                                  i,,(X) - E. /p.
                                                                   dx       dx  d
                                                                                                 (A/m2)
                                                                                                 (A/m2)
                                                               c) Field intensity at the boundary:

                                                                  Edx ' Eext
                                                                           constant
                                                                                                 (V/m)
                                                                                                  (6)
                                                                                                  (7)
                                                 (8)
                                               (II)  Boundary between the layer and the plane electrode;
                                                    d) Potential at the boundary:
                                                       Ud(0) - 0
                                                                                                 (V)         (9)

                                                                             • ionic current density, 1  • parti-
                                               where t - time, it - ionic current density,  1  •
                                               cle current density, lo - total current density,
                                               q_ - charge of a single particle,  a - particle radius,
                                               t - packing ratio of the layer, E-xt - externally
                                               applied field, U
-------
     Fig.4  Field Dlstrlbuclon  inside  a Deposited
           Layer (general case;  XQ  -  Ld,  tQ - Td)

Pig.4 depicts the field distribution inside the layer
•t the instant t - Td, 2*d and  3rd respectively.   It
can be seen that the field distribution is an exponen-
tial function of time and depth,  propagating with a
velocity b In the x-direction.  The  maximum field
strength occurs at x - 0 (the boundary between the
layer and the plane electrode).   It  Is therefore
expected that back discharge may  start from this bound-
ary when this maximum field strength Emax  exceeds the
breakdown threshold value Eds.  Hence  the  general form
of initiation condition of back discharge  should be
    ' E
         ext
or
max "  ext
    *Eds
                <
                'xt

t- t
_^


t- ZT
—


«-*d
	

X
     Fig. 5
                                X • bt
         Field Distribution'inside a Deposited
         layer (low resistivity case - Case(I);
     Two different cases  may be of special interest.
 One Is the Case (I) where  the pd-value is comparatively
 low as In the case of electrostatic precipitation.
 the other is the Case(II)  where the p. -value is
 extremely high as In the  case of electrostatic powder
 coating.
                                                            Fig.6  Field Distribution Inside a Deposited
                                                                   Layer (high resistivity case - Case(II);
                                                       Case (I):  In this case, the value of Ld becomes very
                                                       small and conditions X. »Lj and to » Td are fulfilled,
                                                       so that Eq.(23) and (24) reduce to Eq. (1) where the
                                                       effect of layer thickness disappears.  The field distri-
                                                       bution In this case is shown in Fig. 5,  which indicates
                                                       the effects of the layer space charge and external
                                                       field to be negligibly small.
                                                       Case (II) :  In this case, the condition X0 « Ld and
                                                       t0 « TJ are fulfilled, so that we get from Eq.(23)
                                                       and (24)
                                                               E»a
                                                                       ext
                    E
     VLd • *o/Td
                                                                                                          (26)
                                                                     ' (tds - Eext>'
-------
 electrode and the ground.
      It Hhould finally be  pointer! out that Eq. (25) and
 (27)  alao suggest the back discharge to occur even
 without the supply of ionic current It when the layer
 thickness X beeooec sufficiently large.  It la expected
 that  the layer apace charge qo - lQ/b in thia case
 •ay be fairly low so that, unless the particle charge
 4p is kept sufficiently high, the adhesion of the layer
 •ay be lower.
      The field distribution in this case is depicted
 in Fig.6.   The higher the  total source current density
 10 compared with the powder deposition rate b. the
 steeper becomes the slops of the curves, this being
 I0/«db wh«n *o°d * Eexf
          4. EXPERIMENTAL VERIFICATION
     In the case of TJ » t0,  an experimental verifica-
tion of Eq. (23) and (24) are  made by comparing the
experimental value of £„._ froa Eq. (30)  at the Initia-
tion of back discharge with the value of Ej, measured
separately using parallel plane electrodea.   This
verification la made Intentionally for the extreme
case where the ionic current  ij. is kept  negligibly
rail! compared with the particle current i_ so that
we can asaume ig • i..  Pig. 7 shows the  experimental
apparatus which meets this requirement and allows an
independent control of Eaxc and i. (« i_).   The value
of t|Xt can be changed by the grid potential V., while
the value of 10 by changing the discharge electrode
voltage V* of powder gun as well as the  powder feeding
rate V.
record
    age  * o  power gun as we   as   e power  eeng
     V..  The value of /5°U0(O/ej}dt is measorsd by
    rding the capacitor voltage Vc, where
where C • capacity • 10"' V and S • surface area of the
measuring electrode.  The spoxy-resin powder,  having a
pj-value of 2 M 10™ Ocm and a specific dislectrie
conitant c( • 2.9 ia used,  The site of the powder
particle is la the range of 0.01 - 0.09 n.  The
experiment is conducted under a constant temperature
and relative humidity (20 C* and 40 I) .  for the powder
•ample ussd, we get i^ • 2 • 10 ' a, so that the condi-
tion for Case (XX) (14 » t0i !• iatlsfled.   The (tart
of back discharge ia detected by it* accompanying light
•aiiaion wins th« imags inteniifier tuba (SKI, type
9912)
                                     lucTwec
     El        ::
     Kg. 7
                     MIMR (CURATOR
                 Cl i COmiltOR
                 6  ! MMURINI CORDHHR
                 V  i VIIMTIM HID lUCTRMTn
                 «  . RieoniR
                 N  i MIRROR
                 II,   INK INTIRimiR TIM

            BlMtraititia Fewdor tepoiition Apparatui
            for IxpKlMatal  VHtfipatim  of lack
            DUeharge Initiation Condition
     The values of the capacitor voltage Vc and the
layer thickness X at the initiation of back discharge,
denoted by (Vc)0 and X<, respectively, are measured for
various values of 10, thereby changing the layer space
charge density qo.  From the value of (Vc)0 and Eext,
the value of EMX at the initiation of back discharge,
(Enax)0, is calculated using Eq.(30).  The measurement
of Xj, is made by cutting the layer and observing its
cross-section with a microscope.
     The relationship between (EBax)o *nd *o measured
in the wide renge of io - lO"10 - 10"8 A/cm2 and
powder feeding rate W. - 10 - 80 g/mln la plotted in
Fig.8,  The value of Eds measured by parallel plane
electrodes, denoted by Ejg", is also given, which
decreasss with layer thickness.  It can bs seen that.
In aplte of such a wide variation in qe made in this
experiment, the value of (Eg^o remains almost constant
in the thickness range between 0.3 and 1.0 mm investi-
gated, and further that its value agrees very well with
the value of E]7 at a small thickness of about 0.1 mm.
Thia supports the theoretical conclusion that back
discharge should initiate from the limited srea adjacont
to the plane electrode.
     The experiment in the smaller thickness range la
oaltted because of its difficulty.   Mien the ionic
current is mads negligibly small, no back discharge can
be reaulted with the powder sample used in the thickness
range lower than 0.2S mm.   If the Ionic current ie
supplied, a fairly large error cannot be avoided because
of by-pass current to flow directly to the plane elect-
rode at the start of powder deposition and the Uniting
time to to become very short.
     However, the results so far obtsinsd seem to
provide a sufficient support for the validity of the
theoretical initiation condition of back discharge
described in the prscsding section.
                                                                ISOk-
                                                                100
                                                             L«
                                                             1
                                                                              'dt
                                                                                      I
        o                  o.i

                 .  LAYER THICKNISi  I,  (««•)


   Fig.I  Ceapariion between  (Bflajf)e  *&*
                                                                                                        1.0
                                                       66
                                                                                                    IAJ 77 ANNUM

-------
               S.  HOPE OF BACK DISCHARGE

     The code of back dlscharage (or extreaely high
resistivity powders is observed using an electrostatic
powder deposition apparatus shown In Fig.7.   The
negative corona Is primarily used.   In order to observe
the light emission at th« boundary  between the plane
electrode and the powder layer, the measuring electrode
Is nade of a conductive glass plate as is  reported by
Ting and Hughes.(?) The Image Intenslfler  tube Is also
used with Its oaxleua gain of about 10*.

5.1 Back discharge at very low Ionic current

     Under the condition of negligibly small Ionic
current (lover than about 10"" A/ca2) as  described
before, the thickness of the layer  can grow sufficient-
ly large.  But, finally the back discharge takes place,
resulting In craters.  Flg.9-a show* a photograph of
light emissions during the course of powder deposition,
taken froa both the front and the back side at the
begglnlng stage, of back discharge (Image Intenslfler,
exposure tloe - 5.0 s) .  The layer  thickness at this
tlae is about 0.5 ca.  The back discharge  occurs at
discrete points, and fairly large craters  are produced.
The light emissions are pulslve and oove randomly
around the layer so far as the deposition  Is continued.
The Intensity of light ealsslon Is  stronger at the
boundary than on the surface.  This does not change
even If the positive corona is used.  Uhen the powder
feed Is stopped, the light ealsslon disappears.
However, when the grid voltage is sufficiently raised
to enable a spontaneous back discharge, or a sufficient
aaount of Ionic current is supplied froa an external
source, the light emission appears  again in a fora of
fixed and stable glows.  Flg.9-b shows the craters
appeared on the layer surface.
                                   •-.-£«•   ;v.••»-.-
                                             •  *-
                                             «A-V
                                               •   .
 (a) light emission
(b)  craters
     Fig.9  Back Discharge and Craters at Very Low
            Ionic Current (li • 10~12 A/cm*)
S.2 Back discharge at higher ionic current

     When a sufficiently large ionic current in suppli-
ed, back discharge can occur at a lower thickness, less
than 0.25 na,  but Its Intensity is so low that it can
hardly be detected visually.  When observed with the
luge Intenslfler tube, it can be seen that the back
discharge takes a fora of general glow, the whole
surface glowing uniformly and nc glow spot being
detected.  Flg.lO-a shows a photograph of such glow
taken froa the front and the back side simultaneously
with the powder being fed, when lo - 5 « 10~7 A/ca2
and X • 0.15 art (image Intenslfler tube, exposure tloe
2.0 s).  The intensity of the general glow Is stronger
at the boundary than on the surface, when the negative
corona is used.  This reverses when the posltiv*
corona Is used.  The craters cannot be detected
visually.
                                                        I 1  I  I 1 1 1

                        (a)  normal photograph
                    o  910;   oioi
                       JCM  («•]
              (b)  oicroscoplc  photograph
                             Fig. 10  B.I -k Discharge at. High  Current  Density
(J0 -
                                               ICT7 A/c=:)
                        S. 3 Microscopic  observation of general  glow

                             In order i > study the structure  of the general
                        glow In more d. t.ill,  an observation  is  aade using  a
                        microscope cou; led with the Image  Intenslfler  tube.
                        When the electrode becomes alaost  covered  by powder,
                        light emission In the fora of  general glow starts  to
                        occur.   Flg.lO-b is a photograph of  this light ealsslon
                        taken froa the back side (exposure tlae •  3.0  s).  This
                        shows the existence of nany discrete  glow  points,
                        scattered with 3 distance In the order  of  particle size.
                        As  in the case cf vi-ry low ionic current,  the  light
                        eolsslons occur  r.n.dcnly at many points, moving around
                        the layer when the powder Is being fed.  A number  of
                        seal! voids arc  fon-cd at the  saa« time, and they  also
                        move around along the boundary.  It  should be  noted
                        that, in spite of this general glow  appearing,  the
                        powder can continue to deposit up  to  a  certain value of
                        thickness, about 0.25 en.   The reason for  this powder
                        penetration will be discussed  later.  When the powder
                        feed is stopped  with  Ionic current being supplied, the
                        fixed glow points appear also  In this case,  so far as
                        the layer thickness Is larger  than 0.1  cm.   Fig. 11-a
                        and b are the photographs of the layer  back side with
                        back discharge which  clearly indicate these fixed  glows
                        to  appear at the voids.
                        (a)  fixed glow points            (b)  voids

                             Fig.11   Microscopic  Observation of Central  Clow
IAS 77 ANNUAL
                                                       67

-------
                -H.V

          KUDU (iCCTtOI
                                   ttMS PUTC
             •
               ) "•
                                   mCKW>U>»
                                  0±)
                             SWtfll UYI«
                             [AP.TH (ItCTROOC
      Fig.12  Experimental Apparatus for Observation
              of  Breakdown Channel* Inside the Powder
              Layer
                                                             - f   »*--v
                                                          L   •   .*'  ,"'
                                                          L  .  '- V.  .V
                                                       ;-^
                                                                 (a)  before  general
                                                                     glow
                                                                    I , I , I i I i  I. I
                                                                    i eiiitiiiot
                                                                     Uttl (—)
                                                                                              (b) after general
                                                                                                  glow
                                                               Fig.14  Microscopic Observation of Micro-Craters
 (a) breakdown channel
(b)  cross-aectlon
     Fig. 13  Microscopic Observation of Breakdown
             Channels Inside the Powder Layer

     Breakdown channel* inside the povder layer i* *lio
observed using an apparatus shown in Fig.12, vhere the
luge intenslfler tube 1* also used.  Flg.l3-a and b
•re the photographs of the layer cross-section with and
without back discharge.  These Indicate the breakdown
channels cleaning froa the bright glow point* at the
voids on the boundary and penetrating into the inside
of layer.

5.4 Microscopic observation of craters

     No change is visually detected In the smoothne**
of the layer surface after the occurence of general glow.
Hence,  • acre detailed exaeination la oad* by Micro-
scopic  observation.
     Fig.l4-a and b indicate the microscopic photo-
graph*  of the layer surface with and without the
general glow.  The thickness of the layer is 0.2 ma.
It it clearly shewn in Flg.l4-b that a nuaber of very
mall crater* are formed by the general glow, which 1*
naaed "•icro-craters".  The else of the micro—crater 1*
alaost  equal to particle alze.   These nicro-craters can
be observed within the thickness range between 0.1 and
0.25 BB for the powder used.   In the rang* Its* than
0.1 aa, they become indistinguishable from the Irregu-
larities of the deposited surface.   In the thickness
range larger than 0.2S ma, they turn into the much
larger  craters usually observed.
     Fig. IS is a photograph of the uaual craters which
occur aider a fairly low Ionic current at a larger
layer thlcknes* (X - 0.5 aa).   The crater else la much
larger coopered with the Blcro-crater.   In most of such
craters, several large particles are observed to be
regaining on the bottoo vrlth • loose packing, which may
allow the plasma coluan of a continuous glow to be
maintained  therebetween.
1. 111111111
I  11 i > 11 g i e i
  KMI -
                                  Fig.IS  Microacoplc Observation of Normal Crater*
                             S.S  Current wave  form of back discharge and
                                 formation  of  craters

                                  Fig.l6-a  show* a current wave form of back die-
                             charge  In  the  case of very  low ionic current when the
                             larger  crater* are being forned at the thickness of
                             O.S  ma.  In this  case. lj and 1- are so sasll (it -
                             10~12 A/on2, lp • 10"' A/cm?) that the current consists
                             mainly  of  back discharge pulse* at the crater*.
                             Flg.l6-b Indicates a current wave fora of back discharge
                             of general glow type when the powder supply 1* stopped
                                                                               or i
                                                       68
                             and many  fixed glow points are existing  (lo - 7 « 10~
                             A/cm2).   In  this case, current consists of dc component
                             alone.  This suggest*  that the general glow 1* the back
                             discharge in the glow node already reported,'*' occurr-
                             ing at many breakdown polnta  (micro-craters).
                                  An  experiment is Bade to study the formation
                             procea* of craters in core detail.  A mica plate having
                             a pinhola with 1.0 SB diameter and l.S ma thickness i*
                             used on • plane electrode of  a needle-plane electrode
                             syatea aa a  layer aaaple (Fig.17). -The epoxy-reain
                             powder 1* filled in the plnhole.  A negative high
                             voltage 1* applied to the needle electrode, and back
                             discharge 1* produced at the  plnhole.  At this inatant,
                             the powder ejection la resulted, as shown In Fig.18-a.
                             When a crater i* completed Inside the plnhole the powder
                             ejection  stops, and back discharge turns from a pulsive
                             breakdown into a stable glow  of the onset-glow node.'*'
                             Flg.l8~b  Indicates the current wave fora during and
                             after this process.  At the Initial stage when the
                             powder ejection 1* being aade, back discharge la pulsive
                             consisting of repetitive breakdowns.  Then, It turns
                             into a non-pulslve glow when  the crater is completed.

                                                                       IAS 77  ANNUAL

-------
                                  2.5 . 10~7
                                            A/du
   (•) very  1  -  Sonic
rrent (crater occurring)
     j^m
       m.                     —
   (b)  higher  Ionic current (general glow)

      Fig. 16   ( irr.n;  '          of Back Discharge
      Fig.17   Experimental Apparatus for Observation
              of Powder Ejection
              (a)  powder ej*
    (b) currrnt w.ivr .1:   r.itor formation

      Fig.18  •                           •tlon
                                           •
     It -                 ^.8 that an appreciable
difference exists In tl.e thickness characteristics
         ^•aan^o ""'1 "da-  ^h* leason for this may lie
In tl.e illf'       ,;> mustier of the ueak points  to
                                       '  (Eaax'o. tne
                                •l£gerlng will  be
                                   the plane surface
                                    1.  The equivalent
                            • area can be tjaken  ••
O.I no as                                K
-------
 Xo,  can be estimated from the theory using the value
 of Eds.

 (2)  In case the ionic current is negligibly snail,  the
 Halting thickness, XQ, can become high  and the  large
 craters can be formed.   In this  case,  pulsive light
 emissions take place during the  course of  powder
 deposition when back discharge started.

 (3)  In case the higher ionic current is  supplied, the
 value of Xo becomes smaller and  back discharge takes
 a form of general glow.  This consists of  a number  of
 very small glow spots.   In this  case,  micro-craters
 are formed.

 (4)  So far as the negative corona  is used,  the light
 emission Is stronger at the powder-electrode boundary
 than the powder surface.
                  ACKNOW.EDCEHEHT

      The authors are very grateful to Prof. A.W.Bright
 of  the  Southampton University for die very valuable
 discussions which stimulated and helped this work.
 Ihey  also  thanks Mr. Toshlyuki Salto for his help in
 doing a part of the experimental works.
                  REFERENCES

1.  H.J.White, Industrial Electrostatic Precipitation,
    Addison Wesley, 1963
2.  S.Masuda, Recent Progress in Electrostatic
    Precipitation, Static Electrification: 1975,
    Institute of Physics Conference Series Ho.27,
    p.154 (1975)
3.  J.D.Bassett, R.P.Corbett and J. Cross, Institute
    of Physics Conference Series., No.27, pv221 (1975)
4.  S.Masuda, A.Mizuno and K.Akxtsu, Initiation Condi-
    tion and Mode of Back Discharge, J. of Electro-
    statics (to be published)
5.  S.Kasuda, A.Hieuno, Flashover Measurements of
    Back Discharge, J. of Electrostatics (to be
    published)
6.  S.Masuda, A.Mizuno and K.Akutsu, Proc. of 3rd Int.
    Conf. on Static Electricity, 24-a (Grenoble,
    April, 1977)
7.  S.Masuda, K.Akutsu and T. Salto, Proc. 1976 Annual
    Conference of I.E.E.Japan, No.470 (1976)
8.  S.Hasuda, I.Doi, I.Hattori and A.Shibuya,
    Utility Limit and Mode of Back Discharge in Bias-
    Controlled Pulse Charging System (to be presented
    to 1977 Annual Conf. of IAS, IEEE, Los Angels)
9.  Yui-Cheong Ting, J.F.Hughes, Proc. of 3rd Inter-
    national Congress on Static Electricity. 27-a,
    (Grenoble, April, 1977)
                                                        7Q                                          IAS TT ANNOAl

-------
 Errata
 (A)   Boundary  condition  c)  [Eq.(8>]  should  be corrected as
     c)  Field Intensity at the boundary:
        (ed/eo)Edx(X) " Eext " constant (v/m)
                                            (H)
    According  to  this  correction,  [E    ]  should be  replaced with  [E*   ]
                                                                    6X1
    in the following equations  (20) - (30),  where

                    -  (eo/ed>Eext
(B)  Eqs.(ll) and  (15) should be corrected as
    qd(X) -
                         Edx(X)/Pd)/b
                      " Eext/bpd " ''do  
                                                  (11)
                            at
     Thus,
           qd(x,t) - qdo«xp(-(t-x/b)/Td)
                   " qdo«xp(-(X-x)/Ld)
     Then, Eq. (19) should be
'eoEext    ddx
                 cE(x'° • «doLd(1 •
(C)  Eq.(31) should b«
                 S/ °Ua(t»dt/C
(15)

(16)
(17)

(19)


(31)
(D)   Figures (4),  (5), (6) and (8) ihould bi modifltd •• followi,
     according to  th« correction (A),
                                           3T.
           Pig,4   Field Diaerlbution inside a Deposited
                  Layer (general e*ae| X0 « L,j, e0 • TJ)
                                     71

-------
Eext
('o/(d)Eext
0
fEdx


i

r<

i
i

:*<

i
— E
ext
x o d ext
Kd- c
—** 	 E.
N. ds
. t-i, \t-2i "/Vt-3i .
V d ^v d \7 d
\l \l \1
• » J x
i i >
0 L. 2L. JL. w 0 	 I 	 ft 	 =•-»•
add o i.. JL. J|. .
, add
* ' bt . - bl
Fig. 5 Field Distribution inside a Deposited Fig.6 Field Distribution inside a Depoaiu-.l
Layer (low resistivity case - Case(I); Layer (high resistivity cane - Case (II);
Xo >>Ld» co *" Td^ ^o ^kji' to <
-------
             UTILITY LIMIT AMD MODE OF BACK DISCHARGE IN BIAS-CONTROLLED PULSE CHARGING SYSTEM
                           Senichl MASUDA, PhD.
                           loshlakl DOI, PhD.
                           Ichiro HATTORI, PhD.

                           Akira  SHIBUYA, BSc.
Department of Electrical Engineering,
University of Tokyo
7-3-1, Hongo, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo,  Japan.
                 ii
Ishlkawajlma-Harlma Heavy Industries,
3-2-16, Toyosu. Koto-Ku, Tokyo,  Japan.
    Back discharge Is  investigated  in the bias-contro-
lled pulse charging system  to be  used in an electro-
ttatic precipltator, and  Its practical utility limit is
established In terns  of  critical main dc voltage V
and critical current Ic at  which  the visible back  cc
discharge Initiates.  Among the factors affecting this
utility limit, the apparent resistivity of sample layer,
pj, has the most essential  effect.   The width and height
of pulse voltage are the  second important factors.
then P£ < lO*^ ohm-cm,  the  occurence of visible back
discharge is very seldom  in this  pulse charging system.
Mitt Pj exceeds 1013 ohm-cm, it becomes necessary to
decrease the width and  height of  pulse voltage to impr-
ove the loss of the utility limit.   When pd > 101* ohm-
f.m, a large reduction appears in  both Vcc and Ic, which,
hootver, can be amended to  some extent by using a very
narrow pulse width and  a  low pulse height.

                 1. INTRODUCTION

    Back discharge, one  of the najior troubles in elec-
trostatic precipitators,  is an abnormal corona discharge
occurring on the surface  of dust  layer deposited on the
collecting electrode when the apparent resistivity of
the layer exceeds the threshold of about 5 x 1010 ohm-
cm. In this case the potential drop across the layer
becomes so high that breakdown takes place In the layer
and triggers back discharge.  Hence, Its initiation
condition Is given by the layer breakdown condition,
tfolch, In case of electrostatic precipitators, takes
the fora*1):

           Pd Id * Eds                  <»
where ij - apparent current density  in  dust layer, and
«ds - breakdown field strength of the dust layer. It is
evident from Eq. (1) that  the solution of back discharge
trouble will be enabled by  reducing  either pd or ij
without decreasing the main field strength in corona
•pace.  Luthi proposed a method to reduce ij Independent
of the main field strength, which is Indicated In
Mg.l (a)'2'.  The third  electrodes  are arranged to the
vicinity of the discharge electrode,  and a periodical
pulse discharge la applied  therebetween.   A dc high
voltage is applied between  the third and collecting
electrodes to maintain  the main field.   This method
proved to have an excellent performance for suppression
of back discharge in laboratory tests,  but in its prac-
tical application the following essential difficulties
raaalaed to be solved:
1) The difficulty in suppressing dc  corona to occur in
   the pulseless period when the distance between the
   third and discharge electrodes is Increased to the
   level of 10 cm, necessary for scale-up,  and the gas
   and dust conditions fluctuate.   This dc corona
   deteriorates the control performance of this method.
2) The prohibitively high initial and running costs of
   the pulse voltage source to be used.
    A practical solution to these difficulties was
provided by the authors by  inserting a  dc bias-voltage
In aeries to the pulse voltage, as shown in  Fig.l (b),
which is called the "bias-controlled pulse charging
system"**'.  Through the control of  maximum field stre-
ngth at the discharge electrode,  this bias-voltage can
          COLLBCTX1IG ELECTRODE
                                       COUNTER ELECTRODE
                    THIRD ELECTRODE
DISCHARGE
 ELECTRODE
                                                THIRD ELZCTRODZ-
                        rr
        U) PULSE CHARGING SYSTEM
(b) UAS-COHTROUZD PUISB
   CHARGING STST2M
                YQ: DO HIGH VOLTAGE SOMCE
                V i PULSE VOLTAGE SOURCE (-)
                ri DC BIAS-VOLTAGE SOURCE {+)
          Fig.l   Pulse charging system

      not only Insure the choking of the dc corona  to  occur
      In the pulseless' period, but also enables the use of
      ac or halfwave voltages Instead of the very expensive
      sharp pulse voltage.
           A problem arised, however, in the course of its
      development that the initiation of visible back  discha-
      rge, which better represents the actual performance
      drop than the Initiation of dust layer breakdown accor-
      ding to Eq.(l), Is not only affected by PJ and ld, but
      also by the strength of the main corona field.   This .
      means that the practical utility limit of this system
      for each value of PJ should be judged from the critical
      values of main dc voltage Vce and current Ie  at  which
      the visible back discharge Initiates.  As is  known,
      these two quantities are the most essential parameters
      determining the collection performence, since the
      saturation charge imparted to dust particles  in  corona
      field is proportional to the main field strength while
      the charging time constant is inversely proportional  to
      the ratio of ionic current density to field strength.
      Furthermore, it also became clear that behaviours of
      back discharge In the pulse charging system are  largely
      different from those observed In the conventional twin-
      electrode system.
           Thus, the utility limit of this systea and  the
      mode of back discharge were studied in the pd-range of
      1011 - 1014 ohm-cm.

                        2. EXPERIMENTAL APPARATUS

           The electrode system used in the present laborato-
      ry tests has an Identical construction to those  used  in
      the pilot-plant tests described later, and is shown In
      Fig.l (b) and Fig.2.  The total surface area  o?  the two
      counter (collecting) electrodes in In2, and  the dista-
      nce between the third and counter electrodes  is  20 en.
      The whole electrode system is placed inside a tumidity
      controlled chamber, in which air humidity can be chang-
      ed in a wide range under normal temperature ar.t!  press •
US 77 ANNUAL
                                                       73

-------
             ELtCTMDC
                             COIHTO ELECnODI
                                      DISCHMCB
                                          ELECTIOM
                                                                                     needle electrodes
      Cewter t« thit* electrode dltUac* - iOca
      ditchers* to third electrode  dbtmee - So

     Fig.2 Ileetrode system used la laboratory and
          pilot-plant  tests

ure.  Instead of dust  laysr, paper towele ara attached
onto the surfaces of the counter and third electrodes.
because their Pd-yalua can easily be changed within a
broad rang* of 1011 - 10" ohm-cm by controlling the
air  relative humidity.
      The pj-valua of the paper towel la very sensitive
to pressure so that it cannot successfully be measured
by the parallel electrodes eimonly used.  The probe
method, ehowa in Fig. 3, is used throughout the present
experiments, since it proved to provide very satisfact-
ory results for the soft materials such es a paper
towel1  .   The potential of the very light probe elect-
rode, Vj,  le Meowed by a tero Method such that Vj ia
adjusted to give If • 0.  At this point, we geti

           V2 * Vd • idPdd             (2)

where d - sample thicknen.  Hence, the pj-velue can
be obtained from the relation

           pd * V f xl4              <3>
where S • area of measuring electrode,  and X,  • current
fro* Measuring electrode.  A protecting circuit consis-
ting of r, L, K and C is provided to the high sensibil-
ity current meter Ij for the purpose of preventing a
damage to occur when a sparking takes place either
between the plate and probe electrodes or between the
needle and probe electrodes.
     The pulse voltage aouree ussd in the prseent
laboratory testa provides a periodical square-wave
pulse with e rise time of 1 yl and a minimum duty cycle
of 0.1, where the parameters can be changed ia the
range'  pulee height • 0 - SO kV, pulse width • lOul -
10 me, and pules repetition frequency • 0 - 1 kls.
Throughout the laboratory testa the do bias-voltage ia
omitted.

      S. OlinVATIOH 07 iA« PIIOUM1

     The initiation and mode of the visible baek disch-
arge art affsctsd by the apparent raaiativlty of the
sampls layer pd, pulse width T, pulse repetition
frequency f, pulaa height V-, and the main de voltage
Vc.   The effects of field strength and current density
in the gas **>* aaaple layer are contained implicitly
in the tffeeta of the above parameters.

3.1  Iffeet of >d
      Among the effeeta of the parameters deaeribed
above, that of 04 ia the most essential.  In this
system the visible baek discharge occurs only scarcely
                                                              guard
                                                          electrode
                                                                     tin
                                   r-2Kn , R-3KJI

                                   L-10H , OlOpr
     Tig.3 Probe method  for measuring aample reeistivity

 in the resistivity range  of pd<1013 ohm-cm, when Ve <
 100 kV,  V. <30 kV (negative polality), f > 10 HE, and
 duty cycle<0.1.   Once  it appears, it takee the form of
 an  unetable  glow,  from  which a  streamer suddenly devel-
 ops toward the discharge electrode and turns into a
 flashovar;'   When  the  frequency,  f, or pulee width, T,
 ip  raised, the oecurence of the  vieible back discharge
 becomes  more frequtnt,  while its starting condition
 becomes  more obeeure.
      The situation changes completely when the p^-valua
 exceeds  10" ohm-cm.  The visible back discharge eppea-
 rs  in the form of  a etable dlffuss glow.  With the inc-
 rease in the main  dc  voltage Vc, the spot-like glow
 points appeer on  the  sample surface with increasing
 number,  as shown  in Fig.4 (a) and (b).  When Ve la
 further  Increased, the  streamers develop from the glow
 points toward the  diecharga electrode, and finally
 bridge aerosa the  gap between the counter and diecharge
 electrodes.   A remarkable difference of these etreamars
 from those occurring  under pj  
-------
parameters
p. (ohm-cm)
vc (kv)
Vp (kV)
f (Hz)
T (/Js)
It <;,A)
ic (,,A)
(a)
(1.2-4.4)
x lO1^
*5.
- 20
100
100
100
55
(b)
It
.58
- 20
100
100
}OO
175
(c)
II
60
- 20
1OO
l.OOO
25*
164
(d)
.t
35
- 20
L.OOO
100
100
60
(e)
..
5*
.=_iO
100
100
100
100
          Flg.4
Effects of Vc, Vp.
f and T on activity of back discharge
of pd,  the tendencies described above are observed In
tht whole rang* of od.   It Is felt that the effect of
pulse width,  T. Is the oost essential, and next to It
COM those of Vc and Vp.  and finally that of f.

           4. UTILITY LIMIT

     The utility Holt of this system expressed In
ttras  of Che critical dc naln voltage Vcc and critical
average pulse current Ic  Is measured under various
values  of parameters pd,  Vp. and T, with th« valu* of
f being kept  at 100 or 200 Hi.   The results obtained
for the pd-values of about 1QH, 1012, 10*3 and lO^4
oh»-CB  are shown In Fig.5 - 8 respectively.  The utili-
ty Halt giving the highest possible valued of Vcc and
Ic corresponds to the best collection performance.
     In conformity with Che fact that visible back
discharge hardly occurs In the Pd-value range < 10
ohm-co, the utility Halt as high as (Vcc - 80 - 60 kV.
Ic • 50 - 30  uA) Is attainable In this range, as shown
in Flg.S and  6.   The effects of T and Vp are saall
except  for cases of a very high Vp-value, as In Flg.S
(d) and Fig.6 (c),  (d), where drooping characteristics
with the increase in T  appear.   A detailed examination
shows that a  slight loss  in the utility Halt occurs
with the Increase In the  oj-value from about 10*1 to
1012 ohB-cm.
     A  remarkable loss  In the utility limit appears
when pd exceeds  10    oh:a-cn,  as shown In Fig. 7.   The
decrease In Ic  occurs In  cooraon. and that In Vcc also
takes place for  larger  values of Vp and T.
     When pd  finally exceeds  the threshold of 10*4 oh»-
c», a very large reduction both In Vcc and Ic appears,
as shown In Flg.S.   However,  It should be noted that
the use of a  very narrow  pulse  wlJth of Bb~ut 10 wS and
                                         a sufficiently low pulse height of about -10 kV provides
                                         a substantial laprovenent.  The merit of a narrow pulse
                                         width and a low pulse height la also clearly observed
                                         in Fig.7.
                                              Froa tht results obtained it cay b* concluded that
                                         the most favourable pd-rang* for thia syati-a to solve.
                                         back discharge trouble will be that lower than lO1^ oha-
                                         ca, while a sllgh' difficulty Day appear In the rang*
                                         of pd - 10^ - 10   oho-ce and the use of a narrow
                                         pulse width will becoa* necessary.   The rang* of Pd -
                                         1014 sceaa to provide the upper limit for this systea,
                                         where only the use of a very narrow pulse width could
                                         save th* performance drop to some extent.

                                                        5. PILOT-PLANT TEST

                                              The predictions obtained froa th* laboratory teats
                                         are examined at a pilot-plant located at an iron or*
                                         sintering furnace In connection to the exit of a conven-
                                         tional type electrostatic preclpltator.   This pilot-
                                         plant consists of a charging lone Identical to that
                                         shown In Fig.1 (b) and Fig.2 and a collecting zone out
                                         of zig-zag arranged negative and positive channel elect-
                                         rodes,  as shown In Fig.9.   Th* gas transit time through
                                         a single charging zone is about 0.4 a.   The dunt consi-
                                         sts nalnly of  ^03 particles  and contains  small
                                         araounts of salts  of alkaline metals as well as alkaline-
                                         earth netals by several  percents ID total.   Its
                                         particle size  Is  extremely small,  and oore than 70 X
                                         are in  the ran.
-------
0
parameters
Pd ( ohm-cm )
Vc (KV)
Vp (KV)
f (Hz )
7 ( jJS )
It (pA )
Ic (JJA)
(a) -
( 1.2-4.4)
x 10 l4
45
-20
100
100
100
55
(b)
r
58
-20
100
100
300
175
(C)
'
60
-20
100
1,000
«+m
164
(d)
"
33
-20
1,000
100 '
100
60
(e)
-
54
-10
100
100
100
t -f\_^^ f* "^
4-Ov> >x
            Fig.4   Effects  of Vc ,Vp,f  and T on activity of back discharge

-------
^ (a) V —10W _ (c) V_— 20KV


ws
>
bl
<
g
s
I
M
jj
g
p >
Sc
}«> -„
Af * »
p -(0.94 i. 1.17)xl011oh»-c« g
i - 100 Hx >
1
3
S
. . . . , . a
p

100
» 0*





1 . *• t
0 SO " 0 SO
PUtSI CUWBII Ic(liA) f 	 T . lOOOii* PULSE CORMMT IC8
§
A
g
s
g
g
tl
(b) V — 1SCT 7 " IOOV* £
•l°° 0I 	 zoi!! J8
t§V "* B
i
5
i
g
C
M
- - - , 1 , «
(J) V --2SCT
P
100
"4f •
1 r




	 	
               SO

  PULSE CURKEMT I-(vA)
                                                                          so
                                           PULSE CWWEKT
                    Fig.5  Utility limit -  1  (p.- 10"  ohm-cm)
                                                  a
|


^
I
5
S
^
c

0



10
JS
r
^
i
M
8
(a) V — 10W I2 ~
P P.-(1.13 *• 1.80)xlO oh— e« S
100 d *•
f - 100 •« S
>
T • 0 u
«'" I
>
|



0 50 - 	 	 I00um
KOLSR CUMUWT I_{pA) . 	 «,„.


(b) V —I5CT
p a
100 C
t
t
^* 1
T £
i
B
, , , , r , S
(c) V --ZOCT
100



°*/« i
T



i
0 SO
PULSE CUUEBT I.(liA)
C

(d) Vp--2SCT
100

» ft
1
f

t
PULSE COMENT Ic(vA)
                                                  PULSE CUUtENT I,(|iA)
                                                               C
Fig.6   Utility limit - 2  (pd a  101Z ohm-cm)





                 77
                                                                                      IAS 77 ANNUM

-------
             c
             5
                100
                   *•".
                                    so
                      FHLSE CUMEHT IC(HA)
I
I
s
s
i
Ck) V — 1SXV
100
if*
•
*r
t
                            cntiare
                                   IC(WA)
                2.0Q)xlO'
                                                                 ,D
                                                f - 100 te

         r	T -lOOOu*
         A	    J00v*
         •	_    200IM
         y	    loon*

         O	     20IM
         y——>---     10u*
                                                                                    100
                                                                                       (e)     V^—IOCT
0                    SO
     FOLSC CUUBIT I.(llA)
                                                                                      (d)     V^— JSCT

                                                                                     100
                                                                                 s

                                                                                 g
                                                                                 8
                                                                               ,13
                                                              so
                                               PULSE COUOIT Ic
i
i
s
£
3
1
(•) V — 10CT Pj-O-11 v 1.28)xlO otaM« g
SO " f-Wfc -g
w • 0 ^
|
<
* 4 T • 500 na g
Tj^ ^ .^^ ^


. „„ a
* »0ll« „
I.I. +*. «n 	 D
(c)
»0 V -20W
p



J A_
• ^ A

0 10 ..0 10
"•* i i -i ID uji
rout CUUWT ic(tiA) x 10 ** »ms« COU«T ic(gA)
|
>
i
i
i
H
^*
g
I
» VISCT ^
g
o 9
AT 2
* 3
c
8
W)
5° T — 2JW

*•
0 •!

. . 1 - *
                                   10
                    roue amuyr IC(I>A)
                                                    10
                                            TOUE cuuuurr IC(VA)
IAS 77 ANNUAL
'Fig.8  Utility limit - 4 (pd  » 1014 oh»-c«)

                   78

-------
                                          2nd CHARGING ZONE

      '
             CO-
                      • (+>
                              r-
                                   \
                         2nd COLLECTING ZONE
                                       \
                                              1st CHARGING ZONE
                                                       •t+)
                                              CO
                                                                                  -
                                1st COLLECTING ZONK
Fig.9  Conitruction of pilot-plant preclpitator (PAC-ES type)
ae voltage, la uaed Instead of • sharp pulse voltage.
Hence,  ite equivalent pulse width T, can be aeeumed to
be approximately 10 ma or 1 ma.
     Tig. 10 ahowa tha relationship between the peak
voltage Vp and the current I flowing into the counter
electrodes of the first charging aone, where Ve la kept
at 40 kV.  Tha curve (4) indicatea tha normal V. - X
characteristics without back dlaeharga.  It can ba
seen from tha curves (1) and (2) that back discharge,
repreeented by abnormal Increase in current I, la
enhanced by the growth of thickness of duet layer.  A
reurkabla improvement is observed to occur when an
electrode rapping with aufficient atrength and frequ-
ency is provided so that tha layer thickness becomes
small.  The curves also clearly indicate the merit of
tiling a narrow pulae width.
     The collection performance of 65 - 65 X can ba
achieved under the optimum condition of curve (4),
which exceed! the requirement set forth to the after-
collector to be Installed.  This performance level
repreaente a very aatiafactory figure, considering the
extremely high oa-value, small particle else, and a
vary short treatment time,
     It ie concluded from thia test that thie ay a tern
can provide a eolutipn to back diacharge occurring
under pd • 10" - 10" ohm-cm when a half-wave voltaga
with T,<  1ms is uaed in combination to an effective
electrode rapping (aee Fig,7 (a)),

                6. CONCLUSION

     The following conclusions are obtained from the
foregoing studissi
1) The  bias-controlled pulse charging system end pulse
   charging system can provide an effective technical
   solution to the back discharge trouble up to the
   PJ -value of about 10" ohm-cm,
2) Toe  meet favourable range of pd for these systems ie
   up to 10" ohm-em.
J) A.slight difficulty appeara in the range pd • 10" -
   10** ohB-em, where the uee of a narrow pulse wldft
   beeomee necessary for improving the performance lose*
4) The  PJ-value of 1014 seems to provide an upper limit
   for  tneae systems,  where beck discharge starts to
   oeeur alao en the third electrode when V. is raised
   sufficiently high.   At thie resiitiviey level back
   discharge ean eceui en the counter electrode even
   by a dark current when Ve ia raised beyond e certain
   value.
S) The  use of an extremely nerrow pulee width in the
   order of 10 ul and a low pulie height may provide a
   possibility of improving a large performance drep
   to occur at 04 > 10l* ohm-em.
                              I
                                    (1) T. - 10 H
                                                        ic volUj* fe- 40KV
notation
0
e
A
A
t.(M>
1
1
10
10
f(Hl)
its
IIS
so
so
layer
thieknti*
•Mil
l»rg«
•Mil
large
                                           (1) T • 1 ••
                                               \
                                                                     10
                                                  FMK VOkTACI V  (KV) '
                                  Tig.10 Relationship between counter electrode
                                        current X and peak voltage Vp
                                        (first charging aonei Vc • 40 kV,
                                         bias-volt age Vt • 0)

                                            Aeknowlidiaaent

                                  the authors wieh to express their gratitude to the
                             ee-votken for their supports and aaiistaness gived te
                             this  work,  Mse me of the authors (Xoshiakl Dei)
                             wishes  to acknowledge the fellowship grants given by
                             Japanese Ministry of Education and by fundaelo de tapare
                             a Peequisa do latado de lie Paulo (fAMIP), Iraeil
                             (fli. 75/699).
                         79
                                                                                                   JAI 77 ANNUAL

-------
                  References

  (1)  S.Hasuda  and A.Mizuno: Proc.  3rd Int.  Conf.  Static
      Electricity, 24-a  (April,  1977  in Grenoble in
      France)
  (2)  J.E.Liithi: Dissertation ETH-Zurich, No.3924 (1967)
  (3)  S.Kaauda, I.Doi, H.Aoyama  and A.Shibuya: Staub-
      Reinhalt. tuft, Bd.36, S.19 (1976)
  (4)  S.Masuda and S.Obata: Proc. 1975-Cen.  Conf.  of Inst.
      Elect. Engrs. Japan, Eaper No.906 (1975)
IAS 77 ANNUM                                           $0

-------
   THE ANALYSIS OF ELECTRIC WIND IN ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
                 (BY LASER DOPPLER VELOCIMETER)

                 S. Masuda, K. Akutsu, K. Aihara
                    Department of Engineering
                       University of Tokyo


Introduction

     The electrostatic precipitator charges dust particles to
remove  them electrostatically, but the effect of electrical wind
(ion wind)  in precipitating  process of particles cannot be
ignored.  In the electrostatic precipitator, there is a negative
electrical wind from a discharging electrode and a reverse elec-
trical wind due to inverse ionization phenomena.  The velocities
of these winds are at least several m/sec.  On the other hand,
the electrical moving velocity of the charged dust particle in
the electrical field of 5 kV/cm is about 0.1 ^ 1.0 m/sec for the
particle with diameters ranging from 1 to 10 ym and at most 10
cm/sec for the submicron particle with diameter of about 0.1 ^
1.0 ym,  Therefore, you have to treat the precipitating process
of particles with diameter of less than 10 ym as, so called,
EHD process which considers hydrodynamic field as well as elec-
trical field.

     Here,  in this experiment, we have analyzed the electrical
wind using the Laser Doppler Velocimeter.  First, we have analyzed
the negative electrical wind from the needle-point in point-to-
plane electrodes.  Secondly, we have generated inverse ionization
by placing a mica plate with a hole on the plate electrode instead
of dust particles and have analyzed the negative ionization
electrical wind.  Finally, we have investigated the behavior of
submicron particles in the vicinity of a boundary layer near the
plate electrode when there is a current parallel to the plate.

Measurement Method

     The Laser Doppler Velocimeter is designed to measure the
velocity of particles, which move at the same speed as current,
by measuring the Doppler shift of scattered light from the par-
ticles.  As scattering particles, we have used the D.O.P. particles
IDOP Di-Octil-Phtalic Acid, average particle diameter of 0.3 ym].
An experimental apparatus is shown in Figure 1.  in order to dis-
tinguish Vn and V'n in Figure 1, we have used the frequency shift
system which shift the frequency of the other beam by 40 MHz.  The
size of measuring region is 116 ym wide, 1138.8 ym long and 0.008
nun3 volume.
                               81

-------
Experimental Results

     Negative Electrical Wind

     Velocity distributions of negative electrical wind  (ion wind)
in a perpendicular direction and in a parallel direction to the
plate are shown in Figures 2 and 3.  Figure 4 shows the velocity
changes of the negative electrical wind which is perpendicular to
the plate by applying various amounts of negative voltage to the
needle-point.  In the immediate vicinity of the plate, the negative
wind velocity is proportional to the square of the voltage.

     Reverse lonization Electrical Wind

     We have used the mica plate which has a pin-hole with a diam-
eter of 0.5 mm instead of a dust particle.  Figure 5 shows the
measurement of velocity distributions of inverse ionization elec-
trical wind in a perpendicular direction to the plate in the area
above pin-hole.  Figure 6 shows velocity changes in r direction.
In the range of the voltage (15 kV ^ 20 kV) and the electrical
current 1 yA *v 10 pA), the increase in voltage and electrical
current will increase the velocity of inverse ionization electrical
wind in a perpendicular direction to the plate, however when the
voltage and the electrical current exceed above range and when the
streamers can be visually identified, the velocity will not be
dependent on the voltage and electrical current and will be
around 10 m/sec.  A similar amount of inverse ionization electrical
wind can be obtained by increasing the number of pin-holes and
by superposing the influencing ranges of wrecking points.  Also
the negative electrical wind from the needle point was increased
in about 0.5 m/sec (however, voltage = 25 kV).

     Behavior of D.O.P.  Particles in Vicinity of Bounday Layer

     Figure 7 presents the behavior of D.O.P. particles near the
plate when there is a parallel current r* direction in Figure 1)
to the plate.

Conclusion

     Since a negative electrical wind maintains a fairly high
velocity [4 m/sec in 5 kV/cm and 6.4xlO-*A/m2] as far as immediately
before the plate, we think that most of the particles will be
carried to the vicinity of precipitating point.  The vicinity of
precipitating point with a boundary layer and an eddy of about
30 cm/sec will be created just outside of this boundary layer.
Also, since the inverse ionization electrical wind will exist in
the area of several millimeters located a 1 cm in front of a
wrecking point and have a high velocity of maximum 12 ^ 13 m/sec,
most of the particles in this area will probably be blown away.
                               82

-------
Acknowledgment

     We would express our sincere appreciation to beneficial sug-
gestions given by Professor Toshimitsu Asakura, Hokkaido University
concerning the Laser Doppler Velociraeter.

References

1.   Mishina,  Asakura:  Application to the Measurements of Light
    Heterodine—Doppler Velocimeter—Applied Physics, Volume 42,
    Edition 6 (1973), 560.
                               83

-------
                            H.V.
                                NEEDLE ELECTRODE
D.O.P. SMOKE
GENERATOR
              PLATE
            ELECTRODE
Figure 1. Schematic diagram of experimental apparatus.
                       ft A

-------
                  AIR FLOW FOR D.O.P. SUPPLY
                  H.V. - -30. I - 5 A»A, r - 0
   10
I
Is
     oo—o—o
     0
    NEEDLE
10
20
30
   40
Z, mm-
     so
-PLATE
               Figure 2. Negative I.W. distribution.
                           85

-------
           I     I      I      I     I     I      I      I     I
I
 E
                         -H.V. - 25. Kv

                             I -3,/iA

                             r = 0, mm
>
__ 9
                            I     '
       10          20         30          40


                       Z, mm


Figure 3.  Distribution of negative I.W (Z direction).
                                                              50
                              86

-------
UJ
1U.U
5.0

1.0
0.5



0.1
j

: I
—
•
—
—


•

r

• • • | . .. ., ••£"/ 1 ""I1
•«?/
M
• /?»*rr
«/V
7 r °
/ J* A
/ tj a
/ f •
OC - H.V « / •
4 v
OC - H.V2 ^


i iiliiiil i i i 1 ii i ill



:Z
:Z
:Z
:Z
:Z
:Z
:Z



49.2
49.0
33.0
15.0
6.0
1.0
5.0



mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
:
—
-
•M
-


(B.D. occur)



• • t\
r • O





^™l

                            10
50  100
                                    Kv
              Figure 4. Negative I. W. (Z direction) vs. -H. V.
                             87

-------
f,0
o
3
UJ
>   5
                    BD: PLATE—"-NEEDLE
                    N: NEEDLE—»PLATE
          AIR FLOW FOR D.O.P. SUPPLY
                          I

               10
                         20        30
                            Z, mm
40
50
         Figure 5. I.W. distribution (Back Discharge Occur).
                         68

-------
 t
!
kU
10
          I	t
                    T
                      T
                    T
T
I.W. MAX.   BD PLATE
VELOCITY  N NEEDLE
           Z » 48.0, mm
         H.V. - 25. K v, - 30 AiA
                                             NEEDLE
                                             PLATE
1    I
                                         6
                                            BD:  2.25
                                            N: 3.59 •
                                                8 mm
      Figure 6. I.W. distribution of r direction (Z - 48.0 mm)
                          89

-------
    1.0
    0.5
I
s
a
•
<
-
—
I I
I

•
-H.V. • 2
1 - 3.6, /L
i <
Z, mm
•
5, Kv
A r • 0, mm
I I
i
m
\
<
•
•

(
•
«
•
1

»
4
•
»
-
«
' (\
-
i>
i
•1
1
              46
47
48
49
50
  7.  Submicron particles velocity nearby boundary layer.
                      90

-------
      FUNDAMENTAL  ANALYSIS OF ELECTRON BEAM GAS ELIMINATION

              S. Masuda,  K.  Akutsu,  and M.  Hirano


Introduction

     Presently, the  most  effective method considered for elimi-
nating NOx  (mainly NO)  in the burned exhaust gas is the electron
beam denitrate method.  This is the  radiological chemical method
in which N2 or HaO in exhaust gas is activated by a high energy
electron beam which  was accelerated  to 1~2 MeV and it will oxidize
NO and then nitrate  it.  Therefore,  this method requires neither
special catalytic  agent and oxidation agent nor reheating or
pressurizing  exhaust gases.   Also, by added NH3 in the electron
beam injecting space, it  will have solid nitrate aerosol and
will prevent  corrosion  of equipment  by nitric acid as well as
possible precipitation.  Most of all, this process can desulphurate
as well as denitrate and  the resulting product of this process
(3NIUNO3- (NHi,) zSOi,)  can be utilized  as a fertilizer.

     As explained  above,  the electron beam denitrate method is
a very epoch-making  process, but initial and operating costs of
the electron  beam  generating equipment is very high.  In order to
overcome this, it  is planned to combine the electron beam injec-
tion into the electrostatic precipitator, namely to install the
precipitating electrode in the beam  injection space.  This change
can make an overall  system compact,  reduce the installing space
and cost, but it is  necessary to analyze how the electrical field
generated in  the electron beam injection space will affect deni-
trate reaction.  This paper here has analyzed it experimentally.

Experiment Apparatus and  Method

     Gas Flow System (see Figure 1)

     The electro-magnetic valves are located at the entrance and
the exit of reaction cell to control a flow of sample.  As a
sample, a constant flow rate of (1 1/30 sec) N2 is used as a
carrier and small  amounts of NO and  NH3 are supplied through
capillary tubes.   The concentration  of sample is controlled by
measuring pressure with manometer.  Valves Vi and V2 are closed
during experiment  to have a stand-still condition.

     Optical  Measurement  System (see Figure 2)

     The measurement of NO was done  by Infrared-Ray Molecule
Extinction Method  which uses a luminescence source of NO itself.
This is based on the fact that only  NO can absorb the luminescence
(5.3 urn) which is  produced when NO in a vibration excitation
state returns to a stable state.  The removal of NO under the
electron beam application can be measured with high sensitivity-


                                91

-------
       Fi gure  1
EXPERIMENT APPARATUS

















V2

ml*"*
J


l|
I- 'Ukr—
r^ L

1 	
^
^
-^
s







b

c 1
^r






?




II
II
I
^
V1
A
	 1








q
ns








i
c.

















J7\ /t
NH2 NO

  SC:  DYNAMITRON SCANNING HORN
  S:  SHUTTER
  L:  NO-LAMP
  D:  InSb-DETECTOR
  A:  AMPLIFIER
  LO:  LOCK-IN AMPLIFIER
  R:  CHART RECORDER
  OSC:  RC-OSCILLATOR
  M:  MANOMETER
  F:  FLOWMETER
  V1.V2:  ELECTRO-MAGNETIC VALVES
           92

-------
      Figure 2
DIMENSIONS OF REACTION CELL [mm]

         GE
W: CaF2 WINDOW
GE:  GUARD ELECTRODE
ME:  MAIN ELECTRODE
SW:  STAINLESS STEEL WINDOW
          93

-------
 high-speed-sequential-measurement  in  a  real  time.  This technique
 has  negligible  interfernece by  coexisting materials  (H2O, N2,
 aerosols,  etc.).  Also,  in order to have a better signal to noise
 ratio,  the RC oscillator is used as a power  source to modulate
 at Hz and  the frequency composition of 120 Hz is extracted by the
 lock-in-amplifier.

     Beam  Application System

     The dynamitron in University  of Tokyo-Nuclear Research General
 Center  was used as an electron  beam application source.  The
 application of  beam is done by  opening  or closing the shutter and
 the  beam will be scanned horizontally at 10  Hz to cover a sample
 entirely.

     High  Voltage System and Reaction Cell

     The reaction cell has a same  axis  cylinder type main elec-
 trode and  a negative high voltage  is applied to the inside
 cylinder part.  The outside cylinder has a separate guard elec-
 trode which is  grounded  and the electric current is measured between
 the  main electrode and the ground.  The cell  has a CaF2 window and
 a  stainless steel window for the infrared ray and the electron
 beam, respectively.

 Experiment  Results

     Figure 3 presents the relationship between beam application
 time and NO concentration when approximately  800 ppm of NO and
 2000 ppm of NH3 are supplied (about 1000 ppm  of H20 are possibly
 included because of system configuration) at  the electron beam
 acceleration energy of 1.2 MeV and at the beam electric current
 of 97 yA.  This figure shows that the existence of electrical
 field will promote denitrate reaction.  Here  the relationship
 between the reaction velocity (gradient of Figure 3 curve) and
 the  applied voltage.  On the other hand, the  voltage-current
 characteristics in beam application space is  linear as shown in
 Figure  5 and this satisfies the Ohm's law.  Thus, the relation-
 ship between the denitrate reaction velocity  and the electric
 current between electrodes will be similar to Figure 4.  Here, in
 order to analyze how much the existence of electrical field con-
 tributes to the denitrate reaction, the relationship between the
 electric current and the I/nth power of (Vr-225)/225 for the
 reaction velocity Vr are obtained  (note; i vs n/Tvr-225)/225)
 and Figure 6 shows this relationship for n -  2, 3, and 4.

 Conclusion

     1.   In a mixed gas of N2, NH3 and  H20, NO concentration
 decreases proportionally to the beam application time and the
 reaction amount is independent from NO  concentration unlike
ordinary chemical reactions.  This means that the denitrate

                                94

-------
            -•-¥• aor«v
            -.-yioofnv
            -.-y.il»
            -o-VH.0
TIMC
     95

-------
  no




I"
  MO
      Fig. 4
 we
I KM
                is

                IKV]
       96

-------
97

-------
98

-------
reaction is done in proportion to the number of emitted electrons
(supplied from a source),  thus it is expected that the denitrate
reaction velocity is proportion to the number of emitted electrons
(supplied from a point source), thus it is expected that the
denitrate reaction velocity is proportional to the beam electric
current.  This was actually verified by the preparatory experiment
done before this experiment.

     2.   The electrical field added to the application space ex-
tensively promote the denitrate reaction.  It was confirmed that
the electrical field and the electrical current contribute to the
decrease reaction velocity of NO with the order of about third
power and have a good effect in a speedy elimination of the
aerosole product as well as a denitrate reaction, whatever the
cause of this effect will  be.

     3.   In the beam application space, the voltage is proportional
to the current thus the applied electric power contributes to the
denitrate reaction velocity with a power of 1.5th.

     4.   For the most effective denitrate case which is the 14 Kv
and 2.3  mA, its average electrical field strength  (3.68 Kv/cm) is
about the same as that of ordinary electrostatic precipitator
(3 Kv/cm).  But the beam application space is abundant with
various  ions and electrons which give a high conductivity and the
average  current density will be 6.28 x 10~f A/cm2 which is larger
than 100 times that of ordinary electrostatic precipitator
(2 x 10~8 A/cm2) and also the average electric power density will
be 2.34  x 10~2 W/cm3 which again is larger than 100 times that
of ordinary one.  Since the conductivity in the application space
has a close relationship with the application amount rate (is
proportional to the square root of the application amount rate),
it is necessary to place the electrode in the application space
which has the best denitrate rate (= denitrate amount/applied
energy)  in the actual plant.  It will be a future project to
obtain these conditions.
                                99

-------
Motion  of  a Microcharge  Particle Within
          Electrohydrodynamic Field
  Electrical Engineering in Japan, Vol. 94, No. 6, 1974

  TrmmUted bom Dtnld Galdcat Ronbuuhl, Vol. 9«A, No. 12, D«c«mb«r 1974, pp. 515-522
            S.  MASUDAandY. MATSUMOTO
           Faculty of Engineering, University of Tokyo
                           100

-------
  Electrical Engineering in Japan, Vol. 94, No. 6, 1974

  Translated from Denki GaWcai Ronbunshi, Vol. 94A, No. 12. December 1974, pp. 515-522
              Motion  of  a  Microcharge  Particle  Within

                           Electrohydrodynamic  Field
                              S. MASUDAandY.  MATSUMOTO
                             Faculty of Engineering, University of Tokyo
                 1.  Introduction

    Recently the study of the motion of miciro-
 charged particles (particle size 0.1 to 100 pm) in
 the EHD (electrohydrodynamic) field has become
 important in connection with the design of electro-
 static precipitators and electrostatic painting.
 This study is reduced to the solution of equations
 of the motion of charged particles in the EHD
 field under given boundary and initial conditions*
 However, the analysis is very difficult if the
 boundary conditions are complicated and many
 problems still remain unsolved.

    Steinbigler [1] proposed a charge substitution
 method which enables one to obtain approximate
 solutions for two-dimensional  and symmetrical
 three-dimensional electric fields under compli-
 cated boundary conditions [2-6].  Using this
 method, we analyzed two-dimensional steady
 potential field of perfect flow under complicated
• boundary conditions [7].  In this paper,  we
 analyze the motion of microcharged particles in
 EHD field by means of charge  substitution and
 present a method of calculating collection effi-
 ciency of two-stage electrostatic precipitator
 (EP-ES type electrostatic precipitator [8]).
     2.  Equation for Motion of Microcharged
             Particles in EHD Field

   The motion of microcharged particles in EHD
 field is described by
       where r is the positional vector of the particle,
       m is the particle mass, a is the particle radius;
       q is the particle charge, TJ is the viscosity coeffi-
       cient  of the medium, V(r)  is the velocity vector
       of the medium at r and £(r) is the electric field
       at r.  It is assumed that Stokes1 equation holds for
       the viscosity of the medium for Reynolds number
       Re < 0.5.

          In the viscous flow, it is difficult to determine
       V(r) under complicated boundary conditions in
       both laminated flow and turbulence.  Therefore,
       V(r) is approximated by the velocity distribution
       in the steady-state potential flow.  Since both V(r)
       and E(r) are vectors in the potential fields, Eq.
       (1) is  rewritten as
                         ~
                             =f and 
-------
 surface distance) b
                                                              3.  Modes of Particle Motion
             ,,.(,.»>=-
                                            (6)
                                            (7)
(8)
 Vn and EQ are the average flow rate and average
 electric field intensity in the region under con-
 sideration; e are the velocity potential
 and electric potential normalized to the average
 flow rate VQ and average electric field EO in
 dimensionless space.  These are called normal-
 ized velocity potential and normalized electric
 potential, respectively.  Substituting Eqs. (5)
 and (6) into Eq. (4), we obtain
                 ) = C {$, (r/4)+K fa (rib)}
 where
 (9)




(10)

(11)
 where U = bEo is the applied voltage         ^
 electrodes; #EHD EHD
(r/b) and dimensionless parameter

   3. 1 Effect of 0EHD (r/b)

   In the EHD field with similar boundary condi-
tions (duct shape, electrode  shape, etc.), the
distributions of normalized velocity potential
f (r/b) and normalized electric potential e (r/b)
and their magnitudes are independent of the struc-
tural size, average flow rate VQ and average
electric field EQ. Specifically, e
(r/b) are pattern functions representing geometri-
cal patterns of flow field  and electric field.  How-
ever, normalized EHD potential 0EHD (r/b) which
is a linear combination of EHD » 0 f and the
       particle motion depends on the flow field only.
          (ii)  When K » 1, we have 4>EHD K K«se aw* me
       particle motion depends on electric field only.

          (iii)  When K ~ 1 , the particle motion depends
       on both flow field and electric field, and is of the
       EHD motion.

          3.2 Effect of £

          As seeb in Eq. (14),  £ represents the effect of
       viscosity on inertia in the motion and is called the
       viscosity factor

          (i) When £ 
-------
   In case of (1) and (ill), particle loci can be ob-
tained by solving Eq. (14).  In practice,  however,
the condition of t  »1 In (ii) holds. In such
cases, the particle loci can be determined from
the lines of force  in the EHD field.
         4.  Examples of Particle Motion

   As described in the previous section, the par-
ticle motion is analyzed by obtaining the normal-
ized EHD potential 4>EIID in the dimensionless
space under the given boundary conditions.  For
this purpose, we draw the flow path and electrodes
in the coordinate system with b as unit length,
and obtain $1 and <£e,  i.e., the velocity potential
and electric potential  In the flow field with unit
flow rate and with unit electric potential applied
to the electrodes, respectively.  It is not neces-
sary to take the coordinate origin as a reference
point; a point where the  flow rate distribution is
uniform is taken as a  reference point for EHD for vari-
ous values of K. For deriving 
-------
                     EHD line of forct (K - 2.0)
 Fig. 3. EHD line of force and loci of particle
 motion starting from the point O for the case of
                     Fig.  1.
              Avenge gas flow ratei; (m,'s)
 Fig. 4.  Critical particle radius ac for locus
 estimation by EHD lines of force vs. average
    flow velocity VQ for the case of air flow.
(collecting electrode) to those which start from
points 0, 1 ... 5.

   When particles are charged by corona dis-
charge, their theoretical saturated charge is
given [9J by
                                           (17)
when e8 is specific dielectric constant of particle,
eo is dielectric constant of vacuum,  and EC is the
field intensity in corona space.  Substituting Eq.
(17)  into Eq. (10), we obtain electric field factor

                             :,+2)          (18)
Letting ts = 2.5, EC = EO = 5 kV/cm and e = 2.39
x 10~3 Ns/m2 (150°C in air) and expressing a and
VQ in terms of [fjm] and [m/s], respectively,  we
obtain K « 0.1 (a/Vo).  Therefore, as the particle
radius a increases and as the flow rate Vo de-
creases, the electric  field factor K increases.
For the condition K a 1 under which the particle
motion is effectively controlled by electric field
in the EHD field, we have a [/jm] 2= 10 VQ [m/s ].
Therefore, it is difficult to collect extremely
 small particles by electrostatic precipitator unless
 the value of VQ is reduced below 1 m/s.

   4.2  Parallel arrays of channel electrodes
        arranged in a zigzag fashion with their
        openings  facing each other in a uniform
        flow

   We consider a case (Fig. 5) where channel
 electrodes are arranged in a zigzag fashion with
 their openings facing each other; the charge has
 the same polarity as the upstream electrode and
 cylinders are attached at the edges of channel
 electrodes.  These electrodes are used as a par-
 ticle collector of 2-stage electrostatic precipita-
 tor; an electric charger by means of corona dis-
 charge is installed at the upstream side.  In this
 electrode arrangement, openings between the  up-
 stream channel electrodes work as a nozzle to
 absorb particles  and electric field in a space be-
 tween the upstream and downstream channel elec-
 trodes force particles to enter openings of the
 downstream electrodes.
                                                       Assuming that the particle radius is sufficiently
                                                    small with the condition of £ a 5, we estimate the
                                                    particle collection coefficient from the distribution
                                                    of the EHD lines of force.
   Figure 6 shows the distribution of the EHD lines
of force for K = 0 ~. 3.0 which was obtained by
means of charge substitution. It is assumed that
the lines of force start from points which divide
the interval between two upstream electrodes
equally by 20.  In the field calculation, the charge
to be substituted was not placed  behind the down-
stream channel electrodes.  Therefore,  electric
lines of force and EHD lines of force did not ter-
minate at the downstream electrode and the inter-
ior of the channel electrodes. However, electric
field inside the channel electrodes is so small that
the errors can be neglected'in the estimation of
the lines of force and collecting  efficiency.  The
collecting efficiency can be expressed in terms of
a ratio of the number of the lines of force terminat-
ing at the downstream electrodes to that of the
lines of force entering the  openings.  When  K = 0
(Fig. 6(a)), the EHD lines  of force coincide with
the stream lines  and collecting efficiency is zero.
As the value of K increases the distribution of the
EHD lines of force approaches that of electric
lines of force and particles are forced to enter the
interior of electrodes, resulting in an increase
of collecting efficiency.
   Figure 7 shows the relation between collection
efficiency and electric field factor; particles
whose loci correspond to lines of force terminat-
ing at the downstream channel electrodes inner
than point P were counted.  In this electrode
arrangement, the 100% collection coefficient can
be obtained for K ^ 1.95.
                                                104

-------
 Fig. 5.  Parallel channel-electrodes arranged in
 a zigzag fashion with their openings facing against
                   each other.
                  Electric field factor K

Fig. 7.  Theoretical collection efficiency rjth vs.
 electrical field factor K for the case of Fig. 5.
        <»)K-0       (b)K-CW
        (line of force)
                              (e) K-0.+
         (d)K-0.6      (e)K'08      (f)K-I.O
         (g)K-Z.O
                   (hi K-3.0
Pig. 6. Distribution of EHD lines of force (case
                   of Fig. 5).
    5.  Observation of Loci of Particle Motion

   We have observed the loci of particle motion
using the electrodes shown In Fig. 5 with d = 2.17
cin and measured electric charge.

   Figure 8(a) and (b) show the experimental setup
and electric charger, respectively.  Lycopodium
                                                           Charger
                      -0 DC high volt.

                       Particle t air

                        - Duct


                        —o(--)DC high volt.

                        —-Collecting electrode


                      ""^Flow-  Blower
                        rate    /
                        meter /
                                                                 (a) Experimental setup
                                                                     (b) Electric charger

                                                             Fig. 8.  Experimental apparatus.
particles (a =* 15 pm, m = 1.5 x 10~H kg) which
are almost spherical were used as test particles.
Their electric charge varies around the average q
= 1.1 x lO'1^ c. The average air flowrate was
Vo = 20 cm/s which allows particles to move in
a viscous mode  with the condition of £ > 5.

   Figure 9 shows the loci of particle motion for
KI = 0-4.0.

   Figure 9(a') shows the flow of cigarette smoke.
The collection efficiency in this case is higher than
that estimated from the EHD lines of force.  This
may be (1) because eddys occur below the upstream
electrodes and absorb particles into the interior of
the downstream electrodes, and (2) because the
                                                105

-------
                                                            •


                                                            I

                                    I
                                             (without charf*)
                                               X.I 0
         •  Flow of cl|»rett* rmolui
              '
        (• > x -: i
        (D x.tc
        (,) X.4 0
                         Tig. 9.  Pictures of particle loci (see Fig.  6).
particle motion becomes ballistic in a region be-
low the upstream channel electrodes where the
average flowrate is 3 VQ.

   To examine the  above results In more detail,
w« observed the amplitude of particle motion in
the ac  field and measured electric charge q(c)
of lycopodium particles which escape from the
dowuBtream electrodes.  Figure 10 shows the re-
lation between qmax and EO = U/b where U(V) is
the applied electric field.  In this electrode
arrangement an Interval between two adjacent
upstream channel electrodes was identical to an
interval of the downstream channel electrodes 4 d
(d = 2.17 cm) and VQ = 20 cm/s. As seen In Fig.
11, when Kc > 1.4,  particles do not escape  from
the downstream channel electrodes.  From  Eq.
(10), the theoretical maximum electric charge of
particles which escape from the downstream chan-
nel electrode is given by
                                           (19)
                                               106

-------
 Fig. 10. Comparison of the maximum charge
 Qmax °f uncollected particles with its theoretical
           value (qmax)th (see Fig. 11).
   Fig. 11.  EHD line of force starting from the
                point P (see Fig. 10).
 In Fig. 10, the solid curves represent the mea-
 sured relation between (qmax)th and EQ for a = 15
 xlO'6 m,  TJ =1.83x 10-5 Ns/m2 and Vo = 0.2
 m/s.  Hie maximum of q is dependent on the elec-
 tric charger and is about 3 x 10~14 C which cor-
 responds to Eo = 0.  Accordingly, the measured
 qmax is much lower than the calculated value, and
;the measured collection efficiency is higher than
 the collection efficiency estimated from the EHD
 lines of force.
   (1)  The analysis of particle motion can be
simplified by use of EHD potential, and the loci
of particle motion can be studied in terms of nor-
malized time and space.


   (2)  The EHD potential can readily be calculated
by means of charge substitution.

   (3)  In an electrostatic precipitator,  the vis-
cosity factor £ is always larger than 1, and the
mode of particle motion is viscous. The loci of
particle motion coincide with the EHD lines of
force from which collection efficiency can be esti-
mated.

   (4)  When K ^ 1, the particle motion can be con-
trolled by electric field.

   (5)  In practice, the collection efficiency is
lower than that estimated from the EHD lines of
force because of the generation of eddys and ballis-
tic region.

   The analysis method described above is applic-
able to not only electrostatic precipitator but also
other fields relating to the motion of microcharged
particles in the EHD field.
                 REFERENCES

 1.  H. Steinbigler.  Dissertation, T.H.  MUnchen,
     1969.
 2.  H. Singer.  Ibid., 1969.
 3.  P. Weiss. 'Ibid.,  1972.
 4.  Masuda, Mitsumoto.  Trans. I.E.E., Japan,
     Vol. 93-A,  305, July 1973.
 5.  Masuda, Matsumoto and Uemura.  1971
     Tokyo Branch Meeting, I.E.E., Japan,  No.
     372.
 6.  Takechi, Masuda,  Matsumoto,  Nioka.  1973
     Nat'lConv. I.E.E., Japan, No. 842.
 7.  Masuda, Matsumoto.  To be published in
     Trans. I.E.E., Japan.
 8.  Shibuya, Masuda.  To be reported at the 1975
     Nat'l Conv., I. E. E., Japan.
 9.  H.J. White.  AEEE Trans., Vol. 70, 1186,
     1951.
                 6.  Conclusions

   The motion of microcharged particles in the
 EHD field has been analyzed and the perform-
 ance of two-stage electrostatic precipitator has
 been discussed.  The result obtained in this re-
 search is summarized as follows.
             Submitted July 1, 1974
                                               107

-------
Journal of Electrostatics, 3 (1977) 311—325
© Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company, Amsterdam — Printed in The Netherlands
(Reprinted with permission)
A PRELIMINARY STUDY OF RE-ENTRAINMENT IN AN ELECTRO-
STATIC PRECIPITATOR
J.D. BASSETT, K. AKUTSU and S. MASUDA
Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Tokyo (Japan)
(Received November 11,1976; in revised form March 25,1977)


Summary

   Observations were made of re-entrained particles which were deposited electrostati-
cally in a laboratory model precipitator. Photographs of particle trajectories were ob-
tained, the mean gas flow at which re-entrainment occurred, and the structure of the
flow near the collecting electrode, were measured.
   A distinct difference between trajectories of particles was noted depending upon
whether or not 'back discharge' was occurring. Consideration of adhesion and removal
forces was consistent with mean flow measurements at which re-entrainment occurred,
and the shape of observed particle trajectories could be explained by a combination of
electrical, gravitational and flow forces. Flow measurements indicated a velocity gradient
in the laminar boundary layer sufficient to explain particle removal, although significant
differences in the velocity gradient for different mean flow velocities could not be ob-
served.
1. Introduction

   This paper describes an investigation to observe the processes causing dust
re-entrainment in an elecrostatic precipitator. It was the initial stage of a
study into the overall electrofluiddynamic (EFD) nature of the precipitation
process, including particle motion both before and after being first collected.
   Fourteen years ago, White [1] devoted two chapters in his book on industrial
precipitation to gas flow and re-entrainment effects. He quotes an example
where poor gas flow reduced a possible efficiency of 95% to 60-70% because
of re-entrainment and poor particle collection. Recently considerable inter-
est has arisen hi the study of the interaction of fluid and electric fields in
precipitators. Studies of the effect of turbulence on the particle concentra-
tion profile [2] or the effect of ionic wind [3] on the precipitation process show
that EFD phenomena are attracting more attention as precipitators have to
become more efficient.
   The experiments to be described can be divided into three parts. Particles
were deposited electrostatically on the collecting electrode of a laboratory
model precipitator. Firstly, the re-entrained particle motion was observed.
Secondly, the mean gas flow velocity threshold was measured at which re-

                                       108

-------
entrainment occurred. Thirdly, an attempt to measure the structure of the
gas flow near the collecting electrode was made. The re-entrained particle
trajectories, with and without b?ok discharge occurring, will be discussed as
well as the relative importance of the forces causing (or allowing) re-en-
trainment to occur. Finally, the flow measurements in the duct will be dis-
cussed, and the main conclusions of the investigation given.

2. Experimental work

   Observations of re-entrainment, and determination of the re-entrainment
threshold gas flow, both involved photographic recording of the particles.
Flow measurements were undertaken using a laser Doppler anemometer. All
experiments were conducted using the same laboratory model precipitator.
 dust
                     collecting
                     electrode
                    plane of ^
                    focus
                       camera
                                U   \discharge
                                     electrode
Pig. 1. Experimental apparatus.
                                   109

-------
2.1 Apparatus

   A model of a precipitator was constructed as illustrated in Fig. 1. It con-
sisted of a duct, 18-cm square in section and 1.4-m high. The duct was con-
structed of acrylite plate (1-cm thick) with collecting electrodes on two sides.
Five discharge electrodes, made of 1-mm diameter piano wire, were positi-
oned at the centre of the duct, 12 cm apart. These were connected to a
Ransberg 150 kV negative DC source, with a digital kV-meter for voltage
monitoring. One collecting electrode was connected through a microam-
meter to earth, the other directly to earth. The base of the duct was con-
nected to a blower through a flow-meter and baffle valve, as shown in the
figure. The volume flow rate available was 4.5 m3 min"1, giving a maximum
value of mean velocity in the duct of 2.3 m s"1, and a Reynolds number of
~ 34,000. Dust particles could be introduced into the duct by a simple pow-
der-feed system, consisting of a vibrating fluidised bed, the powder cloud
being transported by air flow. A deposit was formed by precipitating the
particles on the collecting electrode under a low air flow velocity.

2.2 Observations of the occurrence of re-entrainment

   These initial experiments involved photographic observation of re-entrain-
ment. An area of the collecting electrode was illuminated by a 2-mm wide
slit of intense white light from a xenon lamp. A mechanical chopping disc
could be used if intermittent lighting were required. The period of chopping
used was either 3* 7 or 1- 8  ms. This slit of light was introduced into the duct
with a lens and mirror system, as shown in Fig. 1. Photographs were taken
using a Nikon camera with  bellows and a 105 mm lens giving a linear magnifi-
cation of 1^ 2—1° 4 times. The exposure times used ranged from 1/15—1/125
s. Kodak Tri-X film was used and, as no contrast was required, was force
developed to give maximum speed.

2.3 Determination of re-entrainment threshold

   In order to determine the flow rate or mean gas velocity at which re-en-
trainment  started to occur, photographic observation was also used. The
lighting system was as described above (without chopping) and a fixed ex-
posure time of 1/1000 s was used. Using a mechanical film transport, 8—10
photographs were taken at  the rate of about two per second, after a layer
of particles had been deposited electrostatically. The precipitator voltage
was kept constant and several minutes were allowed to elapse between de-
position and flow application. This was to ensure that the layer had reached
a 'steady state' condition. The number of particles in the gas was counted
from the film record for each value of flow rate. As these results could not
be normalised by the total number deposited, although this was kept as con-
stant as possible, the re-entrained number was expressed as a number per

                                110

-------
photograph, i.e., it was assumed that the series of short exposure photo-
graphs provided a system of random sampling.

2.4 Flow measurements

  The method used for flow measurement was a laser anemometer system
(marketed by Nippon Kagaku Co.). An anemometer provides a voltage which
is directly proportional to the velocity of particles passing through the
crossing point of two laser beams. The particles used for these flow measure-
ments were dioctyl phthalate (DOP), 0*3 /um in diameter. The voltage could
be recorded as  a function of time and thus give information on velocity fluc-
tuations and turbulence. Velocity measurements were made for three values
of mean flow rate and at 8 positions in the duct. Electrode geometry did not
allow measurement closer than  2 mm from the collecting electrode. Two
methods of analysing the velocity—time signal were attempted. The first in-
volved using a 'real time* correlation and probability analyser together with
a Fourier transform analyser. The second used an F.M. tape recorder to store
the velocity—time signal, complete with DC component, on magnetic tape.
The recording time used for each set was 20 s. This was then analysed using
an A/D converter and conventional digital computer. The second method
yielded more useful results. The mean velocity, the standard deviation, the
probability histogram (and calculated distribution curve) and the power
spectrum could be obtained for one data set simultaneously.

3. Experimental results

3.1 Observations of re-entrainment

  For these initial experiments, observations of re-entrainment caused by
air flow alone were sought. However, some interesting results were obtained
when electrical effects also played a part. The first dust to be used in these
    y (mm)i
       10
                     Flow
                      10
                                    20
                                      x (mm)
                                    111

-------
     y (mm)
         10
                      Plow
          O             1O              20
                                        x (mm)
Fig. 2. Trajectories of re-entrained calcium carbonate particles at a mean flow velocity of
2.3ms"1. (A) 21 kV on discharge electrode — initial current 13 */A. (B) 25 kV on dis-
charge electrode — initial current 40 n A.
I300
  200
   1OO
                           with CoCO3
                           layer
              1O
                            applied voltage (kV)
Pig. 3. Voltage—current characteristics when using calcium carbonate powder.

experiments was calcium carbonate powder. The diameter of the particles
was between 50 Aim and 130 /jm. The trajectories of re-entrained particles
are shown in Fig. 2. The voltage—current curves shown in Fig. 3 for this case,
and the very uneven appearance of the layer, indicated that back discharge
was occurring. Similar results to CaCO3 were obtained when lycopodium
and nylon powders were used. Finally, a sample of glass powder was tried.
The diameter was 60—70 Aim and the particles were spherical. Although ad-
hesion was low, back discharge did not occur. The V—I characteristic with
and without a layer corresponded to the 'no layer' curve of Fig. 3. Trajec-
tories of re-entrained glass particles are shown in Fig. 4.
                                    112

-------
 y (mm)

                  Flow
    10
     0
      0             10             20
                                    x (mm)

 y (mm)

            	"- Flow
B   1O
      O              1O             2O
                                    x (mm)
Fig. 4. Trajectories of re-entrained glass particles at a mean flow velocity of 2-3 m s"1 .
(A) 21 kV on discharge electrode — current 14 pA. (B) 25 kV on discharge electrode —
— current 40 n A.

3.2 Measurement of re-entrainment threshold

   The glass powder described above was used for these measurements. As
mentioned in Section 2.3, the layer was allowed to stabilise for a few min-
utes before measurements were made. A total of over 1800 re-entrained par-
ticles were counted to give the graph shown in Fig. 5. The mean velocity
across the duct at which these particles were not dislodged by the gas flow
can be seen to be approximately 1*5 m s'1, regardless of applied voltage.

3.3 Flow measurements

   Having established a mean flow velocity at which these particular glass
particles were re-entrained, an attempt was made to measure the properties
of the gas flow which caused re-entrainment to occur. The time-mean velo-
city profile in the duct, starting 2 mm away from the collecting electrode to-
wards the duct centre, is shown in Fig. 6. The turbulent intensity, equivalent

-------
     30
   t 20
     0
1  25 kV
2:  23 kV
3  21 kV
                        10               20                3O

                                  mean flow velocity in duct (m/s)
Fig. 5. Re-entrainment threshold maesurements at: (1) 25 kV, 40 j*A. (2) 23 kV, 20 »A.
(3) 21 kV, 13
  ^^
  f
     20-
     10-
                                velocity values
                                  at 17 mm
                                 1  mean velocity  2.3 m/s
                                2 -    .      „     1.8 m/s
                                3               1.5 nys
                                         XXO
                             distance from collecting electrode (mm)

Fig. 6. Velocity profiles in model precipitator at three values of mean flow velocity.

-------
 to the standard deviation of the velocity signal divided by the overall mean
 velocity, is plotted in Fig. 7.
 £
 1
   01
  XXV
• mean velocity 23 m/s
o  „    „    1.8 m/s
•  „    „    1.5 m/s
    0              5O            10.0
                  distance from collecting.electrode (mm)
Fig. 7. Turbulent intensity against distance from collecting electrode at three values of
mean flow velocity.

4. Discussion

   The behaviour of particles in a precipitator has to be described by a com-
bination of electric and fluid fields. Recently more and more attention has
been paid to this part of the precipitation process. Examples of this are the
work of Masuda and Matsumoto [4], on improving particle collection by the
use of an electrofluid-dynamic approach, the paper by Adachi [3] dis-
cussing the role of ionic wind, considerable velocities being generated from
this source, and the paper by Cooperman [2]  in which consideration of the gas
flow is shown to lead to a more generally applicable theoretical equation to
predict precipitator efficiency. The specific problem of re-entrainment in the
gas requires a consideration of the balance between particle adhesion forces
and the removal force caused by the flow.

4.1 Particle removal by air flow

   The removal of dust particles by an air flow has been discussed by. Zimon
[5]. The conditions for detachment of a particle from a horizontal surface are
given as:
F^ntf^+P-Fi)                                                (4.1)

where Ff is the frontal force acting on the particle, jf is the coefficient of
friction, fgd the adhesion force, P the weight and F\ the lift force. For a

                                  115

-------
 vertical surface this equation will become:.

                  P                                               (4.2)
 The discussion up to now has only accounted for mechanical forces, but in
 the precipitator problem, electrical forces also play an important part. For
 conducting particles, the charge induced on a particle on a plane surface was
 given by Felici [6] as:

 9 = 1'5X ID'10 Ea2                                              (4.3)

 Where E is the electric field applied (undisturbed by the particle) and a the
 particle radius. Thus, the electrical force of removal, which will tend to re-
 duce the adhesion force, Fa(j, is given by :
 Fr = l-5X 10 -10 E* a2                                            (4.4)

  A rough estimate of values of the forces described above, as applied to the
 spherical glass particles used in the experiments, will now be given. Zimon [5]
 quotes a value for the adhesion force F^ of glass spheres on a steel plate as
 2-3 X 10 "8 N for 40—60 /urn diameter particles for 97 % relative humidity,
 allowing two hours for capillary forces to stabilise. This is therefore to be
 considered a maximum value as particles were normally deposited for a
 period of a few minutes. Particle weight, assuming a density of 2- 5 X 103  kg
 m~3 is 2-8 X  10 "9 N, and the coefficient of friction for glass  spheres on
 steel, again given by Zimon, is 0-6. The resistivity of the dust  used was
 measured and found to be 1*7 X 107  flm,  i.e. relatively conducting. The
 maximum applied voltage used in the experiments was 25 kV  giving a maxi-
 mum electric field of 2- 8 X 10s Vm "l . The removal  force, because of this
 field, calculated from eqn. (4.4), was 10~8  N. Thus, Fa(j would range from
 2-3 X 10 -• N with no applied field to 1-3 X 10 '8 N with maximum field.
 However, the maximum value of adhesion force was given above. Its mini-
 mum value can be estimated from

Fad> J                                                           (4.5)
giving F^ = 4- 6 X  10"9 N. It is worth noting that there is only a factor of
 5 between the maximum and minimum values of this adhesion force. Thus,
the maximum value of frontal force, Ff , can be calculated, if the lift force,
Fj, is neglected:

Ff>0»6(2-3X  10 '• -1-6X 10'17  V2)-2-75X 10'9              (4.6)
 Values of Ff calculated from eqn. (4.6) are tabulated  in the second column
 of Table 1 below, using the maximum adhesion force. If the minimum adhe-
 sion force is used, of course Ff is zero.
  At each value of mean flow rate a certain frontal force is applied to the
 particles on the electrode. It is reasonable to assume that the re-entrained
 number (N) of particles is an increasing function of the difference between
 the applied force (Fa) and that required for removal (Ff) as calculated above,
 i.e.,

                                     116

-------
                                                                    (4.7)

where N increases as (Fa — Ff) increases, and Fa is assumed proportional to
flow velocity. The results shown in Table 1, taken from the measured values
of re-entrained particles (Fig. 5), are in reasonable agreement with this.
TABLE 1
                        Re-entrainment number (from Fig. 5)

V(kV)    Ff(X  ICT'N)   2-3msM   2-0 m s'1   l-75ms"'
0
21
23
25
11.0
6.8
6.0
5.1
0
11
13
29
0
8
10
12
0
4
10
16
4.2 Particle trajectories after removal

   For large particles, as used in these experiments, once removal has oc-
curred, the motion can be described by a combination of electrical and flow
forces, as discussed below.
   The Jt-direction is assumed parallel to the flow and the y-direction perpen-
dicular to the flow, as shown in Fig. 8. It is assumed that once the flow
force, Ff, has overcome the adhesion force, Fa(j, electrical forces dominate
particle motion in the y-direction, and flow forces dominate motion in the
jc-direction. Velocity fluctuation due to turbulence in these directions is
neglected because of the large particle size. For smaller particles this should
be considered.
  electrode
  surface  \
                            Flow
Fig. 8. Coordinates used for calculation of particle trajectories.

                                    117

-------
   4.2.1 Electrical force
   The maximum initial electrical force on the particle will be given by the
charge calculated from eqn. (4.3) multiplied by the electric field. However,
the particle is always being subjected to the corona-ion current flowing to
the collecting electrode. This will result in a lower value of initial charge and
also, once re-entrained, a decrease of particle charge with time, through zero,
to a value of opposite sign so that it will be deposited again. Thus, the parti-
cle charge at time t, calculated using the equation of Pauthenier and Moreau-
Hanot [7], is given by:
                     t
9(0 = Qi - (Qi + 9o) 	                                           (4.8)
                   t + r
where qj is thlTinitial charge, q0 the saturation  charge (eqn. 4.9) and T the
charging-time constant, (eqn. 4.10). For relatively conducting particles, such
as glass

q0 = 12neoa2 E                                                      (4.9)
where c0 is the permittivity of free space, a the particle radius and E the un-
disturbed electric field where the particle is being charged.
T= ——                                                         (4.10)
where J is the current density.
  The equation of motion in the y-direction is given by:

ro —^-  = q(t)E - GffTjaVv                                        (4.11)
    dt
where m is the particle mass, the field E is assumed constant in the region of
particle motion, 17 is the air viscosity and Vy the velocity. This velocity was
calculated numerically for E time increment of 1 ms. The position value, y,
was calculated from the velocity difference:

y-   V'+V' + 1  xiO-3                                         (4.12)
   4.2.2 Gravitational and flow forces
   The equation of motion in this case is given by:

         • m g + 6iri?a( Vf(y) - Vx)                                   (4.13)

where g is the gravitational constant, and Vf(y) is the flow velocity value at
y at the same time increment for which Vx is being calculated.
   As no flow data were available when these calculations were made, eqn.
(4.13) was solved for Vf = 0.
                                 118

-------
  4.2.3 Particle trajectories and the influence of back discharge
  Particle trajectories calculated by the above method for initial charge
values of 50, 60 and 70 % of that calculated by eqn. (4.3) are shown in
Fig. 9. These compare well with the trajectories of glass particles during de-
position, where only gravitational forces were acting. They are similar to the
trajectories of re-entrained glass particles as shown in Fig. 4.
  The trajectories of re-entrained CaCO3 particles shown in Fig. 2 clearly
show the difference when back discharge is occurring. Instead of particles
remaining within a millimetre or two of the collecting electrode surface and
re-deposition occurring, they are ejected to several millimetres (up to 16
mm), and in the time interval of the photographs often showed no sign of re-
depositing. Work on particle charging during back discharge by Mizuno [8]
has shown that a dust layer, when back discharge is occurring, can act as a
surface source of ions of the opposite sign. Thus, particles would be ex-
pected to move further from the electrode, as re-charging would not imme-
diately commence. It would appear that the effect of back discharge on pre-
tipitator performance is not only reduced collection efficiency, but also de-
trimental if re-entrainment occurs, as particles are removed into the full flow
  600 •
  1000 -.
  1500 •
                   70*'.
Fig. 9. Calculated particle trajectories.
                                       119

-------
of the gas stream, instead of staying close to the collecting electrodes. The
observed trajectories also show an extremely high velocity perpendicular to
the flow. This might be explained by ionic wind occurring from the back-
discharge points. This kind of ionic wind has been observed by Adachi [9] .
   The particles used in these experiments were considerably bigger than
those normally precipitated. Domination of particle motion away from the
collecting electrode by electrical forces would probably not occur with
smaller particles and flow forces would also have to be considered in this di-
rection. However, when small particles are electrostatically precipitated,
strong coagulation occurs so that the agglomerates actually re-entrained
probably have a size of several tens of  microns. Thus these experiments using
large CaCO3 and glass particles should serve well for predicting how re-en-
trainment occurs in practical precipitators.

4.3 Structure of the flow

   During the earlier stages of these experiments, it was hoped that a back-
scatter detection laser anemometer could be used. This would enable the
flow very close to the collecting electrode to be measured either parallel or
(almost) perpendicular to the electrode. As mentioned in Section 2.4, the
particles used to seed the flow for laser Doppler measurement were DOP, 0.3
jum mean diameter, and it was found that the back-scattered intensity was
not sufficient for measurement. The sampling rate of the burst signal was less
than 100 s~! , giving a frequency response of the order of tens of Hz. Thus,
a forward scatter system, as mentioned earlier, was used to give the results
shown in Figs. 6 and 7, and this is the  reason for measurements only begin-
ning 2 mm away from the electrode.
   From Fig. 6 it can be seen that the thickness of the boundary layer is
several millimetres, and Fig. 7 shows that at all positions the flow was fluctu-
ating. It can be seen from Fig. 6 that the velocity gradient in the boundary
layer close to the collecting electrode was almost the same regardless of the
main flow velocity. A calculation of the frontal force, Ff, as discussed in
Section 4.1 assuming a laminar boundary layer, is given by Schlichting [10] :
     . 6^77
Ff = - —                                                       (4.14)
where Vj-j is laminar boundary layer velocity and 5 is the thickness of the la-
minar boundary layer. It is unlikely that this model could explain the signi-
ficant differences of re-entrainment observed as shown in Fig. 5, as the flow
data would indicate values of Ff not significantly different for the various
values of mean velocity. However, the value of Ff calculated from eqn.
(4.14) gives 1« 2 X 10 ~9 N, for 60 um diameter particles and a velocity gra-
dient of 500 s"1 , which is of the right order given that the assumptions in
section 4.1 are correct. Flow measurements closer to the electrode are re-

                                    120

-------
quired before more accurate calculations from eqn. (4.14) can be usefully
employed.
  It can be seen that the values of turbulent intensity at different flow rates
were all approximately the same. In fact the value 2 mm from the collecting
electrode for the lowest flow rate was highest. The mean value of turbulent
intensity for 1.5 m s"1 applied velocity was 0.16, for 1.8 m s'1 it was 0.11
and for 2-3 m s"1, 0-10. The order of error of the velocity measurement
system was assumed to be 10 %. When the turbulent intensity results were
re-plotted, after subtracting 10 % of the mean value from the standard de-
viation, the same order of results occurred — highest for the lowest flow rate.
Unless a constant value of error was occurring, allowing a fixed amount to
be subtracted from the velocity standard deviation, the turbulent intensity
measured appears to be slightly higher for the lowest value of applied flow
rate.
  The power spectra indicated that energy was contained up to higher fre-
quencies at higher flow rates. The maximum frequency for a fixed power-
spectrum value was taken from all the  spectra (for the eight values of dis-
tance into the duct). The mean value of this maximum frequency  for a !• 5
m s'1 applied velocity was 17- 3  Hz, for !• 8 m s~1 it was 20- 2 Hz and 2- 3
m s"J it was 28-4 Hz. These values are more reasonable than the turbulent
intensity measurements, possibly because the method of obtaining the power
spectrum analyses the shape of the whole velocity—time signal, whereas cal-
culations of standard deviation can be  influenced by spurious voltage fluctu-
ations which might have occurred as no filtering was used before the signal
was input to the A/D converter.

5. Conclusions

  Observations of re-entrainment occurring showed that the motion of the
glass particles away from the collecting electrode was not influenced by the
flow once they had become dislodged. Electrical forces perpendicular to the
electrode could explain the observed trajectories. The smaller particles nor-
mally precipitated would be expected to be affected by flow forces perpen-
dicular to the collecting electrode. However, electrostatically  precipitated
particles often coagulate on collection, the agglomerates having a size of
several tens of microns, similar to the particles used in these experiments.
  Considerations of the adhesion and removal forces acting on a particle
were in agreement with experimental measurements of the number of re-
entrained particles plotted against the applied  flow velocity.
  The influence of back discharge on re-entrainment was observed. This
showed that loss of efficiency when re-entrainment occurs is likely to be far
worse if back discharge is occurring as  well, because particles would  be
ejected into the full flow of the gas stream instead of staying close to the
collecting electrode.

                                121

-------
Acknowledgements

   Dr. Bassett would like to acknowledge gratefully the support of the Royal
Society for a 10-month fellowship in Japan, and to thank his co-authors for
their kindness and hospitality during his stay.
References

1 H.J. White, Industrial Electrostatic Precipitation, Addison-Wesley, 1963, Chaps. 8 and
   10.
2 P. Cooperman, Nondeuschian phenomena in electrostatic precipitation 69th Annual
   Meeting of the Air Pollution Control Association, Paper No. 76-42.2, Portland,
   Oregon, June 27—July 1 1976.
3 T. Adachi, Ionic wind in the electrostatic precipitator, J. Res. Assoc. Powder Tech.,
   Jpn, 12 (3) (1975) 146.
4 8. Masuda and Y. Matsumoto, Motion of a microcharge  particle within electrohydro-
   dynamic field, Electr. Engi. in Jpn, 94 (6) (1974) 20.
5 A.D. Zimon, in M.  Corn (Ed.), Adhesion of Dust and Powder, Plenum Press, New York,
   1969.
6 N.J. Felici, The forces and charges on small objects in contact with an electrode in an
   electric field, Rev. Gen. Electri. 75 (1966) 1145.
7 M.M. Pauthenier and M. Moreau-Hanot, The charge acquired by spherical particles in an
   ionised atmosphere and an electric  field, J. Phys. Radium, 3 (1932) 590.
8 A. Mizuno, Studies of back discharge phenomena, J. Electrostal, (to be published).
9 T. Adachi, Ionic wind in the electrostatic precipitator — experimental treatment by the
   Schlieren method, Trans. I.E.E., Jpn, 93-B. (7) (1973)  273.
10 H. Schlichting, Boundary Layer Theory,  J. Kestin (Trans.), McGraw Hill, New York,
   1968.
                                     122

-------
        Inst. Phys. Conf. Ser. No. 27©I975: Chapter3
       (Reprinted with permission)

Recent progress in  electrostatic precipitation
        Senichi Masuda
        Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Tokyo, Tokyo, Japan
        Abstract. Recent progress in the field of electrostatic precipitation, which is one of the
        most important applications of electrostatic forces, is reviewed. A description of the con-
        struction and general principles of precipitators is given. This is followed by an account
        of the progress achieved in both the technicaf developments and the scientific understand-
        ing of precipitator performance. Finally, the inherent difficulty in the design of precipi-
        tators is explained.
1. Introduction

   Electrostatic precipitators play a major role in the emission control of particulate
pollutants, especially when the emphasis is on the removal of very fine particles of less
than 3|xm diameter. These fine particles are important factors in the visibility of stack
emissions, water drop nucleations, the carriage of gaseous pollutants into lungs and they
are a general health hazard.  Although both the principles and the construction of electro-
static precipitators are extremely simple, the actual operation is complicated by many
factors which impair the efficiency. As a result, in spite of many research achievements,
precipitator design has long been considered an art rather than an engineering science.
This situation, however, is being improved by increased efforts in research and
development.
2. Principle and construction
   The principle of electrostatic precipitation is explained by the system of concentric
cylinder electrodes shown in figure 1. Particles charged by collision with unipolar
ions emitted from the discharge electrode are driven by the coulombic force on to the
collecting electrode, where they are precipitated. The layer of particles is dislodged by
mechanical rapping of the collecting  electrode and they fall into a hopper. Meanwhile
the cleaned gas is taken from the outlet to a stack. In practice, a duct-type precipitator
with parallel-plate collecting electrodes and a horizontal gas flow is usually used for
treating large volumes of gas. This is because of its simple and economical construction
and uniform gas distribution. A negative corona is usually used for emission control
because of its higher spark voltage, whereas the positive corona is chosen for the purpose
of air cleaning when the supression of harmful ozone becomes a major factor.  In the
latter case a two-stage structure is common in which the charging and collection is per-
formed in different stages.  For the voltage sources, only one reference is cited (Hall
1975) and a discussion of this subject is omitted.

                                            123

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation
   To Hv'Source
Insulator
Gas outlet
Ion striom
  Gas inlet
                    Weight

                    Hopper

                  Oust outlet
                                Figure 1. Principle of electrostatic precipitation.
   The corona field inside a precipitator having both ion and dust space charges is not
easy to calculate except for the simple case of figure 1. The field at a distance r from
the axis is approximately given (Pauthenier and Moreau-Hanot 1932) by
                F   /
           r=
F*r~\ 21 y*I V \
C0'0\   I    II
~r~)  I    \ml
                                                              (1)
for the case when the total surface area of particles, 5"(m2/m3), per unit volume is not
very large. Here,/ = current per unit length of wire (A m~1);e0 = permittivity of free
space; es = relative permittivity of particulate material;n = ion mobility (m2 V~* s"1);
E0 = breakdown field strength of the gas at the wire surface (V m"1).
   If the applied voltage is kept constant, the dust space charge causes an increase in E
adjacent to the collecting electrode and a decrease in the vicinity of the discharge elec-
trode, thus lowering the charging current /. This last effect is called 'corona quenching'.
The effect of this quenching on the precipitator is two-fold. Firstly, the charge on a
particle decreases as a result of the drop in charging rate, and thus there is a decline in
efficiency. Secondly, the increase in the collection field strength causes an increase in
efficiency. It was discovered recently by Awad and Castle (1975), that if the initial
corona current was low, the latter effect was more than counteracted by the former
effect and therefore there  was a resultant decrease in collection efficiency.
   The particles entering the corona field are charged by ion collision by two mecha-
nisms. One is the effect (called field  bombardment) of the external field driving ions
towards the particle surface and the other is the thermal diffusion mechanism, in which
collisions result from the thermal motion of the ions, without the aid of an external
field. The theoretical charge acquired by a spherical particle by field bombardment is
expressed (Pauthenier and Moreau-Hanot 1932) by
                  'fr
                 1+f/T
       (C)
                                    (2)
                                            124

-------
        Senichi Masuda

where
                   3es   ,
          . = 4tre0	fl £"c = saturation charge (C)                           (3)
and
            4e0    4eo£"c
        T =  — = - = charging time constant (s)                           (4)
                     '
where t = time (s);a = particle radius (m); Ec = charging field strength (V m  '); PJ = den-
sity of ionic space charge (C m"3) and i = ion current density (A m~2). Equation (3)
indicates tne importance of the field strength Ec in determining the saturation charge on
the particle, whereas equation (4) shows that the current i governs the charging rate.  We
may assume t0= 3r to K)T as the necessary charging time,  because 75% and 91%  of the
saturation charge are obtained after 3r and 10r. respectively. If we take the typical
values of Ec = 5 x 10s Yin"1 and / = 2 x 10"4 Am'2, we obtain T = 0-088, in other words
the necessary charging time t0 in this case is between 0-26  and 0-88 s. The theoretical
charge imparted to a spherical particle by thermal diffusion is (White 1951):
                                                                            (5)

where

             4-nefflkT
        q*=  --- = charge constant (C)                                   (6)
             4ne0kT
        T* = 	— = charging time constant (s)                              (7)
k = Boltzmann's constant = 1-38 x 10"23(J K~l); T= absolute temperature (K); e =
electronic charge = 1-602 x 10~19(C); C = RMS value of the ionic thermal velocity =
(3kT/m)^2 (m s~'), m = ionic mass (kg); NQ = number of ions per unit volume (m ~3)
and the assumption is made that a > \ where X= ionic mean free path. According to
equation (5) the charge q initially rises very quickly to become q = 6q* at t = 402r*,
thereafter rising very slowly so that it  can be assumed to remain approximately con-
stant. Hence, we may take qM = 6q* as the quasi-saturation charge with charging by
thermal diffusion and t0 = 402r* as the necessary charging time.  For 7=150 °C;
a = 0-lnm: m = 5-313 x 10"26kg (for Oj ion) and AT0 = 5 x 1013m"3 we get f0 = 1 -13 s.
These are typical values for industrial precipitations.
   If a was as small as 0-01 (im the necessary charging time becomes the large value of
113s. Numerical calculations show that the field bombardment charging is predomi-
nant for particles larger than 2 (xm, whereas thermal diffusion charging dominates for
particles smaller than 0-2fim. In the intermediate range, the sum of the charges calcu-
lated independently  by equations (2) and (5) gives a good approximation (Hewitt

                                     125

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation

 1957). There are many detailed studies on particle charging (see Penny and Lynch 1957,
 Murphy etal 1959, Smith and Penny 1961, Liu etal 1967, Liu and Yeh 1968, Smith
 and McDonald 1975).
   The charged particles migrate under the action of the coulombic forces towards
 the collecting electrode.  Assuming that the viscous resistance acting against the particle
 motion is of the Stokes form, then the theoretical migration velocity within a gas at rest
 is
                                                                               (8)
 where £"p = collecting field strength (V m  !) and rj = gas viscosity (N s m  2). For very
 fine particles below 1 (im in diameter the theoretical migration velocity must be modi-
 fied by multiplying by the Cunningham correction factor (1 +,4X/a), in other words w
 increases with decreasing particle size.  For air at NTP, A = 0-86 and X = 0-1 (im (White
 1962). The curve A in figure 2 represents the theoretical migration velocity, w, as a
 function of particle radius, a, under typical precipitator conditions.  It is assumed that
                                  fe-SkVcnr1
                                              Figure 2. Theoretical particle migration
                                              velocity w (curve A) and apparent migra-
                                              tion velocity W (curve B) against particle
                                              radius a.  Curve C is thermal diffusion.
           01      I       10      100
              Particle radius. <7(/jm)
the charge imparted by ionic thermal diffusion is q» = 6q*. The curve clearly indicates
that if sufficient charging time is available, w becomes a minimum when a is between
0-1 and t'Opm; this was verified by Hewitt (1957) experimentally and in field tests by
McCain et al (1975). The remarkable increase in the necessary charging time, fo, required
for particles with a less than 0-1 {xm should be noted, since the available charging time
in practice is normally limited to 5 to 10 s. The theoretical migration velocity given by
equation (8) cannot usually be used to estimate the collection efficiency r?c because of
too many disturbing factors.  These include turbulence, which is enhanced by the elec-
tric wind; the partial re-entrainment of precipitated dust, etc. A first order approxima-
tion of TJC can be obtained by using the very crude assumption that, because of the mix-
ing effect of the turbulence, the particle concentration is uniform over an arbitrary
cross section perpendicular to the gas flow, and that the collection rate is governed by a
single parameter called the 'apparent migration velocity', W, for all particles, regardless
of size, throughout the whole collecting  region. We then obtain the well known Deutsch
equation:
         Tjc=l-e-WF                                                         (9)
                                         126

-------
        Senichi Masuda

where F = SC/Q = specific collection surface (s m"1) where Q = total gas flow rate (m3
s"1) and Sc = total surface area of the collecting electrodes (m2). Equation (9). because
of its simplicity, is widely used for design purposes in either its original or a modified
form. W is to be considered a design parameter representing all the process  factors
except the precipitator dimensions, and should be determined using equation (9) by
experimentally measuring the collection efficiency. The curve B in figure 2  represents
an average value of V calculated from the fractional collection efficiencies measured in
different industrial precipitators. The difference between curves A and B probably result
from the fact that the larger particles tend to re-entrain more easily because of their less
effective adhesion compared to smaller particles (Heinrich 1961). The factors affecting
W are man> in number and usually difficult to estimate in advance. As a result precipi-
tator design requires a lot of experience which is obtained from analysing data on simi-
lar precipitators already in operation. The data often differs, however, from plant to
plant. This situation means that the prediction of precipitator performance is probabi-
listic in  nature, especially when sufficient safety allowances cannot be included (Masuda
1966).  Another difficulty in the concept of'apparent migration velocity' has been
raised recently because of results from 'large-spacing type' precipitators. .These have
much larger electrode spacings than conventional precipitators and yet the two types
have comparable collection efficiencies even when they are of equivalent sizes and oper-
ate under nearly identical plant conditions. This comparibility was also observed even in
a pilot plant of a wet-type precipitator where no back discharge or dust re-entrainment
occurred (Ago etal 1975).  It seems under suitable conditions that the 'apparent migra-
tion velocity' increases in proportion to the electrode spacing. This effect cannot be
fully explained, even considering the increased stability of operation which is a feature
of the large-spacing type, and thus there is a need for more detailed studies  on the pre-
cipitation process itself.
   In the following section, some of the recent progress achieved in understanding the
precipitation process is described.


3. Ion curtain patterns and their effect on charging efficiencies

   It is well known that the negative corona appears on a wire electrode at several
points, from which ion currents in the form of tufts start towards the collection elec-
trode.  Hence in the region near the wire, ion dead spaces occur between the tufts and
in these spaces the ion concentration is so small that particles passing through them may
not be charged; in other words the charging time constant  of equation (4) or (7) becomes
exceedingly large. The decrease in charging efficiency in  the dead spaces was confirmed
experimentally (Masuda et al 1973b) and this led to more detailed studies on the
ion curtain patterns. It was discovered that there was a similarity between the ion
curtain pattern and the electrode configuration. Figure 3 shows that the distribution
of ion current upon the collecting electrode follows a similar pattern to that of the
electrode system (Niioka 1974, Masuda and Niioka 1974). It was also observed that
in cases where there were dead spaces on  the collecting electrode, back discharging and
re-entrainment took place and that,  for some particles a number of fibre-like pearl chains
protruded from the surface of a dust layer in a dead space. These chains could jump
into space and split into sections (Masuda etal 1973 a).

                                        127

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation
                            (/-2cm
   10
                               100 MA
                               5QM A
                           d * 10cm
                          . Z-200/«A
                          *	IOOMA
                              -  50pA
                                10/iA
                  rO           20
            Normalized distance, rid
                                           Figure 3. Normalized current density on
                                           plate electrode (i/ip) against normalized
                                           distance (r/J).
   The problem of dead spaces may be solved by the use of a special type of positive
corona called 'Hermstein's glow'.  This glow occurs uniformly along the wire but still
has a greatly increased spark voltage; sometimes higher than that of a negative corona
(Hermstein  1960). Hermstein's glow occurs when the field strength and its gradient in
the vicinity  of the discharge electrode  are so high that the shedding of electrons from
negative ions can  occur in this restricted  region. These electrons diffuse over the elec-
trode surface to form an electron sheath  capable of suppressing streamer formation.
Hence, the formation of Herstein's glow  is encouraged by supplying the discharge elec-
trode with a small number of negative  ions (Hermstein 1960). A remarkable increase
in the average charge on a particle could  be obtained by using Hermstein's glow, pro-
duced by knife-edge electrodes, compared to the charge obtained from using a negative
corona from identical electrodes (Niioka 1974, Masuda and Niioka 1973).

4. Electro-fluid dynamic phenomena and particle motion inside precipitators
   There are two  kinds of phenomena  to be studied in more detail from the EFD point
of view; these are electric winds and particle motion and in both the effects of electric
and fluid fields have to be considered.  Figure 4(a) is a Schlieren photograph at the
core of an electric wind, taken with  a horizontal gas flow with a velocity of 1-25 m s"1.
An approximate estimate of the electric wind velocity obtained from the curvature of
the curve is about 20 m s"1 in the vicinity of the needle point, and the average value is
in the range of several m s"1. This is much higher than expected (Adachi etal 1974). It
follows, therefore, that particles of less than 10 ^m diameter may be transported towards
the vicinity  of the collecting electrode by the vortex motion of the gas flow which
is enhanced  by the electric wind (see figure 2). At the collecting electrode, the flow
must reverse and only the particles impinging on the boundary layer, either because of
the electric force  or the random motion of the particles, may  be collected. Therefore,
the motion of charged particles, especially small ones, can only be correctly understood
using the EFD approach, in which the  mode of the motion can be approximately esti-
mated by the dimensionless factor

                                                                             (10)
                                        128

-------
        Scnichi Masuda
                     (a)
        Fgure 4.  Schlicren photographs ot electric winds  (j) Core of elecim wind id - 3 cm.
        K = I 8 kV, i = 1 -25 m s~ '; (ft) electric wind by back-discharge (d = 6 un. I    Ui kV).

where w0 represents the theoretical migration velocity under the average electric held
between the electrodes, £"<>,  and ^represents the  RMS value of vortex velocity  The
effect of the electric field will become predominant for particle transport for A' > 10.
while the effect of turbulence will play a major role when K < 0-1.  More detailed intor-
mation  is being collected both concerning the coupling of the vortex motion and the
electric  wind, and the structure of the boundary layer under actual  conditions   I-or
example, figure 4 shows a picture of the electric wind produced by  a back discharge
(Masuda and  Adachi 1975).
   When no vortex motion exists, as in the case of the collecting part ol a sju-cial two-
stage precipitator shown in  figure 5 (Masuda et al  1974b, Shibuya and Masuda  D75).
the problem can be simplified by approximating the fluid flow to the theoretical How
of an ideal  fluid.  In this case, both electric and fluid  fields can easily be calculated by
the use  of the charge-substituting method (Steinbigler 1%9) and its modification
(Matsumoto'1974. Masuda and Matsumoto  I974a), even with complicated boundary
        Figure 5. A new two-stage typo electrostatic precipitator with the bias-controlled pulse
        charging system for the charging parts and the channel electrodes tor (lie collcctmt! parts
        1. Charging part. 2. collecting part: 3. discharge electrode; 4, counter electrode. 5 third
        electrode. 6. driving electrode; 7. collecting electrode. 8. pis inlet. 1. jzas nutlet
                                          129

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation

 conditions. The particle motion can be analysed using this method by using the con-
 cept of the EFD potential, in which the equation of motion is expressed in the form
          df2
6flTjadR
 "d7
                           -grad
                                                         (11)
where
- [   (6m7flV(R)
                                           . dR
                 = EFD potential
                                                         (12)
where R * position vector, m - particle mass, V(R) = velocity vector of fluid flow.
Whether the particle motion is by the ballistic or viscous mode is determined by a para-
meter £ - (6irnab/mV)in, where b - electrode distance and V~ average gas velocity.
When f > 1, as in the case in most practical systems, the inertia term in equation (11).
can be neglected compared to the viscous term, the motion becoming 'viscous' in nature
and follows the EFD lines of force drawn inside the EFD potential field.  Figure 6
shows the EFD lines of force inside the collecting region in figure 5 (Matsumoto 1974,
Masuda and Matsumodo  1974b). With this motion the effectiveness of the electric
force compared tojhat of the  fluid force is governed by the dimensionless factor K =
q£/6irnaV where E is the average electric field between the electrodes. One would
achieve a 100% collection efficiency with/: > 1-95. Figure 6(a) indicates the stream
lines of the fluid field when K = 0.
                         Figute 6. EFD Unfit of forc« inside the collecting parts of the
                         precipitatcr shown in figure 5,
                                            130

-------
        Senichi Masuda

5. Adhesion of particles and dust re-entrainment

   The pre-requisite conditions for effective dust collection are both the existence of
enough adhesion between particles and sufficient adhesion between the particles and
the collecting electrode. This allows the build-up of a firm layer, which on rapping can
be dislodged to fall into the hopper without disintegrating and being carried out by the
gas stream. In this sense, an  electrostatic precipitator should act as an effective dust
coagulating device in which electrical adhesion plays a major role for particles with a
resistivity pd > 1010n cm (Dalmon and Tidy 1972a). This force is caused by the poten-
tial difference between particles in contact and is proportional to both the apparent
resistivity of the dust layer, pd, and the apparent current density within the dust layer,
/a (Simm 1962). Another possible cause of adhesion of an electrical origin is that pro-
duced through contact electrification (Penny 1975). Low-resistivity particles (pd < 104
SI cm) arriving at  the collection electrode  are 'inversely' charged by induction even
though they are also bombarded by ions, and pulled back into the gas stream, in other
words there is an abnormal dust re-entrainment of these particles unless the non-
induction adhesion forces are powerful enough to overcome the induction effect. Van
der Waals (London) forces are also involved in adhesion; their effect on coagulation
increases with decreasing particle size (Lowe and Lucas 1953). At comparatively low
temperatures, when the relative humidity  is high enough, the capillary  condensation of
water molecules on to nucleation centres, may also be an important parameter in
adhesion. It was recently reported that a remarkable increase in collection efficiency for
fly ash could be obtained by enhancing dust adhesion through injecting small amounts
of suitable additive compounds such as triethylamine (Tassiker 1975) or ammonia
(Dismukes 1975). (This ammonia injection is also used to solve the S03 corrosion
problem in boilers burning heavy oil.) It is found that very fine fumes of ammonium
sulphate or ammonium bisulphate are produced in considerable quantities and that this
often results in corona quenching (Dismukes 1975).
6. Back discharge (back corona)

   The back discharge is one of the most difficult problems impairing precipitator per-
formance in many large scale industrial plants.  The plants affected include ore sintering
furnaces in the steel industry; rotary kilns and clinker coolers in the cement industry;
smelter furnaces in the metal industry and especially boilers in thermal power plants
burning low sulphur coal (these produce high resistivity, mainly metal oxide, dusts).
The effects of the back discharging depend on the value of pj. There are two major
ones: one is the excessive sparking that occurs when the resistivity is between 5 x 1010
and 10I2f2cm. This causes a decrease in the collection efficiency because of the impair-
ment of the collection process. The other is the increase in current which occurs when
pd > 1012n cm. A copious number of ions are emitted from a number of corona points
occurring over the whole surface of the dust layer on the collecting electrodes, and
these ions neutralize the useful charge on the particles so that often  no particles are
collected. These  phenomena occur as a result of the breakdown of the dust layer because

                                        131

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation

of its high apparent resistivity, Pd> when the following field condition is locally satisfied
at the layer's weak points:

                                                                             (13)

where E& = apparent field strength in the dust layer and E^s is the layer's breakdown
strength. Normally the breakdown of the dust triggers streamers in the gas space which,
depending on the field distribution around the breakdown point, proceed either towards
the discharge electrode, or to the space charge accumulated around the breakdown
point, or in both directions. These streamers cause large amounts of carrier multiplica-
tion and photon emission; these processes supplying a copious number of positive
ions which cannot only neutralize the particle charge but also the negative ion space
charge.  After the extinction of a streamer, the surface charge is restored by negative
ions supplied either from the discharge electrode or from the residual gas plasma, and
thus the cycle can once again be triggered, each cycle causing a pulse discharge.  Figure 7
indicates the effect of the current, /, and the average field strength in the gas space,
normal  to the sample layer, /Tgn (Efn - Vgfd) upon the mode of back discharge. Both
/and £gn could be changed independently and a mica plate, with a 0-5 mm diameter
pin hole, was used as the sample layer (Mizuno  1975, Masuda and Mizuno 1975a).
It is shown that a breakdown at the pin hole triggers a surface discharge when
£"gn > 3-3 kV cm"1 and a streamer in the gas space when Zfgn> 5-1 kV cm"1.  These
discharges become sparks if a certain limit of / is exceeded, even with a constant Egn.
IUU
5 10
3
K,
1
0
H>
m
Su
dis
rei


rfoce
charg
jion
r

t
\]
y
>
V
«
1
(3
f
;spc
; str
• reg
s.
\
\
«N
*/
ce
earner
ion
^-.-.v./
'

/
$
'\
lv>
«
!*"
$
$
1
i

    2345678
         Field strength. fr(kV cm)
                                     Figure 7. Effects of the normal field strength,
                                     £gn, and the total current, /, upon the mode of
                                     back discharge (£Vis = 15-6 kV cm"1).
When Egn > 8-4 kV cm  'a streamer becomes a spark.  Figure 8 shows pictures of back
discharges which indicate the effects of tangential fields.  These fields are caused by the
surface charge of density a
-------
            u'hi '•'
                .

                A..

        I:igurc 8. Hlcct ot the taiificntul lidd stfcn.cth upon the modi- ol b.uk discharge
        itflAfjs = 22 2 kV cm  '.  18kV.-U.-iA  i/>)/•..,• J6-5 kVcnrT1.  ISkV.

excessive spar king and abnormal rises incur i en t occur witli dillerent values of the apparent
dust resistivity pt). Consider the differences in voltage drops across ihe gas region and
dust layer that occur with differ       ;  u low p(1.  when the applied voltage is raised.
/:'j in the dust layer  will remain small, while /:'t5M in  the gas ieuioii will sharply rise
causing a rapid gtowth of streamers and thus e\ces-;i\v sparking. When, on the other
hand.pj is higji, the situation will be  reversed, in othei words no spaiking will occur in
the gas region, but iheie will be breakdown at a number ot weak points in the dast layer
because ol  the rapid rise in /-';).  This will resuli  i:       p rise in the total cuirent.
Figure l> shows an oscillogram of a typical cuiienl waveform of a back discharge pulse
along with  the accompanying light emission.  l;igure 10. shows  the variation of light
emission at various points in space as  well as over the surface layer.  A glass plate with
a pin hole was used as the sample layer and the spot  resolution  was 0*3 mm (Mizuno
1975, Masuda and Mi/uno ll>75b). The light signals at the graph origins show that the
back discharge pulse consists of two parts, the primary wave rises very rapidly and lasts
about 20 ns; the secondary wave rises more slowly and lasts about 200 ns. The former
effect corresponds to the  first rise in the current waveform which has a small pulse
height and  consists of a charge of 1  2 x 10 " C/pulse (shown in figuie 1J). The  second-
        Figure 9. Wavcforim ot current and lighi signal of hack-ilischari;e pulse

                                      133

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation
     0   200ns
      z-axis
0   ZOOns
 /•-axis
                                   Figure 10. Waveforms of light signals of back dis-
                                   charge measured at various positions taken along the
                                   z- and r-axes.
ary wave corresponds to the second rise in current which has a much larger pulse height
and a charge content of 2-4 x 10~8 C per pulse. It was confirmed that the primary cor-
responds to a streamer advancing into the gas region with a speed of 4 x 107 cm s"1 and
the secondary to the surface discharges which cause much greater charge multiplication.
It was observed that when the applied voltage was increased the charge per pulse re-
mained the same in both cases whilst the average repetition frequency increased. The
repetition frequency was found to be lower for the surface discharge mode than the space
streamer mode, so that, as far as one breakdown point is concerned, the current rise
becomes steeper for the latter mode in spite of its smaller charge emission per pulse.
Figure 10 also shows that the light signal from the needle point starts almost simultane-
ously with that from the pin hole and that there is a second rise in emission at the needle
with the arrival of the steamer. Figure 11 shows a schematic representation of the
streamer propagation calculated from the waveform in figure 10. Figure  12 illustrates
a picture of the back discharge which occurs when a positive potential is applied to the
discharge electrode. This shows a completely different mode in which discharges occur
from points uniformly distributed over the dust layer. As the applied voltage is increased
no streamers are produced, either from the needle point or from the back discharge
'fc
'30
1
»70
1
JI50
1
10
JL
Uo
1
i*>
1
1200
'20
J^ .
'so
1
|I20
I
^^m
250
                         Figure 11. Propagation of back discharge streamers (sche-
                         matic representation).
                                          134

-------
        Senichi Masuiia
Figure I 2. link
                              under positive discharge electrode.
points, but a spark discharge suddenly occurs. The steamer corona at the positive
needle point is fully suppressed, presumably because of negative ions supplied from
the back discharge points (as in the case of Hermstein's glow). As a result, the spark-
over voltage is increased compared to the case when the dust  layer is removed (Mizuno
1975, Masuda and Mi/uno I975a).
7. Particle charging

   In addition to the theoretical and experimental works already cited, a detailed
examination of Pauthcnier's equations (2)-(4) was conducted in which the field
strength £c, corona current density /, and the charging time / could be changed inde-
pendently (Masuda and Akutsu 1975).  With spherical conducting particles a very good
agreement of the measured value of charge with that calculated from equation (2) was
obtained while, for particles such as teflon, with high surface and volume  resistivities,
the saturation charge always remained about half as much as that given by equation
(3), except when the particles were subjected to rotational motion.  This discrepancy
is evidently the result of the fact that the charges imparted to the insulating particles
by the ion bombardment cannot be instantly uniformly distributed over the particle
surface; this was an important assumption in the derivation of equations (2)-(4).  In
the case ol moderately resistive particles (i.e. glass) where  the dielectric and surface con-
ductivity relaxation times, rp, ;ue negligibly small compared to the charging time con-
stant, r. or equation (4), then there is good agreement between the measured values of
acquired charge with those calculated from equations (2)  (4) for conducting particlci
of the same radius  (et - °°).  It is evident that in this case the particles behave like con-
ducting paiticles because  the distribution time for the charge (from ion bombardment
and polari/ation) is the short time taken for the internal field to disappear. Hence the
term 3e,/(e,+ 2) in equation (3), expressing the effect of the dielectric constant, losei
its meaning. This is due to the contradicting assumptions  that the distribution of
polarization charge has the time constant for a dielectric particle and that the distribu-
tion of imparted charge has the time constant for a conducting particle. Under normal

                                     135

-------
        Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation

precipitator conditions we can assume that particles having a volume resistivity of below
10n ft cm (this implies pj < 1013 ft cm (Masuda 1965)) to be quasi-conducting particles
(Masudaand Akutsu 1975).
   The particle charge imparted by bipolar ions was also measured under back-discharge
conditions.  The distribution of positive and negative ion densities, p+ and p_, were cal-
culated by using the data obtained in the relation derived by Pauthenier (1961). It
could be shown that even a weak back discharge could cause a remarkable decrease of
the particle charge to 10% of its normal value. This was predicted by Pauthenier
(1961). In some cases a polarity change even occurred.  It was also observed that, in
the space streamer mode, p+ and p_ became nearly equal and almost constant through
the luminous region, which suggests that the carrier production ta'ces place in a fairly
wide region of the gas space. In contrast with the surface discharge mode,p+ and p_
showed an exponential decay in space from both sides. However, their rates of decay
with distance were very low so that a long extension of the positive ion cloud to the
discharge electrode region was observed.
   As a novel method of particle charging, the use of gamma rays has been proposed.
The bipolar ions produced by the high-energy electrons are separated by  a transverse
electric field, and used to charge the particles which are then collected on to the elec-
trodes (Heinsohn etal 1975).

8. Dust resistivity
   Figure 13 exemplifies the effect of pd upon the precipitator performance, expressed
in terms of the apparent migration velocity, W.  It is clearly indicated that the prefer-
able range for electrostatic precipitation is for particles with pj between  104 and 1010
ft cm and that the efficiency is limited by dust re-entrainment and back discharge. The
        s;
        §
        s
        o>
        '§.
                   Abnormal dust re-entrainment
                   region
Normal region
                          Back-discharge
                          region
            I03    I04                           I010   10"   IOB   I013
                       Apparent dust resistivity  p^  (Qcm)
        Figure 13. Effect of dust resistivity, pj, upon the apparent migration velocity, W.
value of the apparent resistivity, p
-------
        Senichi Masuda
                                   Figure 14. Effects of temperature and humidity of
                                   ambient gas upon the apparent resistivity of high-
                                   resistivity dust.
         100    200    300    400
           Temperature C'C)

resistivity will be determined by bulk conduction. Current constrictions at the contact
points between the particles will also effect the resistivity (Masuda 1965). The resisti-
vity has a maximum at a temperature between 100 and 200°C which unfortunately is
the temperature range of exit gases in most industrial emission sources. Therefore,
back-discharge troubles often occur.  It was recently discovered that alkali metal ions
served as charge carriers in both surface and volume conduction in layers  of fly ash
(Bickelhaupt 1975).


9. Technical progress and new development
   The large-spacing precipitator with an electrode spacing of 20-50 cm, described
previously, has proved to be successful in many of its applications. This includes cases
with high-resistivity dust where in some cases a cost reduction of approximately 20%
has been obtained. The roof-top type of precipitator is in increasing use. It is installed
on the roof of a plant building from which one has severe dust emission, for example
from an electric furnace.  A large hot mass of gas rises to the ceiling where it enters the
precipitator and then passes through it by free convection and is emitted directly into
the open air. Often conductive plastics are used for the collection electrodes because
of their low weight.
   The wet-type of precipitator is attracting increased attention because of its very
good performance.  It is entirely free from dust r«-entrainment and back discharges
and also performs the additional function of removing gaseous pollutants such as SO2,
HF, etc. The problems with this type have been the necessity of irrigation water,  the
treatment of the emitted slurry and the reheating  of the cool gas at the outlet in order
to recover gaseous lift. These problems can be solved effectively in the hybrid-type of
precipitator in which the dry and wet types of precipitators were integrated inside a
common casing to make an optimized system (Ago etal 1973, 1975). The major  por-
tion  of the incoming dust was collected in the dry stage and the remaining very fine
dust was effectively removed in a fairly small wet  stage. This meant that a large reduc-
tion  in the amount of irrigation water, the slurry emission and the temperature drop,
could be achieved. The slurry, after concentration, could be dried by the use of the

                                      137

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation

heat contained either in the inlet gas or in the collected dust in the dry stage. The merit
of this system has been found to be emphasised when very high degrees of emission
control for particulate and gaseous pollutants have to be achieved.
   As regards the solution of the back-discharge problem, the conditioning of the inlet
gas by use of a water spray has long been  used to reduce the value of Pd below about
Sx  10I0flcm. In this case the rapid and perfect evaporation of atomized water has
to be obtained (Masuda and Saito 1966).  The so-called 'chemical conditioning* using
suitable additives (Dalmon and Tidy 1972b) has also proved to have been effective in
some applications. For instance, the injection of S03 into the inlet gas is widely used
for the fly ash of low-sulphur coal in order to prevent back discharging (Busby and
Darby 1963, Darby and Heinrich 1966, Cook 1975).  The possibility of conditioning
fly ash by the addition of a sodium compound such as Na2C03 to low-sulphur coal, as
it is being burned, was also recently proposed (White 1975). Another solution to back
discharging is the use of the so-called 'hot-side* precipitator in which collection is made
at higher temperatures (300-400 QC) (see figure 14).  The key factor in this system is
the consideration of the structural thermal-expansion properties (Walker 1975).
   Purely electrical solutions have also been studied. Figure 15*shows one such
approach, where pulse charging is used in  conjunction with a third electrode (Liithi
1967).  The remarkable features of this method are that the current density can be

          Collecting electrode
    Third electrode
                                       Figure 15. Pulse-charging lystem with the
                                       third electrode (Lathi 1967).
adjusted independently of the main field strength by changing the magnitude or repeti-
tion frequency of the pulse voltage, and that a very uniform current density is obtained
over the complete surface of the collection electrode because of the expansion of the
dense ion cloud that is produced by the pulses. Thus the condition necessary for the
avoidance of back discharging, /d * Pd < £d»» can be met over the dust surface whilst
the main field strength is always kept at its maximum,  A further study revealed that
it is dciirablc to put an additional  DC bias voltage in series with the puke voltage (see
figure 5),  This ensures the suppression of the DC corona during the pulse-free period,
regardless of fluctuations in the plant conditions (i.e. gas temperature and dust con-
centration), especially when the distance between the discharge electrode and the third
electrode his to be increased to meet design requirements (Masuda ft d 1974b), It
could be shown in the pilot plant tests that the precipitator shown in figure 5, equipped

                                         138

-------
        Senichi Masuda

with the bias-controlled pulse-charging system, exhibited an increase in collection effici-
ency from 63% to 93% for dust with the very high apparent resistivity of 10I3n cm
(Masuda etal 1974b).  It was also observed that this method might provide an effective
solution for corona quenching because, with the aid of the third electrode, a sufficient
number of ions could be pulled from  the discharge electrode, regardless of the dust
space charge existing in the main field.  Instead of a pulsed field, an AC voltage could
be used in series with the bias voltage. Another very effective electrical approach to the
solution of the back-discharging problem is to use an AC voltage in conjunction with
an insulating film over the  collecting electrode (Krug 1971). The practicability of this
method will depend on progress in the field of insulator materials.
   The investigation of EFD motion of charged particles led to a new two-stage preci-
pitator of the type shown in figure 5, in which the charged particles coagulate in the
charging section and are led into the inside of downstream channels by the action of
the gas flow and the use of electric fields, where they are then electrically precipitated
(Shibuya and Masuda 1975). A remarkable reduction in precipitator size could be
achieved by this method under suitable conditions.


10. Conclusions

   The recent progress in electrostatic precipitation has been reviewed.  The major dif-
ficulty lies in the inherent problem of a multi-variable system, where the many process
variables which affect the overall performance have to be considered together. The gap
between scientific understanding of the elementary processes and the design procedure
has thus been inevitably large.  In order to lessen this gap, more detailed studies are
needed of not only  the physical phenomena but also the ability of the theories to
correlate the major  process variables with the overall precipitator performance.
References

Adachi T, Suyama T, Shimoda M and Masuda S 1974 Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan
   No718
Ago S, Itoh T, Saito H, Furuya N and Masuda S 1973 Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan
   No838
Ago S, Itoh T, Saito H, Furuya N and Masuda S 1975 Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan
   No921
Awad M B and Castle G S P 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 172
Bickelhaupt R E 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 148
Busby H G T and Darby K 1963 /. Inst. Fuel 36  184
Cook R E 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 156
Dalmon J and Tidy D 1972a Atmos. Env. 681
Dalmon J and Tidy D 1972b Atmos. Env. 6 721
Darby K and Heinrich D O 1966 Staub-Reinhalt. Luft 26 464
Dismukes E B 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 152
Hall H J 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 132
Heinrich D 0  1961 Trans. Inst. Chem. Engrs. 39  145
Heinsohn R J, Levine S H, Fjeld R J and Malamud G W 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 179
Hermstein W 1960 Archivfur Elektrotechnik 45  209, 279
Hewitt G W 1957 AIEE Trans, part I 76 300

                                        139

-------
         Recent progress in electrostatic precipitation

Kuroda M 1975 Graduation Thesis Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Tokyo
Krug H 1971 Dissertation TU Karlsruhe
Liu B Y H, Whitby K Tand Yu H H S 19677. Appl. Phys. 38(4) 1952
Liu B Y Hand Yeh H C 1968/. Appl. Phys. 39(3) 1396
Lowe H J and Lucas D H  1953 Brit. J. Appl Phys. (suppl) 2 40
Lttthi J E1967 Dissertation ETH-Zurich No3924
Masuda SI965SteuA 25 175
	  1966 Staub-Reinhalt. Luft 26 459
Masuda Sand Adachi Y 1975 Trans. Jnst. Elect. Engrs. Japan to be published
Masuda Sand Akutsu K l9TSProc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No909
Masuda S, Akutsu K and Mizuno A 1974a Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No723
Masuda S, Aoyama M, Shimozono S, Hattori J and Shibuya A 1974b Proc. 19th Ann. Meeting
   Static Electrification Group Japan (Inst. Polym. Sci. Japan) p35
Masuda S and Matsumoto Y 1974a Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No722
	  1974b Trans. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan 94-A 515
Masuda S, Matsumoto Y and Ohba Y 1973a Proc.  Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No839
Masuda S and Mizuno A 1975a Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No924
	  1975bPlrac. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No923
Masuda S and Niioka M 1973 Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No847
	  1974 Proc. Gen.  Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No719
Masuda S and Saito H 1966 land E C Process Design and Development S 135
Masuda S, Shibuya A and Ikeno E 1973b Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No844
Matsumoto Y 1974 Dissertation Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Tokyo
McCain J D, Gooch J Pand Smith W B 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25'117
Mizuno A1975 Dissertation Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Tokyo
Murphy AT, Adler F Tand Penny G W 1959 AlEE Trans, part 1 78 318
Niioka M 1974 Dissertation Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Tokyo
Pauthenier M 1961 Id Physique des Forces dlectrostatiques et leurs Application (Centre National
   de la Recherche Scientifique) p279
Pauthenier M and Moreau-Hanot M 1932 /. Phys. Radium 3 590
Penny G W 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 113
Penny G W and Lynch R D 1957 AlEE Trans, part 1 76 294
Shibuya A and Masuda S 1975 Proc. Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan No920
Simm W 1962 Staub 22 463
Smith P L and Penny G W 1961 AlEE Trans, part  1 80 340
Smith W B and McDonald J R 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc.  25 168
Steinbigler H 1969 Dissertation TH Munchen
Tassicker O J 1975/. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 122
White H J 1951 AlEE Trans, part 2 70 1186
	  1962 Industrial Electrostatic Precipitation (New York: Addison-Wesley) p!57
	  1975 J. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 102
Walker A B 1975 /. Air Pollution Control Assoc. 25 143
Discussion

MrWEG Plumtree (Rank Xerox)
   Particularly with respect to the results in figure 7 (back-discharge plot), how much
dust was present in the system?

Professor Masuda
   Instead of a dust layer we used a mica plate with a 0-5 mm diameter pin hole. The
thickness of the plate was 1 mm.

                                           140

-------
        Senichi Masuda

MrRHours(CEA)
   About two years ago American authors proposed the use of 7-rays to charge (and
thereby remove) very fine particles from the flue gases of coal-fired power stations.
Scientifically, this idea is interesting, but due to the very low yield of 7-ray ionization,
powerful - and therefore dangerous - radioactive sources are necessary. Consequently
the system appears uneconomical compared with those based on corona charging.
What is your opinion about that?

Professor Masuda
   I don't think that the use of 7-rays in particle charging will find a wide practical
application in the field of electrostatic precipitation, because of the problems you
pointed out.  I comment, however, that a high energy electron beam (0-75-1-5 MeV,
100mA) might be effectively used for the removal of NO* and SO* from the exit gases
out of large-scale industrial furnaces (ore-sintering furnaces, thermal power plants,
etc). It was discovered that these gaseous pollutants are effectively converted by the
electron beam irradiation into aerosol particles within about 1 second. These particles
may be collected by an electrostatic precipitator. Large-scale development work is now
going on in Japan by a research group from the steel industries. It is expected that a
very high initial investment in this method may be balanced by the benefits of a very
small pressure drop and the ease  of operation where no catalyst is used.

DrJC Gibbings (Liverpool University)
   The design of electrostatic precipitation is a good example, of electrostatics being
very much an inter-disciplinary study in that the study of the electric field must go
hand-in-hand with the fluid mechanics study of the flow pattern for real progress to be
made. Professor Masuda pointed  out that his field calculations for K = Q gave flux lines
identical to the streamlines; but these streamlines are for the potential flow and no real
flow in ducts would correspond to these streamlines. In the past, the design of precipi-
tators has been spoilt by lack of concern with analysis and knowledge of the flow.
For example, the electric wind from an electrode will convey a particle towards a
surface, but unless centrifugal and electrostatic forces remove it from the flow on to the
surface, then the return  flow, which continuity insists must exist, will equally convey
it away again: in principle this is  why the presence of turbulence in the flow is of such
significance in effectively greatly increasing the diffusion coefficient.
                                      141

-------
          FLASHOVER MEASUREMENTS OF BACK DISCHARGE
Senichi  MASUDA, PhD                 Department of Electrical Engeneering,
                                     University of Tokyo
Aklra  MIZUNO, ME
                                     7-3-1,  Kongo, Bunkyo-Ku, Tokyo,
                                     Japan
                               142

-------
Summary
     The mode change and flashover voltage  of back  discharge under different
gaseous conditions were studied with a  special  attention  to the effects of
dust layer thickness and alkaline components  contained  In dust.  It was
found that back discharge took either streamer or steady-glow mode
depending upon gas mean free path.  These modes have  their own characteri-
stic flashover voltage as a function of gas mean free path, where Its value
for the former mode 1s much lower than  that for the latter.  Thickness of
the dust layer and existence of the alkaline  components also govern
the Initiation of streamer so that the  flashover voltage  1s  largely
affected by these factors.

1.  Introduction
     Back discharge has long been one of the  unsolved problems 1n electro-
static precipitation.  This Is an abnormal  discharge  caused by breakdown
of high resistivity dust layer deposited on collecting  electrode.
The mode and effect of back discharge differ  largely, depending upon the
polarity of corona discharge used.  In  this paper,  however, we restrict
ourselves to the case of negative polarity  which has  been 1n common use
because of Its higher flashover voltage under normal  operating conditions.
If back discharge takes place, flashover voltage falls  to about half
the value of that under normal operation, and particle  charge will be
neutralized.  When the field strength Inside  the dust layer exceeds Its
breakdown value, the Initiation of back discharge takes place.  A random
or repetitive breakdown appears at the  breakdown point, owing to the
continuous 1on supply from corona discharge.   With  a  slight Increase 1n
                                 143

-------
voltage, it turns to a feeble but continuous spot-like onset-glow, refered
to as "onset-glow mode".  The current wave form contains that of Trichel
pulse superimposed on a D.C.component.  With the further increase in
voltage, this onset-glow either triggers the streamer discharge in gas
space or along the layer surface, or it turns to a pulseless point-like
glow with increased intensity.  The former mode should be refered to as
"streamer mode", while the latter as "steady-glow mode".  Thus, the mode
of back discharge after onset stage can be classified into streamer and
steady-glow modes, as described separately.  '  When gas mean free path
is larcie, the transition occurs from the streamer mode tb the steady-glow
mode with an increase in voltage beyond a certain critical voltage.
This mode transition is reversible and affected not only by the gas mean
free path but also by the thickness of dust layer and its chemical
composition.  When the thickness is small, streamer mode does not occur
and the flashover voltage is high.  Among the effects of chemical
composition, the most remarkable is that of alkaline metal compounds which
lowers the flashover voltage of back discharge to a great extent.
In this case streamer propagation becomes very pronounced so that it
easily turns to a flashover.
     In this paper, the effects of mean free path, dust layer thickness
and alkaline content in dusts on back discharge mode and flashover voltage
are reported.
                                      144

-------
 2.  Experimental  apparatus
     The effects  of mean free path on the flashover voltage and mode of
 back discharge were studied by changing the pressure P under room
 temperature or by changing the temperature T under atmospheric pressure.
 A needle to plane electrode system with a gap of 50 mm was used inside
 a thermostat or vacuum chamber as shown in Fig.l.  A mica plate having
 a pinhole of 0.5  mm in diameter, tissue paper and dust samples of various
 chemical compositions were used as test layer samples to be located on
 the plane electrode.   As a most important parameter, the resistivity of
 the test layer was measured before each experiment.  The change of
 the resistivity under vacuum condition was enabled by drying the layer by
 heat during evacuation to about 1 torr, and thereafter adding dry air, so
 that a desired air pressure could be obtained.  By this method, the value
 of resistivity could be maintained constant at least during each experiment.
 However, Its value was delicately dependent upon the drying condition.
 Hence, its measurement at a position separate from the centre area using
 a fixed counter electrode on the layer surface should be excluded.  Thus,
 before each measurement, a counter electrode was set on a centre position
 facing to a measuring electrode and removed therefrom after the experiment,
with the aid of a remote-controlled crane model.  In the case of resistivity
measurement under elevated temperature inside the thermostat, a separate
measuring cell  was used, because the resistivity value in this case was
a unique function of the thermostat temperature, so far as the equili-
brium condition was reached.  An image intensifier tube (EMI, type
9912)  was used to observe a faint glow of back discharge at its initial
stage and to investigate the difference in discharge modes in detail.
                                      145

-------
 3.  Effect of mean free path
     A mica plate with a plnhole of 0.5 mm 1n diameter and 0.45 mm
 thickness was used as the test layer.  The flashover voltage Vs was
 plotted against the normalized mean free path A/fto, as shown 1n Fig.2,
 where/^o Is the mean free path at NTP.  The solid curves represent the
 results obtained by changing P under room temperature (20 °C) while the
 dotted curves Indicate those obtained by changing T under atmospheric
 pressure (760 torr).  The scales for these P and T are also given.  It
 can be seen that the curves measured by changing T or P agree well with
 each other.  It should be noted that there exist two different curves
 for flashover (curve I and II), each covering the different range of
X/Xo.  In the area under the curve I, the onset-glow mode was followed
 by the streamer mode with the Increase in voltage, while the steady-glow
 mode occurred in the area under the curve II.  As a result there are
 three different regions In X//lo, A, B and C as Indicated in the figure,
 each corresponding to different mode changes.  In region A, back discharge
 in the streamer mode followed the onset-glow mode and turned to flashover
 on curve I.  In region C, back discharge in the steady-glow mode followed
 the onset-glow mode and no streamers appeared until flashover took place
 on curve II.  Region B 1s a transition region between A and C.  Fig.3
 shows the photographs Indicating the mode transition in this region.
 The onset-glow mode appeared at first at the plnhole (F1g.3-a).  With the
 Increase In applied voltage, it turned into streamer mode (Fig.3-b),
 bridged across the gap and finally turned to random sparking on the
 curve I (F1g.3-c).  In region B, the random sparking tended more easily
 to occur at smaller value of A/Ao.  Slightly above the curve I, streamers
 suddenly disappeared to turn to a stable steady-glow (Fig.3-d).  This lasted
                                    146

-------
until flashover occurred on curve II.   The voltage-current characteristics
in this region were further studied with the use of X-Y recorder, where
the electrode voltage V and the current from the measuring electrode^I,
were recorded.  The result obtained with no additional  output impedance
is shown in Fig.4-a where the output impedance was only that of the
source (Ro = 15 M ohm) so that it was  comparatively small.  From the
onset-glow at the pinhole, the space streamer appeared  at point A.   With
the increase in voltage, it bridged across the gap, resulting in a
transition from point B to C.  When the source voltage  was further
increased, the space streamer became more luminous and  current I increased,
the electrode voltage, however, remaining almost constant (curve ii).
Fluctuations of the current and voltage were large.  Around the point  D,
random sparking took place.  With the  source voltage slightly increased
from point D, the transition of the streamer to the steady-glow mode
occurred, accompanied by the transition of the curve from point D* to  B*
where D' and B* were very close to D and B respectively.   Thereafter,  the
voltage and current followed the curve (i') until flashover occurred at
a point beyond E.  Then, when the voltaae was lowered,  the voltage and
current followed the identical curve E-B' until point F was reached.
The inverse transition from the steady-glow to streamer mode occurred  at
point F, resulting in the transition of the curve from  F to C.   With
the further decrease in voltage, the streamer mode lasted following
curve (1T) until point 6 was reached  where 1t turned to the onset-glow
mode again.  Thereafter the voltage and current followed the initial
curve (i).  Thus, it can be seen that  voltage-current characteristics
consists of two curves (1)-(r) and (il)-(ii'), the former corresponding
                                   147

-------
 to  the  glow mode, and the latter to the streamer mode.  The curve (1)-(1*)
 1s  subdivided Into part (1) and (1*), the former Includes the onset-glow
 mode while the latter corresponds to the steady-glow mode.  It was
 observed   that these transitions of mode and V-I characteristics were
 governed by the output Impedance of the high voltage source* as Indicated
 1n  F1g.4-b and c.  In the case of F1g.4-b, the additional resistance
 of  R =  27 M ohm was Inserted In series to the output circuit, while
 1n  the  case of F1g.4-c, that of R » 55 M ohm was used.  In Fig.4-b, B*
 was fairly apart from B, and C* was somewhat apart from C.  The transition
 from F  to C* was unstable, and the Inverse transition easily took place,
 even when the source voltage was kept constant.  But1! when the voltage
 was further decreased, the streamer mode became stable and the voltage
 and current followed the curve (11*).  When the output Impedance was
 excessively high, as In the case of Fig.4-c  (R = 55 M ohm), neither
 random  sparking nor transition took place at point n" where the source
 voltage was its upper limit, 50 kV.  With the decrease in voltage, the
 curve followed (ii) and (ii').  The current wave form in region B in
 F1g.2 is shown 1n Fig.5.  As the onset-glow started, Trichel pulses
 superimposed to a small D.C. current were observed (Fig.5-a), and with
 the increase in1 voltage,random pulses having much larger pulse height
appeared,  which corresponds  to space streamers (Fig.5-b).  Finally pulseless
 D.C. current appeared with the transition from streamer to steady-glow
 mode (F1g.5-c).  No Trichel  pulse could be observed in this mode.  This
 suggests the mechanism of electron emission from discharge electrode to
 have changed from that for the onset-glow mode.
                                    148

-------
4.  Effect of dust layer thickness
     The effect of thickness of the layer was studied using three mica
plates with different thickness, each having a pinhole with 0.5 mm 1n
diameter, and three tissue papers with different lamination number.  The
resistivity of the mica plates were higher than 10   ohm-cm, while
                                       12
that of the tissue papers were about 10   ohm-cm.  Fig.6 and 7 show the
values of flahsover voltage obtained for the mica plates and the tissue
papers respectively, plotted against pressure P with the A/Ap scale
Identical to that in Fig.2.  It can be seen in Fig.6 that, with the
decrease in the mica plate thickness t, the transition pressure P.   from
the region B to C shifted towards1 the side of higher pressure range (lower
mean free path).  Pbc finally exceeded 760 torr before t = 47/
-------
the curve 3 in Fig.6.  The curves 2 and 3 in Fig.7 also roughly agreed with
the curve II in Fig.2.  It was concluded that the decrease in the layer
thickness shifted the transition pressure between res ions B and C, Pfac,
towards the side of higher pressure range, resulting in the dominance of
the steady-glow mode and the increase in flashover voltage.

5.  Effect of chemical composition of dust
     In an electrostatic precipitator, flashover must usually be
dominated by streamer mechanism since the values of both pressure and
gap distance are large.  It is considered, therefore,  that the existence
of alkaline components may help streamer development because of their
low ionisation energy so that the flashover voltage under back discharge
condition may become lower.  For example, the exhaust gas from an iron
ore sintering furnace contains fairly high content of alkaline metal
compounds, especially that of potassium, and it has been found that the
collection performance drops as its content increases.
     The flashover voltage Vs of a needle to plane electrode system
(gap 50 mm) was measured, with various kinds of dust layers (thickness
2.0 mm) on the plane electrode.  The samples used were the first class
agents and shown in Table 1.  The experiments were conducted in a
thermostat or vacuum chamber, and the change of dust resistivity was
enabled using the methods described in section 2.
     The flashover voltage Vs and the apparent resistivityAl for each dust
layer plotted against temperature T arelshown in Fig.8 and 9 respectively.
In this case measurement was made under atmospheric pressure.  The scale
of the temperature in Fig.8 is the same as that in Fig.2.  The abrupt
                                    150

-------
rise In Vs in curves 2, 3 and 5 In Fig.8 were  due  to  the  disappearance of
back discharge resulted by the decrease in  dust  resistivity with  the
Increased temperature (Fig.9).  Curves  1  and 2 in  Fig.8 roughly agree
with the curve II in Fig.2,  while curve 3,  4 and 5 with the curve I.
For CaC03 and Fe203 dusts (curve 1 and  2),  back  discharge after the
onset-glow stage was at first of streamer mode,  but it changed into the  s
steady-glow mode when craters had been  formed  at the breakdown point and
Vs became high.  In these dusts particles were easily ejected from the
area around the back discharge point so that conical  craters tended to
be formed.  Hence, it was probable that the effective thickness of
the layer at the crater bottom became so small that no streamer could occur.
On the other hand, for KgSO^, KC1 and Nad  dusts (curve 3, 4 and  5), all
containing alkaline metals, the streamer mode  always  dominated so that
Vs was lower.
     The flashover voltage under room temperature  plotted against pressure
P is shown in Fig.10 where the scale of P is also  the same as that in
Fig.2.  The apparent resistivity/d could be kept  constant inspite of
a large change in pressure by using dry air.  It was confirmed  that the
Vs curves of various dusts could be classified into curves I, II  and  III.
Curves I and II agreed with the curves  I and II  in Fig.2. Curve  III was
a transition curve between the curves I and II,  like the  curve  1  in the
region B in Fig.7.  In the dusts corresponding to curve  III, pinholes
were easily formed at the breakdown points.
     The classification of dusts by their Vs curves is  shown  in Table  1.
These results show that alkaline dusts  are  included in  Group  I  (curve  I),
non-alkaline dust tending easily to form conical craters  in Group II  (curve II)
                                    151

-------
and dusts In which pinholes  easily appear are  classified  in Group  III  (curve
III).  With the existence of alkaline compound,  only  curve I appeared  and
no transition to the steady-glow mode occurred,  the streamer mode  lasting
until flashover took place,  at least within  the  range of  T, P and  the  layer
thickness investigated.   The lack of curve II  for alkaline! compounds
might be a result of the fact that the transition pressure Pab between
regions A and B was shifted  towards the low pressure  side beyond the range
investigated.  On the contrary, the lack of curve I for non-alkaline
dust investigated might be caused by the shift of the transition pressure
P.   between regions B and C  towards the high pressure side beyond  the
range studied.  The characteristics of curve III might be explained by the
propagation model of mode transition assumed for curve 1  in Fig.7.
     The effect of alkaline  compounds on voltage-current  characteristics
under back discharge with a  single breakdown point was studied.  In this
experiment the thickness of  the layer must be  kept constant so that its
effect could be excluded.  For that purpose  a  mica plate  having a  pinhole
(0.5 mm in diameter) was again used, and its surface  was  painted by water
solution of I^SO^ (10 % in weight) and thereafter dried.  Fig.11-a and
b show the difference in voltage-current curves  with  and  without KgSO^
film under the pressure P =  360 torr, where no additional output resist-
ance was used.  An X-Y recorder was used also  for these measurements.
Fig.ll-a shows the identical characteristics as  those in  Fig.4-a.  In
Fig.ll-b, when K2S04 film existed on the surface, a streamer appeared  at
a lower voltage.  With the voltage increased,  it bridged  across the
electrodes and flashover occurred.  In this  case the  transition to the
steady-glow mode did not take place, except for  a transient one appearing
rarely at the instant of flashover.
                                     152

-------
6.  Discussions
6.1  Summary of  back discharge phenomena
     The phenomenological  behaviors of back  discharge  so  far described
can be summarized as follows.   Back discharge  starts with the breakdown
of a weak point  or pinhole in  the layer,  when  the conditioned  x J SEds
ts fulfilled.*'' This breakdown,  occurring randomly at first, becomes
nore or less periodical  when the  voltage  is  raised.  With the voltage
further increased, it turns to a  feeble spot-like onset-glow.   When
                                                             12
the layer resistivity is comparatively low,  less  than  about 10   ohm-cm,
where a sufficient negative ion current is being  supplied from  the
discharge electrode at the instant of breakdown,  the layer breakdown directly
triggers the onset-glow.  With the further increase in voltage, the
onset-glow turns either to the streamers  (surface and/or  space  streamers)
or to the more luminous steady-glow.  In  some  cases, a small sized
onset-streamer is observed to appear around  the upper  edge of the
pinhole prior to the occurence of the well developed streamers. The
difference between the onset-glow and steady-glow lies in the magnitude
and wave form of current, the former current being lower  (less  than
about 50 jiA/point) and containing both D.C.  and Trichel pulse  component,
while the latter being higher (more than  about 50 ^A/point) and
completely  non-pulsive.  This difference suggests the change in corona
mechanism occurring at the discharge electrode.  The D.C. current
component in the onset-glow increases with the increase in voltage.
In the region A where gas mean free path  Xis  small, flashover  occurs
directly from the space streamer, while in region C where Xis  large,
steady-glow turns to flashover without occurence  of streamer.
                                   153

-------
 In the Intermediate region B, the onset-glow Is followed by the streamers,
 which bridge the electrode gap and cause random sparking.  The random
 sparking tends more easily tor occur atia smaller VJto side 1n region B.
 The streamers, however, disappear at a certain critical  voltage to turn
 to the steady-glow.  Flashover occurs from the steady-glow In this region.
 The decrease 1n the layer thickness shifts the boundary  value of Pb  between
 the regions B and C towards the smaller side ofJl.   The  existence of
 compounds having low 1on1sat1on potential shifts the boundary value of Pab
 between the regions A and B to the larger side of \.  In case of the layer
 having many,weak points or plnholes, the mode transition between the
 streamer and steady-glow modes takes place from one point to another
 so that flashover curves in the region B coalesce into a single curve.

 6.2  Mechanism of back discharge
     There are three discharge districts in back discharge to be
 considered separately (Fig.12): (1) the breakdown point  in the layer,
 (2) the layer surface and gas space, and (3) the corona  point at discharge
electrode.  The discharge mechanism in these three  districts may be
 different, but closely connected to each other to characterize the over-all
behavior of back discharge.
     After a pre-onset stage, a spot-like glow discharge at the breakdown
point remains to exist either in the form of the onset-glow or in the  form
ef the steady-glow, so far as the streamers do not  occur.   When the streamers
occur, the spots glow repetitively only at the instant of streamer occurence.
Judging from the magnitude of current density, the  onset-glow and the
steady-glow should be taken as a kind: of glow discharge  having a structure
                                     154

-------
as shown  in  Fig.12.   A most  remarkable  feature of these glow discharges
at the breakdown  point is  that  they  lack  a cathode electrode as a source
of electrons which maintain  the discharges themselves.  There must exist
some origin  of electrons at  the location  S near  the  top of the glow spot.
The only  possible source of  electrons may be  the negative ions, supplied
from the  discharge electrode, from which  electrons will be sheded.  The
electron  shedding, however,  requires a  value  of  field  strength to pressure
                                    /2\
ratio higher than about 20 V/cm-torr.     This field  may only be formed by
space charge of  highly concentrated  positive  ions accumulated at the  location
P under the  shedding  zone  S.  The electrons,  shedded from negative ions,
will be strongly accerelated by the  positive  ion space charge field to
ionize gas molecules  at the  area G under  the  region  P.  This ionizing
region G  may correspond to the  negative glow  in  a usual glow discharge
and provide  a sufficient quantity of positive ions  to  the region P.   This
                                                               I           (3)
positive  ion space charge  region P may  correspond to the cathode darkspace.
     In region A where gas mean free path A. is sufficiently small, the
nunber of collision for unit length  becomes large,  while the diffusion
of produced  plasma will be largely suppressed.   Hence, the positive ion
                                                                       m
density could become  so high that the  condition  for streamer initiation*  '
            I (oC-1) cU  =* k  ,    k=/0*-20        CIO
            •'o                    *
may be fulfilled. Here c£is the first Townsend  coefficient and  fy the
attachment coefficient of  electrons  to  neutral molecules.  The integration
should be performed from the origin  0,  through the  breakdown channel!
and along the optimum field  line in  gas space to the position L where oC=^.
The streamer propagate either into gas  space  towards the discharge
electrode or along the layer surface,  or  the  both directions.  With  the
Increase  1n  voltage the space streamer finally reaches at  the discharge
                                    155

-------
electrode to cause a mighty flashover capable of turning into  arc  in
this case.
     In region B where the gas mean free path \,becomes larger,  the
plasma density in streamer channel  cannot  become'sufficiently high so
that it cannot trigger the mighty flashover when it bridges over the
electrode gap, or even when it triggers a random sparking,  so  far  as  the
output impedance of the source is not sufficiently low.  In this case
the transition from the streamer mode to the steady-glow mode  occurs
at the bridge-over stage of the streamer, but not at the instant of
sparking.  At this stage copious positive and negative ions are  produced
in the gas space.  As a result a strong positive ion space  charge
accumulates in front of the discharge electrode resulting in an enhanced
electron emission from its surface  because of gamma action  (electron
emission by positive ion bombardment).  The electron space  charge  can
effectively compensated by the strong positive ion space charge  so that
no periodical choking of electron avalanche occurs.  Hence, the  Trichel
pulse disappears and a sufficient quantity of negative ion  current can
now be supplied from the pulseless  negative glow corona.  In the meantime,
a strong negative ion sheath is':forme'd near the region S to enhance
the positive ion supply from the layer breakdown point.  The highly inc-
reased densities of positive and negative ions in gas space may  reduce
the field in the gap so that streamer cannot be maintained.  This  might
be the situation causing the transition from the streamer to steady-glow
mode.  The mighty flashover takes place from the steady-glow only  when
the voltage is sufficiently raised.
                                     156

-------
     In region  C where the gas  mean  free  path  J\.is  very  large,  the streamer
initiation  condition (1)  cannot be fulfilled owing  to  the decrease
in collision  number and the increase in diffusion of plasma.  With the
increase in voltage, the positive ion accumulation  in  front of  the
discharge electrode also increases so that D.C.  current  component due
to gamma action of the positive ion  collision  also  increases.   Finally,
when the choking effect of negative  ions  from  the discharge electrode is
offset by the positive ion space charge,  the Tirchel pulse may  completely
disappear so  that the onset-glow mode turns to the  steady-glow  mode.
The sufficient  increase in voltage results in  the mighty flashover to occur
directly from the steady-glow.   Hence, it is expected  that the  boundaries
between the regions A, B and C  may also be governed by the output
impedance of  the source.
     The existence of two flashover voltage represented  by curves I and
II clearly  suggests that, once  back  discharge  occurred,  the flashover
becomes solely  governed by the  mode  of the preceding discharge  and is
not affected  by dust resistivity,/'d, although/to has  an essential
effect on the initiation of back discharge itself.

6.3  Effect of  layer thickness  and ionisation  potential  of dust
     The essential part in the  Integration in  equation (1) seems to
exist inside  the pinhole itself so that the product (pressure P) x (layer
thickness t)  should play a major role in  the streamer  initiation.  Thus
it can be understood that, with the  decrease in layer  thickness t,
the boundary  pressure P  'between the regions  B and C  shifted towards the
                       DC i
side of higher  pressure.   In Fig.5,  the values of P x  t  at the  boundary
                                    157

-------
pressure between B and C are 35.7 torr-mm for t = HB^/jri and 22.8 torr-mm
for t = 60y(un respectively.  Whereas, in case of t = 47/tm, no streamers
appeared at P = 760 torr.  This may suggest that streamer will not occur
if the value of P x t is smaller than about 20 torr-mm/
     The effective value of oC in equation (1) may become larger if the
layer contains components with low ionisation potential such as alkaline
metal compounds.  Such compounds may emit their molecules inside the
breakdown point or even into gas space.  The lack of region B and C for
these compounds suggests that equation (1) for streamer initiation could
be fulfilled even at a lower value of P so that the boundary pressure P .
between A and B may be shifted to the side of lower P beyond its range
investigated.  Therefore, the streamer initiation condition becomes
easily to be fulfilled inside the breakdown point in this case.  There
may exist these components also in gas space, ejected from the breakdown
point.  Then, the streamer propagation may be enhanced also in gas space.

7.  Conclusions
     From the results of flashover measurements under back discharge
condition, following conclusions were obtained.
(1)  There are three different regions in the mode change of back.discharge.
These regions are mainly determined by the mean free path of gas.  Properties
of back, discharge were almost the same under various values of pressure or
temperature investigated so far as the value of mean free path was the same.
As described in section 3, back discharge takes streamer mode in region A,
whereas in region C, steady-glow mode occurs.  In region B, transition
from streamer mode to steady-glow mode occurs.
                                    158

-------
(2)  Flashover voltage under back discharge  condition  1s  also  determined
by the gas mean free path.   There are two curves  of flashover  voltage.
The lower one corresponds to the streamer mode  (curve  I), while  the  higher
one to the steady-glow mode (curve II).
(3)  If the layer thickness 1s very small, streamer mode  cannot  occur
so that flashover voltage becomes high.
(4)  If alkaline dusts are present, streamer causes flashover  before
the transition to the steady-glow mode occurs so  that  flashover  voltage 1s
largely reduced.

Acknowledgements
     This research was sponsored by the  Ministry  of Education, Japan, as
its Special Research Project (I) (Project No.011914).   Prof. Y.  Miyoshi
is gratefully acknowledged for his helpful discussions about the mechanisms
of back discharge mode.  Thanks are also due to Mr. R. Shimoda for his
help given to a part of the experiments.
                                    159

-------
 Nomenclature
 Ji   gas man free path
 Ao   gas mean free path at NTP
 T   gas temperature
 P   gas pressure
 Vs   flashover voltaqe
of.   first Townsend coefficient
 t   electron attachment coeffedent
     apparent resistivity of dust layer
     layer thickness
                                     160

-------
References
1.   S. Masuda and A. Mizuno, Initiation Condition and Mode of Back
    Discharge, J. of Electrostatics  (to be published)
2.   Q. Vuhuu and R.P Comsa, Influence of Gap Length on Wire-Plane Corona,
    IEEE Trans. PAS 88  p. 1462   (1969)
3.   J.D. Cobine, Gaseous Conductors, p 213, Dover Edition, 1958
4.   T. Takuma, Discharge Characteristics of Gases, Part 1,
    Central Resereh Institute of  Electric Power Industry Technical Report
    No. 69015, (1969)

-------
I
KMn04
V°4
Sr(N03)2
(NH4)2S04
NaN03
Nad
II
CaC03
Fe2°3
A1203
Cr203
MgO

III
mica plate
sulphur
sio2



Table 1
          162

-------
                            -D.C.H.V.
I.I.
                                     T: TEST  LAYER
                                     P: PLANE ELECTRODE
                                     M: MEASURING ELECTRODE
                                     C: REMOTE CONTROLLED CRANE MODEL
                                     S: COUNTER ELECTRODE
                                     I.I.  : IMAGE INTENSIFIER
                    Figure 1
                         163

-------
   30
   20
   10
to
    0
           350
      2         3.1
150  550    T ( K )l
     •H	
      760  p560  460   360      260
            ab               P(torr)
                               150
                 Figure 2
                         164

-------
                                          ^ •'
(a)  ONSET-GLOW
     V = 12 kV
(b)  SPACE STREAMER
     V = 15 kV
     (below curve I)

                                I^^BHVvQfi^^Bfii^
              P^^ffiffifl I..s.-J^V^&'j&f&
(c)  RANDOM SPARKING
     V = 18 kV
     (on curve I)
(ci)  STEADY-GLOW
     V = 22 kV
     (between curve I and II)
                 Figure 3

-------
  300
 - 200
 -  TOO
                        \
                       A  F
0      5     10

       V  (  kV )

(a)  R = 0
15    20    25
                                      Figure 4

-------
J-*i-i i           ttantaniaatninjn
 ••• 11IIH1Hifll TfHinrlfllI  i I I1J
                                      (a)  Onset-Glow Mode

                                           ( V = 12|kV, I = 2.5,>X

                                             20 pA/div., 20 /^s/div.)
                                      (b)  Streamer Mode

                                           ( V • 14 kV,

                                             2 mA/d1v., 20 Ms/d1v.)
                                      (c)  Steady-Glow  Mode

                                           ( V • 18 kV,  I • 85

                                             20 MA/d1v., 20
                     Figure 5
                            167

-------
   30
   20
> 10
    0
0-1: t = 115 (urn)
A--2: t = 60  ( » )
+~3: t = 47  ( " )
                                be
     760     560   160   360
                 P (torr)

                    Figure 6
   260
160
                      168

-------
   30
   20
> 10
                 A«l: 44 LAYER  (2.6  mm )
                 0-2: 10   ,.    ( 0.6  mm )
                 x-3: 1    ..    ( 0.06 mm )
    0
     760
560  460    360
    P(torr)

        Figure 7
260
160
                        169

-------
30
20
ID
*--!: CaC03
0-2: Fe203
A--3: K2S04
+--4: KC1
D--5: NaCI
           100   200   300
               Figure B
                170

-------
   14
  10
  10
£
o
i
H
olO
   10
     0
100
200
300
           T rc
                   Figure 9
                 171

-------
    30
    20
t  10
(A
D--I   : K2S(
0--II  : Fe2C
+ --III  :   S
760    560   460   360
        P (torr)
                     Figure 10
                                   260
              160
                          172

-------
             600
OJ
             400
             200
                           SPACE STREAMER
                           10
                                 V (kV)
                                                FLASHOVER
20
                           (a)  Hlca Plate with No Coating
                                             Figure 11
                                                                600-
                 400-
                 200-
                                                                                    FLASHOVER
                                     V(kV)



                             (b)  «fca Plate with K2S04 Coating

-------
                                    *  +  -
                                    _  1  +  FIELD
                                    *  -  »  LOW
      L -
(a)  ONSET-GLOW
     (Trichel  Pulse)
(b)   STEADY-GLOW
     S:  electron  shedding zone
     P:  accumulate  zone  of positive  ion
     G:  negative  glow
     D:  dark space
     C;  positive  column
     N:  needle electrode
     E:  plane electrode


                   Figure 12
                          174

-------
.Figure  Caption
 Table 1  CLASSIFICATION  OF  DUST
 Fig.l   ELECTRODE SYSTEM FOR MEASURING FLASHOVER VOLTAGE  OF
        BACK DISCHARGE
 Fig. 2   FLASHOVER VOLTAGE  v.s.  TEMPERATURE  AND PRESSURE
 Fig.3   TRANSITION  OF BACK DISCHARGE MODE  IN  REGION B
        ( T - 450 K, mica  plate with a pinhole)
 Fig.4   VOLTAGE-CURRENT CHARACTERISTICS WITH  DIFFERENT OUTPUT IMPEDANCE
 Fig.5   CURRENT WAVE FORM  OF BACK DISCHARGE IN REGION B
        ( P • 360 torr, mica plate with a  pinhole)
 Fig.6   EFFECT OF LAYER THICKNESS ON P- Vs  CHARACTERISTICS
        (mica plate with a pinhole)
 Fig.7   EFFECT OF LAYER THICKNESS ON P-Vs  CHARACTERISTICS
        (tissue paper)
 Fig.8   EFFECT OF TEMPERATURE ON FLASHOVER VOLTAGE
        (atmospheric pressure)
 F1g.9   APPARENT DUST RESISTIVITY v.s. TEMPERATURE
 Flg.10   EFFECT OF ALKALINE COMPOUND ON FLASHOVER VOLTAGE
        (T - 20 °C)
 Pig.11   VOLTAGE-CURRENT CURVES WITH AND WITHOUT K2S04 FILM ON THE SURFACE
        OF MECA PLATE WITH A PINHOLE
        (thickness: 0.2 mm, P • 360 torr,  T - 20 °C)
 Fig.12   SCHEMATIC REPRESENTATION OF BACK DISCHARGE IN THE GLOW MODES
                                    175

-------
    Proc.  4th Int.  Clean Air  Congress
    Paper No.  V-47   (May 1977,  Tokyo)
          BASIC STUDIES ON BACK DISCHARGE MODE
                     AND STREAMER PROPAGATION

                Etudes fondamentales sur le mode de deversement inverse
                                 et la propagation en courant
                                     MASUDA. S. and MIZUNO. A.
                                  Faculty c/Enginttrtng. Tokyo Uniotnity
                                            Tokyo. Japan
INTRODUCTION

   Back discharge has long been one of the unsolved prob-
lems in  electrostatic  precipitation  This is  an abnormal
discharge cause J b>  breakdown of high resistivity dust la>cr
deposited!                 '-  I he mode  and effr
back discharge differ  largely, depending upon the polanty
of corona  discharged used.  In this paper,  however, we
rcsttK'            '!c case of negative  polarity which has
been in common me because of the higher fiashover voltage
under normal Derating cc>:-       '            ! lakes
place, fiashover           s to about half the value of that
under normal .ipentitm. and particle charge  will be
neutralized When  the field strength inside the  dust
exceeds its breakdown value, the  initiation  of back  dis-
charge             '. i  •
turns
fered :
contains that  < '         ;!se superimposed 0:1 a I) (
ponent  With the  further in^rea'.e in voltage, thu onset
     cither triggers the streanu-        .? m gas sp
along the layer surface,  or it turns to a pulseless ;
like glow with increased intcnsiv.   '      :ier mode -'
be refered to  a$ "streamer              h,c).wlr -
latter mode  as "steady-glow modi-         ;). In  the
streamer mode, lepetitive h^ht and current pulses a;,
while in the  steady-glow mode, puhive a
plctoly disappears  nie s;i             nirs under small
pas mean free j-
•
                      •;ean free \
     '
         •i the streamer  mode
a certain .
this region, ami  the  mode  transition  is rcvcr-iMe   Trie

                                     • .
I    HACK  DISC II \K(,1
    MODI
HII   SIKI  \\1IK
f.mn of sltrjuv
     into  space  streamer  ni»Je, surface streamer :
and mived  streamer mode as a combination of the former
two as  shown in  I ig  1 -a.  •                 The most
essential f?         !mg the respectivf rn
is the strengths of tangen:         • .inJ verii al  h-
                     around  the  breakdown  point as well as corona current
                     densi:         J J, however, are closely coupled to each
                     other  Thus, the effect of  Ea  and  J  must  be studied
                     separately by using a grid electrode  inserted between a
                     needle to plane electrode system. By the change of needle
                     electrode vol:age and grid electrode voltage, J  and  Ea can
                     be varied independently. The electrode gap is  SOmm and
                     the distance between grid  and plane  electrode 20mm. A
                     pair of glass phtes each having a pinhole are used  on top
                     of one another as the layer located on the plane electrode.
                                  •' the glass plate, pd. is 6 x 10"ficm and
                     the diameter of the pinht le is 0 5mm, the thickness uf one
                          .' Omm The breakdown  field strength Eds of th_
                     plate pair can be changed by  changing the distance of the
                     t w o h.
                        From  :!         •           -charge mode with the

                                                          •
                                              (
-------
                         THK  FOURTH  INTERNATIONAL  CLEAN  AIR  CONGRtSS
       -5
     :
      -fi
     10
  E
  D
    ;•
      -8

                                      \x
              NO  flASXOvfP
                    .    iv
                     SUPFACf    i&
                     cTonufB  vf/
ST9EAME?
«
                                       O

               A X
                    III  (X$ET-^TOE»."fP Of
                    1 1  ONSf '
        8
         0246
                    Ea  ( kV/cm )
 Fif. 2   Mode  du£jjm of  back discharge  in field-cuiiem

 lid of on imige mtensifier tube and  cuucnt wave levin,
 the mode diagram  of back discharge  is depicted
 domain as ihown in Fig. 2. where Eds « 20.7 kV/cm. With
 the increase  in  current, the laytr  breakdown condition,
 Eds nd V. The
 region IV, for lower value of Ea, is  the surface  streiinti
 region where the  surface streamer  n..-*de is  predominant
 and space streamers a.c  few
 exceeds  about  5kV/cm,  both  thc
 Itrtamer  occur to fonr  ;!:e mixed  streamer  rr,
 the critical current density  for the  transition  from the re-
 gion III to IV and V is nearly constant, except for a
 area C. The  critical value of the field strength  betv,ren
 region IV and V (curve  H) is about  5  kV/cm  under atmos-
 pheric condition  This value has been  taken as s thrcahold
 value for the occurence of streamers
   The tangential  field  around  the breakdown point wiU
 become a function of the surface charge density o0 on the
layer at the instant of breakdown. The value of a0. in turn.
h given  by *Eds where t is  the dielectric  constant and
Eds the breakdown field strength  of the  layer.  Fig.  1-a
shows the pictures  of  back discharge when Eds -  13.8
kV/cm, while Fig. !< is for  Eds - 33 S kV/cm. The surface
streamer  becomes especially dominant when  the  value cf
 Oo exceeds about S x 10"' C/cmJ .
   Charging  efficiency  in  different regums  IV and V are
measured ind  it is confirmed that the positive ion source
is  considered  to  be surface-like  in the surface  streamer
region, but ion generation i.n.               the ipji:c or
mixed streamer re.
   In an actual precipitator, hovteter, these factors, hi. ha
and  J. are closely coupled lo each other, depending upon
the dust resistivity pd The effect  of pd is studied by using
tissue paper as a layer,  in which p.i can easily be varied by
changing the  imbinet  hurmditv   When pd  is  between
about 5 x 10'° and 0.9 x 10" Hem, number of breakdown
points  is less and streamers proceed into gas space. In this
range of pd, excessive sparking tends to occur bacause the
streamer starting voltage  Vst lies close lo the fhshover
voltage  Vs.  For pd higher than  10|: Sicm, the back  dis-
charge streampers start  to occur at a much ln*er voltage
and  current density  In this  case, there  is  a large  interval
between Vst and V$ so that  the  excessive sparking disap-
pears  but   an abnormal increase in  current  becomes
dominant. There are more breakdown point with a general
glow surrounding each point.
II.   PROPAGATION OF STREAMER21

   Propagation  of streamers in the  mixed streamer
is measured by using photomultipher tube Rg. 3 shows the
propagation of light emission in the normal direction z (gas
space), and in  the  tangential  direction  r (liver surface),
respectively The light sipial at the bieakdown point shows
that the back discharge streamer pulv
There is a  primary  ua\e which          ;apidl> and lasts
about 20 ns, followed by a secondary uju- which rise more
                              0   100 200 ns
                             (a)  z-AXIS
                                0   100 .
                               (b)  r  AXIS
flf. 3
                           W».                                       red I.
                           vulout ,VU:I.'RI liken ilonj llic z tnd t j\u
                           Ipp. }0 mm. umplt, jljn pLile. V • 26 kV. I • |0 »*A)
                                                     177

-------
                         THE FOURTH INTERNATIONAL CLEAN AIR CONGRESS
dowry and Usti about 200 nt. The former proceeds in the
z direction and the Utter in the r direction. The primary
wave corresponds to the first rise in die current wave and
the secondary wave to the second rise in current which has
a much larger pulse height and a charge of 2 -4 x 10"* C/
pulse. The value of charge per pulse remains nearly constant
until just before ftashover takes place, while the period of
each succesive pulse decreased with the Increase in current.
III.  MODE TRANSITION OF BACK
     DISCHARGE3)

   The effects of mean free path on the flashover voltage
and  mode  of back discharge are studied. A  mica plate
having a pinhole of 0.5mm in diameter and 0.45mm thick-
ness  b used as a layer. The flashoever voltage Vs is plotted
against the  normalized mean free path as shown in  Fig. 4,
where* Xo to the mean free path at NTP. The solid curves
represent the results obtained by changing P under room
temperature while the dotted  curves indicate those ob-
tained by changing T under atmospheric pressure. The
scales for these P and T are also given. It can be seen that
           350    150  550     T(K)
the curves  measured by changing T or P agree well with
each other. It should be noted that there exist two dif-
ferent curves for flashover (curve I and II), each covering
the different range of X/XoTln the area under the curve I,
the onset-glow mode is followed by the  streamer mode
with the increase in voltage, while  the steady-glow mode
occurs In the area under the curve II. As a result there are
three  different regions  of X/Xo, A, B and  C at indicated
in  the  figure,  each  corresponding to  different mode
changes. In region A, back discharge in the  streamer mode
follows  the onset-glow  mode and  turns to flashover on
curve  I.  In region C, back discharge in the steady-glow
mode follows the onset-glow mode and no streamer appears
until flashover takes place on curve  II. Region B is a transi-
tion region between A   and C. The onset-glow mode ap-
pears  at first at the pinhole. With the increase In applied
voltage, it turns into streamer mode, bridges across the gap
and finally turns to random sparking on the curve I. Slightly
above the curve I, streamers studdenly disappers to turn to
a stable steadyglow mode (Fig. 1-d). This lasts until flash-
over occurs on curve II. The current wave  form in region
B at the onset-glow consists of Trichel pulses superimposed
to a small D.C. current component, and with the increase
in voltage,  random pulses having much larger pulse height
appears  corresponding to space streamers. Finally pulse-
less D.C. current appears with the transition from streamer
to steady-glow mode, no Trichel pulse being observed in
this mbde.
   It is observed that no streamer occurs when the thick-
ness of the  layer, t, is 47/an even under P - 760 toor. The
boundary  pressure  Pi  between regions B and C shifts
towards the side of smaller XAo when t decreases, and the
value of Pi x t lines in the range between  18.6 and 35.7
torr-mm. It also is observed that, when the dust layer con-
tains alkaline compounds having low ionisation potential,
the region A covers the whole X/Xo range  investigated, so
that Vs becomes lower and is given  only by the curve I in
Fig. 4. Namely, the existence of alkaline compounds shifts
the boundary pressure between regions A  and B towards
the lower pressure side.
      760     560  460   360       260         160
                               P (torr)
Flf. 4   Effect of (ii mean free path on fltihom voltage of back
       discharge
REFERENCES

1)  Masuda, S. & Mizuno A.. "Initiation  condition and
    mode of back discharge," /. vf Electrostatics (to be
    published).
2)  Masuda, S., Recent Progress in Electrostatic Precipita-
    tion, Static Electrification 1975, Institute of Physics
    Conference Series, No. 27 p. 154.
3)  Masuda, S. & Mizuno A., "Flashover measurements of
    back discharge," /. of Electrostatics (to be published).
                                                    178

-------
Senichi Masuda (Tokyo University) .   The Present Status of Elec-
trostatic Precipitator Technology.   Presented at the Electrotech-
nical Colloquium of the Technical  University of Munich, May 4,
1977.


1.  Introduction

    The control of atmospheric  pollution has become one of the
uost important social goals  of today,  with the effective removal
of very fine particles  (<  3  pm)  from waste gases being especially
emphasized.  These fine particles  are present in smoke emissions
and are the nuclei for the formation of fog and clouds.  Because
of their high specific surface,  they act as carriers of harmful
gases into the depths of the lungs,  and so they are harmful to
health.  For this reason,  the electrostatic precipitator, which
was born at the beginning  of this  century, has been given an im-
portant task today.  Although the  principle and the construction
of an electrostatic precipitator are very simple, its practical
use is often very complicated, because of many interfering ef-
fects that can be avoided  only with  difficulty.  As a result,
electrostatic precipitator technology has for a long time been
considered an art.  However, this  situation is today slowly ex-
periencing a change as the result  of intensive research and de-
velopment .

2.  Principle and Construction in  General

    The principle and construction  of an electrostatic precipi-
tator can be explained by  reference  to the tubular design in Fig.
1.  It consists of a grounded tubular electrode  (collecting elec-
trode) and insulated wire  electrode  (discharge electrode), between
which a high potential is  applied.  On the discharge electrode
there appears a corona discharge,  which supplies a unipolar ion
current to the inner wall  of the tube.  The suspended particles,
along with the exhaust gas,  enter  the tube from below and pass
up through the tube, in which they are strongly charged with a
unipolar charge by ion impact.   They are then driven by the cou-
lombic force to the inner  surface  of the tube and deposited there,
where they form a dust layer. This  layer is dislodged by mechan-
ical rapping of the tube and falls into a hopper below.  The
cleaned gas is led out the upper end to the stack.

    In practical application,  instead of the tubular type, the
so-called plate precipitator is  mostly used.  It is equipped with
parallel plate collection  electrodes.  The plate design has a
simpler structure, in which  uniform gas distribution is more
easily achieved, especially  with larger gas volumes.  The corona
in industrial precipitators  is usually negative, since its spark-
ing voltage is higher than for a positive corona.  In air cleaning,

                               179

-------
 TO HIGH-VOLTAGE SUPPLY
                        INSULATOR





                           GAS OUTLET
    CORONA POINT
      ION STREAM
                              COLLECTION ELECTRODE
                           —•i  DISCHARGE ELECTRODE
                           *3 DUST LAYER
                                DUST OUTLET
Figure 1. Principle of electrostatic precipitator (tube type).
                     180

-------
a positive corona with appreciably less ozone production  is  used,
because of the harmful effects on health of ozone.   In  this  ap-
plication, a two-stage construction with separate charging and
collection zones is mostly used  (Fig. 2) .

     In order to achieve the highest collection capacity, the
precipitator must be operated with the highest voltage  possible;
the operation is also, however, determined by the continuous
fluctuation of the sparking voltage with changes in  the operat-
ing conditions.  This requires two functions of the  high  voltage
supply.  One is the suppression of transition from sparking  to
arcing and the rapid rebuilding of the normal operating voltage,
which is achieved with the aid of a thyrister circuit.  The  other
is the automatic monitoring of the optimum operating voltage.
Hence the spark rate is measured, for example, and the  voltage
is so regulated that this rate is kept at a preselected value.
Also the power supply must have a static voltage-current  charac-
teristic, which guarantees stable operation of the precipitator.

3.  Collection Process

3.1  Equations of motion of charged particles

     The collection process in an electrostatic precipitator is
based on the following expression for the motion of  the charged
particles in the electrical and fluid-dynamic fields  (electro-
hydrodynamic or EHD fields) :
     m(d2R/dt2) + 6Tina(dR/dt) = qE + 6TrnaV                      (1)

where   m = particle mass, kg

        a = particle radius, m

        q = particle charge, coul

        p = gas viscosity, Nsec/m2

        E = field strength vector, V/m

        V = gas velocity vector, m/s

        R = position vector of particle, m

For extremely small particles with a < 1 vim, the viscosity  n must
be divided by the Cunningham correction factor  (1 + AX/a) in con-
sideration of the ion slip effect, where X = free path of the
ion and A = constant.  For atmospheric air, A = 0.866 and X =
0.1 jam [1].  Eq. 1 shows that the particle motion in the electro-
static precipitator is strongly influenced by the coulombic force
and by the viscous drag force of the gas flow eirnaV, in which,

                                181

-------

CHARGING ZONE
COLLECTION ZONE
        Figure 2. Two-stage construction.
                    182

-------
as will be explained later, the corona wind plays a large  role
[2].  The saturation charge, which the particle reaches  in the
corona field, is proportional to a2.  The relation of  the  coulom-
bic force to the fluid dynamic force is:

     K  » q E/ 6TTi-|a V =  I12ne e E a2/(ee + 2)]/6Tin V a
      O                      SOS

        = [2 eoesE/(eg+2)nV] a                                  (2)

Therefore, this relation is proportional to a.  This means that
the coulombic force will predominate for the  larger particles
with a > several tenths of pm.  Then the particle velocity may
be calculated with the resulting "theoretical migration  velocity"
=

     W..  = qE/6irna  m/sec                                      (3)

For the smaller particles with a < several pm, on the  other hand,
the fluid-dynamic force 6nna plays the decisive role in  the col-
lection process.  Thereby the result is that  the particle  path
in the electrostatic precipitator must in general always take
place with consideration of these two forces, i.e., from the EHD
point of view.

     In the following, the magnitude of each  factor in Eq.  1 is
considered more closely.

3.2  Corona field strength

     The electric field in an electrostatic precipitator is en-
cumbered by the strong space charge of ions and charged  aerosol
particles, so its analytical calculation generally is  achieved
only with difficulty.  An exception is the concentric  cylinder
such as in Fig. 1.  For it the field strength was represented
by Pauthenier and Moreau-Hanot [3] by the following approximation:
     E(r)
                                          h
V/m                (4)
where   I = ion current per unit length of wire, A/m

       e0 = permittivity of a vacuum = 8.842  x  10~12F/m

        y = ion mobility, m2/Vsec

       e  = specific dielectric constant of the particle material
        o

        S - total surface of the aerosol particles  in  unit  gas
            volume, m~l


                               183

-------
       r0 = wire radius, m

       E0 = breakdown field strength of the gas at the wire sur-
            face, V/m.

    plate precipitators one can obtain a rough estimate of the
voltage-current characteristic from Eq. 1.

     In this equation the effect of particle space charge is  repre-
sented by the value of S, which is determined by both the particle
concentration and the particle size.  The higher both these values
are, the more significant the particle space charge effect.   As
a result, the field strength increases near the inner wall of
the tube, while it decreases at the wire surface.  The former
effect gives rise to sparking, so the sparking voltage is sharply
reduced several fold.  The latter effect leads to a reduction
of the corona current, which again with an increase in the parti-
cle charging time decreases the effective value of the achievable
particle charge with limited residence time.  This effect is
called the "corona quenching effect".  Both the effects mentioned
above can, therefore, generally lower the collection capability
of the precipitator.  It has, however, recently been shown that
the increase in the field near the plate can accelerate the par-
ticle collection [4].

3.3  Particle charging

     The magnitude of the particle charge plays the decisive  role
in the electrostatic precipitator, as it does in all other appli-
cations of electrostatic force.  The particles are hit and charged
in the corona field by the neighboring ions through their thermal
motion.  Thus a deficiency of ions occurs in this immediate neigh-
borhood, so a continuous supply is required for further charging
of the particles.  Two separate mechanisms for ion transport  ope-
rate.  One is the field effect, in which the coulombic force
drives the ions from the outer regions to the inner regions  (Fig.
3 (a)).  The other is the diffusion effect, in which the ions
are transported, as the result of concentration differences,  to
the inner regions by their thermal movement (Fig. 3 (b)).  The
former mechanism is called "field charging" and the latter "dif-
fusion charging".  Under practical operating conditions for elec-
trostatic precipitators, field charging is determinative for  the
larger particles with a > 1 ym, while for very small particles
with a < 0.1 ym diffusion charging is decisive.  The charge for
particles with intermediate sizes is well approximated by the
sum of both charges [5].
                               184

-------
             (a) FIELD CHARGING
          (b) DIFFUSION CHARGING
Figure 3.  Charging mechanisms in corona field.
                  185

-------
3.3.1  Field charging

     The quantity of charge Qf that  is  imparted  to one  particle
in field charging is, according to Pauthenier  [3]:

     Qf • QM [t/(t + T)]  coul                                  (5)


in which

               3e
     Q  * 4ire0 —r, a2E  = saturation charge,  coul              (6)
      ^        C _ T A    C
                5
          4e0   4e0E
      T « -—r » —T—- » charging time constant,  sec             (7)
where   t • charging time, sec

       E_ « charging field strength, V/m
        C
       p. ** ion space charge density, coul/m3

        i = ion current density, A/m2

The particle charge increased with  time t,  finally  reaching  the
saturation charge Q«, (Fig. 4(a)).   This final  condition  is  limited
in that the increased potential of  the charged particle  repels
all the field lines.  After the charging  time  t = 10  T sec  the
particle charge Qf reaches 91% of the saturation value,  so  one
can assume as the charging time T = 10 T  sec.   According to  Eq.
6, the saturation charge  is proportional  to the field strength
E , while the charging time according to  Eq. 7 is inversely  pro-
portional to the ion current i and  independent of E . Hence under
practical conditions, with a restricted residence time t, the
magnitude of the particle charge Qf depends not only  on  Eq,  but
also on the ion current density i.   At EC = 3  x 105V/m and  i =
2 x lO'^A/m2 the value of the charging time constant  T = 0.053
sec.

3.3.2  Diffusion charging

     The quantity of charge Q, by diffusion charging  according
to White [6] is:             a

     Qd • Q* ln( + t/T*)  coul                                 (8)

uho t*o       4 ?r e* _ A IcI*
wnere  Q* = *^a*A = specific charge, coul                    (9)


       T* * aCN°e2 = cnar9^n9 time  constant, sec              (10)

                               186

-------
      1.0
    §
   § 0.5
   o
    4        6

        t/T



(a) FIELD CHARGING
                                          8       10
                   (b) DIFFUSION CHARGING
Figure 4. Increase of particle charge with time (normalized).
                         187

-------
                                           2 3
                                             J/K
where   k = Boltzmann constant = 1.38 x 10

        T = absolute temperature, °K

        e = elementary change * 1.602 x 10"l9 coul
                                                           u
        C » r.m.s. value of thermal ion velocity =  (3kT/m) m/sec

        m = ion mass, kg

       N  - no. of ions/m3

        a » X assumed

According to Eq. 8 the charge increases very rapidly at  first,
and reaches 6 Q* at time t = 402 T*.  Then  it increases  appre-
ciably slower, so in a practical sense it remains almost constant
(Fig. 4(b)).  Hence one can assume for diffusion charging 6 Q*
as a quasi-saturation charge and t = 402 T* as  the  charging time
constant.  Under typical application conditions of  T = 150°C,
                                                      x 1013/nr,
a = 0.1 urn, m = 5.3 x 10~2*kg  (for Oz  ion)  and N0  =  5
one obtains/ e.g., a charging  time t = 1.13 sec.   For yet  smaller
particles with a = 0.01 vim the charging  time  t is  as large as
11.3 sec.

3.4  Migration velocity of particles and collection  efficiency
     of precipitator .

     From Eq. 3 and the above-mentioned  saturation charge  Qm or
6 Q* one can evaluate the theoretical migration velocity.   Curve
A in Fig. 5 represents the change of this  value Wt^  as  a func-
tion of particle radius a, with the assumption of  corona field
strength E = Ec =  (1-5) x 105V/m and the above-mentioned operating
conditions.  It is noticeable  that Wtu has  a  minimum value of
ca 0.1 m/sec in the range of 0.1 - 1.0 ym  radius.  These state-
ments have been verified both  in laboratory trials as well as
in practical installations [5,7].  The increase in the  curve for
the even smaller radius region is attributed  to the  effect of
ion slippage.  In practical installations  the high migration
velocities for very small particles are  almost unobtainable be-
cause of the accompanying increase in charging time, since the
residence time in the precipitator is usually restricted to 5 -
10 sec.
     As was already mentioned, these W^.^ values represent only
the electrical effect in the collection process, so they indi-
cate in no way the basis of collection efficiency, on account
of the numerous interferences that operate.  Such  interferences
include primarily gas flow turbulence, which is greatly increased
by the corona wind.  They include the reentrainment of the de-
posited dust layer on the collecting electrode, which arises
                               188

-------
especially on rapping of the electrodes, and reverse  ionization,
which represents the abnormal corona on the collecting electrodes
and which occurs with very high resistivity dust.  This strong
gas turbulence produces a uniform distribution of the dust con-
centration on a plane perpendicular to the direction  of the gas
flow.  From this consideration Deutsch derived the following
formula for collection efficiency:

     Collection efficiency * 1 - exp  (-wf)                     (11)

where   F = S /G = specific collection area, sec/m
             3

       S. = total surface of the collection electrode, m2
        a

        G = gas flow/ m3/sec

        w has the dimensions of velocity and is  termed the "ef-
          fective migration velocity" or "w value"

This formula has a very simple form and has proved useful in
practical installations as an approximation applicable at least
for the same type of dust and operating conditions.   Therefore,
it can be used for precipitator design when the  w value is con-
sidered only as a measure of collection efficiency in operation.

     This w value represents a design parameter  that  includes
the effects of all the process factors, including dust properties
and operating conditions, as well as" type of gas.  Curve B in
Fig. 5 represents the mean value of w for many installations for
removing fly ash as a function of the particle radius a [8] .
The flattening of the curve in the large particle size range is
surprising, and is explained by the tendency for reentrainment
of the larger particles.  There are so many influencing factors
that determine the w value that they in no way allow  the design
variables to be based on theory.  As the result, in the design
of precipitators many examples are required, which are to be had
only by the evaluation of collection efficiency  in many practical
installations.  It must be emphasized, however,  that  such practi-
cal data from installations with similar w values sometimes dif-
fer, giving the precipitator design more or less of a statistical
character [9].  Another puzzling w value is found with the so-
called large-spacing type, which has an appreciably larger elec-
trode separation distance [10].  It has been found that the col-
lection efficiency at a constant gas volume remains almost con-
stant, up to a certain limit, with increasing electrode separa-
tion distance.  This means that with an increase in electrode
separation the w value must increase proportionately.  This ef-
fect was confirmed not only in dry precipitators, but also in
wet precipitators, in which neither dust reentrainment nor reverse
discharge occurs.  The basis for this effect cannot be properly
explained even considering the higher stability  of the large-
spacing precipitator, and further investigation  is required.

                               189

-------
   1000
>   100
sT
     10
      0-01

                                              W
0-1           1           10

       PARTICLE RADIUS a, /im
100
  Figure 5. Theoretical and effective migration velocities as functions
            of particle radius a.
                               190

-------
4.  Distribution of Ion Current and Charging Efficiency

     For the most rapid and uniform charging of the particle,
not only the magnitude of the ion current density, but also its
distribution, plays a decisive role.  As is known, the negative
corona on the wire electrode appears in the form of scattered
corona points, from which the tufts of ion flow spread out in
the direction of the collection electrodes.  Between these streamers
there are ion dead spaces, in which the charging time constant
is large, because of limited current density, and the charging
efficiency of the particles is sharply reduced.  This effect was
confirmed experimentally  [11] and gave rise to a detailed study
of current distribution.  It was found [12] that the law of
similarity applies to current distribution at the collection
electrode.  Figure 6 shows an example.  It was further observed
that when such a dead space is formed, dust reentrainment and
reverse discharge can also be present; with the former a zero
current region occurs; with the latter an  increased current
region.  For resolving these dead space questions, "Hermstein
corona" with positive corona, which is distributed uniformly over
the wire electrode and which has an appreciably higher sparking
voltage offers a possibility [12].  The conditions for this corona
are that the field strength and its gradient near the corona
electrode are sufficiently high.  The former results in electron
stripping from negative ions; the separated electrons spread out
with a higher mobility over the electrode  surface and there form
an electron sheath suppressing the "streamers".  The latter also
retards the development of streamers.  Thus, the formation of
the Hermstein corona is accelerated by supplying a small number
of negative ions to the positive electrode [13].  The Hermstein
corona has been used to increase the particle charging efficiency,
although interfering effects of moisture and dust load have been
recognized [14],  Hence,  its applicability under practical con-
ditions is still an open question.

5.  EHD Processes

     There are two processes in an electrostatic precipitator
that must be considered from the EHD point of view.  One is the
collection process itself, in which, as has already been explained,
the interfering field of  the corona wind plays a decisive role.
The other is the corona wind, which is the result of momentum
exchange between the electrically accelerated ions and the neutral
molecules on impact.  In principle this flow field can be deter-
mined by the Navier-Stokes equation, but as another force the
coulombic force density, which acts as a motive force per unit
gas volume is drawn in play

     F = piE N/m                                               (12)

for which as an ancillary condition the continuity equation of
the gas flow must be considered.  The distribution of the ion


                              191

-------
                                       d = 10 cm
                                    • I =200 //A
                                    A	100/uA
                      1-0                    2-0
                   NORMALIZED DISTANCE r/d
Figure 6. Normalized distribution of ion current density on
         plate electrode.
                        192

-------
space charge density p^ can be calculated from the Poisson equa-
tion and the continuity equation of the ion flow.  For the point-
plane electrode this corona wind field can be determined analyti-
cally [16]  but for complicated conditions its mathematical solu-
tion is still open.

     On the other hand, many experimental studies of the corona
wind have been made with the aid of laser-doppler velocity mea-
surements and schlieren photography.  Fig. 7(a) shows, e.g., a
schlieren photograph of corona wind on which a horizontal gas
flow has been superimposed  [17].  The figure shows clearly the
presence of a kind of jet stream with a higher velocity.  Figs.
8 and 9 show the velocity components oriented perpendicular and
parallel to the plate along the axis of the point-plane electrode
without superimposition of  another gas flow, which was measured
with the use of a laser-doppler measurement instrument up to a
very close distance to the  surface  (0.05 mm)  [18].   In the main
part of the corona field along the axis, there is a  perpendicular
velocity of as much as 6-7  m/sec.  It is astonishing that this
perpendicular component extremely near to the plate  has as high
a value of 4-5 m/sec. and that then its direction of flow changes
suddenly by 90° and it flows along the plate with an equally high
velocity.  This remarkable  effect can be attributed  to the special
character of the ion driving force which acts up to  the surface
of the plate.  By diluting  the boundary layer, this  effect can
also produce a significant  increase in the gas/plate heat exchange
(corona cooling).  Fig. 10  shows the fluctuation of  the perpendi-
cular velocity component inside the boundary layer with superim-
position of the corona wind and the gas flow parallel to the plate
[18].  Outside the very near vicinity of the plate surface, the
fluctuation of the velocity in the positive and negative direc-
tions is very large, although the average velocity is positive
(in the direction of the surface).  This means that  in the main
part of the boundary layer  of ca 5 mm thickness, gas turbulence
is present with a velocity  of about 0.5 m/sec.  As was already
explained in Fig. 7(a), there predominates in the corona field
a kind of jet stream with a significantly higher gas velocity
than the theoretical particle migration velocity according to
Eq. 3, also shown clearly in Fig. 8.  Thus, most of  the particles
< 10 urn are first transported to the vicinity of the plate by
this jet stream, where the  gas stream must change its direction.
There only the larger particles can be collected, those that with
the aid of electrical and inertial forces can overcome the tur-
bulence  (Fig. 10) predominating in the boundary layer and finally
reach the plate.  The smaller particles, especially  in the size
range of 0.1 - 1.0 urn, are  captured only with difficulty, except
for the very small particles that reach the plate as the result
of gas turbulence.  The main part will flow along the plate with
the parallel flow and again return to the main field.  The velo-
city of this reverse flow is of course essentially less than that
of the corona wind.

                               193

-------
              Figure 4
A Schlieren Photograph of Corona Wind
             (did not reproduce)
                 194

-------
    10
 O
 O
 "J r-
 > 5
 O
 z
 3
      00
                           I
V = -30 (kV)
 I = 5
                10         20         30        40
              DISTANCE FROM CORONA ELECTRODE, mm
                  50
Figure 8. Distribution of perpendicular component of corona wind
         velocity along axis (point-plate; OOP particle 0.03 urn).
                         195

-------
4

3
u
$
E
*
1—
u ,
O 2
III
| . , . | . | .
V = -25 (kV)
_ 1 = 3 (/iA»


_



^
™
^^


.



  Q
  Z
    1 —
                               ±
x I
               10        20         30         40
             DISTANCE FROM CORONA ELECTRODE, mm
             50
F/jgwre 9.  Distribution of parallel component of corona wind velocity
         along axis (point-plate; OOP particle 0.03
                        196

-------
  1.0
 o  0.5


I
 *



o
O

UJ


Q
2

3
-0.5
               46
                                2 [mm]
                            47
                                      48
               V - -25 (kV)

               I -  3.5



               I
                             I
                                             o
                                                    0
                                                 49
               46         47         48          49

              DISTANCE FROM CORONA ELECTRODE, mm
                                                            50
                                                               50
Figure 10.   Variation in perpendicular current velocity in boundary

           layer (corona wind + parallel gas flow).
                           197

-------
     The collectability of the particles in the turbulent boundary
layer can be divided into two parts, which represent the relation-
ship of the electrical and inertial forces to the turbulent force:
     KI = Wth/Vo = q V6lTnaVo
     K2 = Wm/V0 = [(1/2) (MVk2)/6]/6irnaVo                       (14)

where  V  = r.m.s. of turbulent velocity, m/sec

       W  = mean inertial velocity in boundary layer, m/sec

       V.  = vertical component of initial viscosity of particle
            on entry to the boundary layer, m/sec

        M = particle mass, kg

        6 = thickness of turbulent boundary layer, m

     The value of Vo can be obtained by computer evaluation of
the velocity fluctuations measured with the laser-doppler  instru-
ment.  For particles with values of Kj or K2 larger than about
10 one can calculate collection in the usual way.

     The very high parallel velocity of the corona wind after
impact on the plate surface indicates that it can produce  a con-
siderable amount of dust reentrainment .  It was established with
the laser-doppler measuring instrument that dust reentrainment
mostly can occur at mean gas velocities above 1-2 m/sec  [19] .
Apparently one must find the correct compromise between the above-
mentioned positive and negative effects of the corona wind to
fit the adhesion characteristics of the individual dust.   In this
connection the voltage characteristic of the corona wind velocity
in the main field and in the region near the surface is useful
(Fig. 11) .  The difference between the curves indicates a  possi-
bility that one could well use the transport effect of the corona
wind and a smaller voltage reduction without any considerable
interference by dust reentrainment.  Since according to Eq. 12
the motive force for the corona wind is directly proportional
to the ion current, one can regulate the corona wind effect by
correct choice of the voltage-current characteristic.  This re-
quires also a correct choice of the corona electrode type  or the
application of a special current-regulating charging system, as
in Fig. 13.

     Fig. 7(b) represents a schlieren photograph of the corona
wind, which arises in reverse discharge.  The wind direction is
perpendicular to each reverse discharge point from above.  Fig.
12 shows the distribution of the perpendicular component of the
corona wind velocity along the axis of the point-plate electrode
system under conditions of reverse discharge, where its absolute
value is represented.  The wind directed toward the plate  by

                               198

-------
    10.0
                                                49.2 [mm]
                                                49.0 [mm]
                                                33.0 [mm]
                                                15.0 [mm]
                                                 6.0 [mm]
                                                 1.0 [mm]
                                                 5.0 [mm]
                          5        10
                            VOLTAGE, kV
50
100
Figure 11.  Perpendicular component of the corona wind velocity as
           a function of voltage.
                                       199

-------
    10
8
"E
>
H
1
IU
0
»    5
                  AIR FLOW FOR D.O. P. SU
                      I	I
                     10              20              30

                              DISTANCE FROM CORONA ELECTRODE
40
50
            Figure 12.   Distribution of perpendiuclar component of corona wind velocity
                       along axis under conditions of reverse discharge.
                                           200

-------
                       DC BIAS VOLTAGE
                       SOURCE
Figure 13.   New type of two-stage precipitator with bias-controlled
            pulse charging system and electrical screen.
                             201

-------
negative ions is indicated by "N", while  the  reversed wind direc-
tion by the reverse discharge ions  (positive  ions)  is marked  "BD".
Although the region of the reverse corona wind  is  relatively
restricted  (ca 5 mm), its velocity is astonishingly large, 5-10
m/sec.  Experimentally it was established that  this strong reverse
discharge corona wind not only can repel  the  oncoming particles
back to the main field, but also can tear particles from  the  dust
layer and can enter the main field with a high  velocity even  up
to 5-10 cm distance [19].

     With reference to the EHD treatment  of particle motion we
must consider the application of the EHD  potential [21] which
is defined as:

     md2R ,  6TiTiadR        ,  .   to\                             MR\
     Spr + -JJ— = -grad *EHD                             (15)


from which



     *»«i%(R) = ~ I  (6irnaV(R) + qE(R) dR  = EHD  potential, J    (16)
      EHD        J
                 0

Eq. 15 represents the equation of motion  of the charged particle
in the EHD field, in which the gas flow field is assumed  to be
that for an ideal gas.  The mode of the particle motion changes
according to the parameter:

     C = (eirnab/mV)*                                           (17)

where   b = electrode separation, m

        V = mean gas velocity, m/sec

If c » 1, as in the case of the smaller  particles that are being
considered in an electrostatic precipitator,  the particle motion
is "viscous", in that the first term in Eq. 15, compared  to the
second term (viscosity term), is negligible.  In this case the
particle moves along the lines of force of the  EHD potential  field,
so the particle collection efficiency is  obtained  as the  result
of these lines of force.  This calculation can  be  arrived at
easily with the aid of the charge-substitution  method combined
with a computer  [22,23].  Fig. 14 represents  the distribution
of the EHD lines of force in the collection zone of the 2-stage
electrostatic precipitator shown in Pig.  13  [21].   This distri-
bution of lines of force varies according to  the relationship
of the electrical force to the hydrodynamic force, as can be  seen
from Fig. 14.
                               202

-------
   K = 0    K = 0-2   K = 0-4
  K = 0-6   K = 0=8    K = 1-0
   K - 2-0  K = 3-0
Figure 14.   EHD lines of force.
          203

-------
     K3 = qE/6TrnaV                                             (18)

where E = mean field strength between the two electrodes, m/sec.
If K3 = 0, the distribution coincides with the streamline distri-
bution, while with an increase in the K3 value, the lines of force
which terminate on the collection electrode increase, and finally
at K3 = 1.95 give a 100% collection efficiency.  Actually one
cannot directly estimate the collection efficiency from the cal-
culation of EHD lines of force in many instances, because the
effects of the moving mass and the viscosity of the jet stream
that is formed and the turbulence operate on the particle motion,
usually in a positive direction.

6.  Adhesion and Reentrainment of Dust

     One of the most important factors in the effective collection
of dust is the strong adhesion between dust particles and between
the dust layer and the collection electrode.  This allows the
formation of a sufficiently strong dust layer that on electrode
rapping will fall into the hopper below without disintegration
and reentrainment.  In this sense the electrostatic precipitator
must function as an effective dust coagulator.  In this respect,
with high-resistivity dust, which has a specific layer resistivity
of p0 > 1010 ohm-cm, the so-called electrical adhesion plays an
important role [24].  This force arises from the potential dif-
ference at individual particle contacts.  It is proportional to
the pd value and the current density i^ in the dust layer [25].
Apparently the roles of the contact charge and electret formation
in the dust layer under the action of the electric field also
come into question [26].  Experimentally it has been established
that an electrically deposited dust layer has a 30-60 times s
stronger adhesion force that one deposited mechanically.

     As was already explained, the gas flow causes dust reentrain-
ment if the average velocity exceeds 1-2 m/sec  [19].  This limits
the usable gas velocity in a precipitator and results in a large
size for the installation.  For air filters, which are used under
atmospheric conditions, the dust layer has a sufficiently high
adhesive force, as the result of absorbed water molecules, so
a relatively high air flow, about 8 m/sec, is usable.

     For low-resistivity dust, with p^ < 101* ohm-cm, another kind
of dust reentrainment can occur completely on an electrical basis.
In this instance, the particle on reaching the plate immediately
gives up its charge and finally, despite the arriving ion jet,
becomes strongly positively charged by induction.  Then it is
immediately returned to the main field.  As a result, an abnormal
dust reentrainment is produced, insofar as it is not overcome
by other kinds of adhesive action.  In addition to electrical
adhesion forces, there is also the van der Waals force, which
                               204

-------
acts more effectively with decreasing particle  size  [27],  Under
atmospheric conditions  in which relatively high moisture  is pre-
dominant, water adsorption in capillaries of  the particles plays
an important role  (capillary condensation).   Recently  it  has been
found that one can  increase the collection efficiency  by  increas-
ing the adhesion action by injecting small amounts of  triethyla-
mine [28] or ammonia  [29] into gas.  Ammonia  injection is already
used to protect against corrosion by S03 in oil-fired  steam power
plants.  The corona-quenching effect is due to  the formation of
extremely fine particles of ammonium sulfate  and bisulfate  [29].

7.   Reverse Discharge  Processes

     For very highly resistive dusts with pd  =  5 x 10l° ohm-cm,
mostly metal oxides, electrical breakdown occurs due to a high
voltage drop which  then leads to a  reverse discharge abnormal
corona in the dust  layer.  This process has long presented one
of the most difficult problems in electrostatic precipitator
technology; in many industrial installations  it results in an
appreciable hindrance to precipitator collection efficiency, e.g.,
in ore sintering plants of the steel industry,  rotating kilns
and clinker coolers in  the cement industry, melting  furnaces in
metal foundries, and coal-fired steam power plants.  The  fly ash
from coal with a low sulfur content, which is required for lower-
ing the SOX content in  the stack gas, has an  especially high pd
value, so its removal in an electrostatic precipitator presents
great difficulties  with reverse discharge.  Depending  on  the
magnitude of the pd value, there are 'two forms of reverse dis-
charge.  In the region  between 5 x  1010 and ca 1011 ohm-cm, there
is an extremely strong  tendency to  spark  (excessive  sparking),
which upsets the stable precipitator operation, and as a  result
more or less degrades the collection efficiency.  In an even
higher pd value region, above 1012-1013 ohm-cm, the  sparking
tendency disappears, and there arises over the entire  dust layer
surface a sheet-like glow corona, often with  streamer  coronas
developing toward the main field, and with an associated  strong
increase in the corona current (abnormal current increase).  This
current increase is associated with a supply  of positive  ions
from the reverse discharge points.  These positive ions not only
neutralize the useful negative charge of the  particles but also
charge them positively so the particles are repelled and  are
completely removed  from the collection process.

     Since, as was  explained above, the reverse discharge is
caused by the breakdown of the dust layer, its initial conditions
can be formulated as:

     idPd > Eds   V/m                                          (19)
                               205

-------
where   id = current density inside the dust layer, A/m2

       E,  = breakdown field strength of  the dust layer, V/m

Impulse-like breakdown occurs repeatedly  in the dust  layer, by
which the particles are ejected from breakdown point  into  the
gas space one after the other, and finally a pinhole  is formed
in the dust layer.  This pinhole allows the formation of a stable
initial glow corona in it.  With an increase in the electrode
voltage the discharge goes over an initial streamer corona in
impulse-like streamer corona, which, depending on the field dis-
tribution, develops either at the corona  electrode or along the
dust layer surface, or in both directions.  The first is a "space
streamer", the second a "surface streamer", and the third  a "mixed
streamer" [30].  Fig. 15 is a diagram of  the reverse  discharge
in atmospheric air, which takes the form  of reverse corona as
a function of the field component Ea perpendicular to the  surface
and the ion current density i.  Thus, one sees that the space
streamer arises first at a higher field strength E  > 5 kv/cm,
which agrees with the development conditions of the streamers.
In the mixed streamer region, and in the  outer surface streamer
the space streamer is also present; the occurrence of sparking
is determined only by the ion current density i.  Since the amount
of charge associated with a streamer impulse remains  almost con-
stant, the ion current is proportional to the streamer frequency.

     With increase in the ion current, the period between  two
streamers decreases and finally reaches the order of  magnitude
of a plasma life time, when sparking can  appear.  In  the region
of Ea < 5kV/cm, only the surface streamer occurs, and no sparking
takes place.  In this region the ion current depends  on its space
charge and is related to the main field strength.  As a result
there is in this region an upper limit to the current, which
represents the saturation current.  It is notable also that the
breakdown in the dust layer directly goes over into sparking,
if the main field strength exceeds 8.4 kV/cm.  The effect  of the
tangential field component on the form of the reverse discharge
is shown in Fig. 16.  This component Efc is mainly determined by
the density of the surface discharge on the dust surface o^g at
the moment of breakdown, and further the  magnitude of a^s  is con-
nected to the breakdown field strength of the dust layer in the
following way:

     o   = eri E,   coul/m2                                     (20)
      CIO    Vl  U9
where e^ represents the dielectric constant of the dust layer.
In Fig. 16 an experimental layer was applied on two glass  plates,
one on top of the other, with pinholes, whereby its breakdown
field strength Eds could be regulated by  changing the distance
separating the two pinholes [30].  By increasing the  Eds value


                              206

-------
  10-5
V"
<
ui
a
  10-8
        CURRENT SATURATION
                               MIXED STREAMER

                               REGION
                 III  INITIAL STREAMER
                 II INITIAL GLOW CORONA
                 I  NO BREAKDOWN
              246

              FIELD STRENGTH E,. kV/cm




        Figure 15.   Reverse discharge diagram.
                      207

-------
                    Figure 16
Photograph of Corona From High Resistivity Layer
                 (did not reproduce)
                      208

-------
the development of  the  surface  streamers  could  be greatly accele-
rated.   It was established  that the  conditions  for development
of the surface streamers  are  the  presence of  a_sufficiently large
surface  charge density, greater than ca  5 x  10~9  coul/cm2,  as
well as  a sufficiently  high surface  resistivity of the dust layer.
Fig. 15  explains partly the basis for the difference in appearance
of the reverse discharge  which  occurs with change in the dust
layer resistivity.   This  change leads to  a corresponding varia-
tion in  the division of potential between gas field and dust
layer.   If the pd value is  low, the  field strength in the gas
space E  increases  with increase  in  the  voltage,  while the  field
strengtn in the dust layer  Ed remains relatively  low.  The  de-
velopment of the space  streamer is greatly accelerated, which
leads to excessive  sparking.  If  on  the  other hand, the pd  value
is high, the situation  is reversed,  so no sparks  occur in the
gas space, while in the dust  layer on account of  a rapid increase
in the field strength breakdown occurs at many  points one after
the other, before sparking  occurs.  Thus, the abnormal current
increase described  above.

     Fig. 17 shows  a typical  oscillogram  of  the impulse current
and the  accompanying light  emission  occurring on  reverse discharge,
The spatial change  in the light emission  oscillogram is repre-
sented in Fig. 18,  in which the measurements  were made along the
electrode axis and  the  surface  of the layer.   The spatial resolu-
tion of  the measurements  was  0.3  mm,  and  a glass  plate with a
pinhole  was used as a test  layer  [31].  .From  the  light emitted
signal at the original  point  it may  be seen  that  the reverse dis-
charge impulse consisted  of a primary and a  secondary wave.  The
former represents the first increase in  the  current impulse and
rises very rapidly.   It lasts very briefly (about 20 nsec)  and
has a small impulse height.   The  current  impulse  connected  with
this primary wave has a charge  of 1-2 x  10~9  coul/impulse.   The
secondary wave corresponds  to the second  current  impulse, which
has an appreciably  greater  impulse height with  a  charge of  2-4
x 10~8 coul/impulse and a long  duration  (ca  200 nsec).   With the
aid of an "image converter  camera" combined with  an "image  in-
tensifier", it was  established  that  the primary wave represents
a space  streamer, which develops  with a velocity  of ca 4 x  107
cm/sec at the corona electrode.   The  secondary  wave represents
the surface streamer, which has a velocity of ca  2.5 x 107  cm/sec
and an appreciably  higher charge.  If the surface resistivity
of the layer is smaller,  the  surface  streamer disappears, and
the space streamer  is present.  With  both the primary wave  and
the secondary wave  the  related  charge per impulse remains constant
.independent of the  voltage, while the impulse frequency changes
when the voltage changes.   In general, the impulse frequency of
the surface streamer  is appreciably  smaller  than  that of the space
streamer, so the space  streamer,  despite  its  smaller charge per
impulse, has a greater  influence  on  the  increase  in current.
Fig. 19  shows the reverse discharge  for a positive corona elec-
trode, which has a  completely different appearance.   In this case

                                209

-------
          Figure 17
(Photograph - did not reproduce
            210

-------
        48
        40
     E
        30
        20
        10
         8
         6
         4
         3
            NEEDLE
            0      200 ns
             Z-axil
                                E
                                E
                                N
                               15
                               10
                                                -26 kV
                                                        DSC
0      200 ns
  r-axii
Figure 18.   Wave form of fight signal measured along z- and r- axes.
                             211

-------
                  Figure 19





(Photograph -  did not reproduce)
                    212

-------
numerous glow points are uniformly distributed over the dust
layer surface.  From neither the discharge points nor the positive
corona electrode is there a streamer, but sparking occurs sud-
denly.  The usual streamer from a positive corona is completely
suppressed, presumably on the same basis as with the Hermstein
glow corona, namely because of negative ions supplied from the
reverse discharge points.  Experimentally it was established that
the sparking voltage in this case is higher than that'without
a dust layer  [30].

     Fig. 20 shows the sparking voltage at reverse discharge as
a function of the mean free path of the ions X  [31].  As a test
layer was used a mica plate with a small hole, and the magnitude
of X was varied by changing either the temperature or pressure.
Outside the higher temperature region, where no reverse discharge
takes place, the sparking voltage is determined only by the magni-
tude of the X value, quite independent of variation in tempera-
ture or pressure.  The sparking voltage is represented by two
curves I and II, the validity regions of which agree in Region
B but not in Regions A and C, above and below.  Curve I repre-
sents the voltage at which the sparking develops over the space
streamer, while curve II represents the voltage at which the
sparking takes place directly from the glow reverse corona.  In
Region C with a higher value of X no streamer occurs, and the
glow reverse corona is present up to Curve II, at which sparking
suddenly occurs.  In Region A with a smaller value of X, which
also corresponds to atmospheric conditions according to Ref. 15,
there appears after the already explained initial glow corona
the space streamer, which goes over to sparking at Curve I.  On
the other hand, in Region B the sparking that sometimes takes
place on Curve I disappears, if the voltage exceeds only slightly
Curve I, and suddenly goes over to impulse-free stable glow re-
verse corona.  In this case a stronger sparking finally appears
at an appreciably higher voltage on Curve II.  The boundaries
between A and B or B and C can be shifted according to the mag-
nitudes of dust layer thickness, alkali content of the dust, etc.,
which determine streamer development.  E.g., boundary B/C is
shifted to the left for a decrease in the dust layer thickness,
to finally appear outside the region being considered, so no
streamer will occur in atmospheric air.  On the other hand bound-
ary A/B is shifted to the right for an alkali-containing dust,
so sparking in the total region will be controlled by Curve I
at an appreciably lower sparking voltage.  This fact may be the
basis for the observation that in an electrostatic precipitator
'for dust removal from an iron ore sintering furnace gas, in which
high-resistivity dust with a high potassium content is encountered,
the collection capability against the strongly abnormal increase
in current and the related lower operating voltage is usually
unsatisfactory.  Fig. 21 shows schematically the structure of
the initial glow corona and stable glow jet corona in the developed

                              213

-------
30
20
10
                              B
          350      450
                     I	I
     550
      t
                                        T,k
   760
460      360         260

             P, torr
150
  Figure 20.   Sparking voltage Vs with reverse discharge as a function of
              mean free path of ions.
                                 214

-------
             N
                                                        N
                                               —  -*•

                                               -f   -
                                                                  FIELD LOW
L  —
                                            —A-   —   -f
(a)  INITIAL GLOW CORONA (TRICHEL PULSE)
                                   (b)   GLOW CORONA AT DEVELOPED STAGE
                                       (WITHOUT IMPULSE CURRENT)
           N:   NEGATIVE ELECTRODE
           S:   REGION OF STRIPPING ELECTRONS FROM IONS
           P:   REGION OF ACCUMULATION OF POSITIVE IONS
           G:   NEGATIVE GLOW
           D:   DARK ZONE
           C:   POSITIVE POST
           E:   PLATE ELECTRODE
        Figure 21.   Mechanism of glow corona in reverse discharge.

                            215

-------
stage (without impulse current) which occurs in Region C and in
the zone between I and II of Region B.  In these special glow
corona,  which have no negative electrode as electron sources,
the electrons in Region S, which with the aid of strong space
charge field were stripped from the negative ions and produced
the positive ions accumulated in P, must have been supplied to
the glow corona.

     Fig. 22 shows the streak photos of the space streamer, which
were taken under a low pressure of 170 Torr on applying the im-
pulse voltage [32].  After applying the impulse voltage there
first appears a short-lived light emission at the corona elec-
trode.  About 400 nsec later begin the light emission of the space
streamers from the reverse discharge points back to the corona
electrode.  It was established that the dead time between the
two light appearances corresponds exactly to time for passage
of the electrons between two electrodes (d = 50 mm) 132].  With
an increase in the pressure of the air this dead time increases
slowly at first, and at a certain pressure of about 470 Torr there
is a discontinuous increase in the dead time.  Finally there
occurs once more a slow increase in the dead time with pressure.
This indicates that at this critical pressure there has been a
change in the charge carriers causing the reverse discharge from
electrons despite their higher concentration to ions, and because
of their high electron attachment probability, to electronegative
molecules.

8.  Particle Charging

     Experimentally it has been established that the Pauthenier
formula for field charging, Eq. 5-7, applies very well, at least
for spheres of conducting materials.  I£ must be emphasized,
however, that the "conducting materials" in this instance include
not only "conductors" in the normal sense, but also such materials,
the relaxation time ep (e = dielectric constant, p = specific
resistivity) for which is appreciably less than the charging time
constant in Eq. 7.  In the course of the charging process, the
charges on the sphere are distributed in the same way as they
exist on a true conductor.  Since high-resistivity dusts have
a specific layer resistivity generally 100 - 1000 times higher
than their specific volume resistivity [33] , a dust with a speci-
fic layer resistivity < 1013 ohm-cm can be considered as a quasi-
conducting dust because of its relaxation time constant of 1-10
msec.  For insulator spheres, the measured value of their satura-
tion charges is always only about half of the theoretical value
in Eq. 6 [34].  If an insulator sphere is reversed by passage
through the corona field, its saturation charge becomes almost
equal to the theoretical value.  This is attributed to two con-
tradictory assumptions derived from Eq. 5-7.  Namely, for cal-
culation of the external field of the sphere it was assumed that
the sphere is made of insulating material, and that nevertheless
the charge given to the sphere is distributed over its surface,
as though the sphere were a conductor.

                               216

-------
         Figure  22
(Photograph - did not reproduce)
           217

-------
     Pauthenier has also derived the formula  for charging a
spheres by bipolar ions [35,36], which allows an evaluation of
the particle charging under reverse discharge conditions, so far
as the concentrations of positive and negative  ions are known.
According to this formula, the particle charge  on larger masses
is reduced due to the combined action of small  amounts of false
ions (positive ions), which has been experimentally confirmed
[34].  Further, it was established that the surface streamer as
a source of false ions acts as a source of surface ions, while
the space streamer acts as a source of volume ions, and so ions
of both polarities are produced in the field  volume.  Thus, the
dust particle can under conditions of space streamers often be
strongly positively charged.  It is remarkable  that the recom-
bination probabilities of both ions under the operating conditions
of the electrostatic precipitator are so low  that a considerable
quantity of positive ions can reach the corona  electrode.  Ex-
tremely high dust resistivities of pd > 1013  ohm-cm can cause
a reverse discharge from the corona electrode to the dust layer
deposited on it.  In this way the so-called propagation of the
reverse discharge takes place along both electrodes.

     Gas ionization by irradiation with gamma rays or high-energy
electron beams can be considered as a new charging method [37,38].
Aft electric field must be applied to the ionization field, by
introducing parallel electrodes.  The positive  and negative ions
are electrically separated in order to form at  each electrode
a zone of a multitude of ions with a given polarity.  There the
dust particles can be effectively charged by  the ion multitude
and collected on the appropriate electrode with a high collec-
tion efficiency.  These methods have been found to be a very
useful aid in electronic experiments for removal of NOX and SO
from exhaust gases [38].  The gaseous impurities (NOX and SO )
are converted by high-energy electrons and with the aid of NH3
additions to solid aerosols, the particles of which are then
captured with the aid of an applied electric  field.  It has been
established also that these radiochemical reactions are accel-
erated by the action of an electric field [39].

9.  Dust Resistivity

     Fig. 23 represents the effective migration velocity w (as
a measure of collection capability) of an electrostatic precipi-
tator as a function of the pd value of the dust layer.  The pre-
cipitator usually shows its Highest capability  in the pd-region
of 10"-1010 ohm-cm.  In the low-p^ region the collection capa-
bility falls off due to the occurrence of abnormal amounts of
dust reentrainment, while in the high-pd region it falls off due
to reverse discharge.  The specific resistivity of high-resis-
tivity dust layers is very sensitive to effects of temperature,
gas moisture, and also the presence of small  amounts of special
substances, such as S03.  Fig. 24 represents  schematically the

                               218

-------
3
 *

H

o

3

oc

(9
        ABNORMAL DUST REENTRAINMENT

          I
NORMAL REGION
                                REVERSE DISCHARGE
   103   104                                1010


              SPECIFIC DUST LAYER RESISTIVITY pd, ohm-cm
    Figure 23.   Change in effective migration velocity W as function

               of specific dust layer reistivity.
                             219

-------
            I
V)



oc

o
il

o
UJ
o.
V)
               1013
    1012
                 io
               10
                109
                108
                          100    200     300

                           TEMPERATURE, °C
                                     400
Figure 24.   Effect of temperature and moisture on the specific dust

            layer resistivity pd of high-resistivity dust.
                             220

-------
effects of temperature and gas moisture content on the p^ value
of a high-resistivity dust layer.  The electrical conductivity
of the dust layer results in general from surface conduction and
volume conduction of the particles, and the conducting path is
also affected by the way in which the layer is formed  [33].  In
the low-temperature region, where the relative gas humidity is
sufficiently high and the amount of water absorbed on  the dust
surface is sufficiently large, surface conduction predominates.
In the higher temperature region, volume conduction predominates,
and it increases with increase in temperature.  As a result of
the equilibrium between the two conduction mechanisms, there is
a maximum in the p^ value at 100-200°C, which corresponds to the
operating temperature of many industrial waste gases.  Thus, it
is not seldom in many large industrial installations that inter-
ference by reverse discharge results.

     Recently it has been found that alkali metal ions in fly
ash from coal play an important role as current carriers  [40].

10.  Technical Advances and Developmental Results

     The so-called "large-spacing electrostatic precipitators"
with an appreciably larger electrode distance, up to 20-50 cm,
has found more and more applications in Japan in many  branches
of industry, including use with high-resistivity dust, usually
with good results.  In many instances a reduction in capital cost
of about 20% has been achieved.  Fig. 26 shows a "roof-type elec-
trostatic precipitator" which has been built on the roof of a
factory building, from which there is a heavy dust emission.
A large volume of hot, dust-laden gas rises, e.g., from an elec-
tric furnace and enters directly into the electrostatic precipi-
tator.  It flows without the use of blowers, only by free con-
vection, through the precipitator, and enters the atmosphere
directly after dust removal.  To decrease the weight of the col-
lection electrodes, they are made from a conducting plastic [40],
and they are cooled with trickling water.  The wet electrostatic
precipitator has found much interest because of its advantages-
-high collection capability without dust reentrainment or reverse
discharge, plus the added action of effective gas absorption  (S02,
HCl, HF, etc.).  The high gas absorption capacity in this instance
is related to the already explained dilution of the boundary layer
by the corona wind.  In the practical application of wet electro-
static precipitators questions arise as to the large amount of
irrigation water required, the generation of waste water that
must be treated, and the lowering of the gas temperature that
hinder the buoyancy of the stack plume.  One of the solutions
for these difficulties is the so-called "hybrid electrostatic
precipitator", in which the dry stage and the wet stage are in-
stalled in series in a common housing.  The main part  of the dust
(about 90%) is first removed in the dry stage with relatively

-------
            COLLECTION ELECTRODE
                       DISCHARGE
                       ELECTRODE
            THIRD
            ELECTRODE

                  HIGH
                  VOLTAGE
                  SUPPLY
Figure 25.  Impulse charging system according to Luthi.
                 222

-------
                            WATER INLET
INSULATED CHAMBER
                                                                HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY
            Figure 26.   Roof-mounted electrostatic precipitator with plastic collection
                       electrodes (Sumitomo Heavy Ind.).
                                      223

-------
small dimensions, and then the remainder with a very small par-
ticle size can be effectively captured in the wet stage with a
very high collection performance.  Most of the waste water is
recirculated to the irrigation after removal of sludge.  This
system allows large reductions in the amount of irrigation water
used and sludge generated, with less gas cooling, while simul-
taneously a higher collection performance and proportionally
smaller dimensions of the precipitator are achieved.  The advan-
tages of this process are especially worthy if a very high col-
lection efficiency for dust and simultaneous gas absorption are
involved.

     Concerning the technical solution of interference by reverse
discharge, humidifying the gas with a water spray at the entry
to the precipitator has been used for a long time; the p^ value
of the dust layer is reduced to about 1010 ohm-cm by humidifying
the gas and by lowering its temperature.  The most important
question here is to insure the rapid and complete evaporation
of the water spray [43].  In some applications the injection of
a suitable chemical means for lowering the p^ value has been found
to be a very effective method [44],  So, for example, the injec-
tion of small amounts of SO3 (several tens of ppm) into the enter-
ing gas with a high-resistivity fly ash, which arises in the
combustion of coal with an extremely low sulfur content, has been
applied with great success [45,46,47].  Recently it has been
proposed to mix sodium salts, e.g., Na2CO3 with the coal to be
burned [48].  Another solution to the reverse discharge problem
is to operate the precipitator at an appreciably higher tempera-
ture, about 300-400°C, "hot-side operation".  This is done by
installing the precipitator ahead of the air preheater in the
power plant.  It is clear that the p^ value is greatly reduced
thereby (cf. Fig.  24).  In designing the unit the thermal expan-
sion properties of the construction material must be considered.

     In addition to the above-mentioned operating precautions
for preventing reverse discharge, purely electro-technical methods
can be used.  Fig. 25 represents one according to Liithi [49],
in which a third electrode is installed near the corona electrode
and a pulse voltage is applied across them.  Thus, there is be-
tween the third electrode and the collection electrode a high
voltage by which the field is formed.  By varying the magnitude
or repetition frequency of the voltage pulse, one can regulate
the magnitude of the ion current quite independently of the main
field strength, which allows the removal of the reverse discharge
according to Eq. 19 at the highest attainable main voltage.  The
highly concentrated negative ion cloud is produced.  Because of
the strong propagating force, in the course of migrating to the
collection electrode, the cloud expands to provide at the col-
lection electrode a homogenerous distribution of ion current
density.   This is one of the most important conditions for avoid-
ing reverse discharge.  In the practical application of this

                              224

-------
method, one must increase the distance between the third electrode
and the corona electrode to at least about 10 cm, in order to
avoid undesirable variations in construction.  However, this makes
the screening of the corona electrode by the third electrode
during the pulse-free time period very difficult, which represents
the condition required for avoiding current injection from the
corona electrode during the pulse-free period and the formation
of pulsed corona charging.  Also fluctuations in gas and dust
properties cause trouble with screening.  One solution is offered
by the application of a uniform voltage, which is superimposed
on the pulse voltage and brings the potential of the corona elec-
trode in the pulse-free time down under the corona potential.
Such a system is used in the charging zone of the two-stage pre-
cipitator in Fig. 13 and is termed the "bias-controlled pulse
charging system" [20].  It was established in an experimental
precipitator like that in Fig. 13 that with this charging system
one can increase the collection efficiency from 63% to 93% for
an extremely high-resistivity dust with pd ~ 1013 ohm-cm.  Further,
it has been established in many other installations that this
system, at least up to a p^ value < 10llf ohm-cm, is one of the
effective precautions.  Beyond this p<-| limit the above-mentioned
propagation of the reverse discharge effect also takes place on
the third electrode, and also when no pulse current is furnished.
It has been established that in application of this system in
the region of p^ = 1013-10llf ohm-cm, consideration must also be
given to the main field strength and the pulse breadth  [50] .

     The application of an a.c. voltage combined with an insulat-
ing film on the collection electrode has also proved to be ef-
fective in avoiding the reverse discharge effect  [51].  One prob-
lem with that approach is the material for the insulating film,
which must be trouble-free for long time periods at high tempera-
ture.

     The investigation of EHD particle migration in the electro-
static precipitators has led to new kinds of two-stage precipi-
tator shown in Fig. 13.  This system has enabled a substantial
reduction of the precipitator volume [52].

11.  Conclusions

     An overview of the present condition of science and practice
of electrostatic precipitators was prepared.  In it was recognized
the special character of the collection process, on which numerous
factors operate simultaneously.  Each presents its own difficulties
to precipitator practice and the investigation of separate ele-
mentary processes can not completely provide an understanding
of collection as a whole.  The gap between science and practice
in electrostatic precipitator technology remains very large.
Considering the present and future needs for even cleaner air
in the environment, increased activity on research and develop-
ment in this boundary region of practice is very desirable.

                             225

-------
Literature

 1.  H.J. White:  Industrial Electrostatic  Precipitation,  p.  157,
     Addison-Wesley, New York  (1962).
 2.  S. Masuda:  Recent Progress in  Electrostatic  Precipitation,
     Inst. Phys. Conf. Ser. No. 27,  p. 154,  Inst.  Phys.  London
     (1975).
 3.  M. Pauthenier and M. Moreau-Hanot:  J.  Phys.  Radium,  Vol.
     3, p. 590  (1932).
 4.  M.B. Awad and G.S.P. Castle:  J. Air Pollution Control Assoc.,
     Vol. 25, p. 172 (1975).
 5.  G.W. Hewitt:  AIEE Trans. Pt. 1, Vol.  76,  p.  300  (1957).
 6.  H.J. White:  AIEE Trans.  Pt. 2, Vol. 70, p. 1186  (1951).
 7.  J.D. McCain, J.P. Gooch,  and W.B. Smith:   J.  Air  Pollution
     Control Assoc., Vol. 25,  p. 117  (1975).
 8.  D.D. Heinrich:  Trans. Inst. Chem. Engrs., Vol. 39, p. 145
     (1961).
 9.  S. Masuda:  Staub-Reinhalt. Luft, Vol.  26, p. 459  (1966).
10.  S. Ago, T. Itoh, H. Saito, N. Furuya,  and  S.  Masuda:  Proc.
     1975 - Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect.  Engrs.  Japan,  Paper  No. 921
     (1975).
11.  S. Masuda, A. Shibuya, and E. Ikeno:   Proc. 1973  -  Gen.  Conf.
     Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan, Paper No. 844  (1973).
12.  S. Masuda and M. Niioka:  Trans. Inst.  Elect. Engrs.  Japan,
     Vol. A-96, No. 9, p. 411  (1976).
13.  W. Hermstein:  Archiv f.  Elektrotech.,  Vol. 45, pp  209 and
     279 (1960).
14.  S. Masuda and M. Niioka:  Trans. Inst.  Elect. Engrs.  Japan,
     Vol. 8-95, No. 9, p. 423  (1976).
15.  M. Robinson:  Trans. AIEE, Vol. 80, p.  143  (1961).
16.  T. Adachi, S. Masuda, and K. Akutsu:   Velocity Distribution
     of Negative Ionic Wind in A Point-to-Plane Corona Discharge,
     Journal of Electrostatics, in press, Elsevier, Amsterdam.
17.  T. Adachi, T. Shimoda, M. Suyama, and  S. Masuda:  Proc.
     1974 - Gen. Conf. Inst. Elect.  Engrs.  Japan,  Paper  No. 718
     (1974).
18.  S. Masuda, K. Akutsu, and K. Aihara:   Proc. 1977  -  Gen.  Conf.
     Inst. Elect. Engrs. Japan (1977).
19.  J.D. Bassett, K. Akutsu,  and S. Masuda:  Preliminary  Study
     on Dust-Reentrainment in  Electrostatic  Precipitators, Journal
     of Electrostatics, in press, Elsevier,  Amsterdam.
20.  S. Masuda, Y. Doi, M. Aoyama, and A. Shibuya:  Staub-Rein-
     halt, Luft, Vol. 36, No.  1, p.  19 (1976).
21.  S. Masuda and Y. Matsumoto:  Trans. Inst.  Elect.  Engrs.
     Japan, Vol. A-94, p. 515  (1974).
22.  H, Steinbigler:  Dissertation,  T.U. MUnchen (1969).
23.  S. Masuda and Y. Matsumoto:  Trans. Inst.  Elect.  Engrs.
     Japan, Vol. A-96, p. 1 (1976).
24.  J. Dalmon and D. Tidy:  Atmos.  Env., Vol.  6,  p. 81  (1972).
25.  W. Sinun:  Staub, Vol. 22, p. 463 (1962).


                               226

-------
26.  G.W.  Penny:  J. Air Pollution Control Assoc., Vol. 25, p.
     113 (1975).
27.  H.J.  Lowe and D.H. Lucas:  Brit. J. Appl. Phys.  (suppl.)
     No. 2, p. 40 (1953).
28.  D.J.  Tassicker:  Air Pollution Control Assoc., Vol. 25, p.
     122 (1975).
29.  E.B.  Dismukes:  ibid., p. 152  (1975).
30.  S. Masuda and A. Mizuno:  Initiation Condition and Mode of
     Back  Discharge, Journal of Electrostatics, in press, Else-
     vier,  Amsterdam.
31.  S. Masuda and A. Mizuno:  Flashover Measurement  of Back Dis-
     charge, ibid., in press, Elsevier, Amsterdam.
32.  S. Masuda and A. Mizuno:  Light Measurement of Back Discharge,
     ibid., in press, Elsevier, Amsterdam.
33.  S. Masuda:   Staub, Vol. 25, No. 5, p. 175  (1965).
34.  S. Masuda and K. Akutsu:  Proc. 1975 - Gen. Conf. Inst.
     Elect. Engrs. Japan, Paper No. 90'  (1975).
35.  M. Pauthenier:  La physique des Forces electrostatigue et
     leurs application  (Centre National de la Recherche Scienti-
     fique) p. 279  (1961).
36.  N. Ishiga:   Master-Dissertation, Dept. E.E., Univ. Tokyo
     (1976) .
37.  R.J.  Heinsohn, S.H. Levine, R.J. Fjeld, and G.W. Malamud:
     J. Air Pollution Control Assoc., Vol. 25, p. 179 (1975).
38.  S. Masuda,  N. Ishiga, and K. Akutsu:  Proc. 69 Annual Meet-
     ing of APCA, Paper No. 76-71.11 (1976).
39.  S. Masuda,  K. Akutsu, and Hirano:  Proc. 1977 -  Gen. Conf.
     Inst.  Elect. Engrs. Japan, -  (1977).
40.  R.E.  Bickelhaupt:  J. Air Pollution Control Assoc., Vol.
     25, p. 148   (1975) .
41.  Inst.  Elect. Engrs. Japan:  Technical Report "Present and
     Future of Electrostatic Precipitator Technology" (1976).
42.  S. Masuda,  S. Ago, T. Itoh, H. Saitou, and N. Furuya:  Proc.
     69 Annual Meeting of APCA, Paper No. 76-42.1  (1976).
43.  S. Masuda:   I & EC - Process Design and Development, Vol.
     5f No. 2, p. 135 (1966).
44.  J. Dalmon and D. Tidy:  Atmos. Env., Vol 6, p. 721  (1972).
45.  H.G.T. Busby, and K. Darby:  J. Inst. Fuel, Vol. 36, p. 184
     (1963).
46.  K. Darby and D.D. Heinrich:  Staub-Reinhalt. Luft, Vol. 26,
     p. 464 (1966).
47.  R.E.  Cook:   J. Air Pollution Control Assoc., Vol. 25, p.
     156 (1975) .
48.  H.J.  White:  ibid., p. 102  (1975).
49.  J.E.  Liithi:  Dissertation ETH-Zurich, No. 3924  (1976).
50.  S. Masuda,  Y. Doi, A. Shibuya, and I. Hattori:   Performance
     of Bias-Controlled Pulse Charging System, Proc.  4th Clean
     Air Congress (May 1977, Tokyo)  (1977).
51.  H. Krug:  Dissertation, TU Karlsruhe (1971).
52.  A. Shibuya  and S. Masuda:  Proc. 1975 - Gen. Conf. Inst.
     Elect. Engrs. Japan, Paper No. 920  (1975).


                              227

-------
             APPENDIX B



ISHIKAWAJIMA-HARIMA HEAVY INDUSTRIES
                   228

-------
                           U., M.









                                                       Oct. 1977





Teclinical Information
                                 IHI's




                     NEW PRECIPITATION TECHNIQUES




                              PAC AND ES
            Air Pollution Control Engineering Department




               Environment Control Equipment Division




           Ishikawajima-Harima Heavy Industries Co., Ltd.




                             Tokyo Japan
                                 229

-------
             IIII PAC and ES TYPE ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR




Ushers  in a  new era of dry-type electrostatic precipitation.



Wide Range of Application


Through successful prevention from back discharge and reentrainment which are


caused b'y high resistivity dust and low resistivity dust respectively, the


PAC makes it nossible to collect the dust in a range which can not be covered


by conventional techniques of electrostatic precipitators (EP).



High Efficiency


The PAC and  ES an achievement of IHI's new engineering techniques, has been


developed to satisfy the stringent demand for air pollution control.

                                                                 o
It can technically hold the outlet dust concentration to 10 mg/Nra  or below.


This value is virtually difficult of attaining by the conventional dry-type


EP to precipitate the high and low resistivity dust.



Compact


In case of treating too high resistivity dust, the PAC can be installed at a


small or elevated place.



Energy Saving


Electric power consumption is in no vain to effectively collecting the dust


and the draft loss is almost the same as the EP.



Easy Maintenance


Unlike the EP, electrodes of the PAC are readily accessible.



Stable Performance


In the EP, changes in gas conditions can exert a significant influence on its


performance.  But in the PAC, the main electric field and corona current are


singly controllable at its charging stage to accord with gas changes.


This ensures stable performance of the PAC at all times.



                                       230

-------
              HMvy Mnlrfoi ۥ., IHL
Patents are applied for
Japanese and foreign patents are being applied for, and some have already been
granted.

1)  Particle charging device for use in an electric dust collecting
    apparatus U.S. Patent No. '*Ol8577.

CONSTRUCTION AND PRINCIPLE
A unit of the PAC consists of a discharge electrodes, control electrodes and
collector electrodes.
Making full use of the electrodes' functions, the PAC has over-come such
drawbacks to conventional electric precipitators as the back charye, the
reent rainment and the corona suppression.
A strong electric field is generated between the collector and control
electrodes by an electric source (l).

*  Negative corona ions which are intermittently generated from the discharge
   electrode by an electric source (2) are led to the space between the
   collector electrode and the control electrode to provide the maximum
   charge to the dust in exhaust gas.
                            r-O
                            -of
                                                Electrode
                                           Control Electrode

                                       Collector Electrode
                                231

-------
                           €•«*
 FUNCTION






 Charging Dust  Particles




 Intermittently generated  ionic clouds are  led through  a strong electric




 field, which has been preset by the control electrode,  to the collector




 electrode as they are diffusing.






 This method successfully  prevents corona quenching and  back discharge and




 permits  dust particles to be charged at a  rate far beyond that achieved by




 conventional EP's.






 In the EP, an  electric field is generated  partially close to the discharge




 electrode.  As a result,  the electric field is not adequate and the rate of




 charging is limited.






 In the PAC, independent control of the control electrode and the discharge




 electrode is available by individual electric sources which allow each




 electrode to operate efficiently with fluctuations of gas temperature, dust




 concentration,  humidity,  electrical resistivity of dust, etc.






 Because  of its  construction, EP's voltage  and current are in a fixed,




 functional relation and cannot be controlled independently.  In contrast,




 the PAC  can control voltage and current independently according to gas




 conditions, and consequently can precipitate all kinds  of dust.






Gas Temperature Characteristics




As gas temperature rides, the electric field strength against breaking at




the needle of the discharge electrode will be reduced and spark discharge




will readily occur.  To cope with this condition, the electrode voltage of




the PAC  is adjustable for controlling the  electric field at the needle of




 the discharge electrode.  Thus stable operation is Maintained*
                                     232

-------
                   hrf»«tri«» to., LM.
Unit Characteristics



The electrostatic screen created in the collecting stage prevents effects of



ionic wind and permits dust particles to grow larger and coarser by electro-



static condensation.





As a result, in contrast to the EP, the PAC maintains constant high



efficiency at each unit.





ES in progress of IHI's development techniques



In accordance with a conventional precipitation theory, IHI's engineering



groups are developing the dust collection stage of E5 type.





This stage consists of many pairs of guiding electrode and a collector



electrode facing each other at right angles to the gas flow.  While negative



high voltage is applied to the guiding electrodes, the collector electrodes



are grounded.





Between a pair of the electrodes a direct current electric field and a flow



field of fluid dynamics are generated.  The former moves the charged dust



toward the pockets of collector electrodes and the latter keeps the dust



inside the electric field and forces it into the pockets.





The electric field and the flow field combine to create an electrostatic



screen (electro-fluid dynamics) for effective precipitation.





The dust thus adhered and accumulated in the pockets is dropped into a



hopper by rapping.
                                       •-

                 _Guidinfl.Electrod« J
                                    	.


                                    I—.*
o
                                      -•
                                       •-
                                       »•
                                      -•
                                             Collector Electrode
                                   233

-------

Portable test model of the PAC-ES



ZHI has produced a large, portable test model of the PAC-ES and carried out




testing vith actual exhaust gases from iron and steel productions (gases




from coolers of sintering plants and their environmental gases) and heavy



oil boilers.  In these tests the model was proved satisfactory.




"Table 1" shows the performance record of the portable test model.
 Table 1  One example of data of performance test
Gas tested
Gas temp. C
Moist in gas %
Gas Quantity _
m /min
Dust cont. .
(inlet) g/NmJ
Oust cont. .
(outlet) g/HmJ
Exhaust i
cooler o:
ing planl
(cooler 3
115 ^
<
48
2.074
0.0037
jas from
' sinter-
t
flue aas)
17O
D
78
1.803
0.0083
Exhaust
boiler
(C heavy
116'-
9.9 ~
40
0.034
O.OO23
gas from
oil)
160
12.3
60
0.034
0.0034
                                    234

-------
 APPENDIX C




HITACHI LTD.
   235

-------
           HIGH TEMPERATURE ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
                      FOR COAL FIRED BOILER
               H. Iraanishi, Y. Oataki, K. Ootsuka,
                         and K. Watanabe
Introduction
     The coal fired steam plants have been replaced with the oil
fired ones since late 1950's and currently most of the steam
plants utilize crude oil or gas.  This is considered to be an
appropriate consequence in the standpoint of fuel security, com-
bustion restrictions and prevention of air pollution due to fly-
ash.  On the other hand, due to the protective policy for coal
industry, some coal fired steam plants are still operating and
some more plants are being planned.  Also, the oil crisis which
hit the world in late 1973 had a great impact to our country
(Japan) and the reconsideration of fuel was strongly required.
Therefore, the utilization of coal as fuel to the steam plants
are reviewed seriously.
     Because the coal fired boilers produce a great deal of
(10 *> 30 g/Nm3) flyash, it is necessary to install a high effi-
ciency electrostatic precipitator for the prevention of air
pollution.  However, the apparent resistivity of this flyash
varies significantly due to the quality of coal this will effect
the performance of electrostatic precipitators.  Especially in
the temperature range of 120 'x, 150°C such as at the exit of air
heater (A/H), the apparent characteristic resistance of dust is
so high that is is sometimes hard to maintain a stable performance
This tendency is more obvious for a lower sulphur content in the
coal.
                                236

-------
     Recently,  in order to prevent an air pollution due to SOX,
there are  very  many steam plants, especially in the United States,
which utilize coals with low sulphur content and the high temp-
erature  ESP is  often considered for this purpose.  Namely, the
apparent characteristic resistance of fly ash is almost independent
of the quality  of coal and will be the value for a normal operating
range of the ESP in a high temperature range between 350°C and
400°C.   Thus, it is possible that the high temperature ESP will
demonstrate a better performance than the low temperature ESP.
     Here, we have confirmed a feasibility of the high temperature
electrostatic precipitator by grasping the characteristics of dust
in the coal fired boiler exhaust gases and the characteristics of
precipitating rate.  Based on this study, we have performed a
model test at the pilot plant which use the coal fired exhaust
gases.   Following is the description of the high temperature ESP
for coal fired  boilers.
1.   Principle  of Electrostatic Precipitator
     In  order to separate and collect effectively those extremely
tiny flyashes in gas, it is most sufficient to apply the electro-
static precipitator which utilizes the corona discharge.  Figure 1
shows the  principle of electrostatic precipitator.  Normally a
negative high voltage DC is applied to a discharging electrode and
a precipitating electrode is connected to a ground.
                              237

-------
            Figure  1
PRINCIPLE OF ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
    HIGH VOLTAGE D.C.
                             DISCHARGING ELECTRODE
                                IONIZATION ZONE
                            *<3ASION OR ELECTRON

                CHARGED PARTICLES


            FALLING PARTICLES DUE TO HAMMERING
                   238

-------
     A discharging electrode uses a wire with a small curvature
radius and negative ions are generated in this vicinity by pro-
ducing a partial  insulation break off, then the corona electrical
current will move to the precipitating electrode.  Drifting dusts
will be charged by colliding with these negative ions and will
be carried to  the precipitating electrode by coulomb force and
be accumulated on its surface.
     The migration velocity of dust to the precipitating elec-
trode is, as shown in Equation 1, proportional to the particle
diameter  (d) and  square  of the electrical field strength.   Therefore
unlike the case for mechanical precipitator, the precipitating
rate does not  decrease drastically for tiny dusts, and even extreme
tiny dusts can be collected with a high precipitating rate in
conjunction with  precipitating process by Coulomb force.  The
precipitating  rate can be expressed by Deutsen's equation
Equation 2).
         w -  kdE0                     (1)
         n -  1-  exp I-Kwr]            (2)
   where w »  particle migration velocity
         d =  dust diameter
        E0 =  electric field strength
         k «  constant
         n =  precipitating rate
         T •  charging time
         k »  electrode  constant
                              239

-------
      Based on these equations, a long charging time and a high
electrical field strength are necessary to improve the precipi-
tating rate.  Also, it is necessary to apply appropriate size
and type of discharging electrode and precipitating electrode,
and any past experience was fully incorporated in this aspect.
The characteristics of dusts and gases need to be reviewed in
detail in the following apsects.
2.    Dust characteristics and Precipitating Efficiency
      There are some factors, such as the concentration, particle
size, precipitation, adhesiveness (adsorption) and apparent
characteristic resistivity of the dusts in boiler exhaust gases,
which will affect the efficiency of EP.  These factors vary
significantly depending on the fuel used in the boiler, boiler
firing method and the operating temperature of EP.  Table 1
shows the dust characteristics of boiler exhaust gas for the coal-
fired boiler and the crude oil-fired boiler.

2.1   Effect of The Contained Ash Concentrations
      The higher the contained ash concentrations are, the lower
the corona electrical current is for a constant charging voltage.
Thus it is necessary to make a charging voltage high in order
to maintain a constant corona electrical current.  When the same
corona electrical current is maintained the precipitating rate will
increase accordingly with dust concentrations, because the specific
                              240

-------
        Table  1.   Boiler Exhaust Gas Dust Characteristics

                                    Coal fired
Item
Amount of  ashes
Average  particle size
Dust  composition
  Si02
  A1203
  SO,
  C
Apparent character-
  istic  resistivity
 Item
g/Nm9
  P
                   fl-cm
  17-25
  20-30

  50-55
  27-30
 0.3-0.7
 0.3-1.0

Ixl012-1:
Crude oil
  fired
                                             0.05-0.2
                                               10-12

                                            Ashes 15-20

                                               25-35
                                               50-60
1x10
                                                 3-5
                        241

-------
area of the dust contained per unit gas volume will become larger
and the electrical field strength in the precipitating region
will increase.  However, when the electrical field strength
exceeds a certain limit, there will be strong sparks and a stable
charging cannot be maintained.
2.2   Effects of Particle Size and Physical Characteristics
      The smaller the particle size is, the smaller the electrical
charges and the migration velocity of the precipitating electrode
are.  On the other hand, since smaller particles have more active
movements and different size particles collide with the relative
velocities due to different amount of charges, it is easy to
precipitate them.  Actually it is possible to precipitate extremely
small particles such as fume with high efficiency.  This precipi-
tating function can be promoted by the particle's moisture
absorbent characteristics.  The precipitation characteristics
extensively depend on dust composition and particle size, but
this has not been totally analyzed yet.
      A Region 	 Low voltage, large current, stable charge,
                      low function region
      B Region 	 Normal Region
      C Region 	 High voltage, low  current, decreasing n  region
      D Region 	 Unstable  charge, decreasing n region
      B Region 	 Low voltage, large current, stable charge,
                      low function region
                               242

-------
     Anyway,  small particles promote to extend precipitations
and help  the electrostatic precipitator improve its efficiency.
On the  other hand since tiny particles have strong adsorption
which will cause a problem to adhere to precipitating electrodes
and will  be a  cause of decreasing efficiency of electrostatic
precipitating, it is necessary to be careful in handling.  The
adsorption of  dusts decrease with high temperature and the mobility
of dusts  increase.
2.3   Dust Apparent Characteristic Resistivity and Behavior of EP
      The apparent characteristic resistivity is the most important
factor among  those which affect EP performance.  Normally the
values of apparent characteristic resistivity with which EP
can maintain  a stable performance are, as shown in Figure 2, in
the region of  lO^-lO11 fl-cm and it is difficult to precipitate
particles outside of region.  In A Region  (less than 10* ft-cm) of
Figure 2, the   dust whose main composition is carbon such as the
crude oil-fired boiler exhaust gas dust may escape without being
effectively precipitated because of the low apparent characteristic
resistivity causes the reentraining phenomena.  In regions C, D,
and E, tiny dusts whose main composition is silica such as fly-ashes,
cement dusts and fine particle emissions from metal refinery will
cause an inverse ionization phenomena  (the voltage between the
Surface and the inside of dust layer over the electrode will
Increase, and an electrical breakdown will be created to
neutralize electrons from discharging electrode and the discharging

                              243

-------
Figure 2.  Precipitator Operating Characteristics
    As a Function of Particulate Resistivity
       102 103 10* 105 106 10?  108 109
                       244

-------
condition  will be tinstable),  and the precipitating performance
will be  considerably decreased.
      Also this apparent  characteristic resistivity depends on
a sulphur  content of the  fuel used in the boiler and a temperature
and it will decrease with higher sulphur content and higher
exhaust  gas temperature as shown in Figure  3.   Table 2 shows one
example  of the apparent characteristic resistivity of coal-fired
boiler exhaust gas dusts.
              Table 2.  Apparent Characteristic Resistivity
                 of Coal-Fired Boiler Exhaust Gas Dusts
      Temperature
 Low temperature region
   (120u,130°C)
 Air preheater exit
High temperature region
  (300~400°C)
Coal saver exit
                                         Apparent          EP
                       Sulphur content   characteristic  precipitation
                          in fuel        resistivity       degree
                         1.0-2.0%
                         less than 1%    1012-1013fi-cm
                         1.0~2.0%
                         less than 1%
                                       109-.1010J}-cm
Easy

Difficult


Easy
      When the EP is  used in the low-temperature region, it is
possible to have a normal precipitation  for high-sulphur-content
coal  dusts.  But it  is  difficult to have a normal precipitation
for low-sulphur-content coal dusts because the apparent
characteristic resistivity is as high as 1012~1013JJ-cm and an
inverse ioni2ation phenomena are created.   On the other hand,  in
the high-temperature region, since even  the low-sulphur-content
coal  dusts are affected by the temperature and the apparent
                                245

-------
Figure  3.   Dust Apparent Characteristic
      Resistivity  and Temperature
    •§
     *
Ul
cc.

o

CO

£
    u
    I-

    ui
    cc
       10"
       109
                       S= SULPHUR CONTENT

                         IN FUEL
             I
I
I
                100      200     300

                   TEMPERATURE, °C
                                  400
                   246

-------
characteristic resistivity is decreased as low as 109~1010ft-cm,
it is possible to have a normal precipitation.  Therefore in
high temperature region, it is possible to have a constant pre-
cipitation with high efficiency for any quality of coal.
      Thus, as shown in Figure 4, the size of EP due to the sulphur
content of coal varies significantly at 150°C depending on the
sulphur content while it is constant at 320°C.  It is therefore
advantageous to apply high temperature EP in order to obtain a
high efficiency constantly regardless with the quality of coals.

3.    Characteristics of High Temperature EP
      As a purification purpose of coal-fired boiler exhaust
gas, high temperature EP has the following advantages as compared
with ordinary low temperature EP.
      1)  High performance can be obtained regardless with
          quality and sulphur content of coal.
      2)  It is easy to fall off dusts by hammering and it is
          seldom to degrade its performance by dust adsorption
          to precipitating electrode and discharging electrode.
      3)  It has better dust mobility in hopper and has less
          trouble with ash stuck.
      4)  It is possible to keep the A/H in a clean condition
          longer than usual and to have less decrease of A/H
          performance and require less frequent use of the
          sort blower.
                              247

-------
Figure  4.  Sulphur Content in Coal and
          and Size of Precipitator
    1.0
 oc
 p
 tc
 a.
 ik
 O
 III
 N
 M
0.5
                       320°C
                          150°C
                  I
                    I
I
            0.5    1.0    1.5    2.0    2,5


           SULPHUR CONTENT IN COAL, %
                    248

-------
      Including the above characteristics, Table 3 shows a com-
parison of high-temperature EP and low-temperature EP for high
resistivity dusts.  As an environmental integrity standpoint and
in order to decrease extensively the fly ashes from the low-sulphur-
content coal-fired generating plant, it is most certain (promising)
to use the high-temperature EP which can maintain high efficiency
without affected by coal quality.
4.    Experience of High-Temperature EP
      Generally in our country, since the standard limit of fly
ash exhaust with EP was high and domestic coals with relatively
high sulphur content were used, only low-temperature EP was used
in stand alone or in combination with multi-cyclon  (MC) and we
have hardly had an experience with high-temperature EP for coal-
fired boilers.  But recently in the United States, since the
low-sulphur-content coals have been used more often for larger
volume of boilers and ordinary low temperature can no longer
maintain high performance for these boilers, the application of
high-temperature EP has been widely accepted in order to prevent
the degradation of EP performance for low-sulphur-content coal
and its technology has been well established.  According to our
survey, more than 70 units of high-temperature EPs  (including
thos under constructions) have been installed.  Especially in
the West of the United States where great amounts of low-sulphur-
content coals are obtained, about 60% of constructed generating
plants use high-temperature EPs.  Figure 5 presents installations
of high-temperature EPs in the United States  (including presently
                               249

-------
 Table 3.  Comparison of EP Concept for High Resistive Dusts

                                    Low             High
                               temperature EP  temperature EP
	Item	      (140°C)          (350°C)
Performance
  Real gas amount                 Base         About 1.5 times
  Gas viscosity                   Base         About 1.4 times
  Dust apparent characteris-
    tic resistivity               1011~1013         <10M
  Dust moving velocity            Small            Large
  Precipitation performance       Pair             Excellent
  Performance for coal
    quality variation             Fair             Excellent
  Re-scattering                   Large            Small

Maintenance
  Air heater ash adsorption       Large            Small
  Hopper ash stuck                Medium           Small
  Ash mobility                    Small            Large
  Anti-corrision                Not necessary   Not necessary
  Thermal expansion               Small            Large

Economy
  EP volume                       Small            Large
  Composing material quality    Ordinary steel  Ordinary steel
  Width for heat insulation      30-50 mm         100-200 mm
                                250

-------
PENNSYLVANIA NEW JERSEY
t •
                              (INCLUDING ONES UNDER CONSTRUCTION)
                             ,  WYOMING
                                            .
                                            (OKLAHOMA',
         CALIFORNIA
           NORTH
           PACIFIC
           OCEAN
        NORTH
        ATLANTIC
        OCEAN
                 Figure 5.   Installations of High Temperature EP  for Coal
                            Fired Generating Plants in the  U.S.
                             (Including  ones under construction)

-------
 under construction or under planning) .  Table 4 is an example
 of the operating experiences and as you can see good results have
 been achieved.

 4.2   Experience in Ordinary Industrial Application
      For ordinary industrial plants which create ashes, the ash
 compositions and characteristics vary depending on the used main
 raw material, the used sub-raw material, kind of fuel and amount
 of fuel.  The temperature range in which EP is used is fairly
 wide and some system (plant) requires to be processed as high as
 at 400°C due to its characteristic.  There have been some ordinary
 industrial high-temperature EPs installed in our country and their
 main applications are for exhaust gas purification of such as
 cement kiln, metal refinery, and city garbage-burning boiler.
 Among these EPs, those EPs such as the former ones require to be
 processed at a high temperature in order to return the collected
 dusts to production process for a re-utilization of raw materials,
 but the main reason for high temperature application is that the
 apparent characteristic resistivity is too high at low temperature
 and that the applicable region of electrostatic precipitator is
 exceeded.  Table 5 shows some of these operating experiences.

 5.    Coal-Fired Boiler High-Temperature EP Model Test at
      Ebetsu Generating Plant
      The purpose of this model test was to verify precipitation
characteristics and fundamental data for actual system design at
high-temperature regions, and as a result the original objectives
                                252

-------
Table 4.  High Otenferature H> Operating Experiences in the ttiited Stat





           A                              B                       C


ro
01
u>


ftel (Ooal)
S Content
Ash Content
Beat
(nit No.
Capacity
Gas taxnt
Gas Jeirperature
Entering Ash Anount
Precipitating Bate
Initial Operaticn
0.2 1.2%
6 15%
5,277 kcalAg
1
105 tW
999,260 m'/h
(430,960 tta'/h)
1.5 g/*to'
97.9%
'76.4
2
120 tW
1,138,440 m'/h
(478,145 NnVW
377°C
1.1 g/fcns
97.9%
'75.10
1.3%
18.3%
0.24 0.65%
3.4 22%
6,138 kcalAg 4,555 kcalAg
1
350 Mf
2,948,000 mVh
(1,249,695 Mn'/h)
371 "C
99.5%
Older construction
212
* 447 Mt *
* 5,012,640 mVh *
* (2,079,712 Mn'/h) *
4- 385'C *
1.3 g/tta* »
*• Design Value 99.9% *•
'73 ttider ccnstructicn
0.5% (Average)
7. 9% {Average}
6,000 kcalAg (Average)
1
750 Mf
6,698,000 m'/h
(2,839,000 Nn'/h
371"C
9.2 g/»BJ
99.5%
•74.5
2
4*
4-
4-
4~
4-
4-
•75.3
3
•4-
4-
•4-
4-

-------
Sketches Belated  to  Table 4
            STACK AT CENTER
               A/H
                          EP
                    I EXHAUST GAS GOES
                     TO A/H THROUGH EP
                     EP IS 2 STORIES
          A/H IS PLACED BEHIND
          EP, AND PDF AND SILO
          ARE PLACED FURTHER
          BEHIND
                                   STACK
                                     SILO
                                       D
                               —Q
PDF
          PERPENDICULAR PLACEMENT
          TO GAS FLOW
                254

-------
raoie 5. orainar
Cement Clinker Cooler
Cement Clinker Cooler
Cement Clinker Cooler
Metal Refinery Sulphur
Metal Burning Boner
Metal Refinery Copper
Self Burning Boiler
Sulphate Production Zinc
Metal Burning Boiler
City Garbage Burning
Boiler
City Garbage Burning
Boiler
City Garbage Burning
Boner
City Garbage Burning
Boner
y industrial
Experiences
Gas Amount
775,000
536,300
462,300
89,200
131,800
45,600
81,300
79,000
no, 900
88,000
sign Taupe
in Japan
Gas Tamp.
248
295
237
334
285
319
360
328
302
285
rature EF opei
Precipitat-
ing Rate
99.97
90.4
99.51
99.5
99.6
99.92
98.1
99.7
99.88
99.1
rating
Initial
'73.9
'74.5
•70.9
'68.2
'73.8
'67.3
'72.3
'73.n
'73.3
•72.7
255

-------
 have been achieved and the precipitation characteristics have
 been grasped as well as various fundamental data have been
 verified.  The following is the general description of this test.

 5.1   Design Specification and Test Condition
      Table 6 shows the design specifications for this test.
 This test utilized the No. 3 boiler (specifications shown in
 Table 7) and coals as fuel (S content 0.2~0.5%) with a normal
 burning condition (O2% in exhaust gas and etc.) of boiler, and
 we have verified dust characteristics (fly ash amounts, apparent
 characteristic resistivity, etc.) as well as precipitation
 characteristics due to coal quality.  Figure 6 shows the flow-sheet
 of the pilot plant and Figure 7 shows its exterior view.

 5,2   Test Results
      1)  Entering Fly Ash Amounts and Precipitating Rate
      Even when the entering fly ash amounts varied from 15 g/Nm3
 to 35 g/Nm3, the precipitating rate did hardly change.  Figure 8
 shows the result of measurements.
      2)  Gas Temperature and Precipitating Rate
      When the gas temperature is at 300~365°C, the apparent
 characteristic resistivity of dusts is about 108~109fl-cm which
has no effect to precipitating rate.  Actually there was hardly
any change in precipitating rate.  Figure 9 shows this result of
me as urement.
                               256

-------
                Table 6.  Design Specifications
            Item
        Specification
Process gas amount
Process gas temperature
Entering fly ash amount
Exiting fly ash amount
Precipitating rate
High temperature EP
  - Type

  - Precipitating electrode
       Type

       Distance
  - Discharging electrode
       Type
       Size
  - Charging facility
       Power level
       Unit
2,000 Nm3/h
350°C
20 g/Nm3
0.04 g/Nm3
>99.8%
SO-HP12 (steel plate and frame
 outside type, horizontal gas
 flow 1 chamber 2 sections)
Angular wave type precipitating
  electrode plate
300 mm
Frame composing type
4 mm angular

DC 60 Kv  DC 60 mA
2 units
                              257

-------
          Table 7.   Specifications of Tested Boiler
       Item
Power
Boiler type

Ventilation system
Burner system
Burning system
Air preheater
        Specification
125 MW
B&W, reheat single body emitter
  type
Balance ventilation
Circular burner
Tiny powder coal burning, crude
  oil mixed burning
Ljunstrom type
                             258

-------
       Figure 6



FLOW SHEET FOR THE PILOT PLANT
        HIGH TEMPERATURE EP
                                    FAN
           259

-------
Figure 7.  Photograph of Exterior View




        (not reproducible)
                    260

-------
         Fi gure 8
2
z
o
Ul
£

>
£
^5
i
rf IUU-
«
99.0-

0.06-
= 0.04-
5 0.02-
| 0-
— a o—
04,500 kcal/kg • COAL (ONLY COAL)
A 6,000 kcal/kg • COAL (ONLY COAL)

^J>~
^ *••»*"**
1 1 1
0       10      20      30      40

AMOUNT OF FLY ASH AT ENTRANCE, g/Nm3

  AMOUNT OF FLY ASH AT ENTRANCE
  VS. PRECIPITATING RATE
            261

-------
                   Figure 9
  Gas Temperature  Vs.  Precipitating  Rate
Ul
u

I
—
Ul
EC
O
CO
E
Ul
CJ
U
I-
z
    109
    108
    ID?
O 4,500 kcal/kg
A 6,000 kcal/kg
• 4,500 kcal/kg
    BURNING
A 6,000 kcal/kg
    BURNING
       x.
       0
- COAL (ONLY COAL)
• COAL (ONLY COAL)
• COAL (3% MIXED
RATE WITH OIL)
- COAL (10% MIXED
RATE WITH OIL)
                                        1
                                                 100
                                                 99.0
                                                      UJ
                                                      <
                                                      cc
                                                      u
                                                      z
                                                      O
              100      200      300      400

                   GAS TEMPERATURE, °C
                       262

-------
      3)  Process  Gas Amount and Precipitating Rate
      In order to  verify the relationship between the performance
and the process gas amount which is the important factor to
determine the size of EP, we have done the gas amount variance
test.  Its result  is shown in Figure 10.
      Also, in order to investigate the effect of gas velocity
in the EP to the precipitating performance, we have done tests
by changing duct numbers  (passing cross-section) of the pilot
EP.  But there was no re-scattering phenomena of dusts due to gas
velocity increases and the expected precipitating performance
was obtained as planned.

      4)  Charged  Voltage and Precipitating Rate
      As shown in  Equation  (1), the relationship between charged
voltage and precipitating rate is that the square of charged
voltage contributes to the performance.  The result of this
measurement is shown in Figure 11.  It was determined from this
figure that the charged voltage should be more than 35 Kv but
that the charged voltage more than 40 Kv did have little effect
in performance.
      Based on these results, it was concluded that the high
temperature EP is  the most effective one for coal-fired boiler
exhaust gas fly ashes.
      Also, this pilot EP had operated continuously for about
7,000 hours and had always maintained stable performances during
this test period.
                              263

-------
                    Figure  10

    Process  Gas Vs. Precipitating Rate
       GAS TEMPERATURE VS. PRECIPITATING RATE
   99.99
oc

C9
CL


3
oc
o-
    99.9
    99.0
O 4,500 kcal/kg - COAL (ONLY COAL)


A 6,000 kcal/kg - COAL (ONLY COAL)
                  1,000        2,000




                  PROCESS GAS. Nm3/h
                             3,000
                       264

-------
                    Figure  10
    Process Gas  Vs.  Precipitating Rate
       GAS TEMPERATURE VS. PRECIPITATING RATE
   99.99
UJ

ec
(D
o
UJ
    99,9
    99.0
04,500 kcal/kg - COAL (ONLY COAL)
A 6,000 kcal/kg • COAL (ONLY COAL)
        1            1
      1,000        2,000

      PROCESS GAS, Nm3/h
                                         3,000
                         265

-------
               Figure 11
          PROCESS GAS VS. PRECIPITATING RATE
   100
(9
    09
8
£
OS
I
     25        30        35        40

                CHARGING VOLTAGE, kV


      CHARGING VOLTAGE VS. PRECIPITATING RATE
                   266

-------
     6.  Problem  Area and  Counter Plan  for High Temperature ESP
     Although a high temperature electrostatic precipitator is
very effective for  the boiler which utilizes coals of a low sulfur
content, there are  following problems when compared with a low
temperature ESP:
         (1)  Since  it is operated at high temperature, real quantity
             of gas will be huge.
         (2)  Placement space including  ESP is larger and the duct
             work is somewhatv complicated.
         (3)  Amount of heat diffusion from external surface of ESP
             is larger.
         (4)  Thermal expansion  and decrease in material strength
             is larger
It is possible to cope with items (1) and  (2) by reviewing the
overall placement including boiler in the planning stage.  Enough
heat insulation will be required for item  (3) .  It is also possible
to cope with item (4)  based on  the design of experienced industrial
high temperature  ESP (for  cement, metal refinery and normal city
dusts etc.).  Table 8  shows a comparison between high temperature
electrostatic precipitators and low temperature electrostatic
precipitators in  configuration.
CONCLUSION
     This paper has presented a principle of high temperature ESP
and a part of experimental results at the Ebetsu Generating Plant.
This experiment has confirmed the feasibility of designing 350 MW
size high temperature  electrostatic precipitators.
     We would express  our deep  appreciation to the following
parties for various assistances and helps in testing the pilot plant:
Mr. Okizaki, Manager,  Department of Steam Plant, Hokkaido Electric
Power Co.;  Mr.  Kobayashi, Plant Manager, Ebetsu Generating Plant;
Mr. Ikemi,  Manager,   Department  of Environmental Technology, Hitachi,
Ltd.; Mr. Arikawa,  Hitachi Laboratory; Mr. Kawaike, Manager,
Precipitator Planning,  Hitachi  Plant Engineering and Construction.
     Also we would  appreciate all the assistance given by the
Babcock Hitachi Co.
                                267

-------
                                                 Table 8
to
             Comparison between High
               Item
   (1)   Steel frame chamber
   (2)   Pitch between electrodes
   (3)   Electrode plate
   (4)   Discharging electrode
   (5)   Glass tube chamber
   (6)   Precipitating Electrode
        (Plate)
        Hammer

   (7)   Discharging Electrode
        (Plate)
        Hammer

   (8)   Position determining beam.
Temperature ESP and Low Temperature ESP in Configuration

         High Temperature ESP             Low Temperature ESP  (Usual)
Separate steel frame (holder) from
precipitating chamber and apply sliding
mechanism.
Apply 300 mm after considering decreases
in spark voltage and strain due to
temperature.

Apply special angular wave type electrode
plate, thermal strain less than 5 mm at
350°C (experimental value).

Use discharging wire of 4mm with frame
type

Glass is made of Alroina and seal air is
put in for anti-stain.

Hammer is set considering expansion of
electrode plate.
Hammer is a vertical shaft type attached
to the discharging frame, and the overall
system is hung from the top.
Steel frame (holder) and
precipitating chamber are
combined.

250 mm
Strain about 10 mm
Same as left
Glass is white ceramic.
Seal air is put in.

No special consideration.
Same as left
Not supported by casing, but placed on the  Supported by casing.
electrode (plate) and hung from above.

-------
                           References

(1)   Hashimoto,  Taniguchi:  "Principle and Application of Electrostatic
     Precipitator",  Denki Shoin (1965-10)
(2)   Society of  Electrical Engineering (Electricity) ,  "Electrical
     Technology  Special Committee Report of Anti-Pollution"  2nd
     Edition No.  45  (1976-9)
                               269

-------
            HIGH TEMPERATURE ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
                       FOR COAL FIRED BOILER
              Y. Oataki, K. Ootsuka, and K. Watanabe
 (1)  Introduction
     One of the factors which affect the precipitating efficiency of
the electrostatic precipitators (EP) is a apparent characteristic
resistivity ( p) of dusts.  This p varies depending on a dust com-
position and a gas temperature.  Especially the fly ash dusts pro-
duced in the coal fired boilers are affected strongly by the sulphur
content in coal and sometimes cannot be precipitated in a stable
manner due to high p at the exit of air heater whose gas temperature
is 130 - 150°C.
     Recently,  re-evaluation of fuel have been strongly required and
the coal fired boiler is being reconsidered.  In this case, the low
sulphur content coals will probably be the main source due to the
standpoint of anti-pollution from SO .  Especially in the United States,
                                    Ji
there are very many steam plants which utilize coals with low sulphur
content and the high temperature Electrostatic Precipitators the im-
portant part for processing dusts.  This is based on the fact that
p decreases and is independent of the coal quality at high gas tempera-
tures as shown in Figure I, and the precipitation is done within a
high gas temperature region of 350 - 400°C by placing the EP at the
economizer exit of the boiler.
     However,  because we have not had any experience with high
temperature EP for boilers in our country, we have developed a pilot
plant with a real gas (2000 Nm3/h) and evaluated the operating ef-
ficiency of the high temperature EP.
                                270

-------
 Figure  1.   Sulphur Content, Temperature

          and Electrical Resistance
10
  13
10"
1010
             I           I
        S- SULPHUR CONTENT IN FUEL, wt %
                                   1.0%<8<2.0%
                                          8>2.0%
100          200


    QA8 TEMPERATURE, OG
                                     300
400
                      271

-------
 (2)  General Description of Pilot Plant
     A test was performed by installing experimental apparatuses
shown in Table 1 at the Ebetse Generating Plant Unit No. 3 (125 MW) ,
and the expected performance was experienced.  Figure 2 is its flow
sheet.  Table 2 shows a composition of coals used for this test.

 (3)  Description of Operating Results
     3-1 Voltage - Current Characteristics

     When gas temperature increases, there will be more electrical
current because a relative density 3 of gas decreases and a molecular
movement becomes active.
                  a = 273 + 20    P           (1)
                      273 + t    760
As a result of this, a spark voltage decreases and it will be dif-
ficult to maintain a high electrical field strength.  Also when a
dust concentration becomes high, a total surface area of fly ashes
per a unit gas volume becomes larger and an electrical current will
be restricted.  Figure 3 presents a voltage-current characteristic
of gases for air load and at high temperature.  Since section 2 has
a lower dust concentration than Section 1, it will be easier to have
an electrical current.

3-2  Gas Temperature and Precipitating Rate
     We have changed a gas temperature and investigated a relation-
ship between the apparent characteristic resistivity ( p) of dust and
the precipitating rate.  Figure 4 shows its result.  p changed from
1.8 x 109 fl-cm (at Tg = 300°C) to 8 x 108 ft-cm (Tg = 365°C) but the
precipitating rate did not almost change.  We also have compared the
quality of coal between 4500 kcal/kg and 6000 kcal/kg, there was no
difference due coal quality at a high temperature region.  We further
have investigated the case of mixed burning with crude oil but there
was no effect in performance.
                                 272

-------
                Table  1.  Design Specifications
         Items
Gas Flow Rate
Process Gas Temperature
Type
Precipitating Electrode
   Type

   Gap
Discharge Electrode
   Type
   Width
Charging System
   Power
   Unit No.
        Spe ci f i cat ions
         2,000 Nm3/h
           350°C
          SO-HP j.2
Angular Wave Type Precipitating
  Electrode Plate
           300 mm
     Frame Composition
       Angular Wire

     DC 60 kv, 60 ma
          (2 units)
                             273

-------
   Figure  2.   A  Flow Sheet of Pilot  Plant
BOILER
(125MW)
                   A/H
                                  E.P.
                  HIGH TEMPERATURE E.P.
                                          FAN
                        274

-------
              Table 2.  Coal Compositions







Heat                   4500 kcalAg        6000 kcal/kg



Sulphur Content            0.43%               0.26%



Ash Content               36.6%               17.6%
                           275

-------
Figure  3.   Voltage-Current  Characteristics
 t-

 Ul
 ec
 oc

 u
    40
    30
20
    10
       GAS LOAD



       SECTION 1


       SECTION
               I
              20          40


                VOLTAGE, kV
                      276

-------
Figure 4.  Gas Temperature Vs.  Precipitating Rate
  I
  tn
  tn
  ui
  oc
  u
  Ul

  O
  u
  Ul
  oc
  I
109
     108
                        I     _- --J-
                                    V.
                                  \
           O 4,500 kcal/kg COAL ONLY
           • 4,500 kcal/kg MIXED BURN
           A 6,000 kcal/kg COAL ONLY
                        I
                            I
                                        100

                                                 oc
                                                 O
                                              99  5
98
    £
              100       200       300

                   GAS TEMPERATURE, °C
                                   400
                          277

-------
3-3  Performance of High  Temperature Electrostatic Precipitator
     In order to confirm  the relationship between a performance of
EP and a scale factor which is  the major factor to determine the
size of EP,  we have performed tests by changing the quantities of
process gas.   As shown  in Figure  5, the result better than the planned
precipitating rate  was  obtained for the planned gas amount
(2000 Nm3/h).   Also as  stated before/ it was confirmed that there was
no effect by the quality  of coal.

(4)  Conclusion
     We have grasped the  performance of high temperature EP by
using the pilot plant and confirmed that the expected performance
can be obtained regardless of coal quality.

(5)  References
     1)   Hashimoto,  Tanignchi:  Principle and Practice of Electro-
         static Precipitator, Denkishoin
     2)   Society of Electronics:   Anti-Pollution Electrical Technology
         Special Committee Report:  2nd Edition Volume 45 (1976-9)
                                  278

-------
 Figure 5.   Scale Factor Vs. Precipitating Rate
cc
z
s
cc
a.
  99.99
   99.9
     99
     90
                                 PLANNED CURVE
                          I
O 4,500 kcal/kg COAL
A 6,000 kcal/kg COAL
        I
                         2         3

                     SCALE FACTOR, S
                         279

-------
            ELECTRIC FIELD DISTRIBUTION IN WIDE PLATE
               SPACING ELECTROSATIC PRECIPITATOR

                    T.  Misaka, S. Matsubara,
                       and K.  Fujibayaski


     This paper discusses the results of an experimental investi-
gation to map the electric field as a function of position for a
variety of corona to collection electrode spacings.  The electric
field values were determined by the use of conducting spheres
dropped through a corona discharge into a Faraday cage.  The
field distribution measured follows, closely to that expected
from theoretical conditions used in the E.P.A.-SRI computer
systems model.

     1)  Since it is known that the precipitating rate does not
decrease with expanding the precipitating electrode space in the
electrostatic precipitator (EP), the EPs with wider precipitating
electrode space than ordinary ones are used.  This is contrary
to the result of Deutch's equations.  We think that a reason
to this is associated with the distribution of electrical field
strength in the EP and have analyzed the relationship between
precipitating electrode space and electrical field strength
distribution.

     2)  Experimental Apparatus and Experimental Method

     In order to measure the electrical field strength in the
EP, we have used the steel ball drop method since it is considered
to be the best method.  Figure 1 shows the experimental apparatus.
A flat plate was used as the precipitating electrode and the pre-
cipitating electrode space was made to be changeable from 250 mm
to 750 mm.  A 4 mm angular wire was placed in the discharging
electrode with 200 mm space.  A measurement was done in the area
indicated in Figure 1.

     3)  Experimental Results and Review

     Since the precipitating electrode spacings are different, a
comparison of the electrical field strength distribution was done
with a same average electrical field strength (Changing voltage
and distance between discharging and precipitating electrodes).
Figure 2 shows the experimental results.  In the region of 100 mm
from the discharge electrodes, the electrical field strength has
a same tendency and is independent of precipitating electrode
space.  When a distance from the discharging electrodes becomes
larger than that, the electrical field strength will gradually
increase as it approaches the precipitating electrodes.  The
electrical field strength in the vicinity of the precipitating
electrodes is about 1.47 times  (for 500 mm) and 1.02 times (for
750 mm) that of the precipitating electrode spaces with 250 mm.
                               280

-------
  Figure  1.   Experimental  Apparatus
   TOP VIEW
                                t
                              200 mm
                              SPACE
                                 STEEL BALL
                                 DROP SYSTEM
SIDE VIEW
                                 PRECIPITATING
                                 ELECTRODE (EACH SIDE)
                                 DISCHARGE
                                 ELECTRODE
        FARADY
        CAGE
                                             ELECTROMETER
                       281

-------
 Figure 2.  Electrical  Field  Strength  Distributions
      in Precipitating Space 250, 500 and 750 mm
                          POSITION OP
                          DISCHARGING ELECTRODE
    DISTANCE FROM DISCHARGING
    ELECTRODE, mm
          320
                                          DISTANCE FROM DISCHARGING
                                          ELECTRODE, mm
iu
                                                 PRECIPITATING
                                                 ELECTRODE
                                                 SPACE
                                     AVERAGE ELECTRICAL
                                     FIELD STRENGTH ,4 kV/cm
                         DISCHARGING ELECTRODE
                         SPACE ,200 mm
                                282

-------
The reason why the electrical  field strength increases as it
approaches the precipitating electrode is considered to be due
to a space charge by  corona discharge.  Also, if the measured
value of the electrical  field  strength is applied to the Deutch
equation, the precipitating rate  is about the same for 500 mm
and is lower for 750  mm  as compared with the case of 250 mm
precipitating electrode  space.
                                 283

-------
     ELIMINATION OF S02 AND NO IN A CORONA DISCHARGE FIELD
      Keizoo Ootsuka,  Tsugita Yukitake, Makoto Shimoda
                         Hitachi, Ltd.

Introduction
      It is known that in the electrostatic precipitators, nega-
tive ions are produced due to corona discharge, and ion wind and
ozone (Os)  will be created.  We are analyzing the removal of
sulphurous acid gas (SO2) and nitrogen oxides  (mainly nitrogen
mono-oxide) as well as the elimination of ashes using wet
collection type ESP.

Principle
   1)  Elimination of SO2  - Application of Gas Agitation by Ionic
      Wind1'2 promotes contacts between S02 in gas and absorbent
      liquid.  This turbulence enhances the elimination of S02
      according to reactions 1)  or 2)
         S02  + H20 	# H2S03	(1)
         S02  + 2NaOH 	» Na2SO3 + H2O 	 (2)
   2)  Elimination of NO - Application  of Oxidization Process by
      Ozone (03)
      Since NO is insoluble, NO will be transferred to a soluble
      NO2 or  N20 5 by applying oxidization by ozone (03)  and
      eliminated by absorbent liquid.   These reactions are shown
      as  follows:
        NO + O3 	> NO2  + 02  	  (3)
        2NO  + 03  	» N20 5 	 (4)
        2NO  + H20 	»  HNO3 +  HN02 	 (5)
        N205 + H20 	> 2HN03  	  (6)
                               284

-------
Experimental Apparatus and Experimental Method
      Figure 1 is a  flow-sheet of experimental apparatus.   A
mixed gas which was  arranged to have a similar composition as
oil fired boiler exhaust gas is injected into the wet electrode
type ESP and the concentrations of S02 and NO are measured at
the exit of the ESP.  A negative high voltage DC is charged to
the moisture type ESP.  The temperature of exhaust gas is 55°C.
Experimental Results
      Figure 2 shows one example of sulphur elimination charac-
teristics.  Once a discharge is begun, the sulphur elimination
rate is improved by  increasing the consumption of electric power.
Figure 3 shows the oxidization characteristics of NO.  The
oxidation rate of NO is improved also by increasing the consumption
of electric power.   Also it was verified that the oxidized NO
can be absorbed by H2O or NaOH.

Conclusion
      It was confirmed that the elimination of S02 and NO is
feasible by using the wet electrode type ESP.
References
1)  Uchigasaki and others:  The Chemical Engineering 31^ 878 ('67).
2)  Adachi:  Engineering Laboratory Journal, Yamaguchi University
    19, 81 ('67).
                               285

-------
Figure  1.   Experimental  Apparatus Flow  Sheet
                     -HV
                         WET MOISTURE TYPE EP
                                         EXHAUST GAS
         SO2   NO
PUMP
                  ABSORBENT LIQUID
                        286

-------
Figure 2.  S02 Removal Rate aa a Function
          of Power Consumption
                   287

-------
Figure 3.  NO  Removal Rate  as  a Function
          of Power Consumption
       80
       70
       50
       30
                         300 ppm
                         5%
              10
20
30
40
                     288

-------
HITACHI  EP-SB TYPE  ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR (EP)







1.  Principles and Characteristics




                                 Dust  sucked from the inlet

         EP             SB

     	.	               receives electric charge at EP.


           *   •      • I   N»
           	     ^  -I     Dust  of large particle size



           •   •      T>
                            will be collected there, while



                            fine articles with electric



                            charge are concentrated together



                            and fed to SB(Shoot Buffle).



SB can collect charged  fine particles with high efficiency



making use of a resultant  force of electrostatic collecting



force under high electric  field formed in two stages and



mechanical collecting force caused by collision of dust



against the shoot buffle.



                            (HITACHI PATENT  404109)




[Characteristics]



1  The space can be saved  by 20 - 25 % to obtain the same



   collecting efficiency of EP only.



2  By using a discharge wire for SB to control corona discharge,



   power supply for unit processing gas quantity can be



   reduced by 40 % as compared to EP only.



3  The shoot buffle with a special form is located vertically



   to gas flow, which will hardly cause performance drop due



   to re-entrainment.





                         289

-------
 2.  Example in Cement Plant
                            Specifications
 Quantity of
 processing gas
 Inlet gas
 contents


 Outlet gas
 contents
 Collecting
 efficiency
            350,000 m3N/H
                 18 g/m3N
               0.03 g/m3N
               99.8 %
 Collecting
 capacity rate
                  EP-SB system
i
                      75 %
                       EP system
                                                  	
                         100 %
3.  Application

   (1)   Cement plant

   (2)   Trash burner

   (3)   Improvement of performance of the existing

        Electrostatic Precipitator (SB only)
                           290

-------
  111-16
       MEASUREMENT OF SUSPENDED  PARTICULATES
                              Mesure des particules en suspension
                                  OOTSUKA. K., TSUJI. S. and ARIKAWA. Y.
                                   HitachiResearch Laboratory of Hitachi. Ltd.
                                            Hitachi, Ibaragi. Japan
INTRODUCTION

   Emission standards for particulates in a stack gas have
been established to control air pollution. In Japan, the
concentration of particulates must be less than 50 mg/Nm3
for a large scale oil-fired boilers, i.e., the volume of stack
gas of 40,000 Mm1 /h or more.
   A standard method for  the paniculate measurement is
he dust tube and filter paper method. They are based on
manual gravimetric procedures, making a continuous mea-
surement impossible.
   A continuous monitor, therefore, is strongly desired for
controlling  the  operating conditions of boilers  and dust
collectors.
   Particulates can be  detected continuously and auto-
matically  using  light beam.  The  number  and size  of
particulates can be measured by the scattered tight from the
dust particles, which has  been applied to  air  pollution
monitoring.
   A monitor of particulates  in a stack gas by the light
scattering method has not been used until now, because it is
difficult to sample a hot and moist gas of high particulate
concentrations.
   We have developed a new stack  dust monitor,  which
continuously  measures  mass  concentration and particle
size distribution of particulates in a stack gas.
I.  DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT OF THE
    STACK DUST MONITOR

   A schematic diagram of the new stack dust monitor is
shown in Fig. 1. It consists of an iso-kinetic sampler, direct.
          1 sample gat
                                             t(rmn)
and diluent sampler, optical system, particle size analyzer
and number-to-weight calculator.
1.1   Optical System

  Fig. 2 shows the principle of the forward light scattering
optical system.
  With the aid of an incandescent lamp, several pairs of
lenses and a slit, a bright focus  (illuminated volume) is
formed. The main beam is intercepted by a light stop and a
light trap.  When dust particles in sample gas pass through
                        sample gas
                  dean
                     air
 lamp
photo -
multiplier
    Exhamr
 Fif. I   Schematic diatom "* 'tack dust monitor
                      sensitive volume
                      — illuminated  volume

 Fig. 2  Optical system of forward light scattering

 this  focus, the scattered light in the forward direction is
 reached photo-multiplier. The sample gas is surrounded by
 a  clean air curtain  to  prevent deposition of the dust
 particles on the surface of the lenses.
   Yhe output from  the photo-multiplier is an electrical
 pulse. The number and height  of the pulse correspond to
 the number and  size  of particles, respectively. Therefore,
 the concentration and size  of  particulates ar« measured
 simultaneously by this instrument.
   And then, depending on the results of the analysis of the
 particle size with the pulse height, the volume concentra-
 tion of mean particle  size is obtained for the different size
 classes of particles, and thus the total volume concentration
 is obtained.
   Multiplying this  total  volume concentration  with  a
 coefficient (mean density of dust particles), the  relative
 mass concentration of the dust will be obtained.
   The  relationship  between  number  of particles and
 counting  errors  is  calculated theoretically. The counting
 error increases with the particle  concentration. In order to
 obtain S percent or less of the counting error, the  particle
 concentration must be less than 3.2 x 10* partictes/m*. For
 a  sample  of higher  concentrations of  particulates, the
                                                     291

-------
                         THE  FOURTH  INTERNATIONAL CLEAN AIR CONGRESS
sample gas should be diluted with clean air.
   In ordej to lead a hot and moist sample gas directly in
the optical  system, the  protection  of the  apparatus,
especially  the  tenses, against temperature rise and mist
formation is necessary.
1.2 Sampling Apparatus

   We have developed a new sampling apparatus shown in
Fig. 3.  A stack gas  is sampled by the ejection  effect.
Clean air is supplied to the ejector of the sampling probe
from the outside of the stack. This sampler is set in the
stack.
   Only a small fraction  of the gas which enters to the
probe is introduced to the  optical  system, most  of the
fraction being returned to the main stream of the stack gas
with the clean air.
   The sampling flow rate is proportional to the  flow rate
of the clean air supplied to the sampler.
   When the  mass concentration is less than 10 mg/Nm3,
Ae sample gas is led directly to the optical system (Fig. 3a).
When the mass concentration is higher than 10 mg/Nm1.
the sample gas is diluted with the clean air supplied fo the
sampler, and then led to the optical system (Fig. 3b).
13  Calculation

   The  calibration of particle  size is carried  out using
monodisperse polystyrene latex (PSL) aerosols, obtained by
nebulizing aqueous suspensions of uniform latex spheres.
(Dow Chemical Co., Midland, Mich.)
   Fig. 4 shows the calibration curve, giving the height of
electrical pulses (e) as a function of the particle diameter
(d). The coefficient is found to be between 0.9 and 1.1, and
the pulse height proportional to the particle size.
                    jticol
                  j  tytttmj
                                   (stack)
•ample gas
                 (a) direct
                                10

                            -    S
                            >

                            •    I
                            ^
                            » as
                            5 001
                            a.
e«cd
                                                                                           3-9-7
   O5
                                        0.5     I      2        5     10    20

                                        Particle  size d  (pm) (PSL)
                            Fig. 4   Calibration curve for stack dust monitor
                            II.   APPLICATION

                               Particles in a stack gas is usually distributed from 1 tun
                            to 100 f/m and properties of dust are variable in each plant.
                               This new stack dust monitor can  be used for various
                            kinds of emission sources, such as oil-fired boilers,  coal-
                            fired boilers, kraft recovery and hogged fuel-fired boilers.
                            incinerators, cement kilns, sintering furnaces, cokes ovens,
                            ps turbines,  glass  furnaces, blast furnaces  and so on.
                               Several  application  data are shown  in Fig. 5.  A  is
                            coal-fired fly-ash dust,  B cement dust. C oil-fired carbon
                            dust, D coke and E  an  A12O3 particle. Samples of various
                            sizes are prepared by a. sieving and  sedimentation method.
                            The  nature of  these test particles is as follows: A is a
                            spherical, white  particle.  B an  irregular shaped,  gray
                            particle, C a spherical, black particle, D an irregular shaped,
                            black particle, and E an  irregular  shaped, white  particle. F is
                            a spherical, white, standard particle.
                               From the data, it is clear that there  exists an obvious
                            quantitative relation between  the pulse height and the

                                             {optical    I
                                             j*ysfem
                                                                               I I

                                                                                            (stack)
                                                                                   -*omp«t got

                                                                             (b)  diluent  tampllng
                                        F%. 3  Sampling app*ntus of ifedt «»
                                                      292

-------
                         THE FOURTH  INTERNATIONAL CLEAN AIR CONGRESS
            C  :  •  (Carbon)
            D    *  (Coke )
            E

                                                            160
                        o   120
                        I

                        !    80
                        7n
                        •D
                        *    40
                        O
                                                                                     (K--8)
                                                                                   carbon  dust
                  5   I
5   10
                 Particle  siie  d  ( pm )
  Fig. 5  Ten d»U vbiih industrial dust pirticlei

    .
   • ! B

                                                                 0    40    80    120    160
                                         Standard  method
                        Fij. 6   Relinomhip between  «tick  dun  monitor »nd  landud
                               method
                                                                              ... O
        - Opir«iin^T>
                  - ViM
-:
- -

• •'—
: •
.'.\'.
•-.!-.


"
;
1
.


          1:
                                        :  I 7 I            ; Soot
                                                                                      .  i  ••  I
                                       Burn«r"
._.,,._  k      ,.-
                                               ^r*y4;t^^r-|   -I'-!
                      Fi». 7  Operituif diu ofiuck dull monitor (Emmion from oil-Cued power boiler)
particle jize, and that the pulse height is very much affected
by  the  optical properties of  the  particles.  The  optical
properties will vary considerably in accordance with the
type of fuel and combustion conditions.
   In order to determine the absolute  mass concentration
of particulates. calibration curve must be prepared for each
sample  by simultaneous measurement  with  the manual
standard method.
   The  linear  relationship  between  mass concentration
measured with the  stack dust monitor and the filter paper
                        method is obtained as shown in Fig. 6. The constant. K, is a
                        conversion coefficient for the absolute mass concentration.
                           Fig.  7 shows  the continuous operating  data with a
                        oil-fired  boiler  at the outlet of the  Electrostatic Ptecipi-
                        tator. It shows a wide variation of dust particles in the stack
                        gas with  the change of operational conditions of the boiler
                        It is also shown that when the load of the boiler rises, the
                        joot slicked at  air heater is blown out and the collecting
                        plates of electrostatic precipitator ate  hammered, the dust
                        concentration increases instantaneously.
                                                   293

-------
Hitachi  Dust  Collection  Equipment  and  Systems
                September,  1977
           Hitachi, Ltd.




 Hitachi Plant Engineering A Construction Co.,  Ltd.
                      294

-------
                                  Contents
                                                                        Page
1 .  Preface  .......................... . ................. . ......... • .....
2 .  Industries and applied dust collection systems


3.  Features of Hitachi Electrostatic Precipitatora


4.  Wide-Pitch Electrostatic Precipitator ....


5 .  Roof Mounted  Electrostatic Precipitator
                                  295

-------
1.  Preface
     Hitachi  has been manufacturing dust collection equipment since 1924 and
has a very old history as a manufacturer of electrostatic precipitators in Japan.
     Hitachi's supply record of electrostatic precipitators  reached to more  than
one thousand  in the field of thermal power plants, iron  industries, non-ferrous
metal refining industries, and so  forth, and the  total treated  gas volume amounted
to more than  150,000,000 Nm /h, including the Japanese record in  throughput  capaci-
ty of 4,260,000 Nm/h /unit for alQOOMW oil fired thermal power plant.
     It is said that design of dust collection  equipment, especially  electrostat-
ic precipitators,  require  abundant experiences on the characteristic analysis
of dust, such as  particle size, shape, electricalresistivity, etc., and on the nature
of gases. Hitachi, today,  can  furnish the optimum design and engineering of  dust
collection equipment and  systems  through his experiences.
     In addition  to such  experiences,  our researchers have  been proceeding with
many improvements on performance  from the view point  of  engineering and economy.
And main theme  of Hitachi now are as  follows,
     l)  improvement of dust  removal  efficiency
     2)  energy saving
     3)  cost reduction
Tfcis brochure explains of our recent  results in the development of electrostatic
precipitators.
                                    296

-------
2.  Industries and applied dust  collection systems
     Based on its abundant experiences and sophisticated engineering capability,
Hitachi has been manufacturing and  furnishing superior dust collection equipment
and systems for  various industries.
     Table 1. shows the relation between  typical industries and type of dust
collection equipment applied.
     The  following explanations  are the outline of dust collection systems for
some typical industries.
     l)   EP for  thermal power plants
          Dist collection systems for pulverized coal  fired boilers and oil fired
     boilers slightly differ from each other.
          In the  former case, the dry type EP or the combination of the multi-
     cyclone and the dry type EP is adopted, because  the exhaust gas from the
     .  .,       .  .      .  ,  .    _
     boiler contains much dust.   The main components of the dust
          The dust has sometimes  the character of high electric*\resistivity
     depending on the kinds of coal. As  such high electrioWresistivity nay cause
     the  phenoma of back ionization. The following technological considerations
     to reduce the electricajresistivity are  paid;
          a. misfiring with high  sulfur coal  or heavy  oil
          b. injection of SO  into the exhaust gas
          c. control of gas temperature
          In the  latter case, the exhaust  gas contains rather  less dust which
     mainly consists of low electricajresistive free carbon.   And the gas also
     contains comparatively much sulfur  trioxide which sometimes produces corrosive
     and  adhesive snow fume.
          In consideration of such character of the gas and the dust, the dry type
     EP adopting ammonia injection  is applied.
                                              IMHV
          The ammonia injection produces  ammoni* sulf&te.which prevents snow
     fume and raises the resistivity of  dust to optimum value.

     2)   EP for  an iron industry (Fig 2)
          Iron industry has various sources of exhaust gases  such as, the coke oven,
                                      297

-------
the sintering machine, the blast  furnace,  the converter,  the open hearth
furnace,  the  electric furnace,  the  scarfer, and so forth.
     The  dust contained  in these  gases mainly consists of iron sulfide.
Character of  gas and dust differs from each other, so that most suitable
system should be selected to meet each source.  Therefor in planning of
dust collection system for iron industy, much attention should be paid to
gather gas effectively,  to prevent  corrosion and errosion, to give
effective rapping, to make adequate washing and so forth.
     For instance,  in case of the blast furnace gas,  the venturi scrubber
and the vet type EP are  used considering prevention of explosion and high
efficiency f^or the gas  from  the converter or the open hearth furnace, the
combination of the stabilizer and the wet type EP is used considering the
high resistivity of dust contained.
     As an inside-shop  dust  collection system for the blast furnace, the
converter, the open hearth furnace, and so forth, a bag filter system has
been used hitherto, but recently a roof mounted EPis attracting attention
because of its many advantages like power saving.
3)  EP for a cement industry (Fug 3)
    In cement industry,  there is a lot of gas sources such as raw material
mill dryer, kilns  (Lepor method kiln, dry method kiln which includes
suspension pre-heater and so on), clinker cooler and product mill etc.
    The exhausted gases usually contains much volume of  dust, and its
electrioilresistivity is high..  To prevent  back ionization phenomena,
which disturbs dust collecting operation, it  is required to reduce  the
electrical resistivity of the dust by adding moisture  in a stabilizer
installed before EP ox bj treating the  gas ia relatively high temperature
condition...  Another method to get high  dust  removal  efficiency is to apply
the .constant current, control with thyriator  which, contributes .to make
charging stable.  .The structure af-.tha.elec.trosta.tic precipitator ia
designed, not to cause, at rain, of electrodes and  casing, in..high temperature
condition...  And the stabilizer with special  spray nozzles is  adopted to
reduce drainage.
                               298

-------
4)  EP for aulfuric acid plants (Fig.4)
     The operation of iron eulfide calcination and other operations  such as
drying, sintering and melting of copper, zinc, lead and so on, produce  large
volume of gas which is rich in sulfur oxides.  And this gas is used  as  raw
material to produce sulfusic acid.
     Because of high content of dust, this gas is pretreated with a  cyclone
and finally fine  dust is removed with an electrostatic precipitator.
Mist electrostatic precipitator removes sulfuric acid mist in high efficiency,
which is produced in gas cooling process.
     In designing the dust collection systems of sulfuric acid plants,
it is very important to consider the prevention of corrosion and air
leakage, the thermal expansion and the insulation effect etc.
                                 299

-------
          Table 1.   Industies and Supplied  Dust Collection  Systems
     (tern
Indus trST1
    Gas source
Applied system
     Remark
Thermal
  Power
pulverized coal fired
             boiler
heavy oil fired boiler
MC-Dry EP. Dry EP

Dry EP-MC, Dry EP
treatment of high resistive
 dust and high content dust.
treatment of fine and low
         resistive dust.
Iron
  Industry
             Blast Furnace (main)

             Blast Furnace (inside
                   -shop gas)

             Coke Oven
             Sintering machine
             Converter(direct gas)
             Converter(inside-shop
             Electric  Furnace
                (direct  gas )
            Electric  Furnace
               (inside-^shop  gas)

            Open Hearth  Furnace
               (direct gas)

            Open Hearth  Furnace
               (inside shop  gas)

            Hot Scarfer
             iold Scarfer
                       VS-Wet EP

                       Vet EP, Open BF
                       Roof EP

                       Wet EP, SP-Wet EP
                       Dry EP
                       ST-Dry EP
                       ST-Dry EP
                       closed BF
                       ST-Dry EP
                       open  BF,Roof  EP


                       ST-Dry EP
                       Dry EP, Open  BF
                       Roof EP

                       Wet EP
                      SP-Wet EP
                      Closed BF
                   • Prevention of gas explosion.
                   • High efficiency gas cleaning
                   • Advanced gas gathering
                                     technology.

                   • prevention of CO gas
                     explosion and adhesion of tar

                   • treatment of high electric»\
                           resistive dust

                   •  treatment of fine and high
                     electrical resistive dust

                   •  advanced gas gathering
                           technology

                   •  control  for  variation  of  gas
                     volume and temperature.
                   *  prevention  of   CO gas
                                  explosion.

                   .  advanced gas  gathering
                             technology.

                   *  treatment of  fine  and  high
                     electlica\resistive  dust.

                   •  advanced gas  gathering
                       technology.

                   *  prevention of adhesion of
                                     dust.

                     gas gathering system for
                         moving gas source.
                                       300

-------
Industr^N.
Oil &
Chemical
Industry


Cement
&
Ceramic
Industry



Pulp
Industry


Non-ferrous
Metal Ref-
inery &
Sulfuric
Acid
Industry


Gas Source
Fluid Catalytic
Conveter
Oil Gas
Generator
Suspension
Preheater Kiln
Lepor Kiln
Limestone Dryer
Clinker Cooler
Melting Furnace
of Sodium Glass
Carbon Electrod
Calcinating Furnace
Lime Kiln
Soda Recovery
Boiler
Copper Self -melting
Furnace
Copper Converter
Iron Sulfide Ore
Calcinating Furnace
Zinc Ore
Calcinating Furnace
Sulfic Asid Plant
u.
AJjfflina Calcinating
Kiln
Al-Electrolysis
Applied system
Dry EP
Wet EP
ST-Dry EP
Dry EP
Dry EP
MC-Dry EP.Dry EP
ST-Dry EP
Wet EP

Dry EP
Dry EP
Dry EP
Dry EP
Dry EP
Dry EP
Wet EP
MC-Dry EP
Dry EP
Remark
• treatment of hard and high
electricilresistive dust.
• prevention of adhesion of
tar.
• treatment of high electrical
resistive dust.
• prevention of corrosion.
• prevention of corrosion.
• Treatment of high electrical
resistive dust and high
content dust.
• prevention of corrosion and
adhesion of acid dust.
• treatment of adhesive tar
and deposited material.
• treatment of high electric*)
resistive dust.
. prevention of corrosion and
adhesion of tar.
. prevention of adhesion of
dust.
n
II
n
. prevention of corrosion.
. Treatment of high content
dust, prevention of
errosion.
. prevention of burning of
carbon dust and CO gas.
301

-------
^\|tem
Indust^x.

Non-ferrous
Metal Ref-
inery &
Sulfuric
Acid
Industry
Municipal

Gas Source
Al-Smelter


Nickel Kiln
Chromite Kiln

Solid Waste
Incinerator
Applied system
ST-Dry EP, Wet EP
Closed BF

HC-Dry EP, Wet EP
Dry EP

Dry EP, Wet EP

Remark
. treatment of high «±B
electric*|resistive dust .

M
•
n
•

. variety in composition
of gas to be treated.
Note:  Dry EP:   Dry type Electrostatic Precipitator,
       Wet EP:   Wey type EP
       Roof EP:   Roof-mounted EP
       Open BP:   Open type Bag Filter,
       Closed BF:  closed type Bag-Filter
       MC:  Multi Cyclone
       VS:  Venturi Scrubber
       ST:  Stabilizer
       SP:  Spray Tower
                               302

-------
    Hitachi Electrostatic  Praclpltators
         Fig.1    EP for thermal power plants
Outt Collector (or 000 MW oil flrtd bolltr
Oat volum*  2,510,000m' h
T»mp»r«tur«    14VC
Duit collector (or 220 MW oil flrtd bolltr
Oi* voluma  937,000m' h
T«mp«riturt   141'C
                             303

-------
              Fig. 2     EP for iron industry
                    Cokes
                     jCoke oven
                     '
                   11 I'M II  I     larrnist tK

              ------jD[Ik—-Cp	Cgas
      Pelletizer
                                                  Oust catcher
                                                            Stabilizer
                                                      dnverter
                                                       ~
               I}"
                                                  Open-hearth
                                                  furnace     Stabilizer
                                               O    Cupola
                                                    -0- "O-;
                                                            EP
                               B gas
IB—fi-rQ
      Fan
                        EP    Fan
                                                   :  Grounded ore. etc
                                                       Pelietizer  Klln;
                                                Slag mill

                                              --C  3D—I
                                                                IF.
                                                            EP
                                                     ' Raw material
                                                     for cement
                              Fan


                            i

                            To Zn
                            recovery
                                                                               t
ST-EP dust collector for converter gas
Wet type EP for blast furnace gas
                                         304

-------
Fig.3   EPfor cement industry
          Lime stone silo   Others
             Clay
      Raw material
                                Raw materials
       Dry method
                                    EP ™n
                                  Lime stone dryer
                                  Clay dryer
      Lepor method
                           i    EP
                         Product
                                                  ;_>*,., '

                                      ST- EP for cement industry
                       305

-------
          Fig.4     EP for sulfuric acid plants
                             turnict   Cooler   Mitt EP
                                                     /Spray tower
                   Calcinated tine or*
                   or iron tulfldt
EP for sulfuric acid mist
                                            EP for gas from waste acid concentration plant
                                       306

-------
3.  Features of Hitachi Electrostatic Precipitators
     flecently Hitachi has carried out remarkable improvement on performance,
manufacturing technology as well as economy.  As a result, the cost of a new
model EP became about 83 % of the coventional one.
     The typical improvements are outlined below and illustrated in Figure 5.
    1)  High Performance Collecting Electrode  (Pressed Type Electrode)
        The collecting electrode is one of most principal elements consisting
    an electrostatic precipitator.  A newly developed pressafcype electrode gives
    higher dust removal efficiency than the coventional electrode manufactured
    by rolling does.  The outline of the pressed type electrode is illustrated
    in Fig. 6.
    Moreover, this electrode has feature of small strain at high temperature condition.

   2)  High Performance Discharging Electrode
        Improvement has been given for the frame on which descharging electrodes
   are fixed.  As the new fframe is constructed by pipes and clamps and there is
   technical consideration to reduce strain at high temperature condition,
   the new frame contributes to keep the position of discharging electrodes
   at the initiated position.  Furthermore, another technical consideration to
   protect discharging electrodes from breaking.
   Fig. 7 shows the outline of the new type frame.
   The combination of low strain collecting electrodes and discharging electrodes
   assures high dust removal efficiency because the distance between two electrodes
   is kept constant.  Hitachi successed in reducing the equipment size from ten to
   twenty percent through the above improvement on electrodes.

   3)  Improvement of gas flow uniformity
        The outlet dust concentration is regulated severer year by year, and  the
   requied efficiency of EP becomes higher.
        To improve the efficiency of EP, we can not neglect the dicrease in effi-
   ciency eaused.by ununiformity of gas flow.
        Through earnest research and test we established technology of improving
   the uniformity of gas flow in EP.
                                      307

-------
     We are introducing some examples of test results.
     Figure 8B shows the relation between open area ratio of gas flow distri-
bution plate and deviation of gas velocity.
     Figure 6A shows the relation between deviation of gas velocity and dust
collecting efficiency.
     Applying these test results, we can improve efficiency of EP resulting
about 10 per cent reduction of size.

4)  Saving Energy Type Insulator Chamber.
     Since the insulator is one of the most important parts in the EP, it
should keep up the sufficient insulating function under any operation condi-
tions.

      Fig. 9 shows the outline of the newly developed saving energy type
 insulator chamber which secures the above mentioned function.
 As the insulator is tightly covered with a small and light shelter which
 isolates the insulator from the atmosphere and prevents from contaminations.
      The inside of the insulator is kept clean with the seal air which prevents
 the treating gas from coming into the inside, because the seal air is introduced
 into the inside then is exhausted into the EP through the specially designed
 guard stool.  Dewing on the insulator is prevented with a small capacity heater
 derectly installed on the insulator.  As the seal air flow in this new type
 makes 60 per cent decrease and the heater capacity 85 — 90 per cent decrease,
 electric power consumption of the whole EP results in 10 — JO per cent decrease.

 5)  Adoption of Parts Manufacturing with Press H**M
      Adoption of pressed manufactured parts such as electrodes,  casings, rotary
 valves and so on improved the quality and reliability of EP, with the effect of
 mass production.
                                   308

-------
                                 Pig. 5   Features of Hitachi Electrostatic Precipitators
U)
o
vo
                        1.
                        2.
3.
                        4.
     Pressed Type
         Collecting
     Electrodes
     Clamp Frame Type
     Discharging
     Electrodes
Improvement of
Gas Flow
      Uniformity
                                                     Stable High Valtage
                                                     because of Less Strain
Less Gas Velocity
Deviation
                              Higher Dust
                              Collecting Efficiency
                              (10 ""• 20# Size Reduction)
Higher Dust
Collecting Efficiency
 (Further 10£ Size
         Reduction)

Saving Energy
lype
Insulator
Chamber


60 % Decrease of Seal
Air Flow
85 ~.90# Decrease of
Heater Capacity.
	 »

10 — 30# Decrease of
Electric Power
Consumption

                        5.
Parts
Manufacturing
with Press


Mass Production
Effect
X.

Higher Reliability

-------
           Section of Waved Plate
  a
 CM
 vg
                                                     Collecting
                                                       Electrode
Fig 6.  Outline of High Performance Collecting Electrode
                          310

-------
                                             T- Shaped Clamp
                          LisoTnarge Electrode
            Frame
Pig 7.  Outline of High Performance Electrode
                 7-
                        311

-------
u>
H
10
            5"
            8
            £
            *->
            M
            s
            o
                   99
90
        0.2    0.4   0.6
                     Gas Velocity Deviation S
                                                         3s
                                                            0.6
4  o.4
I
»  0.2
                                                                            §
                                                                   20
40
                         60
                                                                                          80
                                                                                      Open Aif Ratio of Distributer
        A.  Relation between Gas Velocity
            Deviation and Dost Removal Efficiency
                                                               B.  Relation between Open Area Ratio of  Distributer
                                                                   and Gas Velocity Deviation
                                     Pig 8.   Gas  flow uniformity and Dust removal efficiency

-------
   Shelter
   Air How
   Seal Air
Guard Stool
                                                    Hanging Bod
                                                       Cone-Shaped Insulator
                                                    Beater
                                                      Header Plate
      Fig 9.  Outline of the Saving Energy Type  Insulator Chamber
                               313

-------
4.  Wide-pitch Electrostatic Preoipitator
     A wide-pitch electrostatic precipitator (hereinafter refer to EP) stands
for an EP having vide distance between a collecting electrode and a discharge
electrode more than 200Bn.  The distance of the conventional EP is about 125  .
     In spite of some expected advantages, such as reduction of investment cost,
easy maintenance, reduction of total weight and ao forth, the idea of the wide-
pitch EP had not appeared until Hitachi's development because there was lack of
sufficient theory on collecting mechanism in the wide-pitch EP.
     Fundamental study of the driving force observed in a space of EP and charging
character of dust has been carried out with a Schlieren device and some kinds of
pilot plants.  The study gave us enough information on the mechanism of dust
collection in the wide-pitch EP to start design of a Hitachi wide-pitch EP.
    l)  Principle
         It is said that dust removal efficiency (1?) is given using the following
    Deutsen's equation.

                  1 = 1  -  .

          where  Ye:   migration velocity of dust
                 t  :   charging time
                 p  :   distance between a collecting electrode and
                       a  discharge electrode
This equation  shows the narrower P brings the higher T7 .   On the  other hand,
our testing results show  the  increase  of  the distance  P  in a certain range  gives
rather higher  efficiency.   The  above phenomena could be explained by introducing
the idea of ion  wind.

Hitachi considers;
     (l)  The  driving force to move  charged dust to the collecting electrode might
     consist of not only the Coulomb's force,  but also  the force of ion wind.
     (2)  In a narrow-pitch EP,  the  force of ion wind is too strong to scatter dust
     accumulated on the collecting electrode resulting in low efficiency.
                                       314

-------
On the other hand, in the case of a wider-pitch BP having the distance of more than
about GOQ10"1, the contribution of the force of ion wind decreaces.
These data means that is the optimum distance of the two electrode.
It is required to raise applied voltage propartionally to the distance of two
electrodes.

    2)  Structure
          Fig.  10  showes a conceptual figure of the wide-pitch  EP in contrast with
    the conventional  one.  The former has  only half the  total number of the  latter's
    elements (collecting and discharging electrodes, etc.  ), though the former's
    size  is much  the  same with the  latter's one.  On  the other  hand, the applied
    voltage to the  former would  be  as high again as one  to  the  latter.

    3)  Features
    On the performance
        (l)  CftLgh efficiency is  obtainable] even for the  gas containing small amount
        of dust or fine  dust  because scat&ing of accumulated dust does not  occur
        in the wide-pitch EP.
        (2)  CStable charging is maintainable]) because the  effect of strain  of
        electrodes is smaller than that  of the conventional EP even for hot  gas.
     On the economy
        (3)  Ccost reduction is obtainable]) because number of collecting electrodes
        and discharge electrodes are reduced.
        (4)  CCost of civil work is reducible]) because the weight of the wide-pitch
        EP becomes lighter than that of the conventional EP.
     On the running and maintenance fee
        (5)  In case of the wet type wide-pitch EP, [the consumption of washing
        water is reducible!) because the total surface area of the collecting
        electrode is small.
        (6)  [Inspection of the interior is easy]) because the distance of the two
        electrodes is vide.
                                       315

-------
                                             60 KV
                                             Power Supply
                      Collecting electrode   Discharge Electrode
                        120 K\T
                        Poxer Supply
Collecting electrode
CTl
             Gas inlet
                                                                      Gas inlet
                                                                                    y
                                                                                                      Discharge electrode
/ / /
/ s s
/
/ s s
/
/
X /A--J
'
s s
s /
f
                           Conventional  EP
                                                                                        Wide pitch EP
                             Fig 10.  Conceptual Figure of Conventional EP and wide Pitch EP

-------
5.  Roof Mounted EP
     In iron industry, exhausted gases from converters and electric furnaces are
spread in the shop and are discharged from ventilator.
     In order to keep the working environment clean, bag filter system has been
used, which needs large capacity fan and long ducts.
     Ve have developed roof mounted EP aiming at  saving of electric power consump-
tion.  We have  two types:  one  is dry type, and the other is wet type.
The roof mounted EP  is based on following technology.
    (l)  abundant experiences of gas gathering technology
    (2)  wide pitch  EP having high efficiency
      l)  Principle
          The dust containing exhausted gas  from  the  furnace is  gathered effectively,
      with specially  designed hood, and then  introduced into the  roof  mounted EP.
          By planning of  effective gas gathering  system, working environment in
      the shop are  free from contamination, without using a  fan.
      2)  Structure
          Fig.11  shows outside views of dry and  wet  type  EP#, which  have a gae
      gathering hood at the bottom.
      3)   Features
         (l)  Features in Performance
         a.  Both wet and dry type are applicable depending on the operating
              conditions.   In the case of low electric^resistive dust  or in the
              case of installation on the remote roof from the source, we recommend
              dry type.
                On the other hand, in the case of  hi*h electriojresistive dust or
              in the case of wet gas, we recommend wet type.
          b.  Effective gas gathering hoods is combined.
              Ascending gas from the source are gathered effectively with hoods
              to be introduced into the EP.
          c.  Wdde pitch EP is adopted.
              Adoption of the wide pitch EP enables the reduction of load on the
              shop structure and the easiness of maintenance.
                                       317

-------
 d.   Standardized unite are adopted.
     Planning is simplified and Construction is made easy.

(2)   Features in Operation and Maintenance
 a.   Cost of Equipment
     The cost of equipment is decreased compared with that  of the bag
     filter which requires a large capacity fan and long ducts.
 b.   Cost of Operation
     The consumption of electric power is over 70 per cent  less  than
     that of the bag filter.
 c.   Maintenance
     The maintenance of equipment is easy.  The roof mounted EP  has no
     filters, which requires troublesome maintenance.
 d.   Other Features
     The roof mounted EP does not require any space, .on the ground,
     resulting in compact layout.

(3)   Appliance
      The roof mounted EP is applied for following facilities in various
fields of industry, such as iron industry, non-ferrous metal refinery
plants, mechanical industry and so on.
 Blast furnace
 Converter
 Open hearth furnace
 Electric furnace
 Others (Coke Oven, cement plant, etc.)
                               318

-------
u>
                                 Dry Type
Wet
                                                    Fig 11.   Hitachi Roof Mounted EP

-------
Large Capacity and Special Application List of Hitachi Electrostatic Prec'ipitator
                                                               NOV,   1,  1977
                                       Hitachi  Plant  Engineering and  Construction


1











2





3





Application

Thermal Electric po-
wer Generation
oil fired boilor




Coal fired "boiler




Cement Industry
Suspension Pre-
heater Kiln
(Dopole Kiln)
Air quenching Coo-
ler
Iron and Steel In-
dustry
L.D Converter

sintering machine

Client



Tokyo Electric
Power Co, Inc.

Kyushu Electric
Power Co, Inc

Tokyo Elictric
Power Co, Inc

Kansai Electric
Power Co, Inc


Osaka Cement
Co, Ltd.

Osaka Cement
Co, Ltd.


Nippon Steel
Corp
Nippon steel
Corp
Site locution
& Plant NO.


Kashima Power Sta-
tion No,6unit
(1000MW)
Buzen Power Sta-
tion No,lunit
( 500MW)
Yokosuka Power
Station No,l,2unit
(265MW)
Amahigashi Power
Ststion N6,l,2uni1
(156MW)

Kochi No, 7 plant



Kochi No, 7 plant


Kuroran

Muroran No , 5
plant
Capacity
NrnVh


2,820,000


1,500,000


845,000

481,000


420,000



400,000


250,000

400,000

Applied
Temp
C


140


145


128

130


170



180


720

80

Outlet dust
Content
g/Nm3


23


12


1.2

0.6


0.05



0.05


0.1

0.1

Collecting
efficiency
%


82


88


96

98.


99.8



99.8


99.7

98.6

Year of
Completion



1973


1977


I960

1963


1973



1973


1969

1969


-------
u>


4









5




6


7


8



ocarfing machine

Nonferrous Metal
Industry
Copper flash
Smelter
Copper Converter

Copper Pyrite Bed
Roaster
Zink fluid Bed
Roaster
Municipal Incinera-
tor


Wide space BP
Petroleum Industry
Pluideric Catalytic
Cracking
Glass Industry
Glass smelting
furnace
Gas Industry
Coke oven
environment
(plate type wet EP]
Sanyo Special
Steel Co, Ltd


Nippon Mining
Co, Ltd
Nippon Mining
Co, Ltd
Nippon Mining
Co, Ltd
Nippon Mining
Co, Ltd


Tokyo
Metropolitan
Office
flaebashi City

Koa Oil Co, Ltd


Nihon Taisan Bin
Kogyo Co, Ltd

Tokyo Gas Co, Ltd


Himeji



Hitachi

Hitachi

Hitachi

Tsuruga



Adachi

Maebashi

Osaka


Oogalci No, 3 plant


Tururai


72,500



99,000

45,000

48,250

34,300



102,000

75,600

289,6000


23,000


300,000


44-66



350

400

350

350



300

250

200


250


40


0.05



0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2



0.03

0.1

0.05


0.02


0.02


98.75



99.2

87.5

94

99



99.4

94.2

75


99


99.3


1972



1972

1972

1972

1968



1977

1976

1973


1974


1969



-------
          APPENDIX D



SUMITOMO HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD,
              322

-------
                 R.Ep





ROOF-MOUNTED ELECTROSTATIC PRECIPITATOR
               1977. Oct.
    SUMITOMO HEAVY INIXJSTRIEa UTD.
                  323

-------
                              INTRODUCTION








      Recently, it is believed that the most important matter in planning




 a production facilities is how to make a energy saving program.




      Meanwhile as for the dust collecting system of buildings the Bag Filter




 Type systems, consuming such a large amount of electric power for forced




 suction as used in a blooming mill, have been applied so far in many cases.




 However, our Electric Building Dust  Collector, which we are going ID explain



 now, is an completely different type  of building dust collector. Namely, it is




 Roof-mounted Electrostatic Precipitator (hereinafter called R-EP.) mounted




 a compact  and light electric dust collecting system directly on the upper




 part of building which collects dust contained gas rising  by natural




 ventilation.  The present machines have been adapted, since we put on sale on




 1973, to many equipment such as converters, electric fur nance, blast furnace




 pouring places, foundry shops, etc., and are enjoying good reputation.




      We believe it will greatly contribute to energy saving of your company.




 We wish to  explain here general characteristics and matters to be kept in




 mind in planning,  especially, about R-EP for steel making convetor and a com-




parison to other types of building dust collecting system.
                                    324

-------
1.     Workshop dust collection system

      The systems and their general appraisals are as shown in the following

      table.
      Table  1    Merits and demerits of various workshop dust
                   collection systems
   (1) Canopy hood
     System
(2) Closed workshop
  system
 (3) Close workshop
   system with
   optnlno-cloting
   type monitor
(4) Canopy hood and
  closed workshop
  combined system
(SIR- EP
Opening
closii
type
                                                     Opening
                                                     closing
                                              By pass
                                              Dember
                                                       ,    A,

(1)
Conopy
hood
system








(2)
Closed
workshop





Merits
(1) The collection efficiency
of dark colored gas is
good.
(2) The working environment
is good by the combind use
of the monitor.






(1) There is a gas storage
effect.
(2) Cost of installation is cheap
(Will dp with a small
amount of trating air
capacity.)
(3) There are hardly any
colored gas leaks.
Demerits
(1) Those which cannot be
collected by the hood
leak into the open air.
(The effect on open air
distrurbance is great.)
(2) Due to installation of a
great remodeling becomes
necessary from the aspect
of structure and strength
of the workshop top.
(3) A great amount of treating
air capacity is necessary.
(1) The gas will originate
an inversion phenomenon
when the balance of the
storage capacity and
the suction capacity is
offset and there lies a
fear of harming the
working environment.
                                        325

-------

(3)
Closed
workshop
system
with
opening-
closing
type
monitor
(4)
Canopy
hood and
closed
work -shop
combained
system




(5)
R-EP






Merits
(i) The gas storage effect
can be utilized.
(2) Since it is of an opening-
closing type of monitor,
the working environment
is good .



(1) The collection efficiency
of dark colored gas is
good and there is also
a strage effect.
(2) Since it is of an opening-
closing type monitor, the
working environment is
good.



(1) Installation areas of
by-pass, etc., become
unnecessary.
(2) Operating and installation
costs are cheaper in com-
parison to the bag-filter,
(3) Pressure loss can be
extremely minimized.
Demerits
(1) Cost of installation is
expensive.
(2) Inspection and maintenance
of the monitor part are
necessary.




(1) Cost of installation is
expensive
(2) Due to installation of
hood, a great remodeling
becomes necessary
from the aspects of struc-
ture and strength of the
workshop top.
(3) Inspection and maintenance
of the monitor part are
necessary.
(1) A problem point exists on
the dust collection ef-
ficiency.
(2) Actual results of this
system for electric arc
funances are presently
very scarce.

In the smoke collectkng system of workshop precipitators, there are




presently 5 systems undertaken.




1)   Canopy hood system




     This system is a method where a canopy hood is attached to a




     position which does not interfere with the crane operation, etc.,




     and the generating dusts  are instantaneosly suctioned by the




     hood.  In order to suction and treat the dusts generating from
                                326

-------
     the furnace intactly, a large capacity exhaust blower which cor res-
                                                                  i


     ponds to the momentary maximum value of the generating dusts is



     necessary.  Since the natural ventilation monitor of the workshop



     is left opened, the hot air and steam of the heating device, heated



     lumps, etc., within the plant are discharged in their condition from



     the monitor. In case the dusts generating from the furnace are of



     mass volume and the treating air capacity is small, the dust and



     hot air leaking from the hood will be discharged from the exhaust



     monitor  and it will not be favorable from the point of environ-



     mental pollution prevention, however, cases of extremely



     deteriorating the environment within the workshop are nil.



2)   Closed workshop system



      This most widely adopted system stores the dusts generating



     from the electric furnace at the top of the closed workshop



     and performs gradual exhaustion within a  fixed period. Since



     the top of the workshop is used as a smoke stop, the  capacity of



     about 1/2 - 1/3 of the momentary maximum dust volume will be



     sufficient as the treating air capacity of the precipitator  even



     when a great volume of dust is generated.



     If the airtightness is perfect, there is no fear of the dust leaking



     from the workshop, however, in case the treating air capacity is



     too little in quantity, there  lies a fear of the dust flowing within



     the workshop and deteriorating the working environment.



     Particularly, there are heat sources such  as ladle, dryer, etc.,



     within the closed workshop and when this hot air remains at the
                               327

-------
      top of the workshop, the low temperature dusts will hand over




      in the workshop so it becomes necessary to consider extra




      treating air capacity.  Moreover, in case the storage capacity




      becomes insufficient due to the balance offset of the workshop




      closed capacity and the treating air capacity of the precipitator,




      the dust descending phenomenon will originate and the environ-




      ment within the factory will be deteriorated.




      Generally, when determing the treating air capacity of this system,




      factors of ventilation time, storage capacity, fixed ascending current,




      maximum dust generating  time and ascending speed are con-




      sidered.




3)    Closed workshop system with  opening-closing type monitor




      This is an interim system  of the above 1) and 2) systems and in




      case there are no generating dusts or in case of dust-free hot air,




      natural ventilation is performed by using the workshop monitor and




      in case of mass volume dust generation, the workshop monitor is




      closed and the stored dust  is suctioned and this operation is  re-




      peated. However, there  remain problems on the opening-closing




      mechanism, operation and  reliability of the monitor.  Since this




      system is of the monitor opening-closing type, the working en-




      vironment is superior in comparison to other systems.




4)    Canopy hood and closed, workshop combined system




      Similarly as in system 3) above, this is an interim system of the




      above 1) and 2) systems and a  canopy hood is provided directly




      on top of the electric furnace and the opening-closing of  the work-
                               328

-------
     shop monitor is made possible.  In case the generating dusts are




     few, they are auctioned by the canopy hood and natural ventilation




     is performed with the workshop monitor left opened and in case of




     large volume dust generation, the monitor is closed and suction is




     performed from the canopy hood and it is a system where suction




     and treatment are made upon temporarily storing the  leaked dusts




     within the workshop.  Similarly as in system 3) above, there re-




     main problems such as reliability, intricacy, etc., of the mechanism




     in this system also.




5)   R-EP




     The electrostatic precipitator is an equipment which provides




     electric charge to particles within the dusts and separately collects




     them to the collecting electrodes and this  system is a  method in




     which this electrostatic precipitator is mounted on top of the work-




     shop and dust collection is performed.




     In comparison to the bag filter, it does not necessitate installation




     spaces of a precipitator, exhaust blower, etc., and the operating



     cost is cheap.
                              329

-------
2.    Electrostatic precipitator on the top of workshops
      1)    Characteristic of general electrostatic precipitators
           As well-known, the principle of the electrostatic precipitator is
           based upon generating « corona discharge between the discharge
           electrode and the collecting electrode and charging the suspended
           dusts within the gas with electricity by means of negative corona
           discharge, collecting the charged dusts to die collecting electrodes
           by die Coulomb's force, releasing die collected dusts by means
           of hammering, washing, etc., and collecting at me bottom part and
           removing out from die vessel.
                                                 a.  Electric charge layer
                                                 b.  Locus of particles
                                                 c.  lonization sphere
                                                 d.  Discharge electrode
                                                 e.  High voltage DC power
                                                     source
                 Fig.  1   Principles of electrostatic precipitator
                                    330

-------
(1)    High collecting efficiency




      The dusts are almost instantaneously electric charged by




      the numerous negative ions, electrons, etc., between the




      electrodes and by means of the high voltage power source




      which has the electric charging capacity of about 100 each




      for those of about 1 micron size and about several ten each




      for those of 0.1 micron being applied to the charging and




      discharge electrodes, the dusts are powerfully collected to




      the collecting electrodes by the Coulomb's  force.




      In this case, die dust is  to move while receiving a  resistance




      due  to viscosity of the gas, however, in comparison to coarse




      dust, it is found that the finer the dust, the greater the charge




      and  since the viscosity resistance is small, they can be ade-




      quately collected.  Resultantly, since die electrostatic pre-




      cipitator is capable collecting coarse dust as well  as fine dust,




      a high collecting efficiency can be obtained. It is common that




      a collecting efficiency of 99.99% is obtained in the  wet type and




      that of 99.9% is obtained in the dry type.




(2)    Operating cost is cheap




      The Coulomb's force works on the dust as aforementioned




      but since it does not practically work on the gas, only a slight




      ionic wind is originated. Since the inner part contains only




      die discharge and collecting electrodes and is free from other




      obstacles, etc., die gas pressure loss  is extremely small and




      even when including the perforated gas distribution plate which
                         331

-------
           is provided so that the dust is uniformly distributed flow,

           there is only a loss of 10 - 20 mmAq and resultantly, die

           capacity of the exhaust blower which suctions the gas can

           be made  small..

           Moreover, electricity consumption amount will vary ac-

           cording to applications, however, it is about 0.05 - 0.5

           KWH/lOOOm3.

    (3)    The maintenance fee is cheap

           There are hardly any movable parts in the inner part so

           when it is used under an ordinary good condition, it is

           practically maintenance-free.
1.   Inlet conditions
GM
Gat volume
GM temperature
GBS components
Gas pressure
    I Dust concentration
    I Particle sit* distribution
Outt1 Specific gravity
    I Dust components
2.   Operating conditions
     Electric charged condition
     Hammering condition
3.   Flue conditions
     Gas distribution
     Oust distribution
                                                      Collection
                                                      effedencv
    Pig. 2    Performance factorial diagram of electrostatic
              precipitate r
                                332

-------
      On die factors which the electrostatic dust collecting action

      has, there are many factors which provide influence

      to the collection efficiency, however, the following 5 items

      are resultantly important.

(1)    Control of voltage and current

      It lies in how great a voltage is placed, how great a corona

      current is flown and how great the Coulomb's foice is made

      so it  is necessary to provide sufficient care in the controlling

      method.  There are  the following control methods which are

      currently employed.

                          Saturable reactor system

                          Thyristor system

(2)    Invesed ionization phenomenon

      This  is a phenomenon in which electric discharge is made

      from the surface of  the dust which has been collected and

      accumulated at the collecting electrode in case of a dry type

      and as causes, the specific resistance of the dust is dominant.

      Generally, it generates at the value of more than 10   - 10^

      n  - cm and results  as shown in the figure below.
   ii
   ii
          Collection eff«iency\  /         pig. 3  Relations among me
Current
        10*    W    WW*   10"
        Specific electric resistance waive fl cm
                         333
specific electric
resistance value and
the collection efficiency
and discharge current

-------
      The collection efficiency will drop by about 10 - 20% and an
      extremely great amount of current will flow and moreover,
      the voltage will drop up to 20 - 40% of the normal
      voltage.
      Since mere are various studies made by many persons on
      the elucidation of this phenomenon, details will be omitted
      here, however, it is believed that under the present state,
      there are no remedy means on the current dry type pre-
      cipitator, itself. Therefore, the method of varying the gas
      conditions at the precibitator inlet and lowering the resistance
      value of the dust, itself, has been employed.
              io»

              10"
         Si
         | 5  10"
         | 2
         II  10"

              10"
                       100
200
300
Toorcj
          a. Limestone kiln                  moisture 10%
          b. Generating boiler                moisture  3%
          c. Sintered dust-proof              moisture  3%
          d. Sintering machine main exhaust   moisture  5%
          e. Sintering machine main exhaust   moisture 10%
Fig.  4   Relations among the specific electric resistance
          value and temperature, moisture, etc.
                         334

-------
     As shown in the above diagram, there are the raising and




     lowering of the gas temperature, increase of moisture in die




     gas, addition of sulfuric acid, etc.  It has recently been des-




     cribed that the ultra high-voltage wide pole pitch type, field




     screen type, etc., are types in which inversed ionization is




     difficult to generate, however, the actual results and details




     are unknown.




(3)   Re -entrainment of dust




     The re-entra inment of dust also originates on the dry type




     and in this case, the phenomenon occurs when the electric




     resistance of the dust is less than the value of 10* ft  - cm.




     Under the present condition, there are no progress on the




     remedies for this case and it is approximately the same as




     mentioned for the preceding item (2).




     In case of heavy and special boiler dusts, the addition of




     ammonia is performed as  the additive into the gas for com-




     bining it with 863  in the gas and forming ammonium sulfate




     and raising the resistance value up to above 10* ft  - cm.




     Moreover, on the rapping method of the rapping device, that is,




     on the strength, frequency, rapping pieces of collecting




     electrodes, etc., the method with the least re-entrainment is




     being studied and on the strength too, the actual necessary




     gravitational acceleration  (g) is being measured and efforts




     are exerted for grasping the suitable value.
                         335

-------
           Furthermore, upon considering that re-entrainment is un-




           avoidable, there is also the method of providing a damper at




           the back of the rapping section and intercepting the gas flow




           during the period.  The effect of re-entrainment due to rapping




           of the front chamber, etc., is descreased by minutely sepa-




           rating the gas flowing direction chambers or lowering the




           height of the collecting electrode.




      (4)   Flow  regulation of gas and dust




           It is necessary to prevent the drift of the gas and dust within




           the precipitator. Normally, there is a drift of about 30 - 40%,




           however, this has been fairly improved by preparing a model




           prior to designing and preliminarily installing it in a suitable




           position through testings.  Moreover, with the development of




           the measuring technology, actual measurement by an actual




           machine and labor adjustment have become possible.




           In case this drift is great, the effect placed on the efficiency is




           great and there are times when the reentrainment increases,




           the adhesion amount  of dust to the collecting electrode is biased




           and the outlet dust concentration increases by about




           10 - 20%.




2)    Points which have been considered at development




      (1)   Inversed ionization phenomenon




           The electric resistance value of the dust to be handled by the




           workshop precipitator is about 109 - 1013  0  - cm and high




           so mere lies  a danger of originating mis phenomenon.
                                336

-------
      (2)   Weight  reduction




           As measures for obtaining a lightweight body, plasticization




           of the collecting electrode,  the strength reduction due to re-




           moval of the rapping device and removal of the rain entering




           prevention roof have been performed and a great weight re-




           duction has been made,




      (3)   Re -entrainment prevention




           The prevention of re-entrainment of collected dust since they




           are mainly less than 100 y.




      (4)   Explosion




           Since there lies a danger of coal dust and carbon monoxide




           explosions, make it an opened type to extent possible and




           avoid an airtight structure.




      The semi-wet type (intermittent cleaning) electrostatic  precipitator




      on the top of wrkshops has been developed upon providing considera-




      tions on the abovementioned points.




3)    Characteristics




      (1)   Simplification of facilities




           By directly mounting the electrostatic precipitator on top of




           the workshop, the hood,  duct, blower, motor, chimney and




           foundation work are not  necessary.




      (2)   Extremely cheap running cost




           Treatment by natural outflow of the exhaust gas eliminates




           the necessity of a large  capacity blower so treatment can be




           made by extremely cheap running cost.
                              337

-------
 (3)   Purges noises



      Noises do not practically originate as s blower is not neces-




      sary.



 (4)   Economizes on installation space



      No installation apace la necessary for the precipitator, blower,




      etc.



 (S)   Inspection and maintenance are simple



      Since movable parts such as the rapping device, blower, motor,




      etc., are few in number, not only are inspection and maintenance




      simple but their frequency is less.



 (6)   Highly stabilized collection efficiency




      A high collection efficiency can be maintained as an electrostatic



      precipitator Is employed.




(7)    Dust  removal system is semi-wet type



      Removal of dust is done by an intermitted washing system




      that to  separate the R-EP into many small blocks and wash



      dust away block by block.



      Washing of 1 block takes only about 10 minutes a day, and



      the quantity of water required is only about 600 1/min.



      As it is a semi-wet system, there is no tear for back colona




      effected even for the dust of high resistivity further, it Is




      effective for re-scattering.



      In addition, as there is  no such equipment as rapping system,




      dust valve, screw conveyor, etc., the building is not subject




      to a*ny vibration, and maintenance is easy.
                         330

-------
            (8)    Natural ventilation type

                  As R-EP utilizing hot air and building draft, the building shall

                  not be filled with gas even in case of power failute, thus, there

                  will be no trouble  for ventilation.


     4)    Structure  and function
                                Construction of R-EP
          Water supply unit
Insulator chamber
  Spray nozzle

    Curtain
 Discharge
electrode frame
 Silicon rectifier
                                                              Detail of Hopper
                                        339

-------
 (1)   Gas flow



      The dusty gas ascends by the heat current and the draft effect




      of the workshop, however, when the resistance increases and



      the ascending current is obstructed by installing a precipitator




      and the dusty gas remains within the workshop, the working




      eu/ironment will become unfavorable.  There force, it is




      necessary to  select a brand which has possibly small re-




      sistance and is capable of collecting minute particle dust when




      installing a precipitator on top of workshops.




      This equipment employs the electrostatic precipitator with




      a small resistance and which is capable of collecting minute




      particles and the hopper and louver possess a flow regulation




      effect so that the dusty gas volume uniformly flows within the




      electrostatic precipitator.



(2)   Shell




      By drastically employing special lightweight steels, the




      structure of the workshop beams are those which require




      minimum reinforcement.




(3)   Collecting electrode




      Although practically all collecting electrodes of conventional




      electrostatic precipitators are of steel plate property, it is




      necessary to use material quality with a small specific gravity




      for weight reduction.




      The temperature of the gas flow within the workshop is




      practically all below 80°C and by using conductive synthetic
                           340

-------
     resins with heat resisting and corrosion resisting properties,




     the problem of weight reduction is solved.




(4)   Discharge electrode




     In this equipment, the gas temperature is below 80°C and




     the heat distortion is comparatively small and the frame




     structure which does not necessitate rapping due to adoption




     of the intermittent spraying system proves to be extremely




     convenient for installation, centering, adjustment, etc., and




     it is also a great merit construction aspect.




(5)   Dust shaking systems



     In the dust shaking system (rapping system) of dry type




     electrostatic precipitators, there are 3 systems; the pneumatic,




     electromagnetic and the machine systems.




     All systems shake off the dust by means of impacts and




     vibrations.  In the electrostatic precipitator on the top of




     workshops system, however, upon considering reasons such




     as maintenance of movable parts being troublesome, it would




     be undesirable to apply vibrations to die workshop, the collected




     dust is extemely fine, etc., the intermittent spraying system




     was employed.




     For determining the spraying conditions which indicate die




     maximum removal efficiency under minimum water volume




     during intermittent spray, experiments were performed on




     die* configuration of the spray nozzle, spraying hydraulic pres-




     sure, spraying angle, nozzle pitch, etc., and die optimum




     spraying condition was discovered.




                          341

-------
                       0234566789 10
                             Spray time (min)

     Fig.  6  Variations of suspended solid and pH in waste
              water by spray time
(6)   Waste water treatment method

     The dust collected at the collecting plate is water washed and

     removed by intermittent spraying and become slurry.  This

     slurry passes through the louver hopper and is guided to the

     waste water treatment installation by the drainage gutter.

     As an example, variations by time of suspended solid and pH

     in sprayed waste water in a converter plant is shown in Fig. 6

     above.

     In can be understood from the chart mat the suspended solid

     and pH are extremely great immediately after spray commence-

     ment but several minutes later, they have considerably declined.

     Thus, the setting of the spray time is facilitated by this curve.

     The waste water treatment installation differs according to the

     slurry composition, treatment object (Determined by  the waste
                          342

-------
      water disposal standard), waste water volume, etc.
      An example of the waste water treatment method is shown
      in Fig. 7 below.  In the diagram, the sprayed waste water is
      sent to the  settling tank after being lowered up to the pres-
      cribed pH at the storage and neutralization dual-purpose
      tank and after the clear water in the settling tank is further
      adjusted to the stipulated pH, a portion of it is reused as the
      intermittent spray liquid and the remainder is discharged as
      final effluent.  On the other hand, the sludge is sent to the
      hydroextractor via the  sludge storage tank and here it is
      hydroextracted and discharged as cakes.
                rH
                                              10
                                      2  Chemical addition
 1   Sprayed waste water
 3   Storage and neutralization    4   Sedimentiation (Settling)
     both-purpose tank
 5   Chemical addition
 7   To spray equipment
     (Recycling)
 9   Sludge storage tank
11   Cake
                                          tank
                                      6  Neutralization tank
                                      8  Final effluent

                                     10  Hydroextractor
Fig.  7   Example of waste water treatment
                          343

-------
5)   Consideration points on installation of R -EP




     It is necessary to provide care on the following points when planning




     the installation of the electrostatic precipitator on the top of work-




     shops.




     (1)   Generating gas volume




           Since the ascending current from die high temperature dust




           generating source is a heat current which ascends while mixing




           the ambient air, it can be considered mat the ascending speed




           will differ according to the degree of the gas temperature.




           Therefore, it decreases in proportion to the distance  from the




           high temperature dust generating source and at the tap of the




           workshop, it lies in a tendency of becoming relatively uniform.




           a)    In case to install on an existing building




                It is safer to  make an plan based on the results  of




                measurement of discharge gas before hand at the




                monitor position of existing building.




          b)    In case to install on a new building




                Find out the theoretical amount of gas to be




               generated using the following  formulas  and




               determin the amount based on the resulting value




               after including the value of our experience.
                                344

-------
Amount of gas generated from convenor (Qz)

(Design standard of hood)
Qz » 1.95 Z3/2 x
                      H1   (Theoretical amount of gas)
„•- if-  As (At)4/3
Q  = (1.5 - 2.5) qz



(Generated gas volume = EP treated gas volume)


            n

As = —T— D_  (Convenor area)
      4     0


•^ t =  1400 - 20 (Temperature difference)
                         Blower
               345

-------
  Pig.  3 shows the method to explain throretical  amount of gas to be generated.
         Pig.  3   Diagram of Theoretical volume of gas generated
 E 14.000-


 £ 13.GOG-

 S'
 g 12.000

 g
 •3 ll.OOOh


 « 10.000-

 |  9,000-
 u

 «  8,000-

 g  7.000


 &  6,000-

 g  5,000-


    4,000


O  3,000


I  2,000

    1.000
I
                                                                           H=30m
                                                                            H=25
                                                                           H=20
                                                                           H=15
                                                                           H = 10
        1
                            3456
                             Dia. of heat source  Do (m)
8
                                      346

-------
2)   Generating dust




     (a)   Particle size distribution




           The suspended particle diameter of the suspended dust within




           the workshop will differ according to the ascending speed and




           the workshop height.




           If the generating dust is a minute particle, it is necessary




           to  prevent the re-entrainment of collected dust upon taking




           into consideration the water spraying frequency of dust




           shaking.




     (b)   Dust generating volume




           Since the dust generating volume is related to the dust




           generating source and the gas ascending speed, it is neces-




           sary to preliminarily perform measurement.  In  most cases,




           however, it seems that it does not matter to presume it




           as less than 1 g/Nnv*.




     (c)   Composition and electric resistance of dust




           The gas temperature within the workshop is normally less




           than 60°C and the moisture in the gas is approximately the




           same as the moisture in the atmosphere under that temperature.




           Thefore,  the electric resistance of the dust is controlled by




           the composition and particle size of the dust.




           It would be preferable to select a more economical size




           equipment by preliminarily measuring the composition and




           electric resistance of the dust.
                               347

-------
            Result of analysis of accumulated dust on a converter building




            monitor mesured at the planning of R-EP for converter delivered




            by our company are shown in Table No. 1
                      Quality Test Table of dust   	  1




 1.  Analysis Results of constituents
Nimeof
Sample
A Co.
BCo.
CCo.
T.F.-
29.6
45.07
:« ^.9 2
SlOt
H5
H.7l»
6.92
AhOk
3.35
:i.:« o
2Z 1)
T.S
1.1
01 54
1.23
MgO
1.45
132
5.57
Na«0
1.65
0.32
0.5 7
KtO
0.17
0.17
0.16
OaO
22*5
8.91
1 3JJH
ZnO
0.7
1.99
0.5 7
PbO
0.1 5
0.36
0.0 8 6
T.C
4.65
9.93
2.16
NiO

0.02

MnO


4.44
 2.   Grain size distribution   Table 1 - B
••-^^
A tf
B Co.
C Co.
•~l 0/«
1 5 5
4
1 3. 5
1 0 ~- 2 0 ft
1 9. S
1 1
a o 5
2 0~5 0 li
5 4
5 3
4 2. 0
5 Of»~
1 1
3 2
1 4. 0
True specified
gravity
3. 4 9
4. 2 7
3. 9 4
3.  Electric resistivity & difficulty in dust collecting   Table  1  - C
\
A Co.
B Co.
C Co.
3 0 C
6. 7 8 x l o1 '
5. 3 x 1 0 *
7 3 1 X 1 fllz
6 0 C
6. 8 3 x I 0 ' ~
9.6 X 1 0 5
91 1 > 1 0 ' 2
9 0 TJ
!.» \ * 1 O13
5 >. 1 0 *
1.0 7x 1 O13
Moisture
Atmocphe
//
H
Difficulty in
dust collecting
re Normal
Good
Normal
                                     348

-------
3)    Installation place of die electrostatic precipitator




      It is not economical to mount an electrostatic precipitator to all




      monitors on top of the workshop.  It is advisable to install it only




      at the part where the dust passes upon considering the diffusion




      distance of the smoke from the dust generating source and the




      variation width due to the direction of the wind.




      Show the general arrangement of R-EP delivered by our company.
                                   349

-------
        FJg.  2   General arrangement of buildings dust collecting system for A company
uv
o
                             7,000

                            —I—
                           Converter
                        36,000
                                      CM
                                         «*  y46.000
20X2,500=50,000
                                                                1LD
    2LD
     60,000
3LD

-------
       Pig.  3   General arrangement of buildings dust collecting system for B company

                                     63,800
to
Ul
                                                                                               10.000

-------
Fig.   4   General arrangement of buildings dust collecting system for C company
*
in
J:
u>
Ul
ro
f
1
SfcrT
CM|
t
— 	 •
	 •



12570
6.2356,235
,


1


o



1 20TQHCI
Q
U



f —
l_
12,000


VF


VF



mm
N
J
«=;
/
L+51,850
L +46,050
7

Lance winch room
	 — ^
Work deck
Converter
pWMIM^B.

23.000




50

21,

5JH
) 1,500

3
REP
21,500 1.

2
REP
5i




y—

— v.



3CV
23,000

Work deck
J—


— v.



2CV

23.
000
90

21
,50
0 1.51

1
REP







s~

— v.



1CV
23,000
» 21,500 750
0
REP
i
L

Metal mixer
23,000


-------
Fig.  5   General arrangement of buildings dust collecting system for D company
       2,850
10,000
21,200
                                                                        7,0007,0007.000
                                                                          NalR-Ep
                                                                         Center of
                                                                         No. 1 converter
21,200
                                                                       7.0007,0007,000
                                                                                             1
                                                                          Na2R-EP
                                                                          Center of
                                                                          No.2 converter
                                                                                 102,200

-------
(4)   Beam strength



      It is necessary to investigate beforehand on the beam



      strength of the existing workshop when mounting on existing



      workshops.



(5)   Installation term



      In case of newly constructed workshops, it is merely a high



      place installation work, however, in case of existing work-



      shops, caro should be  provided since the installation work



      term will differ according to the conditions of location.



(6)   Ventilation



      As our building dust collector is of an electric dust collector



      of natural ventilation type, the pressure loss  is very small



      as equal to or less than that of the monitor.



      For ventilator, we take a) number of ventilation and b) the



      value of A/V.



      In general, number of ventilation of less than 20 (A/V



      1 • 4 x 10"3) is considered as bad



      a)   Number of ventilation



            Amount of gas treated m^/H/building  volume



      b)     A/V



            A (Building upper opening area m2)/B  (Building volume R)3)



      Ventilation data of our delivered R-EP are shown on the



      Table - 2.
                          354

-------
Ventilation condition  Table - 2
Delivered
to
A Co.
B Co,
C Co.
DCo
Tide of converter
80T/CHx3L.D.
Converter
250T/CHx3L.D.
Converter
160T/CHx3L.D.
Converter
230T/CHx2
Q-BOP
No. of revolution
inmoiii-
toriaf
1 M
15.6
22.6
—
after
R-EP
intuited
14
15.6
17.1
20
A/V
in
moni-
torini
1.12
X10"'
1.73
X10~'
2.71
X10"1
—
After
R-EP
iniUlfed
2.2
X10~*
2.42
X10"1
5.94
X10"'
3.35
X1Q-'
Ventilation
condition
(visual inspect)
Slightly bad
Normal
Normal
Normal
             355

-------
(7)   Comparison between designed value and result classified by




     delivered place




     Design values and actual results of our delivered R-EP




     for converter are shown in the Table  - 3
     Comparison between designed value and actual result
Delivered to
A tt
80Tyt)hX3
B Co.
250X/OhX3
C Co.
160T/DHX3
D Co.
230iyt)hx2
Design
Result
Design
Result
Design
Result
Design
Result
Quantity of
total gas
nt/*
24.000
13,600-28,600
43.800
51,000
30.936
31.902
2 7.0 0 0
27,000
Quantity of
gasper
converter
nt/*>
8.000
4.500~9.500
14.600
17.000
7.734
10.634
1 3,500
13.500
R-EP
flow
rate
m/8
1.77
1.0~2.1
1.78
1.9
as
1.1
1.66
1.66
Inlet dust
contents
f/Hnt
ai
0.2 6 9 (max)
0.4
0.33
0.4
ass
a4
0.3 - 0.8
Mainly 0.4 unda
Outlet
dust
con ten)
9/ttnt
0.02
a047
aos
0.02
0.02
ao2
aos
0.03
under
Remarks
Fitted with
aux-dust
collector
LD


»»

M
Q-BOP
                        356

-------
6)   Comparison in general between




     R-EPand Bag  Filter




     Up to the present, forced suction type dust collectors have mainly




     been used, which collects dust by installaling a suction hood at




     the upper part of building and a suction on the ground which leads




     the gas to the  bag filter.




     Merits and demerits of this tipe and our R-EP are shown in the




     Table  - 4 below;






     Comparison in general between bag filter and R-EP
No.
1
2

3




Item
Dust collecting
system
Separable
grain
Scope of
Application
(1)
Gas temperature

(2)
Moisture
contents of
gas
(3)
Dust
properties
Bag filter
Dust separation by
collision, contacts
diffusion, and
filtering action
Below 1 u

in case of building
dust collection, less
than 60°C
No problem
No problem for
building dust
collection

Not proper for
hygroscopic gas
R-EP
Separation of dust from
gas by static current in
electrifying grains with
the corona discharge
Below 1 u

Same as left

Same as left

When electric? resistance
is between 106 - 1013 n -cm
no problem
                             357

-------
No.
4,







































Item
Functions of
dust collector
(1)
Dust collecting
capacity

(2)
Pressure
loss



(3)
Removal of
grasped gas






(4)
Water


(5)
Draining
Work
(6)
Hood




(7)
Ventilator


(8)
Pump
Bag filter


Over 99%
Exhaust gas density
is less than 0.03
g/Nm3
Bag filter 150 - 200
mmAq
piping etc. 150 - 250
mmAq
Total 300 - 450
mmAq
Removal of dust
grasped on cloth
filter by filtrage

1 Re-verse washing +
mechanical vibra-
tJon
2 Pulse pressure by
high pressure air
Not required



Not required


Hood at the upper
part of building
ceiling and pipe duct
from the hood to the
bag filter are
necessary
Air pressure
300-450 mmAq
is required

Not necessary

R - EP


Exhaust gas density is
0.03 g/Nm3 - 0.02 g/Nm3


Same level as monitor





Dust adhered to
electrodes are washed
away by water once
a day





Water required for the
above
600 1/min x 10 mln x 4
Unit No x 1 day
Drainings for the above
is required.

Not required but,
piping for water is
required



Not necessary
Ventilation fan for anti-
polution for insulator is
required (2.2KW - 3.7KW)
Pump
600 1/min is required
358

-------
No.
4
5
Item
(9)
Area for
installation
Utility
Bag filter
Instllation area for
bag filter on the
ground Is required
Electricity charge,
exhaust for running
cost are very large
amount
R -EP
R-EP is installed directly
on the building
No exhaust fan is re-
quired, as natural
ventilation .
Power for cottrel,
ventilation fan, and
water pump is about
1/10 - 1/20 of bag filter
7)    Running cost



     As explained previously, our R-EP is of natural ventilation system.



     Thus, no large type suction tan is required as bag-filter type, which



     reduces electric power consumption to a large extent or about



     1/10 - 1/20 of the latter.



     Washing water used for dust removal is also very small amount or



     0.4 - 0.6 m3/min in addition, the wasted water can be used again as



     circulating water after water treatment, therefor, the water really



     required to be supplied is only for replacement for dewatering



     cakes carried away and evaporated amount, and it is very small



     amount.



     Comparison of electric power consumed between our delivered



     R-EP for converter and bag-filter in the Table - 5.
                              359

-------
     Comparison of consumed electric power between
     R-EP & bag-filter       Table - 5

Delivered to
A Co.

B Co.

C Co.
D Co.

Treated
gas volume
m^/min
2 4. 0 0 0

4 3. 8 0 0

3 0. 9 .'{ 6
2 7. 0 0 0

Consumed electric
Bag-filter (assumption)
2. 8 0 0 KW

5. 1 0 0 KW

3, 6 0 0 KW
3. 1 0 0 KW

KW
R-E p
R-EP source 3 2KW
Motor 9 KW
4 1KW
R-EP source l l OKW
Motor 4 OKW
1 5 OKW
R-EP source 8 9 KW
Motor 8 OKW
I 6 9KW
R-EP source 6 1 KW
Motor 2 7KW
8 6KW
     Note: Power consumption of bag-filter is assumed as;
           A p = 450 mmAq.
8)   Prior investigation methods

     Since mere are no suitable measures on the measuring method

     of exhaust gas from the workshop in JIS (Japanese industrial

     Standard), the followings can be listed methods which tentatively

     conform to die present situation.

     (1)   Gas volume

           A multi-point anemomaster (anemotherm) is installed at the

           monitor discharge port and continuous recording is made

           in the relation with operation and  the gas volume is decided
                               360

-------
      from the timeelanse variation and the discharge

      volume.

      Besides this, there are the windmill system and the Pilot tube

      system, however, the anemomaster is suited for the discharge

      speed (2-3 m/s) from the monitor.

(2)   Dust concentration

      Since it is not an uniformed dust generation and mere are

      many cases where dust generation is made in a short period,

      it is considered suitable to measure a high volume air sampler
                                               o
      which h;is the suction volume of about 1 - 2m°/mm.

(3)   Measuring method of electric resistance value

      In this measuring method, there  is the  method of measuring

      the dust collected at the actual site upon taking it back to the

      laboratory and the method of performing direct measurement

      at the actual site flue. We will indicate below an example of
                           s
      the dust apparent resistivity measuring equipment which is

      used at the laboratory.
                                  1  Electric heater
                                  2  Heat retaining water bam
                                  3  Baffle
                                  4  Dust casting port
                                  5  High voltage (-) teminal
                                      20KV
                                  6  Pump
                                  7  Heater
                                  8  Blower
                                  9  (1) Needle-Plate dust collect-
                                     ing compartment housing
                                 10  (2) Thermal refining port
                                 11  Thermometer
                                 12  Thermostat
8

Fig. 9  Dust resistivity measuring equipment
        (race track method)
                         361

-------
           ^x<2) Imulattd iniulitor
(4) Fr-mt
f

Needle ihapwd
 electrode

Plata electrode
                              Fig.  10  Dust resistivity
                                       measure
Circulate the dusty gas In the dust collecting compartment

housing (1) of Fig. 9 while maintaining the dusty gas at a

desired temperature and humidity and collect and accumulate

the dust on top of the plate electrode by corona discharge of

the needle electrode and calculate the dust resistivity by

measuring the current which flows within.

The gas temperature can be freely maintained from room

temperature up to 300  - 400°C and the humidity can also be

regulated up to the range of 0 - 40% by volume  ratio.

Moreover, the dust collecting housing interior can also be

maintained at an atmosphere which is close to the actual con-

dition by imoregnating specific gas from port (2).
                              1 Guard electrode
                              2 Dust layer
                              3 Main electrode
                              4 Ohm Meter
Pig.  11  Dust layer resistivity measuring method
          (Parallel plate electrode method)
                    362

-------
As shown in the drawing, when the resistance measuring
opposed plate is lowered and closely contacted to the dust
surface which has been collected and accumulated on top
of the plate by the corona discharge between the needle-plate
electrode, and voltage is applied between both electrodes and
the current of the main electrode is measured, the apparent
resistivity of the dust can be computed by the following
formula.

      v = i • q  • a

      q -   TTT   (° ~cm>

whereas,
     V :   Voltage placed on dust layer (V)
     i  :   Current density (Reading of ampere meter
            —  Area of main electrode) (A/cm^)
     S,  :   Thickness of dust layer
                  363

-------
U.K.P. SIWtYLIST
                                              Umvy ludvutriri, LU.



                                             Mtmb, 1077
Uwpaay
kl.bi- Klr.'l, 1.1*1.
kubi- V»rk»
k'.*.«lllfHI
•III III 111' In. ,1 Id.
I»«.l|l»-Uurlill
Pan fir Hi-l«U
<•»., I. lit.
ILn-li iimbf—lfa*"!* «
1'Uul
Mi'l'l
niiit/prlrr
I.I.IIHX
1 ifi-l ric
f «ll lull 1*
k-lllC SIW., I.U. | -.I...I
kit*** Vuikf ) r.tiivrrli**'
I'.irifir M.- 1^1 1
r..., i.i.:.
| if f gffy-kiti rk «
Ymmtlll K*lt*V«* l«i,t
1.1*1. lilltlluHil Vt»lk
K..IM* Sl.M-t . |.|i|.
iHk.iK.tr" V<»r»»i«
Hnt»aH»lti >!(••• I
I'III-|MM.|| ion
Mi /HKhiMi-Vtii kit
« Kli-rl
N«n«r»iriuriu*i
C«., 1.1*1.
I^rrnf-V.r1l.
R»k« 8t»»l, LU.
blwf*M.H»rk«
i i r<- 1 r i ••
1-ll'lMK-
•
«
«
Mi-rl
iwnvprlri
.
(J-IWj!
Klft-lric
furiwre
m
m
m
m
m
HlMt
furaM*
NiMbrr
(rcvi rum)
•J
•J
I
I
1
1
1"
A
ii
1
2
1
I
a
l
8
Sine
6.a»iiWk'i.iNMu.
. tV.lVl)
1,WiOWalU,i*Ktl
ll,l«MMtllll'*IHM.
(lil«'JMt«L>)
(.,M(HW>TIHII
(l.l,*Lli^Ul)
(l,H>HIW>ll).IM<»|
(lil.t^l'lllil)
i|,(*KPWvVI,(HHI|.
(liU^T'llH))
1C "l»I)
u*. iTWvai.HM)!.
« s
III,IMMIW\^I,IMK)I.
(liU^-.KHl)
7l(MWVlH.IMMH.
((iUIVJKl)
7,IKHIW«M,IKMH.
i a
(r,u-_>7iii)
6|t«NIWi7fMI
IIVi
2MOO>2
2*1(10
>H;O
MVI
K!MI
«VnN)
HNHNItS
DJOUI2
267U
371«i3
5000
24MI
MM
W»0
1)000
10000
T7-
to
M)
(ill
M
M
M
fiO
4iO
Ml
liO
bO
bO
bO
Ml
00
Wl
W
t
90
Ulct Du*il
Uwl
«/**••«
O.SHA
n.i
".I
U.I
«.T
II. T
tt.S
O.t
0.4
«.*
O.fcl
o.>
0.2
O.I
o.l
0.1
0.6
OullH Unxl
UtMl
U/ktaT
o.ow
u.tn
0.01
0.02
0.01
O.lll
ii. oa
O.lll
0.04
0.0)
0.01
0.01
0.02
0.03
O.Ul
0.01
0.01
Ilklr
Inxtullrd
N«r. I97J
Jul. l'l»l
*M«. I'»71
N»v. 1971
H»v l>)7t
Srpl. I071l
Jwi. I'lTJ
Mm-. I'lTI'
Nxr. 1
Brc. 197<>
Scpl. |i)75
IW. 1«I71
M»v 1976
H«r 1'iTb
Apr. I'I7<>
IW. 1-177
K«r. 1978
       364

-------
        APPENDIX E



NIPPON STEEL-KIMITSU WORKS



        (no papers)
             365

-------
            APPENDIX f



SHINHA TRADING AND ENGINEERING CO,



            (no papers)
             366

-------
    APPENDIX G
ISOGO POWER STATION
    (no papers)
         367

-------
   APPENDIX H



KYOTO UNIVERSITY
      368

-------
DYNAMICS OF NATURALLY COOLED HOT
GAS DUCT
                          KAZUYUKI HOTTA, NOBORU YAMAMURO
                          AND KOICHI IINOYA
                          Department of Chemical Engineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto
                                     (Reprinted with permission)
                                                  Reprinted from
                                                  JOURNAL OF
                                          CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                         OF
                                                      JAPAN
                                              Vol. 7, No. 6 (1974)
                                                 Page* 455—461
                                 369

-------
 DYNAMICS  OF  NATURALLY  COOLED  HOT
 GAS DUCT*
                                       KAZUYUKI HOTTA, NOBORU YAMAMURO**
                                       AND KCHCHl IINOYA
                                       Department of Chemical Engineering. Kyoto University, Kyoto
         characteristic* of a pnhewbe teatpsratare peak aloag a aatarally cooled hot gas
      ladled exyernaaatally with possible applications to bag BUsr systems fa mind. In bee of
      fa gas pfopsrtiss, dM to the temperatore change, a Uaear node! Is fonad nseftri for
        < prediction of tbs tnuMleat  Charts for asdmattag tbs peak height of the outlet
gas teapsratare an couUliad to bs readily assd by dialp and operaHoa laihirm.
  In  bag-filter  operations  for  higher-temperature
gases, the gates must be properly cooled prior to
filtration.  For this purpose, a spray tower or other
positive  means may be inserted  in the duct  system
which leads  the gas from the dust  source  to the
filter.  It is,  however, possible  to expect  a con-
~RMdvod on November 2S, 1973
  Prorated at the 38th Annual Meetlnf of The Soc. of Chem.
  Entn., Japan, April 4, 1973
•• The JapanoM G«on Co., Ltd.
TOW fl.«m*K* 13 *• 8 Tl
siderable natural cooling along the duct if the source
and the filter are separated by some distance.  In
this latter case, prediction of the temperature drop is
not so simple as in the case of incompressible  fluid,
since the physical properties of the gas change with
the temperature along the duct.  Moreover, the gas
temperature of the source often undergoes pulse-wise
changes like those shown in Fig. 1.
  The particular example shown is taken  from  an
automatic  record of  the air  temperature from  a
furnace plant in batch-wise operation.
  Formulae  for  predicting the  damping  charac-
teristics of the temperature peak are not yet found in
VOL. 7  NO. 4  1*74
                                             370

-------
                                 —.ZOO'c
                                   15C
                  thr.
                                                             Table 1  Data used for estimation of statics
          I      I      	   ._   JKO
           «— time
     Fig. 1  Typical example of temperature chaage
     at dust sources
                           HI
                         heater
               S blower
             Fig.  2 Laboratory test model

standard handbooks.  The  system is naturally  de-
signed  amply  on  the safe side, resulting in wasteful
redundancy.
  To supply the designers of such systems with some
practical information, experimental as well as theo-
retical  investigations were made and the results are
presented in this paper.  Even though the study was
motivated by the problem in dust-collecting systems,
we treated the problem as that of naturally cooled ducts
in general without remarkable  pressure drop along
them.  The effect of solid  particles  is not explicit,
since it has an effect only on the inside film coefficient.
Nor did we use dust-laden  gas in the laboratory ex-
periments.  We assume here that the values of the
heat transfer coefficients in the equations derived in
this  report are known  from different sources.

1, Experiments
  Experimental data  were  obtained through  two
different sources, one  from a laboratory test model
sketched in Fig. 2, the other from a full-scale industrial
duct system for a bag filter  system.
  In the laboratory test model, the air flow rate was
automatically controlled and the heater Hi was used
to set  up a steady state.   In dynamic test, this steady
state was upset by adding  another preheated heater
HI  to the pipe  line and also boosting the power
supply to the  heater H,.   The gas temperature was
measured by  thermocouples with quick response at
the  inlet TR1 and the outlet TR2 of the test  section.
The outlet wall temperature was measured by pasting
two identical  sheet-thermocouples TR3 on the outer
surface of the pipe  at equal distance of about 5 cm
up-  and  downstream  from the outlet  point  This
Mass flow
rate
[kg/m'-min]
15.53
15.57
15.49
15.51
15.47
15.52

ambient
air
302.0
302.0
301.5
301.0
302.4
298.8
l emperai
inlet
409.5
395.0
409.0
362.1
407.0
371.6
ure i *.]
outlet
348.6
343.3
347.1
329.5
347.8
331.5

outlet
wall
334.7
332.3
334.3
321.5
337.2
324.0
was done to avoid erroneous measurements due to the
cooling effect of the nozzle tapped for gas temperature
measurement.  The mean value of the outputs of the
two  was  adopted as  the wall  temperature at the
outlet.  Random  breeze  was  generated  by  three
fans to keep  the average ambient condition constant.
  The industrial system  tested  had  a diameter of
582mm  with 3.2mm  wall  thickness.  The test sec-
tion was 50.4m long and  the  mass flow rate was
around 8.8 kg/m'-sec.   For this system, most of the
data were obtained from the automatic records of the
control systems.

2. Statics
   To  estimate the static  characteristics of the labo-
ratory test  model,  numerous  sets  of steady-state
data, with varying inlet temperature and air flow rate,
were obtained.  However, we show in the following
only the results obtained from several sets of data
for which the air flow rate is around 15.5 kg/min-m1,
since  the dynamic test was performed with this flow
 rate.  The data used are shown  in Table 1.  As the
 static model of the system, the  following simplified
 equations were used.
                                  -r.)=o     (i)
                                  -r.)         (2)
 As  to the notations,  the  list at the  end must  be
 referred to.  The  underlying assumptions are obvious
 from  the forms of the equations.
 [case  1]   As the first step, both the inside and outside
 film coefficient ht and  />. were assumed to be constant
 and their values were sought by a computer  search
 program so as to minimize the differences between
 the calculated and observed values  of the outlet gas
 and wall temperature  7, and  Tw.  The criterion
 function used in the search program was


 where J7«  and Jrw( are  the differences mentioned
 above in the /-th  run  of the experiments.
   The converged values for ht  and A. are shown  in
 the first row of Table 2, together with the value of  0.
   In  the model calculation for  this case, the specific
 heat of the  gas was estimated by Eq. (5) at the mean

             JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                  371

-------


case 1
case 2
case 3
case 4

Hi [kcal/'C-m*-se
0.020253
0.02054 (r/r.i)« »
0.019930
0.019930 (TIT.if
Table 2
c]
a
m
Al, instead of the constant A<,
 was sought and the results are shown in Table 2.
 [case 3]   Thirdly, A,  was set back to constant and
 the constancy restriction on A. was relaxed.  To the
 value of A., natural  convection,  forced  convection
 and radiation were supposed to contribute.   But the
 attempt  to fit a phenomenological equation for  A.
 was abandoned after some trials, because inconsistent
 results,  such as  the blackness of radiation  beyond
 unity, were obtained by the computer search program.
 Prediction of the film coefficient being rather trivial
 for the purpose of this study, the following empirical
 equation was adopted.


 The search program converged to the optimal values
 shown in the third  row of Table 2.  The drastic im-
 provement of the value of  the  criterion function  f>
 over  the  previous cases indicates  the  controlling
 influence  of the nonlinearity of A. on  the system
 statics.
 [case 4]   Finally, both h, and  A.  were allowed  to
 change  in  accordance  with Eq. (6)  and  Eq. (7),
 respectively.  The results obtained are listed in Table
 2.
   The results of the static experiments are summarized
 in  Fig. 3.  Here,  the  curve showing  the  relation
 between T and Tf is obtained by solving Eq. (2) for
 the case where 7. is equal to 300°K (as was approxi-

VOL. 7  NO. 6  1974
                                                              Mil
                                                              O020
                                                                          3M           400
                                                                             gas temperature
                                                               Fig. 3 Statics of laboratory test model

                                                     mately the case in experiments) and Eq. (6) and Eq. (7)
                                                     are inserted for A, and ht.

                                                     3. Dynamics
                                                       To investigate the dynamic dependency of the outlet
                                                     temperature  on the  inlet temperature,  pulse testing
                                                     was used.  The input pulses  generated as  depicted
                                                     in section 1 of this paper were by no means similar
                                                     in shape to those observed  in practical systems, but
                                                     were  found good  enough to stimulate the dynamics
                                                     of the laboratory test model.   A typical input and
                                                     the response at the outlet of the test section are shown
                                                     in Fig. 4 and Fig. 5.
                                                       In spite of the finding in  the static study  that the
                                                     nonlinearity effect is significant, Fourier transforms of
                                                     the input and output were tried to obtain approximate
                                                     linear dynamics in the  form of  Bode diagrams, an
                                                     example of which is shown in Fig. 6.   The  striking
                                                     similarity of this diagram to those of heat exchangers
                                                     for incompressible fluid, where nonlinearity  plays
                                                     but a minor role, suggested  that the dynamics of the
                                                     present system could be approximated by  a linear
                                                     model, at least for a small input change.
                                                       Thus a linear model  was developed  in a manner
                                                     described in  section 4  of this paper.  First, the
                                                     parameters  of the model were  estimated based on
                                                     Case  1  of the static study and  obtained the model
                                                     frequency response shown in Fig. 6.  The agreement
                                                     with the observed response is only fairly good.   But
                                                     by more elaborate choice of parameters, which will
                                                     be  described  later,  the  model  behavior improves.
                                                     Examples are shown in time domain in Fig. 1
                                                 372

-------
                                                           100
                                 no
                                lime (»»0
               Fig. 4  Typical test input
   Fig. 5 Response of outlet temperature to the Input of
   Fig. 4
        0001
angular frequency Crad/sec)
      001              01.
       -90
      Fig. 6  Bode diagram of laboratory test model at
      G=15.5 kg/mln-m"

  Furthermore,  the  same type  of linear model  was
formed for the industrial system and the response is
compared in  Fig. 7 with the observed response.  Due
to the rather complex geometry  of the system  and
lack of exact static  data, agreement is not as good
as that of the test model, but seems good enough for
most  of design and operation  planning purposes.
This becomes more  convincing when one considers
the enormous time and memory space needed to solve
a nonlinear partial differential equation mode!.
                                                                                           time
                                                         Fig. 7  Example  of transient response of an industrial
                                                         system and its linear model
                             timer,-)
        Fig. 8  A normalized step response of G (s)


4. Derivation of Linear Model

  Here we treat the gas as if it were an incompressible
fluid  with constant physical properties.  Then  the
discussion can be started with the following simplified
equations.
                                                                       - T.)
                                                                                                      (8)

                                                                                                      (9)
                                           r.=l-r«
                                                       A set of dimensionless variables and parameters are
                                                       defined as follows:
                                                             T=t/(LP/G)
                                                                                   (10)
                                          T.=(GILP)CJ(A(ht+AJi.)
                                     Then Eqs. (8) and (9) reduce to
                                                   a-3T&-(airxr-Tu)         (ii)

                                                                                   (12)
                                     The  transfer function between inlet and outlet tem-
                                     perature is obtained" from these equations as
                                                   J7i(j)= exp [—is+a+h.s/(\+Tms)}]
                                                                                   (13)

                                                 JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OP JAPAN
                                                    373

-------
 where X=*arjrt.
 A normalized step response of G(s) is schematically
 drawn in Fig. 8 and the mean delay time  Tm for
 G(s) is, as is easily found,


 The first term of Tm corresponds to a pure delay of
 one residence  time of the gas.  The second term ac-
 counts for the lag due  to the  heat  capacity of the
 duct wall.  When the inside fluid is a gas (liquid), the
 second (first) term usually dominates the other.  In
 the industrial  system investigated, the second  term
 is approximately equal to 180 and in the laboratory
 test model  it  reaches as high  as  1200, making it
 possible to neglect the first term without any loss of
 accuracy.
  It then becomes important to know the charac-
 teristics of the transfer function
         GJ?) A exp[-;r.j/(l+r.5)]         (15)
 which forms the essential part of the system dynamics.
 It is,  however, not easy to calculate the response of
 this function to an arbitrary input.   So an attempt
 was made  to  derive an approximate ordinary dif-
 ferential equation, which behaves similarly to Eq.( 15),
 and enables us to  use a computer  routine such as
 the RK.G method to calculate the  response.
  Instead of  handling  Eq. (15)  directly,  another
 related function H.(s) defined by


 is introduced.   Meaning of this separation of G,(s)
 into two parts is obvious from Fig. 8.  Checked in
 terms of the frequency response, a first-order lag was
 not satisfactory in accuracy to simulate #„($), so the
 following function was adopted.
     Hm(is)=H'f(s)=K(l +r.s)/(l +vs+us*)     (17)
The unknown  parameters in H'w(s) were fixed so as
that the  following values  coincide between  Hw(s)
and H'w(s).
   i) Initial slope of the  step response.
  ii) Up to second moments of the impulse response.
 Introduction of the first condition is of  advantage
 over the ordinary moment method in two respects.
 First it gives improved accuracy in the higher frequency
 range. Secondly,  we can  obtain  explicit  solutions
 for the  unknown parameters as shown in Eq. (18),
 since  the use  of third  moment, which  inevitably
 introduces a cubic equation, is avoided.
  The solutions thus obtained are:
                                              (18)
                                                     Then
                                                      C.(j)
                                                     where
                                                                                                   09)
                                                       Letting ATtl(t) denote  the  input change
                                                     delayed in dimensionless time by unity or 4r
-------
           c
           I
                      angjUr trtquwiey
                     ifc-u  in,  tit.
      Fig. 9  Schematics! gain diagram of linear model

value is fairly reasonable, the value of /i< is by no
means  in  accordance with the results of the static
experiments.  For  a mean temperature (=106.8°C)
of the inlet, ht should be around 0.02002, so the above
value  is  some  6%  higher.  We suppose this  was
caused  by the added turbulence .due to valve operation
to produce the temperature pulse in the dynamic test.
Difficulty   associated with   the  wall  temperature
measurements may be partly  responsible for this dis-
crepancy.
   Furthermore, mathematical models  generally tend
to show quicker response than the real counterparts,
since many minor factors  causing delay,  such as
finite rate of heat conduction across the duct  wall
and mixing of the gas in axial direction, are neglected
in model formulation.
   In the  present  application of the linear model,
however, a slight overestimation of the peak height
is certainly tolerable.   So we propose  here using
the  peak  temperature  of the input pulse  in the
estimation of the parameters of the linear model.
   A  computer  calculation  based  on  Eq. (21)  will
yield the response to a input AT*i  of arbitrary pulse
shape.   However,  in the  situation  where use  of a
computer  is to  be avoided, the peak height of the
outlet temperature can  be estimated  based  on the
frequency  response of the linear model.  The gain
diagram shown  in  Fig. 4 is essentially Z-shaped and
can  be schematized  as  Fig. 9.  It  is  then expected
that, if the  angular  frequencies  of the  major com-
ponents of the input are  less than l/(erH), the ratio of
the output peak height  to that  of the  input is ap-
proximately  e~"(^fifm»»).  As the  frequency  range
of the input components extends beyond 
-------
                                           »   20     S>
                                                  a/t. (-)
 c,
 D
 C
 0»x
 r.l.
 A
 K
 Ar«
 L
 *
 /i
 Pi,ft
 4
 r
 i
 T
 T«
 7*jr
 Tm
 I
 *
                         (a) triangular input
                    Fig. 10 Diagrams fore**
                                              [kcalTC-kfJ
= specific heat at constant pressure
— diameter of circular duct
= mass flow rate of gas
= *-                                     H
= «-<«+!)                                 [_)
= film coefficient of heat transfer  (kcal/<>C-m1-secl
«- a constant in Eq. (17)                     [—]
= a constant in Eq. (7)
- total length of duct                       [m]
«= a constant in Eq. (7)
= peak height                             ["Q
— constants defined in Eq. (19)
** heat resistance                   rc-sec/kcal]
«= resistance ratio defined in Eq. (10)         (—J
- Laplace transform parameter            H/secJ
«• gas temperature                          (°K]
= ambient temperature                      [*K]
» representative temperature of gas          [C°]
= wall temperature                         (°K]
• time                                    [sec]
= constant parameters in Eq. (17)           (sec*)
= constant parameters in Eq. (17)            [sec]
= flow rate of gas                       (kg/*ec]
— distance from inlet of duct                [m]
or
S
1
t
1
P
Tf
Tw







o

2
st
                                                               at
                                                                    o-z
              (b) square input
t for triaagabr an* sqare bavt

 = defined in Eq. (10)
 •= duration of input pluse (refer to Fig. 1(9
 = defined in Eq. (22)
 = conductivity of heat for gas    [kcal/°C-m-sec]
 - arjn                                   t—1
 - viscosity of gas                     [kg/m-sec)
 - xlL                                     M
 =- density of gas                        [kg/ufl
 - time constant in Eq. (17)                  l«ec)
 - wall time constant defined  in Eq. (10)      [sec]
 — criterion function

 — change from a steady state

 - inner surface of duct
 " outer surface of duct
 - inlet
 - outlet
 — standard condition
                                                              Uteratore Ctttd
                                                                1) Bankson C. A. and D. M. McEligot: Int. /. Heat A Mau
                                                                  Trans., 13, 319 (1970)
                                                                2) Hotta, K. and M. Imaeda: Kagaku KOgaku, 29,980 (1965)
VOL. 7  NO. 4  1974
                                                       376

-------
PARTICLE SIZE CLASSIFICATION  BY DEPOSITION ANGLE
IN A GAS CENTRIFUGE AT REDUCED PRESSURE
                               ZENNOSUKE TANAKA, HIROAKI TAKAP, NORISHlGE OKADA
                               AND KOICHIIINOYA
                               Department of Chemical Engineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto, Japan
                                          (Reprinted with permission)

                                                        Reprinted from
                                                         JOURNAL OF
                                                CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                                OF
                                                             JAPAN
                                                     Vol. 4, No. 2 (1971)
                                                        Pages 167—171
                                        THE SOCIETY OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS, JAPAN
                              377

-------
 PARTICLE SIZE  CLASSIFICATION  BY  DEPOSITION  ANGLE
 IN  A  GAS  CENTRIFUGE  AT  REDUCED  PRESSURE*
                                                   ZENNOSUKI TANAKA, HIROAKI TAKAI**, NORISHIOI OKADA***
                                                   AND KOICHIIINOYA
                                                   Dtpattmnt of Chimical Engumring, Kyoto Univtrsity, Kyoto, Japan
   Centrifugal particle size classification by a gas centrifuge which produces a forced vortex
 wot Investigated at reduced preuures.  In this method, different particle trajectories cause
 the formation of a continuous gradation of particle size on the rotor wall.  Here, particles
 In the subsleve and submlcron ranges 'were classified with good resolution because the 'Cun-
 ningham correction' Increases as pressure decreases.  Also, the computed solutions gave ex-
 cellent agreement with the experimental results. The numerical solutions with and without
 the Integral term for non-uniform motion have been compared, the approximate equation of
 best fit for the drag coefficient of spherical particles being used In both cases.
 Introduction

   The  investigation  of  particle  size  classification
 based on the difference of deposition angle on the rotor
 wall  of a gas centrifuge under forced vortex  condi-
 tions at  atmospheric  pressure has been reported by
 Kriebel*>, and Burson et al.1), but no study at reduced
 pressures has yet been reported.
   In this method, the centrifuge produces centrif-
 ugal force fields within a  forced vortex in the classi-
 fication chamber.  The  particles  travel  from near
 the  center to the rotor wall.  In the  classification
 chamber, the particle motion is delayed by Coriolis'
 force opposite to  the direction of rotation, causing
 a  gradation of particle size  on the  rotor wall.  At
 reduced pressure, the mean free path of the gas mole-
 cules is of the, sanfe order of magnitude as, or greater
 than, the particle size.   In  that case, the effect of
 the slip factor in the 'Cunningham correction'  is sig-
 nificant and the fine particles in the subsieve  and
 submicron ranges can be classified with good resolu-
 tion.
  A comparison of experimental  results with  calcu-
 lated results is presented for experiments  at various
 pressures using glass beads, zinc  powder  and  tung-
 sten powder.

 Experimental Apparatus and Procedure

  A sketch  of the centrifuge and associated  equip-
 ment used to investigate  particle size classification
 is shown in Fig.  1.  As the centrifuge has an oil seal
   '  Received on November 17, 1970
      Presented at the 36th Annual Meeting of the  Soc.
      Chetn. Engrs., Japan at Tokyo,  April 3, 1971
 **  Yamanouchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd., Tokyo
 ***   Toray Industries Inc.,  Otsu
 on the shaft to make it air-tight, it can be  used  at
 reduced pressures.
   As shown in Fig. 2, the rotor is made of  high-
 strength duralumin and the classification chamber is
 19 cm inside diameter and 2 cm  high.  Two  webs
 are  installed  in the rotor to ensure  forced vortex
 conditions.  The particle inlets to the classification
 chamber are mounted on the rotor, and rotate at the
 same angular velocity.
   The  powder  is charged in an  acrylic  resin tube
 fitted with  a screen of 325Jf or lOOOtf mesh on the
 bottom for dispersion.  As shown in Fig. 3, this tube
 is placed inside a glass tube with a rubber  plug  to
 make  it air-tight.
   After  the centrifuge attains the specified pressure
 and speed  of rotation, a 60Hz vibration is  applied
 to the feeding device to make the particles disperse,
 pass through the capillary and enter the classification
 chamber.  Hence at the particle inlets, the particles
 attain the  same angular  velocity as  the  rotor.
   In the classification chamber,  the particles  move
 from near the center (r0 = 1.19 cm) to  the rotor wall
 (r = 9.5 cm).   On  the way, the particles are  class-
 ified and deposit on the rotor wall in accordance with
 particle size.  As shown in Fig. 2, the motion of the
 particles relative to the rotor is opposite to the  rota-
 tion of the rotor.  The  deposition angle,  which  is
 the difference between the angular displacement of
 the rotor and the particle on  the rotor wall, that  is
 ( — 0)|r.|.i, increases with increasing particle size.
   12 mm transparent  double-sided  adhesive  tapes
 are  mounted  on  15 mm transparent  plastic strips
 and  placed  on the  rotor wall.  In the case  of sub-
 micron  particles, sheet meshes for  the electron mi-
 croscope are mounted  on  these strips.
  After centrifuging,  the particle .sizes and  the an-
gular location are measured using an optical or  elec-
V
-------
1  Centrifuge          4 Recorder for  vacuum

2  Rotor               5 Stroboscope

3  Vacuum gauge        6 Vacuum pumo

Fig. 1  Scheme of the experimental apparatus
                          1
          DtpeiltUn angl*

          Fig. 2  Schematic deilgn of the rotor

tron  microscope.
  Glass beads (p, — 2.5g/cmf),  zinc powder (p, =
7.0g/cml), and  tungsten  powder (pr = 19.2g/cm')
were  used as  the  test  materials.  Hollow  particles
in the glass  beads were removed by flotation with
a  mixture   of acetone  and  1, 1,2,2-tetrabromo-
ethane.

Theoretical Considerations

  The particle motion in the centrifugal fields is al-
ways  changing in both speed and direction, that is,
the motion  is  non-uniform  and curvilinear. The
                                                                    RubDir plug
                                                                  w-Cliss
                                                                   "Acrylic ritln


                                                                   Screen nesh
                                                                   (3251 or 10001)
                                                           To rotor
                            Fig. 3  Feeding device for
                                  powder
                                                        equations of motion for a spherical particle in polar
                                                        coordinates are given by the following expression1-".
                                                                                   " * D'0vr(d0 -d*
                                                                                   ; 8 Dtt>'vr\dt   dt
                                                       in which
                                                                 Ct =
                                                                      0. 653 X 10-« X 760[ P
                                                                                                       (5)
                                                (6)
                                    [cm] for air  (7)
  These equations contain the slip factor 'Cunning-
ham correction'4-7) for the increase in mean free path
of gas molecule and the approximate equation**1 for
the drag coefficient  of spherical particles.
  The  simultaneous  integro-difTerential  equations
(1) and (2) are non-linear, so no analytical solution
can be obtained.  Thus numerical techniques using
a digital computer were employed instead to obtain
the solutions of Eqs.(l)  and  (2).
  Let us now compare the following alternative solu-
tions.  One is a numerical solution of the  simulta-
neous  second-order  ordinary  differential equations
without the last intergral terms of Eqs.(l)  and (2) by
the Runge-Kutta-Merson  method').
  The other is a numerical solution of the intergro-
differential  equations by  the  method  given in the
Appendix.
                                                   379
                                                             JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN

-------
          1.0*
          1.05 .
          1.00
                    14      «       8      10

                       Mdtus r C » ]


       Fig. 4  Pressure distribution in a gas centrifuge
          1(0
          140
          100
          (0
          40
61«ss buds

H'JOOOrpn

PR- Z.Sg/cn'
                                        I
            •      8      10     12     14     16
             Pirtlclt  dl«»»t«r by optlcil alcroscopt

                       Op [•(crons)


   Fig. 5  Variation of deposition angle with pressure for
   glau beads (experimental and computed results)


   Strictly speaking, the  pressure  distribution in the

rotor  should  be  considered,  but  this effect  appears

to be negligible.  The pressure distribution of gas at

a  constant speed of rotation may be expressed by
                                                     (8)
For an ideal gas, the general relation between density
and  pressure is

                     Pi = PP, JP.                   (9)
Substitution of Eq.(9) into Eq.(8) and integration of
Eq.(8) with respect to r gives
                                                                      uo
                                                                      140
                                                                       100
                                                                       so
                                                                       40
                                       20
                                         e      8     10     12      14      16

                                         rirttclt  dlntttr by optfctl •(crotcopi

                                                    0   [itcrons]


                                Fig 6  Variation of deposition angle with pressure for
                                glass beads (experimental and computed results)
                                                                        160
                                                                        140
                                                                      "120
                                                                      
          N»9000rp»

          »p'2.5g/c»'


— Conputli) results Kith
   Inttgn! ttra

— Co»putid nsults Kith-
   out l«ttjr«l  ttri
                                          '      »     10     12     14

                                          Pirtlclt dUcittr by optlcil itcroscopl
                                                                Fig. 7  Variation of deposition angle with pressure for
                                                                glass beads (experimental and computed results)
                                                                                (10)

                             using the  boundary  condition

                             B.C.         at  r =  0,  p = p,                    (11)

                               The  calculated  pressure distributions  are shown
VOL.  4   NO. 2    1971
                                                       380

-------
           uo
           140
           120
           100
            10
            40
            20
             0      2      4      68
            Particle diameter by optical Microscope
                      0   [nlcrons]

  Fig. 8  Comparison of experimental and computed results
  for Zn powder
         160




         140



       "S 120
       •9
       M


       7 100

       4r

       7 BO
       a*
       C
       •
       c
       £ (0
       4*
       M


       e 40



         20
Tung(ten ponder
N'iOOOrp*
up'19.2g/cn'
                0.4    0.8    1.2    1.6    2.0
          Particle diameter by electron •Icrosiopt
                    Op  [ulcront]

  Fig. 9  Comparison of experimental and computed results
  for tungsten powder
in Fig. 4.   The  deviations of relative pressure
between outer and inner  parts of the rotor are less
than a few percent
                                                                                 *£.-.:   ';
                                                                                  • »*«
                                                                                                  •    •   •
                                                       depoiition angle 80°            deposition angle 130"
                                                            Gla« bead. P»20mmHg  JV=6000rpm
                              deposition angle 80°            deposition angle 140"
                                   Zinc powder ^=20mmHg  Af=6000rpin

                                fly. 10  Photomicrographs of experimental results
Experimental Results and Discussion

  Figs. 5, 6 and 7 show the comparison of the ex-
perimental  results  and  computed solutions for  glass
beads  at  various  pressures  and  rotor  speeds of
3000, 6000, and 9000 rpm.  Figs. 8 and 9 present the
results for zinc powder and submicron particles of
tungsten powder, respectively.
  The solid line represents the  numerical solutions
computed without the integral term in Eqs.(l)  and
(2), and the broken line represents the computed values
of Eqs.(l) and (2).  The solid and broken lines are
computed at the following boundary conditions B.C.
and  initial conditions I.C., respectively.

        "     = *  (const-)>
                                *»
                                                                     gas rotates at
        the same angular velocity as the rotor.   (12)
       at i=0,   r = rt                        (13)
                                               (14)
                                               (15)
                                                0 = 0
                  dO
                  ~dT
                                                                              (16)
  The experimental results agree well with the com-
puted  values.  Fig. 10  shows photomicrographs for
a couple of the  experimental runs.
  From the numerical calculation, the deposition angle
calculated with the integral term included is slightly
greater than the value obtained without the integral
term.  The effect of this term on the calculated value
of the deposition angle is less than 10%.  Furthermore,
the effect decreases with decreasing pressure.  Below
20mmHg the deviation is  less  than 1%, so the effect
of the intergral term may be considered  negligible,
  If possible, the powder should be fed to the classifier
in a well-dispersed aerosol, but the inital radial veloc-
                                                  381
                                                              JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN

-------
 ity of the aerosol at the inlet ports reduces the depo-
 sition angle.   This has been confirmed  by both  the
 experimental and theoretical results.   Also, it is diffi-
 cult to  ensure that the initial radial velocity of each
 particle is the same.   Consequently, this  non-uniform
 velocity results in poor classification.  This problem
 may be solved in future, but deserves further attention.

 Conclusion

   Particle  size classification in a gas centrifuge  at
 reduced pressure has been investigated  theoretically
 and experimentally, resulting in the following conclu-
 sions.
   1)  Particles down to the submicron range can be
     classified with good  resolution, a gradation  of
     particle size occurring on the rotor wall.
   2)  Agreement between experimental results  and
     computed solutions is shown to be excellent.
   3)  The  slip factor 'Cunningham correction' ob-
     tained  by using  Millikan's data for oil drops in
     air may be applied to various materials suspended
     in air and at various pressures.
   4)  Numerical solutions of the simultaneous integro-
     diflerential  equations  of  a non-uniform  curvi-
     linear motion have been obtained.
   5)  The effect of the integral term for fine particles
     suspended in air is not very  large.
   As a consequence of these results, the development
 of a new particle size analyzer appears possible.

 Appendix

  The method of successive  approximations is employed
 to solve the simultaneous intcgro-difTerential  equations (1)
 and  (2).
  The calculation of the integral term is carried out using
 the relative velocity between the particle and the fluid, u,
 to simplify the notation.
  The first stage of average acceleration is defined by
in which (rf «/«*/)«,/  denotes  ;'-th approximation of i-th
step  and the subscript m  denotes the  mean  value.  The
first approximation of the integral term  after a imall incre-
ment of time At is
Substituting Eq.(2a) in Eqi.(l) and (2), the second approxi-
mation (rf«/rf/)I§i can be calculated.  Then from Eq.(la),
(rfN/rfOi*,! may be evaluated.   If the »-th  approximation
is nearly equal to the (M — l)-th approximation
     (rf«/rf/),<1,-(rfi«/rf/)1.._l-tolerance limit         (3a)
Then defining the final approximation of the first step
                (rfn/rf<),-(rfi./rf/)i..                (4a)
and  the mean acceleration (du/dt)lm is calculated.
  Thus from Eq.(2a),  the value of the integral term  at
the end of the  first increment of time  can be evaluated.
Similarly, (du/dt),m and the integral term can be calcu-
lated.  For the purpose of calculation, the time is divided
into k  steps (it is not necessary that each step be an equal
interval) and the integral term is computed as follows
         du
                                                  <5a)

  Applying this method to the radial and angular directions,
the numerical integration of Eqs.(l) and (2)  by the RKM
method gives the required results.
  Odar*) has proposed an equal-time interval method, but
in that case, only the Rungc-Kutta-Gill routine  may  be
used for integration of the  equations.   For the method
described here, the RKM routine is applicable.

Acknowledgement
  We  are very grateful  to Professor C. Orr and Dr. J. H.
Burson of the  Georgia  Institute of Technology for  their
assistance in the preparatory work for this study.
[Additional Note]
  The numerical solutions presented  in this paper  were
calculated with  the FACOM-230-60  digital  computer at
the Data Processing Center, Kyoto University.
Nomenclature

C,  = Cunningham correction factor
CD = drag coefficient
Dp  = particle diameter
g,  = gravitational conversion factor
N  = revolutions per minute
P  = pressure
f   = pressure
f   = radius of gyration
Kt  = Reynolds number = (DTup,/fi)
/   = time
                                                  [ — '
                                                  [ —
                                                  [cm
                                       [(ff/G) (cm/see1)
                                              [mmHg
                                               [G/cmr
                                                  [cm]
                                                  [ — ]
                                                  [sec]
u    — relative velocity between particle and fluid in
       general                                [cm/sec]
v    — relative velocity between particle and fluid defined
       by Eq.(3)                               [cm/,*]
*    = integral variable                           [sec]
8    = angular displacement of particle              [rad]
la*   = mean free path of gas molecule               [cm]
P,   = density of gas  '                          [g/cmr
Pj,   = density of particle                        [g/cm*
{i    = angular displacement of gas                  [rad
a    = angular velocity of rotor                  [rad/sec

Literature cited

 1)  Basset, A.B.: Phil.  Trans, of the Royal Soe., 179,  43
   (1888)
 2)  Burson, J. H.,  E. Y. H.  Keng  and C.  Orr:  Pewdir
   Technology, 1, 305 (1967/68)
 3)  Fuchs, N.A.:  "The Mechanics of Aerosols", p. 75,
   Pergamon Press (1964)
 4)  Kennard, E.H.: "Kinetic Theory of Gas", p. 310,
   McGraw-Hill (1938)
 5)  Kriebel,  A.R.:  Trans, of ASMS, J. of Basic Engr.,
   83, 333 (1961)
 6)  Lukehart, P. M.: Communications of tin ACM, 6, 737
   (1963)
 7)  Millikan, R.A.: Phyt. Rn., 22, 1 (1923)
 8)  Odar,  F.: U.S.  Army Cold  Regions  Research  and
   Engineering Laboratory, Research  Report 190 (1966)
 9)  Schiller, L. and A. Naumann:  Z. VDL, 77, 318 (1933)
VOL.  4   NO.  2   1971
                                                    382

-------
Journal of Electrostatic!, 2(1976/1977)341-350
O Elsevier Scientific Publishing Company, Amsterdam — Printed in The Netherland*
(Reprinted with permission)
ELECTRIFICATION OF GAS-SOLID SUSPENSIONS FLOWING IN STEEL
AND INSULATING-COATED PIPES
HIROAKI MA8UDA, TAKAHIRO KOMAT8U, NAOHIRO MITSUI, and KOICHIIINOYA
Department of Chemical Engineering, Kyoto University, Kyoto 606 (Japan)
(Received September 24,1976; in revised form December 10,1976)



Summary

   Electrification of gas—solid suspensions flowing in steel and insulating-coated pipes are
experimentally studied. It is found that the currents generated on insulating-coated pipes
are higher than the currents generated on a steel pipe and the sign of the currents follows
a kind of tribo-electric series. The currents are proportional to powder flow rate, propor-
tional to mean ah- velocity to the power 1.4—1.9, and inversely proportional to the mean
particle diameter. It seems that the currents are proportional to the pipe diameter. The
effects of a bend and powder feeding inlet are also studied.
1. Introduction

   In gas—solid pipe flow, particles are charged through their collisions with
the pipe wall [1]. The wall is also charged, and the charge generated per unit
time, which can be measured as a current to earth, is a function of several
variables, such as the number of collisions, area of contact and duration of
contact [2]. The current may also be affected by the wall material. In practi-
cal application of gas—solid flow, the pipe wall is sometimes made from insu-
lators such as transparent glass, acryl and polyvinyl chloride.
   In the present work, a steel pipe and pipes coated with various insulators
are set in a pneumatic conveyor line, and the currents generated on those pipes
are measured for several kinds of powder. The effects of a bend and a powder-
feeding inlet on the generated current are also studied.

2. Experimental apparatus and procedures

   Figure 1 shows the suction type pneumatic conveyor used in the experi-
ment. Test pipes are listed in Table 1. Both ends of these test pipes are insu-
lated with polyvinyl-chloride flanges (12 mm thick) and the pipes are set in
the conveyor line at positions A, B and C in Fig. 1. The current generated is
measured by a galvanometer. A 2000 pF condenser is, if necessary, connected
in parallel in order to suppress fluctuations in the current. The conveyor line
before and after the test section is grounded at one point.
                                383

-------
                                                              Bag filter
                                                                 Blower
Fig. 1. Experimental setup (Lengths are shown in millimeters. A, C: horizontal, B: vertical).
   As a preliminary experiment, test pipe A (steel, 15 cm long, 5.3 cm bore) is
set at various positions and currents are recorded. Effects of the length of the
test pipe (Ax) and pipe diameter (D) are also studied by use of steel pipes.
   Powder-flow rates (W)aie measured by a direct-measuring method. A cali-
brated diffuser [3] and a Pitot tube are used to measure the air-flow rate.
Powders used in the experiments are listed in Table 2.
TABLE 1
Test pipes
Symbols


A
B
C
D
E


Materials


steel
teflon
polyvinyl chloride
glass
plastic*


Insulator-
thickness
(mm)
_
<0.1
1.6
2.2
0.1


Inside
diameter
(mm)
53
53
50
51
53


Length
(cm)

15
30
15
30
15
•Mitsubishi Paper Mills Ltd., Hishirapit.
                                   384

-------
TABLE 2
Properties of powder materials
Powder
Quartz sand
ultra fine
No. 8
No. 5
Morundum
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
Flour
PVC
Glass beads
Mass median diameter
0pso (Mm)

16.8
51
440

58
73
93
126
180
340
515
760
57
115
55
Mean particle
diameter* £»p (Mm)

14
48
329

50
63
93
126
180
340
515
760
37
111
53
Density
pp (g/cm})

2.65
2.65
2.65

3.97
3.97
3.97
3.97
3.97
3.97
3.97
3.97
1.44
1.41
2.42
        //
 3. Results and discussion
                                  /

 3.1 Current generated on steel pipes as a function of axial distance
   The results are shown in Fig. 2. Higher currents are generated on the steel
 test pipe adjacent to the powder-feeding inlet and the bend. The effect of the
 inlet on the current extends downstream by 2QD, while that of the bend
 extends upstream by 10D and downstream by 2QD. Excess current generated
 between x = 0 and x = 20D equals that generated on the pipe line of length
 1QD. The main cause of the higher current seems to lie in  the higher number
 of collisions arising from the flow disturbance produced by the bend and the
 powder inlet.
          10
                20
                      30
                                  50
                                        60
                                               70
15


10
 § 5
 3
             WCg/53
        •«•   0-36
        •A-   0-27
        •O-   01
                      Horizontal
               Bend
Vertical upwards
          50
100    150   200   250    300   350   400  450
                      Distance from pipe inlet XCcm]
 Fig. 2. Effect of a bend and a powder-feeding inlet on the generated current (test pipe A).
                                 385

-------
3.2 Effect of the length of test pipe
   Figure 3 shows the effect of the length Ax on the current. The measure-
ments are carried out between x = 90 and 195 cm where the currents shown
in Fig. 2 are almost constant. However, the relation between the currents and
the length Ax is not linear, but is expressed by the following empirical equation
                       k st 0.024 cm

or as a first-order approximation
Im Si KW(&x •»- A/),     A/ a 27 cm
                                    -i
                                                                   (1)
                                                                   (2)
Eqn. (2) suggests that the polyvinyl-chloride flanges at either end of the test
pipe may have some effect. However, results obtained by use of 3 mm flanges
are almost equal to those shown in Fig. 3. Further examination of the effect
of the length of test pipe may be necessary.

3.8 Current generated on test pipes
  When insulating-coated pipes are used, the sign of the current sometimes
reverses in the initial period of powder flow. Figure 4 shows one such result.
The negative current generated initially becomes positive after a short time.
Test pipes and powders which showed such sign change are listed in Table 3.
  For test pipe D (glass) and quartz sand the sign changed several times. For
test pipe C (polyvinyl chloride) with quartz sand, the sign change in the initial
period was seen in the first experiment, but did not occur on repeating the
experiment after about one month. However, on repeating the experiment
after seven months, the sign change was again observed.
  Test pipe B (teflon) showed no sign change for any powder. Experiments'
in which no sign change was observed are:
   20
 ^
 2,5
       quirts Mnd No.8
                   flour
           285   • 1t7
           (•55   » 0.625
           087   T 0365
Eq.( 1)
     0       40       60       120
            Pip* ItngthAxCcml
Fig. 3. Generated current u a function of length of toit pip*.
                                      386

-------
                        10 nA
                  — quartz sand No.8 -
                    test pipe; C
         (-)«• - 0 -
           Generated current
Fig. 4. Sign change of current in the initial period of experiment.
   test pipe B (teflon) ... all powders,
   test pipe C (polyvinyl chloride) . . . glass beads, morundum, flour,
   test pipe D (glass) ... PVC, flour.
Experiments were carried out in the following order:
   test pipe B: quartz sand— PVC— flour— morundum,
   test pipe C: quartz sand— PVC— glass beads— flour— morundum,
   test pipe D : quartz sand— PVC— morundum— flour.
   The above experimental facts are summarized as follows.
   (1) Sign of the current generated may change when the charge of a particle
leaving the preceding pipe line has the same sign as that generated in the test
pipe.
   (2) Sign of the generated current does not change when the particle charge
generated in the preceding pipe line has opposite sign to that generated in the
test pipe, nor when these particle  charges have the same sign provided the
current generated on the insulating-coated test  pipe has the same sign as in
the preceding experiments with a  different powder.

TABLE 3

Sign change of current in the initial period of experiment
Pipe
Powder
Sign change
C
C
D
D
E
quartz sand (— ) -*• (+)
PVC ( + )-»(-)
quartz sand (+) -» (— )
morundum (+) -* (— )
quartz sand (— )-* (+)
                                  387

-------
  150
nlOO

li
 E

    0     2     4    6    8    10
       Powder flow rate   WCgM]
Fig. 5.  Relationship between the generated current* and powder-flow rate (test pipe C,
position B, u • 20 m/t).
  200
g  50



3  20


I10
     2


     1


   0-5
                    1-4
                          pip* powder

                           B  flour        1.35
                           B  morundum  54- 6-6
                           C  flour       1.3*1-9
                                         4.1-4-7
*  C  glass
       beads

x  D  flour
o  B  quartz
      sandNo.8

•»  A  glass
       beads
                                         1-8- 2-1
                                           3.3


                                         4-0*44
                           B  PVC         1.7

                           C  morundum  8-7- 9-0
                           C  quartz      38  40
      sand No.8

-f D  PVC

A D  quartz
      sand No 8
                                         1-9-2-0

                                           3.3
                           D  morundum  5-4-6-0
       7 10    20  30 40
Mean  air  velocity    0Cm/si

Fig. 6. Current generated per unit powder-flow rate as a function of the mean air velocity
(position P).
                                              388

-------
  From these results, it seems that the sign change depends on the polariza-
tion of the insulator (electret formation), or on the change of the physical
property of wall material.
  In the steady state, however, the current is reproducible and constant. The
currents are proportional to powder-flow rate as shown in Fig. 5, provided the
mass-flow ratio is less then about unity. Figure 6 shows the relation between
the generated current per unit powder-flow rate and the mean air velocity.
The results are represented by straight lines on log—log paper. These lines
may be divided into two groups, one with a slope of about 1.4 and the other
about 1.9. One possible explanation is that the contact area varies with the
mode of wall deformation, elastic or plastic. The slope for elastic deformation
may be about 1.4 and for plastic deformation about 1.9 [2]. In practice,
collision will be partly elastic and partly plastic.
  It is also confirmed that the currents are inversely proportional to the
mean particle diameter. The results are shown in Fig. 7; It is found that the
larger the pipe diameter, the higher the current generated. This fact is shown
more clearly  in Fig. 8.
  It has been shown theoretically [2] that the current is expressed by
                       An
«m
            mpz0T    Ax
where the initial particle charge is neglected. Number of collisions per unit
length of a particle An/Ax is represented by [2]
An
— -mp7r£$
Ax    *
By substituting eqn. (4) into eqn. (3), the following equation is obtained:
                                                                     (3)
                                                                     (4)
    1
 i
 ~EO.S
   0.2
   0.1
                Morundum
       • D* 2.8cm
       SO   100   200   500  1000
             Dp [yum 3

Fig. 7. Effects of particle diameter on the generated currents (steel pipe, position b,
u - 20 m/s).
                                    389

-------
       MorundumO)
    2r
o>
 E
=  0-5
  0-2
    2           5        10
          Pipe diam. DfcmJ
Fig. 8. Relationship between the generated currents per unit powder-flow rate and the pipe
diameter (position B, steel pipe).
        We,
              Z0T

From the empirical eqn. (1) or (2), eqn. (5) may be modified as:
/m = -


where

and
           Z0T
                                                                     (5)



                                                                     (6)


                                                                     (7)

                                                                     (8)
Equation (6) means that the current is proportional to the pipe diameter pro-
vided g is constant. Experimental results are represented by the following
semi-empirical equation:
                          or
1 +
A/
Ax
       U
where
and [4]
          e0
                                                                     (9)
                                                                   (10)
                                                                   (11)
                                   390

-------
 TABLE 4

 Constants in eqn. 9*
Test
pipes
A (steel)




B (teflon)



C (poly vinyl chloride)



D (glass)



E (plastic)
Powder
quartz sand
PVC
glass beads
morundum
flour
quartz sand
PVC
morundum
flour
quartz sand
glass beads
morundum
flour
quartz sand
PVC
morundum
flour
quartz sand
aXlO1*
1.6
-4.9
-19
-11
-14
-88.5
-157
-138
-220
9.1
-8.0
-23.3
-18.6
4.6
28.5
-14.7
-27.1
18.1
0
(-)
1.9
1.9
1.8
1.4
1.9
1.3
1.3
1.6
1.6
1.7
2.1
1.8
1.9
1.3
1.4
1.3
1.5
1.8
 * ,-7
  u (m/s), Dp (cm), W (g/s), A A (cm1), Im (A).

 Constants a and 0 are listed in Table 4. Absolute values of a for insulating-
 coated pipes are larger than that for the steel pipe by one or two orders. A
 teflon-coated test pipe generates the highest current. These high currents may
 be due to higher contact-potential differences and larger contact area. It is
 also noted in relation to the danger of dust explosion that flour is highly
 charged.
   Table 5 shows a tribo-electric series obtained in this study.
 TABLE 5

 Tribo-electric series

 {+) flour - morundum - glass - PVC - steel - quartz sand - teflon (-)

 4. Conclusions

  Electrification of gas-solid suspensions are experimentally studied and
the following results are obtained.
  (1) Electrification of powder depends on the wall material of the pipe.
                                   391

-------
 Insulator pipes may cause greater electrification of powders than a steel pipe
 by one or two orders of magnitude.
   (2) The sign of electrification follows a kind of tribo-electric series.
   (3) The effects of powder-flow rate, air velocity and particle size on the
 current generated by insulating-coated pipes are similar to those in a steel
 pipe. They depend on the mode of collision.
   (4) Sometimes the sign of current changes in the initial period of experi-
 ments with insulating-coated pipes.
   (5) A bend and the powder inlet affect the electrification. Effect of the
 inlet extends downstream by 2QD, while that of the bend extends upstream
 by 10D and downstream by 20£>.

 Nomenclature
AA
D   inside diameter of pipe
Dp  particle diameter
fo)  particle-size distribution (weight basis)
A/   constant length introduced in approximate eqn. (2)
Im   current generated on an insulated pipe
K, k constants in eqn. (1)
mp  mass of a particle
n    number of collisions of a particle
S    area of contact
At   duration of contact
u    air velocity
Vc   contact-potential difference
W   powder-flow rate
x    axial distance from inlet
z0   gap between surface of particle in contact and pipe wall
a    constant in eqn. (9)
0    constant in eqn. (9)
€0   dielectric constant of air, 8.85 X 10"n F/m
TJ    defined by eqn. (7)
g    number of collisions per unit area and unit mass of powder
r    relaxation tune

References

1 B.N. Cole, M.R. Baum and F.R. Mobbs, Proc. Instn. Mech. Engrs., 184 (1969-70) 3C77.
2 H. Masuda, T. Komatsu and K. linoya, AIChE J., 22 (1976) 558.
3 H. Masuda, Y. Ito and K. linoya, J. Chem. Eng., Japan, 6 (1973) 278.
4 H. Masuda and K. linoya, Memoirs of the Faculty of Eng., Kyoto Univ., 34 (1972) 344.
                                    392

-------
      JAPAN
                                  K. Maki.no
                                  K. linoya
                                  M. Shibamoto
                                  S. Toyama
                                  M.Ikazaki
      Experiments on  the  electrical
      dislodging of a dust layer

      A new method for dislodging a dust layer from a flat surface by a non-
      uniform electrical field was studied experimentally.  This was found to
      be effective for industrial dusts, such as sintering furnace dust and
      AVS resin powder, especially when a corona discharge was applied.
      Appropriate design factors were described.
Introduction
         electricity causes various troubles In
many processes for treating powders, so that the
technology of coping with them has become signifi-
cant as an engineering subject. On the other hand,
electric charges have been utilized as in electro-
static precipitatora.  It has also been reported that
the electric properties of powders are being applied
to measuring the flow rate of powders {L.2], the void
fraction of the powder bed [3], and the particle-size
distribution. Charged particles in a non-uniform
alternating electrical field produced by electrodes
are driven in the opposite direction, against the
electrodes.  Masuda et al. [5] analyzed theoretically
the characteristics of electric screens of the stand-
ing and moving wave type, and verified it experi-
mentally. However, this effect of the electrical
screens falls sharply when either the particle size
and the electrical charge are small or the velocities
of the particles are high. This tendency makes direct
application to dust collectors difficult. In this study.
a new trial method for electrically dislodging a dust
layer is examined in order to overcome the defects
of this electrical curtain. This method enabled duat
particles to be captured and deposited on the filter
set-up, with electrodes  in a suitable arrangement,
and to be dislodged electrically.  The typical char-
acteristics of this method were examined at various
points, and found to be applicable- to high-efficiency
dust collectors.

This article was flnt published in KagaJai KogaJai Ronbtuaku
(Proceedings of the Society of Chemical Engineers, Japan),
Vol. 2, No. 1, pp. 31-37 (1976). Kazutaka Makino. Koichi
linoya, and Masami Shibamoto are associated with the De-
partment of Chemical Engineering. Kyoto University, Kyoto,
and Shigeki Toyama and Fumikazu Ikazaki with the National
Chemical Laboratory for Industry; Tokyo. Translated by one
of the authors. Professor Kazutaka Makino.
       1. Experimental apparatus and procedure
          Lycopodlum, ABS resin powder, and sintering-
       furnace dust, shown in Table 1, were used here as
       test dusts for the following reasons: Lycopodium
       has electrical charges of 1-4 x 10~u Coulomb/particle-
       and it is convenient to examine the basic electrical
       phenomena on the powder. As for sintering furnace
       dust, it is difficult to capture it in electrical pre-
       cipitators, due to the high electrical resistance of
       steel used; therefore, it can be captured and dis-
       lodged efficiently by our new method. This method
       is expected to be widely utilized for the same kind
       of dust.  ABS resin powder was used in order to  ex-
       amine the effect of the number of electrical charges
       of the particles, by the corona-discharge method, on
       the dust-dislodging efficiency.
          The experiments are performed in two ways.  In
       experiment No. 1, the filter paper and the electrodes
       are lined up horizontally, as shown in Figure 1.  Dust.
       captured and accumulated on the filter from dust-
       laden air is electrically dislodged under some pre-
       determined conditions by the application of a high
       AC voltage to these electrodes. In this experiment,
       the effects of the superficial air velocity, the
       quantity of electrical charges of the particles by
       the corona discharge  method, etc.. on the dust-dis-
       lodging efficiency were studied mainly from the
       practical point of view.  In experiment No. 2, as
       shown in Figure 2, the acrylonitrile board and the
       electrodes' are-arranged horizontally.- The sample-
                Table 1

       Characteristics of test powders
 Hrtld*      Dntlfl   lIC/   *Uun>|

"~            2S.O1-4x10-1*   1.10
             7.2
             SUutrtas
             runttc*duu
                                       1.0)
                                              I-S
      April 1977
(Vol. 17. No. 2) INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
(Reprinted with permission)
                                                  393

-------
           M
                         >to> *I>MI|U
                                  >u.
                          t Film i«r*»
                          ) TIM! «mr
 Kg. 1. Schematic diagram of arrangement of electrode and
 filter (Experiment No. 1).
           4. TtM
           *.
Fig. 3. Experimental apparatus No. 1 for tltctric duit dl*
lodging.
                       BH«-
                       •-c-t.imm
         I.
Fig. 2. Experimental apparatus No. 2 for •lactrle duit di»
duit deposited naturally on to* sheet from the stove
ta dislodged •Itotrieally in th» sara* way aa d«-
•erlbtd abov«. Exporintnta on tha afftota of tha
dlamatar of tha alaotroda win 2r, tha ratio of tha
tlMtroda dlamatar to tha dlataaea bctwaao tha
eaatara of tha alactrodaa R, tha dlatanoa batwaaa
tba doat layar and tha aurlaoa of tha alaotrodaa ybi
tto., on tha duat-dialodfing alOolaney wara par-
foraad la order to-aaalyn tha-.baale oharaotarlaltea
of thla mathod.
  b ajqparlraant No. I, aampla duat partlelaa wara
niUrtd and aeoumulatad on tha taat-flltar papar
•adar a constant auction of air ualnf a blowar and
• eoutut faad of parttolM from a  faadar, u ihown
in Flgura 3. Than, a thraa-phaaa AC voltaga (oom-
marolal fraquaney. maxlnum applied voltaga 20 kV)
*•• sppllad to tha alaotrodaa wUh tha auotton of pura
•It, whan tha praaaura drop through tha filter had
rtaohad a pradatermlnad laval. Tha dust partlelaa
wara dislodged eleotrlcally In thla way. The pres-
sure drop through the teat filter waa measured after
It had reached some predetermined level, and the
residual duat load on tha filter waa estimated from a
relatlonehlp experimentally obtained In advance,
between the preeeure drop of a dust-laden filter and
the dust load, using the air velocity aa a parameter.
Therefore-, tha electrical dust-dislodging efficiency
can be defined here as (1 - m^m^, where ra( and
mi are the duat loadia on the filter, eetlmated from
the relationship before and after the application of
the AC  voltage, respectively. A constant flow rate
of air waa attained by regulation of the valve (Figure
3). Insulated electrodes were used with a diameter
of S.8 nun, and the diameter of the electrode wire
waa 1.8 mm.
  In experiment No. 2, copper pipes covered with
vinyl-chloride tubing were used as electrodes, and
the distance between the duat layer and the surface of
the electrode y0 (in Flgura 2) could be changed by
varying the height of the leg attached to the aorylo-
nltrile sheet. The definition of the electrical
dust-dialodging efficiency waa the same as la ex-
periment No. 1, but thla time mt and ms were weighted.

2. Calculation of strength of eleotrlo field
  In thla calculation, the electrical charges due to
dielectric polarisation must be considered, since
thousanda of volte are applied to electrodes lined up
at intervals of a few millimeters. In the arrange-
ment of the electrical ebarge and the dielectric ma-
terial, the linear  charge q la arranged parallel to a
dielectric cylinder of diameter a with a dielectric
constant ki, la a medium with a dielectric constant
k|{ the'Intensity of the electrical field la equal to a
INTERNATIONAL CHKMICAl ENOINKEIUNO  (Vol. 17. No. 2)
                                     April 1977
                                                394

-------
situation in which the linear charges are arranged in
the way shown in Figure 4. q at x = d. q' {= qx(kr -
(kj + k;)) at x = aVd and -q' at x = 0 (see Appendix).
It is reasonable to assume that the linear electrodes.
are infinitely aligned in a plane in our experiment,
so the intensity of the electrical field is regarded
as that formed by the linear electrical charges, by
the dielectrical polarization mentioned above and the
true charges.
  In general, the potential function U is given by
Equation (1)
for an Infinite row of linear electrical charges at the
regular interval d [6]. The intensity of the electrical
field in the x and y directions can be given from the
definition £ = -grad U.
                                                (2)
                                                 (3)
For this arrangement of electrical lines, Equation
(1) (or (2) or (3)) can be added to give'the appro-
priate electrical charge, q In Equation (1) is calcu-
lated from the boundary condition that the potential U
mast be equal to the applied voltage V at any surface
of the electrode wire.
   From the above considerations, under the condition
of a constant applied voltage, the variables are
known to be y/d, x/d, a/d, d and r; these affect the
intensity of the electrical field. Consequently, the
dust-dislodging force Increases with the increasing
intensity of the electrical field; the dust-dislodging
ability is discussed here aa a function of the in-
tensity of the- electrical field or the initial duat-
dialodging voltage.

3. Experimental result* and discussion
   Experiments were performed under the conditions
of a temperature between 17 and 25*C and a relative?
humidity between 62  and  75%  The experimental
       results of Figure 1 are described first. Figure 5
       shows the initial dust-dislodging voltage with respect
       to a- and b-type filters shown in Figure 1. This
       figure shows that a b-type filter, in which the dis-
       tance yjj between the dust layer and the surface of
       the electrode is less, is more efficient that the a-
       type. The calculated dimensionless intensity of the
       electrical field W = E/(V/1) is displayed in Figure 6
       where W is known to be very heterogeneous near
       the electrodes, but depends on y only if it is rather
       far from the electrodes. W decreases linearly with-
       increaslng y. This tendency can explain the results
       in Figure 5.
          Figure 7  shows a better dust-dislodging fraction
       with increasing dust load, due to the existence of a
       fixed undislodged zone in the dust layer, even in the
       electrical field. The initial dust-dislodging voltages
       in Figure 7 were observed to be almost the same.
       In Figure 8, the dust-dislodging fractions are shown
       for various distances between the centers of. th»
       electrodes  d. The dust-dislodging fraction Is higher
                   1."
                   •"6
                   1
                                                                                    3-ph*»»
                                          10
                         InHWdi*
            Fig. 5. Experimental initial dust dislodging voltage.

                   s
    Fig. 4. Electric field by linear charge and dielectric.
      April 1977
                           1       t      J    375
                                Jt(mm)
        Fig. 6. Dimeniionless strength of electric field near electrode.

(Vol. 17. No. 2)  INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                   395

-------
 and the initial dust-dislodging voltage is lower with
 smaller values of d. This shows that the term p/4dk2
 in Equations (2) and (3) is the principal factor in
 determining the intensity of the electrical field.
 Therefore, the capacity for dislodging the dust layer
 falls with increasing d. The effect of superficial
 air velocity on the capacity for dislodging the dust
 layer is shown in Figure 9. The result, showing a
 high efficiency, even under the severe conditions of
Fig. 7. Effect of dust load on dust dislodging fraction.

     1.0
        0.1
             d-lmm
                                d-Smm
          0         •    y    10        »
                  ApplMMtaplkV)
Fig. 8. Experimental dust dislodging fraction In cot d « 5 and
vflVflt*
                                                    a 30— 50 cm/sec air velocity, is of technical interest,
                                                    taking account of the usual superficial air velocity of
                                                    a few cm/sec in bag filters; This suggests the pos-
                                                    sibility of dislodging the dust layer continuously, dur-
                                                    ing the filtering of dust-laden air through the filter
                                                    paper.
                                                      The effect of the magnitude of the electrical
                                                    charge on a particle due to a corona discharge on
                                                    the capacity lor dislodging a dust layer was examined
                                                    next. The capacity is almost doubled with a corona
                                                    discharge,  as can be seen in Figure 10. It has been
                                                    confirmed that the particle charges have a great ef-
                                                    fect on the  dislodging capacity; in other words, our
                                                    new method would be also applicable to dust particles
                                                    having only a few intrinsic electrical charges.
                                                      The results of experiment No. 2 are as follows.
                                                    Figure 11 sbowa the limiting distance between the
                                                    dust layer and the electrode surface to obtain a
                                                    high dislodging efficiency. Then, It is shown that,
                                                    with an applied voltage of 10 kV, a layer of sintering
                                                    furnace  dust can be electrically dislodged with an ef-
                                                    ficiency of 80% or more, In  the case of yfa (see*
                                                                  i.o
                                                                  o.s
                                                                        Plllwt 0-HOO
                                                                        b-typ* fill*
                                                                       O wild
                                                                                m.0.«k«
-------
Figure 1) less than 1 mm with a diameter of the
electrode wire 2r of 1 mm, yj, less than 2.5 at 2r of
4 mm, and yo less than 7 mm at 2r of 7  mm. This
result may be regarded as fairly good in compari.-
son with those for an ordinary bag filter with a 30~ .
40%dislodging fraction [7].  All the results on
Figure 11 show a rapid drop at y^, greater than some
given value. The relationships between the dislodg-
ing efficiency and the frequency of the applied voltage
are shown on Figure 12. The dust-dislodging fractions
are almost the same at a frequency lower than the
•commercial one, while, at a higher one, they exhibit
a considerable drop. This tendency was similar to
that for other sample dusts. This is because the
electrical force on a particle moving freely in an
electrical field is proportional to {(2irf)1 + (3jrDpu/
M)'}-> [8]. In a dislodging experiment with ABS pow-
der at 500 Hz the powder covered the filter evenly
and the pressure loss did not decrease. This is be-
cause the adhesion of dust particles is stimulated by
the heat evolved In the dlelectrlcal material by high
frequency, as observed in our experiment. Figure
13 shows the duat dlslodglng-voltage for lycopodlum
as a sample dust with respect to yb and R, and the
ratio of the distance between the centers of the elec-
trodes d to the electrode diameter 2a, In the case of
a three-phase applied voltage. The optimum diameter
of the electrode wire is determined for  each yD, and
Increases with an increase in y^. The optimum diame-
ters of electrode wire are almost the same for sin-
tering furnace-dust, since they are determined by
the relative value of the Intensity of the electrical
field near the electrode, and are not affected by the
characteristics of the dust Itself, in our experimental
 range. On the other hand, the dust-dislodging voltage
 Itself differs from that for lycopodlum because of
 the different chargeablllty. I.e., furnace dust la apt
 to receive more charge by contact and friction than
 lycopodlum.
   The dust-dislodging efficiency turns out to be lower
 at R • 2 than at R • 1, according to Figure 1.  Almost
 the same dislodging efficiency as for lycopodlum was
 obtained for slnteriog-furnaoe dust and this new
 method Is also applicable to such Industrial dusts.
 Under the definite conditions of the relative humidity
 in our experiment, there was no appreciable effect
 on the efficiency. It was also confirmed that moving
 the filter paper, while the electrode was fixed, was
 much, more effedtiver this' new dislodging method us-
 ing moving filter paper suggests the direction of
 future research and development.

 Conclusions

   The following results were obtained by experi-
 ments on the electrical dislodging of a dust layer.
   1) The main  factors In the arrangement of the
 electrodes and the filter paper which affect the dust-
       dislodging efficiency are the distance between the
       dust layer and the electrode surface, the diameter of
       the electrode wire, and the ratio of the pitch of the —
       electrode to the electrode  diameter.
         2) The b-type filter turns out to be better than the
       a-type.
                    i.o
                  fO.5
                     n  so  1001  KO soo «co  MOO
                       Friqutn«y *l »ppU«d voll>g»( Hi)
        Fig. 12. Effect of frequency of applied voltage on dust dis-
        lodging fraction.
                 20
                 IS
                 10
                                    NO
                   0        1        10        IS
                      Olwntltr s* ftalroft v*t Zr(mm)
        FI0.13. Effect of dlsmtttr of electrode wire and distance
        from altetrode surface on dust diilodglng voltage In case of
        lycopodlum.
                 so
               I"
               I
               1
                   o        s        to       u
                      Ditmrtcr el ((tetrad* win j'r(mm)
        Fig. 14. Dust dislodging voltage in case of sintering furnace
        dust.
      April 1977
(Vol. 17. No. 2)  INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                 397

-------
   3) The dislodging efficiency increases linearly
 with the increasing initial dust load and with a de-
 creasing ratio of the pitch of the electrode to the
 electrode diameter. It is not much reduced in the
 range of scores of cm/sec of superficial air velocity.
   •i) A higher dust-dislodging efficiency was obtained
 by increasing the electrical charge on a particle us-
 ing a corona discharge.
   5) A dust-dislodging efficiency of more than 80 pet
 for sintering furnace dust was obtained by the appli-
 cation of a 10 kV AC high voltage, in the case where
 the distance between th.e dust layer and the electrode
 surface was less than about 3.5 mm.
   6} The  applied frequency of the electrical power
 should be less than commercial frequency to avoid
 decreasing the performance.
   7) The  optimum diameters of electrode wire are
 most efficient in dislodging a dust layer electrically
 with a constant ratio R of the pitch of the electrode
 to the electrode diameter. They depend on the dis-
 tance yb between the dust layer and the electrode
 surface and increase linearly with an increase in the
 distance. An optimum diameter of electrode wire of
 3~ 5 mm was obtained with a value of yD of 1 mm and
 a value of R of 1 mm.
  8) A higher performance was obtained with a rela-
 tive movement between the electrode and the filter
 paper.
  Finally, it is still necessary to study the adhesion
 and cohesion of dust in an AC electrical field and
 the time-dependent performance after a long run in
 order for the method to be widely applied.
Appendix
  Under the condition that the linear electrical
charge q is at the position P«(r0,0() as shown in
Figure 15, the potential Up at the distance of R from
PI is written in the form of Equation (i)

                                               (i)

Equations (ii) and (ill) are derived with the applica-
tion of the sine and cosine theorem to Equation (i).
X(co* /i* cos n*,+sia nS sin /i»0)-ln '
                                               (ii)
X(cos ir» cm ntfa
                                 -In r,J(r,>r)    (ill)
           .-A[J,v(t)"«—-H
Ha the case of the existence of a linear charge q. — q'
and q' at x - r0. 0 and aVr0, respectively, on the x-
axis, the potential U in the position P(r,0) is ob-
tained as follows, considering that r < r0 and r > aV
Tt in our case.
                                      (iv)

                                       (v)


                                      (vi)
Summing Equations (iv), (v) and (vi) obtained above
for q' - qx(k, - krf/(ki -f
                                               (vll)
On the other hand. Equation (viii) is obtained from
the Laplace equation in cylindrical coordinate, by the
method of separation of variables,
            •f E («.
                                                                               . sinfl»XJV
                                                                                                    (viii)
        Fig. 15. Electric field by linear charge.
where a. /}. y. «. on, 0n. yn, and fin are integral
constants. This equation exhibits the potential dis-
tribution of the linear electrical charges.
   It can be seen that Equation (viii) is obtained by de-
termining the integral constants.

Acknowledgment
   The assistance of Izumi Sano is acknowledged.

Nomenclature
a    ... radius of covered electrode, m
Dp  ... particle diameter, m
d    ... pitch of electrode, m
E    ... intensity of electrical field, volt/ra
f    ... frequency of applied voltage, Hz
k    ... dielectrical  constant, F/m
k*   .. .specificdielectrical constant
I    ... distance between adjacent electrode wire
         surfaces, m
M   ... mass of particle, kg
m   ... dust load. kg/ms
INTERNATIONAL CHEMICAL ENGINEERING  (Vol. 17. No. 2)


                                                    398
                                      April 1977

-------
R
r
U
u
V
w
x, y
yD
       . electrical charger per unit length of elec-
         trode, m
       . d/2a
       . radius of electrode wire, m
       . potential of electrical field, V
       . superficial gas velocity, cm/sec
       . applied voltage, V
     ... coordinate from center of electrode, m
     ... distance between bottom of dust layer and
         top of covered electrode surface, mm
     ... viscosity of air, kg/(m)(sec).
Literature cited
   1 . Nakajima, H., Goto, K., and Tanaka, T., Kagaku KSgaku
(Journal of the Society of Chemical Engineers, Japan) 31,
p. 504 (1967).
  2. Masuda, H.. Ito, Y., linoya, K., and Sakai, K...J.
Assoc. Powder Tech. 10, p. 1SI (1973).
  3. Nakajima, H., Nakamura, A., and Tanaka, T.,/
Auoc. Powdtr Tech. 10, p. 3 (1973).
  4. Nakajima. H., Mitsui, R., Kuramae, M., and Tanaka,
Ko&aku Kogaku (Journal of the Society of Chemical Eng.
neers, Japan) 36, p. 1243 (1972).
  S. Masuda, S., Fujibayashi, K., and Ishida, K., Stat,b-Rlu>
haltung dtr Luft (Dust-Air Cleaning) 30, p. 449 (1970)
  6. Oberhettinger, U., "Anwendung der elliptischen Funk
tlon in Physik und Technik" (Application of Elliptic Functio
to Physics and Engineering), p. 67 Berlin, Springer Verlai
(1949).
  7. Tanaka, N., Makino, K., and linoya, K., Kagaku KSgaJa
(Journal of the Society of Chemical Engineers, Japan>37
p. 718 (1973).
  8. Masuda, S., 'Textbook of 17th Powder Technology*
Count," p. 23, Res. Astoc. Powder Tech., Japan (1970)
      April 1977
                                                 (Vol. 17, No. 3)  INTBMNATIONAL CHKMICAU BN.OINBBR1NCT

                                                 399

-------
       COMPARISON OF DUST CLEANING PERFORMANCE OF COLLAPSE
         AND MECHANICAL SHAKING TYPES OF  FABRIC FILTERS

                K. linoya, K. Makino, Y. Mori,
                   J. Okutani and H. Kawabe
          Kyoto University, Chemical Engineering Dept.


                         Introduction

     The bag filter, one of the high performance dry type
collectors, is currently increasing in importance.  The main
investigation of ordinary bag filter is characterized by the
collection efficiency versus pressure drop during operation and
there are not many investigations concerning dust cleaning char-
acteristics. l'2  However, in order to investigate the operation
of a bag filter, the dust cleaning performance associated with
this system is an important characteristic in determining its
operating condition as well as an economically optimal design.
Therefore this report, in recognizing this point, applies reverse
collapse and mechanical shaking type dust cleaning operations
which are widely used for filter cloths  and presents the result
of experimental comparison of them in terms of pressure drops.

1.   Experimental Apparatus and Method

1.1  Sample Fly Ash and Filter

     Two kinds of ashes (fine calcium carbonate I and II) are used
as sample ashes and the measurement result of their particle size
distribution is shown in Table 1.  As filters, we used nylon
(long fiber NR-9A)  and teflon (long fiber TR-9A, short fiber
TR-2020S) which are widely used in the industry.  The bag is a
cylinder type bag with inner diameter of 170 mm and length of
1,800 mm.  Also the reverse collapse type bag filter was adjusted
with spring to have a constant initial tensile force of 12.5 kg.
For mechanical shaking type,  the bag tension was adjusted so that
the bag can move vertically about 20 mm while the middle of the
bag is seized.  Although it is generally believed that dust
cleaning performance depends on type of ashes, the purpose of this
report is to verify the qualitative characteristics of dust
cleaning performance when the above mentioned sample ashes are
used.

1.2  Experimental Apparatus

     Figure 1 shows the experimental apparatus.  Ashes travel
from the feeder through the rotating impact type dispenser and
diaphragm valve (V2) to bag filtering surface where they are
collected.  The cleaning air which passed through the bag travels


                               400

-------
through the valve  (VI) and the flow measuring orifice and is
exhausted.  On the other hand, for reverse collapse type dust
cleaning operations, four valves  (V1^V4) are operated reversely
and air for reverse dust cleaning goes through valve 3 (V3) and
bag surface in a reverse direction to the collected ash accumu-
lated at the inside wall of the bag/ and passes through valve
(V4) and orifice before exhausted.  For mechanical shaking type
dust cleaning operations, only one valve  (VI) is closed, as
compared to the collecting operation, to terminate the air flow
after passing through the bag.  The shaking equipment  (450 rpm)
on top of the system is started to clean the accumulated ashes.
The cleaned ashes  fall into the dust chamber.

1.3  Experimental  Method

     1)  Supply sample ashes quantitatively  (at a constant rate)
and start collection,  2)  stop collection when the bag pressure
drop reaches at pre-determined value, 3) start dust cleaning and
stop after pre-determined time T, 4) weigh ashes which fell into
dust chamber, 5) restart collection with only cleaning air passing
through bag and measure pressure drops, 6) repeat above operations
3), 4), and 5) and continue measurements until there will be no
ashes.  Assume the final dust cleaning pressure drop as Ap^.

2.   Experimental  Results

2.1  Final Dust Cleaning Pressure Drop Ap°°

     Table 2 shows a relationship between the final dust cleaning
pressure drop  Ap» and the initial dust cleaning pressure drop
Apmax for reverse  collapse type and mechanical shaking type
systems.  According to this, the final dust cleaning pressure
drop for reverse collapse type system is considerably higher
than that of mechanical shaking type system.  On the other hand,
when the dust accumulating condition of the filter cloth surface
is observed at the final dust cleaning operation, the former one
has a considerable amount of secondary accumulation layer and
ashes on the surface are in a mottled pattern while the latter one
is observed with only a primary accumulation layer.  Also the
value of Ap,,,, is independent with Apmax and is almost constant.

2.2  Effect of Local Dust Cleaning Duration Time T

     Figure 2 shows a representative relationship between the
cumulative cleaning duration time  to (= n-r)  and residual fraction
of pressure drop after cleaning,Ap,for the reverse collapse type
system and Figure  3 shows that of mechanical shaking type system.
Based on this, the former one will have the minimum value for re-
sidual fraction  after cleaning Ap at a certain value of T(10 ^ 30
sec) while the latter one has a smaller Ap with a shorter T.


                              401

-------
 2.3  Effect of Initial  Dust Cleaning  Pressure  Prop

      Figure 4 and  5  show  a relationship between  Ap  and to  as  a
 parameter of the dust .cleaning  initial  pressure  drop  Apmax for
 both systems and it  is  seen that/ when  tc  is constant,  the value
 of Ap is smaller with higher  Ap^x*  This can also be predicted
 from above 2.1.

 2.4  Dust Cleaning Curve

      The dust cleaning  curve  is defined as the relationship between
 pressure drop and  dust  load when collection is continued until
 the pressure drop  becomes the same value as that of initial dust
 qleaning after ashes were uniformly accumulated  on  filter  cloth.
 The dust cleaning  operation was continued  until  no  more ash was
 removed.  Figure 6 and  Figure 7 show  typical dust cleaning curves.
 For the  reverse collapse  type system, the  larger the  dust  load
 at initial cleaning  is, the larger the  residual  dust  load  is.
 Also when the bag  pressure drop at reversing decreases  to  less
 than a certain value, there will be no  dust cleaning  function.
 It is also noticed that the increase  ra,te  of pressure drop,
 when the system was  switched  to collection after achieving
 pressure drop ApM, is much bigger than  that of cleaning filter
 cloth.   For the mechnical shaking type  system, the  residual dust
 load is  a constant value which  is independent  with  initial condi-
 tion of  dust cleaning and most  of the secondary  dust  layer is
 cleaned  out.   This is explained by the  fact that the  increase rate
 of pressure drop after  the system is  switched  to collection from
 final achieving pressure drop is consistent with that of collection.
 Namely,  the latter one  is different from the former one and is
 perfect  in cleaning out secondary layer.    These characteristics
 also apply to short  fiber materials and its example is  shown in
 Figure 8.

 3.   Consideration

 3.1 Estimation of Dust Cleaning Process

     When the sample ashes are  uniformly accumulated  on filter
 cloth, the initial cleaning pressure  drop  Apmax  and tne final
 cleaning  pressure  drop  Ap^ are  expressed in the  following
 equations,*

     APmax =  U(A -f Byraax 6)                                  (1)

     Ap»  = UA                                              (2)

 * Pressure drop characteristic  coefficients A,B  and 6 in equations
 (1)  and  (2):  In this experiment, A is measured  at the  condition with
 very little residual dust load  after  complete  cleanings.   Therefore,
A has a close value as  a  (the pressure  drop characteristic  coefficient
only for  clean  filter).   B and  6 have close values  as b and 6
respectively.  Please refer Reference 3) and 5)  for definition of
a, b, and  6.
                               402

-------
     If dust cleaning is started from equation  (1) 's condition,
the bag pressure drop gradually decreases from Apmax and reaches
at Apo,.  When the dust accumulation condition at a certain point
of dust cleaning process was observed, it was determined that the
dust layer consisted of the part where dust had not fallen,
the part only with initial dust layer after others fell off
and the part which is in between of above two parts and has a
part of secondary layer.  It was also determined that the mechani
cal shaking type has .mostly the former two cases and has mottled
falling. **

     Considering afcove results of observation, introduce the
model like Figure 9 in which 9 is defined as the ratio of inter-
mediate part with residual secondary layer to all filtering area.
Using this model, the pressure drop Ap at a certain point during
cleaning process is obtained by the following equation (refer
Appendix) .
     AP - -   - -      (3)
(1-0
)-
(1-a)
( l\-1
IA -
e
)
+
0/
e

a66
a06
-I- (1-a) x6
dx
A Poo/ Ap and A in Equation  (3) can be measured experimentally.
Also if 6 is experimentally determined with same dust and filter
material, 0 at a certain t0 can be calculated by Equation (3).

     Figure 10 shows a typical result of reverse collapse type.
According to this, 6 has a tendency to increase from 0 to a certain
value when t0 increases.  This means that the cleaning process
initially has only the mottled fallings and has less mottled
fallings later, but even at a final stage the mottled fallings
still exist.  Also when t0 is constant 6 has a minimum value and
especially under Figure 11's condition 0 has a minimum value at
Apmax = 120mm H2O.  Causes of this phenomenon will need to be
investigated fundamentally in the future.  On the other hand the
result of observation shows 6=0  for the mechanical shaking type
and this can be seen that the calculated cleaning curve with
0 - 0 in Equation  (3) is consistent with experimental value as
shown in Figure 8.  Also similar results were obtained for
calcium carbonate and metallic silicon which have different
particle size distributions.  As shown in Figures 2-5, mechanical
shaking type can complete dust cleaning in a much shorter time
(10-30 sec(practical region)) than reverse collapse type.
**"Mottled falling" in this report means that the dust residual
condition at cleaning process consists of one part where no
dust had fallen off like (1-6) section of Figure 9 and the
other part where only initial dust layer is left.

                                403

-------
 Namely  mechanical shaking type precedes dust  cleaning  by  mottled
 fallings  and  eventually most of the secondary layer will  be
 cleaned off.  Therefore, the drastic  increase in  pressure drop
 due  to  mottled falling during re-collection does  not exist.

 3.2  Estimation of Optimal Single Cleaning Duration Time  TOpt

     The  cleaning mechanism characteristics of accumulated dust are
 known to  be approximated by one step  later  (4).   Thus,  if it is
 cleaned for time T and the time T cleaning is repeated for n times
 after a stop, the drag coefficient  (drag  resistance) due  to  dust
 falling at ith process can be obtained by following equation.


     Rf,  - R_. =  (R<=°, - R . ){l-exp(-T/T.)}                    (4)
      £1    a 1      J.    al     .       J.

 Here, R ., R,. and R^. are the initial drag coefficient at ith
 cleaning  process, the final drag coefficient  after cleaning  and
 the hypothetical drag coefficient after infinite  cleaning processes
 Since R-. is  equal to R  . ,, in Equation  (4)  is varied to obtain
 Equation  (5).


     Rfn  " R*i =  z   t(R«>i ~ R J{l-exp(-T/Ti)}]              (5)
      ill    a 1    * — 1     1    cil

 Since the result of experiments show  that Ti  is constant  and is
 independent with i, Ti = T leads to the following Equation.


     Rfn  ~ Ral = 
-------
Therefore, G can be experimentally obtained by using Equation (8)
and our review for the combination of the dust and the filter
material used in this experiment shows that it can be determined
by the following equation.

     G - k.log n + k2 (k., k2; experimental constant>0)      (9)


Thus, G is proportional to a logarithm of number of cleanings n.
The comparison of experimental results and the calculational
values of Ap which was obtained by substituting Equation (9) into
Equation  (7; is shown in Figure 12.  It is seen that both match
fairly closely.  Also this result suggests that, if k^ and k2 are
determined by certain experimental values with a constant T, it
is possible to estimate the optimal single cleaning duration time
Topt-


                          Conclusion

     After comparing the cleaning phenomena of reverse collapse
type and mechanical shaking type bag filters, the following
results were obtained.

1) When the cumulative cleaning duration time to is constant,
the reverse collapse type has the most optimal value for a
single cleaning duration time T but the mechanical shaking type
has a better cleaning performance with smaller T.

2) The final cleaning pressure drop Apw  is generally higher for
the reverse collapse type than for the^mechanical shaking type.
For both cases, the final cleaning pressure drop Ap  has a constant
value independently with initial cleaning pressure drop Apmax.
The higher initial cleaning pressure drop Ap^x is the more
residue fraction of pressure drop after cleaning decreases.

3) The reverse collapse type initially has only mottled falling
and its ratio will decrease with time to have more intermediate
cleaning layer.  However, fairly large amounts of mottled falling
(9 = 20-50%) will also be left.  The mechanical shaking type
rapidly proceeds cleaning by mottled falling and most of the
secondary dust layer is cleaned off eventually.  Namely there is
almost no rapid pressure drop increase at collection during mottled
falling.

4) One method to determine experimentally the most optimal value
of single cleaning duration time T for reverse-collapse type was
obtained.

The cleaning performance should also be reviewed in conjunction
with collection performance and this will be one of the important
topics in a future.

                               405

-------
                           Appendix

      Suppose  the accumulating  condition at certain point of
 cleaning process is expressed  by the model shown in Figure 9,

      6 part;  Ap = u (x) (A+BM(x) 6)                              (i)

          where M(x) = Mmax«F(x)

      (1-6) (1-A) part; Ap  = Aui                               (ii)

      (1-6)A part; Ap = u2(A+BMmav6)                           (iii)
                               max

 Since air flow rate Q is  considered to be almost a constant,


     Q/S = /9 u(x) dx +  [u. (1-A)  + u2A](l-8)  = um = umav     (iv)
           0              J-                           luclX

 Following Equation is obtained from Equations (1) , (2) ,  and  (iv) ,
                                                              Iv)


Substitute Equation  (v)  into  Equations (i)  and (iii) ,


     Ap = u(x) [A + — i-  (APinav  -  Aft,)  F(x)6]                  (vi)
                   "max    max

     Ap = u2 [A 4- -i—  (Ap    - Apte) ] .                       (vii)
                  max


Also obtain u,, u(x) , and U2  from Equations (ii)  and (vi)  and
(viii) and substitute them into Equation (iv) ,



                                         dx
                            "w
                                              xl
       u. -                                                   (viii)
                               406

-------
Substitute um&
-------
                             ON THE
            ECONOMICALLY OPTIMAL DESIGN OF BAG FILTER
                K. linoya, K. Makino and N. Tanaka
                        Kyoto University
                  Dept. of Chemical Engineering


Introduction

      He have already done a theoretical review of the operation
of multi-compartment bag filter and verified how the pressure drop
and the cleaning cycle of bag filters are affected by cleaning
residual fraction, number of bag compartments and pressure drop
characteristics.  Based on these, this report gives a theoretical
review concerning economically optimal design of bag filter.

      There are already some reports which deal with economical
design of bag filter as a large system including cooling system
or which deal with economical design by assuming that the life of
filter cloth is a function of filtering velocity.  Our economical
design report of air-filter is essentially the same as these.

      Based on a relationship between operating pressure drop and
cleaning cycle obtained in previous reports,  this report provides
optimal operating pressure drop, optimal filtering velocity and
optimal cleaning cycle as variables for the optimal problem
by expressing a strict relation of process amount and by assuming
that the life of filter cloth can be determined by number of
cleaning or operational time.  The pressure drop of the bag filter
is expressed as a sum of the pressure drop of filter itself and
the pressure drop due to dust load.  An analytical solution can
be obtained when the former one can be neglected against the latter
one.   The parameters used in this analysis were determined after
contacting several users and manufacturers in order to get more
practical calculations.  Also by obtaining relative sensitivity
of each parameter to optimal solution, it was shown that the cal-
culations in this report can be easily applied to actual cases and
is the important factor in economical design.

1.  Derivation of Equation for Economical Calculation

      Generally the fixed and operating costs of instrument are
necessary to know for resolving the economically optimal problem
of systems.  The design of bag filter requires information for the
fixed and. installed costs of bag filters, the fixed installation
costs of the fan and the cost of replacing filter cloth due to
damage.  The operating cost of bag filter is mainly the cost of
power for cleaning and this can be neglected as compared with
other costs.  Although it is also necessary to consider the man-
power cost for changing filter cloth, it is difficult to formulate
this and it can be included in the cost of filter cloth.
                                408

-------
      Here, the fixed cost of the device is expressed as a pro-
duct of the cost of instrument (including installation cost)  and
the certain annual rate, including tax, interest, repair cost
and depreciation cost.  However, the fixed cost of bag filter is
considered not to include changing cost of filter material.

1.1  Fixed Cost of Fan

      As a result of cost analysis of fan (mainly turbo-fan)  in
the ranges of 200~500 mm H20 air pressure and 200~5,000 m3/min
air flow,  there is a linear relation between motor power cost
(including costs of motor and installation)  as shown in Equation
(1).  Also as shown in Equation (2) there is a linear relation
between motor power and the product of air pressure and air flow.


              Yi = hiP = 2.7P                              (1)


              P = h2Ap-Q = 0.019Ap-Q                       (2)


If the annual rate of tax and depreciation is set as kj, the fixed
cost of fan is as follows:

              Ci = kihaP = KjAp-Q                          (3)

Now as a standard value, ka = 0.2 is considered.  Substitute
Equations  (1) and (2) into Equation (3).

                          = 0.010

Here, the coefficient of Equation  (2)  is consistent with the report
by linoya.

1.2  Power Cost of Fan

      The power cost of fan can be expressed by the following
equation

              Cz — e*e«P                                   (4)

where e is a unit power cost and e is an annual operating time.
Substitute Equation  (2) into this and you will get the following
equation.

              Cz = e-e-hzAp-Q = KzApQ                      (5)

When hz = 0.019, e = 8,000 hr/yr, e = 5 yen/Kw«hr as standard
values, K2 = 0.076.
                                409

-------
1.3  Fixed Cost of Bag Filter

      As a result of cost survey  (including installation cost)
of bag filter, it was found that the cost is about the same for
mechanical shaking cleaning type and reverse air-flow cleaning
type and that the cost is in exponential relation with filtering
area as shown in Figure 1.  The pulse air type is slightly higher
in cost than these.  Assuming the annual rate is k3, the fixed cost
can be expressed by the following equation using the cost of bag
filter in Figure 3:

              Cj - kj(h3Sqs)SKsSqj                          (6)


As a standard value, assume kj - 0.2.  Also from Figure 1, when
S>300 m2 it is seen that hs • 2.5 and 3s • 0.89 and when S<300 m2,
h, - 12.3 and qs - 0.61.  Thus, Ks = 0.50  (S>300) and K3 - 2.46
(S<300).

1.4  Filter Cloth Replacing Cost

      Although filter damage depends on complicated factors and
there is not a complete definition of the lifetime  (6) of filter
cloth, filter damage can be considered due to following two cases;
damage caused in a certain time 60 due to long-time exposure  to
high temperature gases, and damage caused by a certain number of
cleanings R due to numerous dust cleaning operations.  These  two
cases can be expressed respectively as follows:

              8 = 9o   (60 = constant)                      (7)

              6 =« RT   (R  - constant)

where T is the total period of the cleaning cycle required to have
cleaning operation through all compartments.  Also, the allowable
repeated number of cleaning operations is about 10-20 thousand
although it may depend on filter material and cleaning type.  The
lifetime is 1~2 years for ordinary glass fiber and 2~3 years  for
mixed fiber.

      Now the filter cloth replacing cost can be expressed by the
following equation.

              C^ = fSe/8                                    (9)

where f is a cost of filter cloth and is about 1,000 yen/m2 except
for certain more expensive ones.

1.5  Cleaning Cycle and Operational Pressure Drop

      The pressure drop through the bag filter can be expressed as
a sum of pressure drops of filter cloth itself and of dust load.

              Ap = u(a + bmq)                               (10)

                               410

-------
where a, b and q are constants determined by experiments.  The
values of constants are different if they are determined by above
equation using new filter cloth or old filter cloth which was used
for some cleaning operations and the constants used in this report
are those of latter case.  Generally the pressure drop due to
filter cloth itself is considered to be minimal and we assume
a =2=1 o by considering that the big advantage of this is the optimal
solution can be analytically obtained.  The case when the value of
a cannot be neglected is reviewed in Section 2.3.  Now Equation 10
can be expressed as follows:

              Ap ^ bumq                                    (11)

When the filter is constantly operated in a certain cleaning cycle
(it is generally called as a timer type) , a relation between cleaning
cycle T and operational pressure drop Aps can be expressed by the
following equation.

              Aps^=i psbu(cnuT)q                             (12)


On the other hand, when it is constantly operated with a certain
maximum operational pressure drop Aps  (it is called as a differ-
ential pressure type) , the cleaning cycle T is expressed as
follows.
where Aps and NTS are  functions  of  the  constant  q which  can be
determined by cleaning residual  rate  £, number of bag  compartment
N and characteristics  of  filter  cloth and  dust.
       (Aps)'/q
+ N<
             q/1+q~"1/q
                                           ~l"1
                                           J
Since the relation between  ps  and T  in  Equations  (12)-(14)  is the
same for both timer  type  and  differential  type;  the  following
solution can be applied for both  operations.   Also,  the  dust load
in the bag compartment immediately before  the cleaning operation
(Xfj3) can be obtained by  the  following equation.

              (l-C)xN3 +  cnuT                              (15)
                                411

-------
 1.6  Annual Total Cost

      Based on above/ the annual total cost can be obtained.

              Cm =  (Ki+K2)Ap -Q+KjSq3+feS/e                 (16)
               *            s

 It was assumed here that the pressure drop through the duct does
 not affect the optimal solution and that the air pressure of  fan
 is equal to operational pressure drop of bag filter.  Although the
 above equation has three variables (filtering air velocity,
 operational pressure drop and cleaning cycle) , it is actually a
 two variables function since there is a relationship as equations
 (12) and (13) for these variables.  Also, when the lifetime of the
 filter cloth can be determined by its operational time as described
 later, it will be a one variable function since the cleaning  cycle
 can be determined easily.

 1.7  Calculation of Optimal Solution

      Now we have a simple consideration concerning annual cost.

      First, when operational pressure drop Apg is assumed as a
 constant and the filtering air velocity u is changed, the fixed
 cost of bag filter is cheaper with large u but the replacing  cost
 of filter increases with frequent cleaning cycles.  Thus, the optimal
 filtering air velocity exists.  Similarly when the filtering  air
 velocity is assumed as a constant, the optimal operational pressure
 drop exists.

      When a = o, the optimal condition can be analytically obtained
 from Equations (12) and  (16).  However, there are two analytical
 solutions (2-1 and 2-2) for two filter cloth lifetime equations
 (Equations (7) and  (8).  Also, even if there are upper and lower
 limits in variables Aps, u and x^j, solutions can be easily obtained
 (2'l'lr2«l«3).  However, when the lifetime is determined by
operational time 80 (one variable optimal problem) , the solutions
are naturally the same as limiting values when variables Aps.  u
 and XNJ exceed upper and lower limits.  Thus, it is not included
here.

 2.1  Optimal Solution When Lifetime of Filter Cloth is Determined
     by Number of Cleanings (a *=t o)

      Place 3CT/3u = 3CT/3Aps = o in Equation (16) and substitute
Equations (8) and (12) into this to obtain solution.  However,
there are two solutions because the fixed cost equation of bag
 filter has different coefficients at S = 300 m2.

      i)   S V 300 m2.
                               412

-------
                     qqs/a
              m i J-e. i

       P8,0pt   \Kt
      U    - ffeJ
      "opt   \ Rq J
                                         (17)



-q/a
                  U+q+qs)/a
                                                            (19)
             K2)bApc(cn)q}q8/a(q,K3)1/aQq3(2*q)/a           (20)
where 3 = 1 + q3 + qq3                                      (21)




      The parameters  in  the  first parenthesis  on the  right side  of

Equation  (20) indicates  that the ratio among the fixed cost and

power cost of fan, the fixed cost of bag filter and the filter

cloth replacing cost  is  l:(l/qa):q.



      ii)  S = 300 m2  (=S. )
                          b
                                                            (22)
                                 413

-------
       uopt = Q/Sb                                           (23)
                         UK
                        a  lfo+1
             K2)bApg(cn)qr1(q+1  (-)                      (24)
                                q/(q+D
                                       {(Kj
                        a l/fa+:M/0\q     <*
           + K2)bAps(cn)q}1/(q+1)(#-)                       (25)
                                 \ b/

      The result of numerical calculation for various Q and en is
shown in Figure 2.  The values of used constants are those standard
values described earlier and parameters fe/R =  300 and bApg = 10s
are for cost of filter cloth f = 0.2 ten thousand yen/in2, annual
operational time c = 8,000 hr/year, allowable repeated times of
cleaning operation R = 2 x 101* and for these constants in
Equation (12) such as operational pressure drop Aps = 200 mm H20,
collecting dust amount cnuT = 0.1 Kg/m2 and filtering air velocity
u = 0.02 m/sec, and these are standard values.  According to the
Figure, the effect of Q to the optimal solution is minimal except
for a small Q but the optimal condition of operational pressure
drop and filtering air velocity needs to be changed for dust con-
centration of carrying gas.

2.1.1  When Filtering Air Velocity is Limited

      When the filtering air velocity has upper limit u or lower
limit u from restrictions of filter collection  performance and
system design and when the solution Uopt obtained .with assuming
no restrictions (limits) exceeds these upper and lower limits, the
optimal solution is when Uopt is consistent with U or u.  Therefore
n or u needs to be sutstituted for Q/Sb in Equations (?2)-(25)

2.1.2  When Operational Pressure Drop if Limited

      When the operational pressure drop Aps has an upper limit
Aps from filter cloth strength and when the solution obtained with
assuming no limits exceeds Ap~8, the optimal solution is when ApOpt
is consistent with Aps.  Other solutions can be obtained by dif-
ferentiating Equation  (16),
                                414

-------
      uopt " \RqqsKJ/
                     -q/d+qqs)
              bAps(cn)
                      q .-l/d+qqs)
                   B
Qq(q3-i)/d+qqs)
                                                           (26)
       opt

                                 Q(q+l)d-qi)/d+qqi)
                         (27)
       T,min
       x Q
          qsd+q)/(l+qq3)
                              bAp  (CT))
                                 o
                                      q
       qa/d+qqt)
                         (28)
Figure 8 shows the result of this calculation.  This figure indi-
cates no significant changes due to limits in operational pressure
drop.  Especially T0pt is not affected by this.

2.1.3  When Dust Load is Limited

      There may be some limits in dust load on filter cloth in
order to have an effective cleaning operation.  Therefore, we
review the case when there is generally an upper limit H or lower
limit M and the dust load obtained with no limits exceeds these
values.

      The following optimal solution can be obtained from Equation
(16) under a condition of Equation  (15).
                                 415

-------
         s,opt
                                                             (29)
       u
        opt
                                                             (30)
                   *-Ns
 opt
                 cri
                                 l/(H-q3)
                                         Q(l-q3)/d+q3)
XNQ = M, or M
                                                            (32)
        T,min
           feQcn
                                                            (33)
                VNS
      The result of this equation  is  shown in Figure 9.   As seen
from the above equations, under  a  conditon of constant dust load,
Aps,opt and Uopt are constant  and  are independent with en and Topt
is inversely proportional to en.
                               416

-------
2.2  Optimal Solution When Lifetime of Filter Cloth is Determined
     by Operational Time  (a No)

      In this case, the minimum cleaning cycle Tmj.n possible to
have for the system will naturally be the optimal solution.  There-
fore it is a one variable optimal problem.  The  following equation
can be obtained by substituting Equation  (12) into Equation  (16)
and setting 3CT/3u = o.
                                   q 3K3Qq 3"
                                                            (34)
By substituting the optimal solutions U0pt obtained  from  above
equation into Equations  (12) and  (16), Aps,0pt and CT,min can be
determined respectively.  And the following  approximate solution
can be obtained by
            (     o3*3^8"1            U/(l+q+q3)
      U   '=i\ - 9 K g - [                     (35)
       opt
      Ap    >{bAp  (cnT  .
       ^          *s   ' mm
                   	
             d+q) (K,+K2)
      C
       T,min    I      q3     6
                          .
                        mm
                                                            (37)

                                417

-------
Figure 3 shows an example of numerical result for various Q and
en by using Equation (34).  Also it shows approximate solutions
by Equations  (35)"(37).  It is seen from the Figure that the
approximate solution is a good approximation for Equation (34).
The parameter fe/9o = 0.05 in this Figure is for f = 0.1 ten
thousand yen/in2, e = 8,000 hr/yr and 60 = 16,000 hr.

2.3  Optimal Solution When Pressure Drop of Filter Cloth Cannot
     Be Neglected.

      As discussed in Section 1.5, when the pressure drop Equation
(10) is experimentally determined, the value of a may not be
neglected.  In this case those solutions obtained in Sections 2.1
and 2.2 cannot be obtained and you have to obtain solutions by an
iterative method.  Now the pressure drop Aps through multi-
compartment bag filter can be expressed by following equation.

      Ap  = Ap u{a+b(cnuT)q}                                (38)
        8     S

Also Aps cannot be obtained by Equation (14) and has to be deter-
mined numerically by the model in another report.

      The calculational result of the case when the lifetime of
filter cloth is determined by cleaning numbers is shown in
Figure 4 with variation of the value of a.  a = 1,000 is an
according value for Apsau = 40 mm H2O when u = 0.02 m/sec and
Apg a 2.  The figure indicates some effect of neglecting a when
dust concentration is small but the tendency of solution does not
change.  On the other hand, Topt seems to be affected considerably.

3.  Effect of Parameters to Optimal Solution

      Since the solutions in Equations (17)~(20) are most important
among those solutions obtained in Section 2,  we will calculate
a sensitivity of each parameter to optimal solution by using these
analytical solutions.

3.1  Effect of Coefficient Parameters KI, K2, K3 and fe/R.

      Table 1 shows the relative sensitivity of parameters  (Ki+K2)
Ks and fe/R to the optimal solution using Equations (17)-(20).
Figure 5 represents the calculational results for q3 = 0.89 and
0.61 by varying q.  Based on the figure, the relative sensitivity
to annual cost is about 0.3 from (Ki+Kz) and fe/R and is about 0.4
from Ks, and it is indicated that the annual cost is changed in
a same degree with changes in each cost such as the fixed cost and
power cost of fan, filter material replacing cost and the fixed
cost of bag filter.  Topt is considerably affected by fe/R and K3,
but not affected by  (Ki+K2).
                              418

-------
      In order to show how the optimal solution is affected by
improving filter material specific cost and endurance limit, the
calculational results for several fc/R is shown in Figure 6.
Namely, by reducing fe/R, u0pt will be larger and Aps,opt be small
and thus it will be possible to reduce the size of system.

3.2  Effect of Operating Conditions Q and en

      The relative sensitivity of Q and en to optimal solution,
from Equations  (17)~(20), is in Table 1.  Figure 7 shows the
calculational results for q3 = 0.89 and 0.61 by varying q.  The
annual cost is, according to the Figure, proportional to the 0.8
power of process gas amount for a small system and to the power
of 0.9 for the big system.  Also Topt cannot be affected by Q and
en except for the case of small gas flow amount (qa - 0.61).
Aps,opt is roughly proportional to (en)°*3 and u0pt is inversely
proportional to (en)   .  This was also shown in Figure 2.

3.3  Effect of a, b and q of Pressure Drop Characteristics Equa-
     tion

      The relative sensitivity of b to optimal solution obtained
from Equations  (17)~(20) is shown in Table 1 and Figure 7.  T
is not affected by b while Aps,opt and CTfinin are roughly pro-
portional to 6°'3 and u0pt is inversely proportional to 60*11.
This is shown in Figure 8.

      The effect of a to optimal solution, as already discussed
in 2.3, cannot be neglected when en is small.

      Figure 9 shows the example the effect of q.  It is seen
from the Figure that q has a significant effect.  Thus, it is
important to accurately obtain pressure drop characteristics,
including a and b for determining optimal operating condition.

3.4  Effect of Cleaning Residual Rate £ and Bag Compartment
     Numbers N

      Since the parameter Aps is a function of bag compartment
numbers and cleaning residual rate, the effect of N and £ to
optimal solution was obtained as a parameter of Aps and the
result is shown in Tables 2 and 3.

      According to Table 2 which shows changes in optimal solu-
tion when only N changes, it is noted that N does not have any
effect.  Especially, the annual cost can only be reduced by
multi-compartment with at most 20% for £ = 0 and by several
percent for £ = 0.8.

      According to Table 3 which shows changes in optimal solu-
tion when only £ changes, it is noted that 5.has a considerable
effect.  Especially, when £ is large, it will require the annual

                               419

-------
cost of twice as much as that of 5 - 0.  However, Topt is not
affected by £ when Q is large (q3 = 0.89)..

Conclusion

      We have derived the equation showing that the annual cost
of the bag filter consists of the fixed cost cost and power cost
for the fan, the fixed cost of bag filter and filter cloth re-
placing cost.  We assumed that the lifetime of filter cloth can
be determined by cleaning times (numbers) and operating times.
Since analytical solutions can be obtained when the pressure drop
of filter cloth itself is neglected, the analytical solutions were
obtained for various cases including the case when there are limits
in operational pressure drop, filtering  air velocity and dust
load.

      Then numerical solutions were obtained for a practical case
using constant values obtained from users and manufacturers.  Also
relative sensitivity was calculated in order to estimate the
effects of each parameter on the optimal solution.

      The following are major conclusions obtained by this research:

1)  The optimal operating condition is not affected by gas flow
    amount except for the case of small flow amount a about
    1 m3/sec.  Also the annual cost is roughly proportional to
    gas flow amount with a power of 0.8 for a small system and
    with 0.9 for a large system.

2)  The optimal operating condition is affected by dust concen-
    tration in process gas except for the optimal cleaning cycle.
    Namely the optimal operating pressure drop and the annual
    cost per unit flow amount increase with an increase in dust
    concentration,  while the optimal filtering air velocity
    decreases in an increase in dust concentration.

3)  The ratio among the fixed cost and power cost of fan, the
    fixed cost of bag filter and the filter cloth replacing cost
    in the annual cost is I:(l/q3):q3.

4)  The relative sensitivity of proportional constants Kj, K2 ,
    Kj and fe/R of each cost to the optimal solution is about
    0.3-0.4.  However, the relative sensitivity of (Kj+Kj) to
    optimal operating pressure drop, the relative sensitivity
    of K3 to the optimal filtering air velocity and the relative
    sensitivity of K3 and fe/R to the optimal cleaning cycle are
    big and are about 0.8-1.2 in absolute value.

5)  Since the pressure drop characteristic equation (Equation (10))
    has a significant effect in optimal operating condition, a
    determination of pressure drop equation is important.

                              420

-------
6)   An increase in number of bag compartment does not change
    optimal operating condition.  Especially the annual cost can
    only be reduced by multi-compartment with at most 20% for
    £ = 0 and with a several percent for £ = 0.8.

7)   The effect of residual rate to the optimal operating condi-
    tion is considerable and the improvement in residual rate has
    a significant effect in reducing annual cost.

Example Problem

      Assume that the cost f of the selected filter cloth is 0.4
ten thousand yen/m2 including manpower cost for replacement and
that the allowable repeated times of cleaning operation is 20,000.
Also the pressure drop equation can neglect the pressure drop at
no dust load and assume Ap = 50,000 um (a = 0, q = 1, b = 50,000).
Number of bag compartment N is 4, collection efficiency n is
100% and cleaning residual rate £ is 0.6.  When the operating
condition is at the process gas amount Q = 10 m3/sec and the dust
concentration c = 2 q/m3, determine the economically optimal
filtering air velocity and operating pressure drop.

Solution

      Assuming the annual operating time e is 8,000 hr  (2.88 x
107 sec), fe/R is fe/R = 0.4 x  (2.88 x 107)/(2 x 10") '=i 600.
Using the given condition  (N=4, a=0, q=l and £ = 0.6),
Aps *=• 2 from Equation  (14).  Therefore bAps =5 10s.  The follow-
ing optimal conditions are obtained using Figure 6 or Equations
(17)~(21).  Also, the constants discussed early in this report
were used in this calculation except those constants given in
above problem.

      Aps,opt = 153 mm H2O  (Maximum Operating Pressure Drop)

      uopt =1-0 m/min  (Average Filtering Air Velocity)

      T0pt = 45 min  (one cleaning cycle)

      XNs,opt =0.23 Kg/m2  (Maximum Dust Load Before Cleaning)

      CT,min = 411 ten thousand yen/yr (Annual Total Cost)

Based on these values, the lifetime of filter cloth 0/e is
6/e = RTopt/e =* 1.9 year and the filtering area S is

              S = Q/u0pt = 600 m2.
                               421

-------
                          NOMENCLATURE

a,b,q = constants used in Eg.  (10)
Ci    = fixed cost of fan, including maintenance cost  [101* YEN/year]
C2    = electrical cost of fan per a year              [10" YEN/year]
C3    = fixed cost of bag filter, including maintenance
        cost except C.J                                 [10" YEN/year]
Ci,    = renewal cost of filter cloth per a year        [10" YEN/year]
CT    = total cost per year                            [10" YEN/year]
c     = dust concentration at inlet                           [kg/m3]
e     = electric power rate                           [10" YEN/kW-hr]
f     = price of cloth                                   [10"  YEN/m2]
hifk^Ki = constants used in Eqs. (1) and  (3)
h2,K2 = constants used in Egs. (2) and  (5)
h3,K3,k3, q3 = constants used in Eq.  (6)
m     = dust load on bag filter                               [kg/m2]
N     = number of compartments                                   I—]
P     - power of fan                                             [kW]
Ap    = pressure drop                                          [mmAq]
Aps  ' = pressure drop across bag filter                       [mmAq]
Aps   = dimensionless pressure drop  defined in our  previous
        paper                                                    [—1
Q     = gas flow rate                                        [m'/sec]
R     • allowable repeated times of  cleaning  operation          [—]
S     * filtering area of bag  filter                            [m2]
T     = total period of cleaning cycle                          [sec]
u     = average filtering velocity  (=Q/s)                     [m/sec]
XNS   = maximum dust load on bag through all  compartments     [kg/m2]
                              422

-------
Y     - cost of equipment                                   [10" YEN]

a     = parameter defined by Eg.  (21)                            [—]
e     = operating time for a year                          [sec/year]
n     = collection efficiency                                    [—]
8     = lifetime of filter cloth                                [sec]
80    = allowable duration time of filter cloth                 [sec]
T     = dimensionless partial period of cleaning operation
        defined in our previous paper                            [—]
£•     = residue fraction of dust  load after cleaning             [—]


min   - minimum
opt   = optimal condition
~",    = upper or lower value
                                423

-------
                 PERFORMANCE OF A MICRO-CYCLONE*

                 Koichi linoya**, Aishi Nakai***
1.  Introduction
     The cyclone, having a simple configuration and low instal-
lation cost, has been widely used in various fields but has a
disadvantage of low efficiency.  It is also not known how much
the collection efficiency can be improved by significantly re-
ducing the size of cyclone.  Although it is believed that greatly
reducing its size is unrealistic, the measurement of the micro-
cyclone performance, which we have designed, has given interest-
ing results.


2.  Experimental Apparatus and Method

     Figure 1 shows the size and the concept of the cyclone and
Figure 2 shows a flow sheet of the experimental apparatus.  The
sample aerosol is produced by generating stearic acid particles
through the Sinclair-Lamer type monodisperse particle generator
and by mixing them well with clean air (about 10 1/min) in a
mixing chamber.  The aerosol is sent to the cyclone entrance
through the high concentration side of dust concentration meter,
and passes through the low concentration side of dust concentra-
tion meter, filter paper and glass orifice by the action of the
vacuum pump.   The dust concentration meter (indicator) used in
this experiment is the relative concentration indicator (Shibata
Chemical Instrument Industry Co.) using light scattering.   The
glass orifice was monitored by the wet test gas meter.  The
milipore-filter was used to protect the orifice and vacuum pump.
The pressure drop across the cyclone was measured by a water or
mercury manometer.

3.  Experimental Result and Consideration

3.1  Pressure Drop

     The pressure drop across the cyclone can usually be expressed
as a function of cyclone inlet velocity.
 * Report received on 1/21/69.

** Regular member, Department of Engineering, Kyoto University,
   Yoshida Honmachi, Sakyoku, Kyotoshi.

*** Research Institute for Production Department, Morimotocho,
    Shimogamo, Sakyoku, Kyoto.


                                424

-------
Fig. 1.   A micro-cyclone.
            425

-------
       Difl-lol du»« iodicotor

Pig.  2.
       chomMT	
              Vbcuumpump
     •—Ctaonair

 '-r-J   	From monodiMrM
         Mretol ommtar

Manometer for ibeolute prtmirt
Manometer for prenure drop

M»nomrt
-------
           Ap = F x


In this case, the cyclone is used on the suction side of vacuum
pump (namely, with negative pressure) and the inside of the
cyclone is under a considerable low pressure as compared to am-
bient pressure.  Therefore, the measured pressure drop Apm is
actually the apparent pressure drop and it is desirable to correct
the specific weight of gas at inlet  (y) to a standard condition.
This correction can be done by the following equation.


                        = APm ^                            (2)


As shown in Figure 3, the relationship between the measured Apm
and U^ is that Apm is not proportional to the square of Ui as indi-
cated in equation (4).  But Aps which is corrected by equation (2)
is proportional to the square of Uj_.  If this correction is made
for the case when the cyclone is used in a considerable range of
pressure, it will be seen that the pressure drop is proportional
to the square of inlet velocity.  On the other hand, there have
been many simple equations reported to estimate the pressure drop
coefficient F from the configuration of cyclone, and when F is
calculated by using the typical linoya and First's Equation, the
value of pressure drop coefficient Fs = 20.5.  Also the Reynolds
number Rei at cyclone inlet is about 103-10I* which is the range
of turbulent flow.

3.2  Collection Efficiency

     Figure 4 shows the relationship between inlet velocity Uj,
and collection efficiency n as a parameter of particle size using
the experimental results.  Based on this, it is indicated that
the ordinary cyclone inlet velocity  (about 20 m/sec) with a
smaller cyclone will lead to about 90% of collection efficiency
for about 1 y dust particles (Pp = 1.0 g/cm3) and that the high
velocity (50 m/sec)  will even lead to 90% of collection efficiency
for 0.25 y dust particles without having an efficiency reduction
for the high velocity.  Therefore, if many small cyclones can be
designed to operate in parallel, it is possible to have a high
efficiency multi-clone.

     On the other hand, only the inertia force has been considered
to be the controlling factor in the collection mechanism of the
cyclone.  But when the collection efficiency n of this experiment
was plotted as a function of inertia parameter

                     ,. _ PPUiDPCm
                     * ~   18yD   '
it will give a different curve for a different particle size.
When n is plotted as a function of V/(Dp/D) or f/Nsc, it gives a
                                427

-------
                  c Mcoturvd  tpK
                  • Modified  »P.

         I03  5  i I0~203050
               InM v«locily u.lnviac)
Fig.  3.   Rebtion between inlet velocity ut
    and pressure drop  Jp.
              428

-------
Fig.  4.
   10   20   30    4O
   Inlet velocity Uj  (m/fcc)
Relation between  Inlet  velocity
    and collection efficiency.
                   429

-------
single curve.  When it is plotted on a log-log paper, one linear
graph is obtained as shown in Figure 5.  In this case the effect
of particle concentration may be considered as another factor
and it may be necessary to consider the particle diffusion phe-
nomena as one of the collection mechanisms. This is considered
to be a question in the collection mechanism of cyclone.

4.  Conclusion

     As a result of measuring the performance of sample micro-
cyclone, the following conclusions were obtained.

     1)  It was confirmed that the pressure drop is accurately
proportional to the square of inlet velocity, by an appropriate
correction, even when the cyclone is used over a considerable
large pressure range.

     2)  Even submicron particles can be collected with a con-
siderably high efficiency for an extremely small cyclone and a
high velocity.

     3)  Although it was believed that the inertia force was the
only controlling factor in the collection mechanism of cyclone,
it was recognized that the effect of particle size also needs to
be considered.
                                430

-------
. ^
1









g
V










Vo
V*











1










\
(









i
\
           5
          10;

       *  ?oi

       "  40


       I60

       t  *>•
       1  sot
       i
          99
           10   2030 5070100 200


         Modified ir«Hia porarr^if ^/(C^/D)


Fij. 5.  7 and V/(Df/D') (tog-normal distribution).
                      431

-------
                   International Seminar on
                      Dust Collection

I     Date and Time
          May 24 (Tuesday)  1977, 1.00p.m.  - 7.00p.m.

II    Place
          Kyoto International Conference Hall
          Takaragaike,  Sakyo-ku, Kyoto,  Japan  606
               Phone:   075-791-3111

III   Lectures                   13.00 - 15.30
          1. Introduction  K. linoya, Professor,  Kyoto University
          2. Concept of Research in  Particle Gas  Separation
             F.  Loffler,  Professor Institut fur Mechanische
             Verfahrenstechnik der Universitat Karlsruhe,
             Richard-Willstatter-Allee,  7500 Kerlsruhe, 1,
             Germany	434
          3. New Ideas  in Electrostatic Precipitation Technology
             E.G.Potter,  Leader
             Process Chemistry Section,  Division  of Process
             Technology Minerals Research Laboratories,
             Commonwealth Scientific and Industrial Research
             Organization,  Australia, P.O.Box 136, Delhi Road
             North  Ryde,  N.S.W.  Australia, 2113,
          4. Current Research on Particle Removal at the Harvard
             Air Cleaning Laboratory
             M.  First,  Professor, Department of Environmental Health
             Sciences,  School of Public Health, Harvard University,
             665 Huntington Avenue,  Boston Massachusetts 02115,
             u.  s.  A	452
          5. Size-Selective Aerosol  Collection with Centrifuges,
             W.  Stober, Professor, Tnstitut fur Aero Biologie,
             5948 Schmallenberg-Grafshaft, Germany
                                 432

-------
IV    Coffee Break  15.30 - 16.00

V     Discussion    16.00 - 17.00
          Chairman,          S. Masuda, Professor Tokyo University
          Co-chairman,       T. Yoshida, Professor Osaka
                                               Prefectural University

VI    Party with International Communications
                    17.30 - 19.00
Organizer,  K. linoya, Department of Chemical Engineering
      Kyoto University, Sakyo-ku, Kyoto, 606 Japan
      Phone:  075-751-2111  ext. 5566  (5586, 5576)
 Research Activities  on  Dust  Collection  	 453
 Directory of Foreign Attendants  	 471
 Attendants (Japan)	473
                                 433

-------
        Concept of Research in Particle-Gas-Separation

                   Prof.Dr.-Ing.P.Lfiffler

Institut fUr Mechanische Verfahrenstechnik der UniversitSt Karlsruhe
Particle-Gas-Separation is considered as one of the important unit
operations of "Mechanische Verfahrenstechnik" (Process technology).
Apart  from its   technical significance it plays an important
role in general and political interest.

We are working since many years on the problems of separation of
particles  (solid particles or liquid drops) from gases at the
Institute  founded in the year 1957  by Prof. Dr.-Ing. Hans Ruxnpf
who unfortunately passed away a few months ago.

A section  for dust collection and cleaning of air has been in
existence  since 1965.

Research and development works are not pursued having only environ-
mental pollution control in view, but also in view of material
recovery within the processes of production.
                                 434

-------
We are at present working on the following separating principles:
Centrifugal separator  (cyclone), wet scrubber and fibre filter.
Besides  this, some general topics from other fields other than
dust collection are also considered; for instance/ dust feeding
and desagglomeration of fine dust particles in gases, or agglo-
meration and deposition on the walls under the consideration  of
the effect of electrostatic charges. The works done in the mea-
suring technique group will also be counted along with these
themes.

On the one hand, basic  studies are being done in these fields
With an object of explaining the processes by a detailed study
of single phenomena and also to see if they can lead to reliable
methods for design,or  to imporved or new techniques. On the other
hand, problems in practice in direct collaboration with the
industry are also treated. A brief illustration regarding a few
problems are given below and as far as possible with representation
of typical results.

Centrifugal separators - also called as cyclones - are simple
in construction, cheap and sturdy. They have become more popular
as they are reliable and safe to operate. But still the quota
of cyclones in the total turnover  (1974) for dust collectors
was  15 % that corresponds to a  higher part of flow rate because.
of the low investing costs of cyclones.

Problems lie in the proper design and in recognizing the possible
range of application.  The particles are separated by the centri-
fugal  force acting in  a rotating flow. In the apparatus looking
simple outwardly a very complicated, three dimensional, turbulent
rotational flow predominates which evades an exact calculation.
This holds even .more when one considers the effect of material
on the flow.

Pressure drop,the collection efficiency and preferably the grade
efficiency curve are to be determined as characteristic parameters
for each of the separators. The grade efficiency curve gives the
collection efficiency  in terms  of particle size.

                                435

-------
Simplified models of  flow  field have to be used provided one does
not  forego a calculation from  the beginning and counts only on
the  pragmatic value,  and also  realizes  the Importance of cal-
culation possibilities  for the design especially, the optimization
of the  set up.

This was done by Rumpf  and his co-workers |1j for flow without
dust. The object of the investigation that is running at present
is to verify such models experimentally. In particular the appli-
cability on dust loaded flows  is verified. This is possible by
measuring the loss in the  moment of momentum at different parts
of the  surface  of the cyclone  to obtain the wall coefficient
of friction in  terms  of operating parameters,the particle size distri-
bution, dust load and rate of  air flow.

Measurements of velocity in cyclone and the determination of the
grade efficiency curve  will also be added to this. The works on
the  very complicated  experimental set up are }n operation and re-
sults will be reported  in  the  near future.

Studies on a high efficient cyclone for the separation of fine
graphite particles from a  gas  flow is mentioned as an example
for  a problem in practice.  The object was to obtain a separating
curve as fine as possible.

In figure (1) the degree of separation  T(x) is plotted against
particle size.  V, the volume flow rate  is the parameter. The
curves show the typical behaviour for cyclones. As usual the
cut size is defined as  those particle sizes from which SO %
are  separated.  The figure  shows that a  cut size of about
2 urn was obtained. However,  it was hardly possible to remain still
under this value, although  the theoretically -predicted values
were below 1 yra. This experience, on one hand, points out the
necessity of demarcation of experiments from the theoretical
models/and on theother hand  shows an important effect of turbulence
on the separation. Turbulence  acts against separation particularly
                                 436

-------
Nr.

A 84/85
•81/63
» 77 /7a

-------
This condition is not only unsatisfactory scientifically,  but ic
also disadvantageous with respect to the design of collectors in
practice; moreover, the calculation of optimization cannot be
made. Our object, therefore, is to explain the physical fundamental
phenomena so that we could arrive at the equations of design.

The investigations take place in three stages: Single drop processes,
behaviour of drop swarms, effect of collectors.

Till now we were dealing with the experimental work particularly
about the production of drops with the specified size and velocity,
and intensively with the measurement of drop size distribution, by
different methods as well. The  chosen   range of drop size ranges
from some hundreds of ym till about 0.5 yra.

Theoretical collection efficiency calculations for single drops
were verified experimentally by suspending the drop on a 5 pm
diameter wire and photographing the paths of the dust particles
with the help of a high speed camera (till 320OO pictures/sec.)*
It could be observed directly that all the impinged dust particles
on the drop could not be retained there, some of them were
rebounding.

Experimental results of the studies made on a scrubber, designed
together with Prof. Leschonski, Institut fUr Mechanische Ver-
fahrenstechnik, Technische Universitat Glausthai, agreed with the
theoretically predicted high collection efficiencies.

Fibre filters are employed in the technology in two basic forms.
In the case of deep bed filters the separation takes place within
the fibre layer that has passed through the flow. After a particular
dust embedment, that is, when a predetermined pressure drop has
reached the filters are extended and are thrown away frequently.
Some types can be cleaned by washing or by blowing put. This
filter, therefore, can be used mainly in the case of low dust
contents up to a few mg/cm , so in the ventilation system for
laboratories, production plants, (clean rooms) or operation rooms.
                                 438

-------
The second type o£ filters are the surface or uleanable filters.
Here the separation takes place mainly on the surface of the
filter cloth. A dust layer (filter cake) will be build up which
separates effectively. Because of the raise in the flow resistance
this dust layer which occurs periodically during the operation by
different methods has to be removed frequently. This filter can be
employed in the case of high dust content (up to a few hundreds
of g/cm ) and also in the branch of industrial dust collection or
in production recovery. There, it has been proved as the most
efficient fine dust collector.

Deep bed filters are highly porous filters in which the part of
fibre volume amounts to less than 1 % and seldom more than 5 %.
The spacing of fibres are big compared with that of particle size.
Therefore the particles are not separated by sieving, but they
will have to be brought to the fibre surface by different transporta-
tion methods and then must be retained there. The collection
efficiency is* therefore, a product of degree of impingement
and probability of adhesion.

We are trying to explain the transport and adhesion phenomena by
our studies and investigations using single fibre, fibre grids as
model filters and also on technical filters. At present we are
concentrating on the particle size range say above 0.5 - 1 pm
and flow velocities from say 10 cm/sec, onwards, and in this
range the Brownian movement of the particle can be neglected.
Forces of gravity, inertia and electrostatic forces are at the
disposal of transport phenomena.

Muhr |2,3| in his theoretical and experimental studies, was able
to point out the important significance of electrostatic charging,
in particular for the separation of particles, below say 3 yro and
he could describe this quantitatively.

Fig. (2) shows some curves of an exai pie where single fibre
collection efficiencies  */* , that were calculated back from the
measured values for the total model filter are plotted against
the so called inertia parameter \l>. In this representation the

                                 439

-------
Reynolds Number calculated using fibre diameter  and free flow
velocity is  the parameter. For comparison two  theoretical curves
a.re drawn  where electrostatic forces are not taken  into account.
We can  see that in the range \J> < 1 the measured  collection
efficiencies are much higher than the predicted  theoretical
ones  for the particles and fibres that are  free  of  charge. These
high  values  can be accounted for with an explanation that the
particles  as well as the fibres are charged and  therefore the
Coulomb-forces  had an effect.
                t.4
                1.3
                1.2
                1.1
                1.0
                0.9
                0.8
                0.7
                0.6
                0.5
                0.4
                0.3
                0.2
                0.1
   5.85
   2.75
   2.15
   1.25
         symbol
X
o
  particle and fibres
      charged
Stenhoust
o=0.08 Re~0
                0.0   0.1   0.2   0.5   1
               10
                              . m Pp Dp Up
                        """**"     18 v OF
      Fig.  (2):  Collection of NaCl-particles  in  model filters
This was proved  by the measurements of charge as well as by the
experiments with discharged particles and fibres/  and was also
established by the theoretical model calculations.
In addition to this it can be seen  in fig.  (2) that at the
increasing particle size and/or increasing velocity the collection
efficiencies were lower than the predicted theoretical ones -
                                 440

-------
this in particular can be clearly seen on the curve tor Ke = 2.5.
This, as we already know from our experience in practice and
from other investigations, would lead to the ovservatjon that the
particles bigger than 3 pm do not positively adhere to the fibre
surface so that the probability of adhesion is less than 100 %.

If the particle has to remain adhere, firstly it should not
rebound and secondly it should not be detacted subsequently.

In order to explain the second stipulation we made a detailed
study on adhesive force some time ago and found out that when
once the separated particle adheres it can be hardly detached 14 | .

In one of the works that has been completed recently, resistance
and buoyancy forces exerted by a flow on the sphere-shapec. particle
deposited at a surface have been determined  151. The results of
this investigation are not just restricted to the filter problem,
but, is can be»for instance,applied to the wall depositon in
pipes and machines.

Measurements on filter and adhesive forces showed clearly that
the rebound action is very decisive. Vie, therefore, developed
an equipment with which we could study the impact process on a
single fibre photographically. The films could be evaluated
quantitatively. An example of such a result is shown in fig.  (3).

In this figure flow velocity v is plotted against probability of
adhesion h, where h is defined as the ratio of the number of
adhering particles at the first impingement to the total number
of impinging particles. Experimental parameters were particle
type, its size and fibre type.

Particles begin to rebound obviously at velocities between  5 and
15 cm/sec. Probability of adhesion decreases quickly with the
increasing velocity and reaches below 10 % at  1 m/sec for 10 um-
particles. 5 ym-particles rebound more than  10 ym-particles.
                               441

-------
Round glass spheres  rebound more  vigorously  than  the  irregularly
shaped quartz particles which  is  obviously an effect of geometry.
Quartz particles  can have multi-point  contact or  surface  contact
Whereas'  glass spheres can have only single-point contact.

Studies on solid  wax particles and oil drops of sizes from  5  to
10 urn showed surprisingly that partly  these  particles also  show
elastic behaviour and rebound  likewise in the velocity range-  shown
here. These investigations will be continued.
l\l \\ I0  ^
                                          Potyomidfasar 20|jm
                                          x Quarzpartikel
                                          o Gtaskugeln
                                              Glasfascr 20pm
              10  20  30   40   50   60  70  80 cm/s 100
       Fig. (3): Probability of adhesion of rigid particles
                 on a polyamide-fibre

In addition to the studies on single fibres and  fibre grids, we
are making some studies on the separating behaviour of commercial
filter media for different types of particles in a filter  testing
apparatus. At present the separation of clouds  (oil clouds, fat
droplets) carries and special weight.
                                442

-------
In the branch of cleanable filter, an experimental set up is
being arranged with an object of studying the cleaning behaviour
of filter bags. As already mentionedithe pressure drop raises
with increasing dust deposition and at the same time the collection
efficiency becomes better. Now when it is cleaned the collection
effciency also falls down  \6\ . Hence,in this work which is very
close to the conditions in practice optimum cleaning conditions
are investigated for filter bags in technical dimensions.

Dosage and dispersion of solids are not only important for sciencit-
fic studies,but also from the technology point of view they have
a significance. Here the difficulties arise especially when the
particle size is less than 1O urn, as the adhesive forces for
these particles are bigger than their own weight by a few orders
in magnitude. Therefore, these particles have a characteristic
tendency for agglomeration and adherence.

Since the dust feeders available in the market or the ones
displayed in the publications do not function satisfactorily in thf;
range below 1O jm, we developed a device for dust feeder whose
schematic "representation is shown in fig.  (4).
                                                        Luft
        Fig. (4): Schematical diagram of the dust feeder
                                443

-------
Solid is carried away by a rotating brush and a jet of air by
the surface of the packing. A piston takes care of the dust
supply. Using this principle mass flows in different quantities
between O.01 and 6000 g/h with higher stability can be produced (7|,

Investigations on the conditions for desagglomeration using forces
of flow or wall impact |8| on a baffle plate showed that the
agglomerates could be effectively desagglomerated from the primary
particles of 2 ym on a baffle plate at velocities of 200 m/sec,
whereas  this was possible without a baffle plate only up to
the primary particles of 5 ym. The required jet velocity decreases
with the increasing particle size.

In the measuring technique branch of our studies we emphasize on the
optical methods that are suitable for the determination of the
distributions of particle concentration, particle size and velo-
city, and also on the visuadization of the movement of flow and
particles. Partly it is also to investigate the applicability and
the limit of error of the known methods and if the necessity
arises to adapt them to our problems. Partly some methods and
instruments are also developed up to commercial specification.
This often contains the clarification of basic mechanisms.

Studies were made and are still beiiig made on the following
methods individually:
- Photometric determination of concentration in particle
  deposits and in flowing gases  |9|;
- Particle size determination using scattered light techniques  |10J;
- Measurement of flow velocities according to spark-tracing
  method |11j;
- Particle velocity measurement according to Laser-Doppler method;
- Determination of the paths and velocities of the particles using
  high speed photography  ;
- Determination of particle concentration, size and velocity
  using impulse holography.
                                444

-------
Some hints v/ith regard to only two of these methods are given.

The method of photometric determination of concentration is
employed technically, say for dust deposition in a standard
filter test technique and for the emission control of slacks.
The well known Lambert-Beer law is the basis for this method.
Difficulties always arise when the concentration and particle
size distribution change simultaneously, and if these changes
are uncontrollable which, for example is often the case in
brown coal-power plants. With this the basis of calibration
also changes. A highly uncertain inference on the dust content
is bound to be drawn in casa of not carrying out additional ex-
perimental runs. This was verified by our experiments.

Some special advancement has been made with regard to the develop-
ment and application of scattering light method for the determination
of particle size distribution. This method can be used directly
in the flow to make a very quick measurement of the local size
distribution of particles larger than 0.3 pm and concentrations
up to 10  particles/cm , and this is possible without the particles
are being separated. The particle size distribution is obtained
by measuring arid analysing the impulse of the scattering light which
are     produced by single particles while passing through a
small and pure optically circumscribed measuring volume in flow
field. The theory of Mie is the basis for this which is about the
scattering of light on spherical homogeneous particles. The
special feature of this method (apart from the fact that the
distribution state of the particle is not disturbed)  is that the
particle distribution can be seen at high measuring velocity.
Depending upon the concentration and velocity nearly 100 000 particles
per minute can be counted and measured. Very often it is sufficient
to count small quantities of particles for the analysis of the
processes so that the measuring times could lie in the range of
10 sec.  The evaluation and graphical representation of the measurement
can be done very quickly as the processing of the impulse can be
done with the help of a calculator and also electronically.
                                  445

-------
Typical example? of application are the investigation of dis-
persion and  desaggloroeration processes, of dust injectors/ the
determination  of drop size distributions of atomizer nozzles.
          o
         e
         .c
         o
         M
                         Zwaistoffdiis*
Druck    :  a , b  4,0 atu
Otirchsatz :  a    0,2llr/min
         b    2,0 Itr/ min
             0.1   0.2      0.5    1     2     5    10
                               TsilchengroRe x/um
        23
50   100
         Fig.  (5): Drop size distribution of an atomizer nozzle

The cumulative number  distributions of water drops that are pro-
duced in an atomizer nozzle is shown as an example in fig. (5).
The rate of flow of water was varied in this experiment. In the
above figure the measuring arrangement is sketched on the left.

If the number distributions represented here will be calculated
in terms of volume distribution a more clear difference can be
seen than that of shown in fig. (5). Quick evaporation of the  drops
is a problem in the measurement of distribution of drops. Hence
an immediate measurement is absolutely necessary and this is
possible with scattering light equipment.
                                446

-------
Only a few examples are mentioned here from the numerous appli-
cation possibilities of this method. On the other hand,it should
be mentioned that more investigation is to be done for answering
some basic questions like for example, the effect of particle
shape. Some efforts regarding the further technical developments
are performed.

Nevertheless, with the already available equipment at the moment,
grade efficiency curves of the dust collectors down to 0.3 ym
can be obtained quickly and reliably. This was not the case till
now since in the previous methods and above all in the range
below 5 ym, uncontrollable changes because of agglomeration and
other processes had to be accepted.

Studies in this particle size range are necessary considering to-
day's high demand for fine dust separation.

References
|1|  Rumpf, H., K.Borho, H.Reichert:
     Optimale Dimensionierung von Zyklonen mit Hilfe vereinfachendsr
     Modellrechnungen.
     Chemie-Ing.-Technik 40  (1968)  1O72-1082

|2|  Muhr, W.:
     Theoretische und experimentelle Untersuchung der Partikelab-
     scheidung in Faserfiltern durch Feld- und TragheitskrMfte.
     Dissertation Universitat Karlsruhe, 1976

|3|  Muhr, W., P.Lfiffler:
     Abscheideverhalten von Faserfiltern bei elektrostatischer
     Aufladung.
     Maschinenmarkt 82  (;976) 669-672

|4|  LSffler, F.:
     Uber die Haftung von Staubteilchen an Faser- und Teilchenober-
     flachen.
     Staub - Reinhaltung der Luft 28  (1968) 456-462
                                 447

-------
|5|  Rubin, G., F.Loffler:
     Widerstands- und Auftriebsbeiwerte  von kugelformigen Partikeln
     in laminaren Grenzschichten
     Chemie-Ing.-Technik  48  (1976)  563

|6|  Loffler, F.:
     Abscheidograd und Druckverlust von  Filterstoffen versohiecJencr
     Struktur bei unterschiedlichen Bedingungen.
     Staub - Reinhaltung  der Luft  30 (1970)  518-522

|7|  Zahradnicek, A., F.Loffler:
     Eine neua Dosiervorrichtung sur Erzeugung von Aerosolen fuvj
     vorgegebenen feinkornigen Feststoffen.
     Staub - Reinhaltung  der Luft  36 (1976)  H.  11

|8|  Zahradnicek, A.:
     lint err;uchuny zur Dispergierumj von  Quarz- und Kail k.ste.i.nfr.(!)tt..iojiO)i
     inn Korugrcfiuuberoich O.5 - 1C)  IJIQ in stromenden  Gasen.
     Dissertation Universitat Karlsruhe,  1976

| 9|  Umhauer, H., F.Loffieri
     EinfluO der Partikelgroficnvcrteilung bei  der  fotometrischon. bo-
     stimiriung der Konzentration industrieller  Staube in
     Gas-Feststof f--Stroroungen
     1 . Europaisches Symposium "PartikelmeBtechnik", Niirnberg,
     17. - 19. September  1975, hrsg. von Prof .Dr.-Ing.tURxvmpf,
     Karlsruhe und Prof.Dr.-Ing.K.Leschonski,  Clausthcil,  in
     Zusammenarbeit mit der DECHEMA

K)|  Umhauer, H.:
     Ermittlung von PartikelgrdQenverteilung in AerosolstrSmuncjea
     hoher Konzentration  mit Hilfe einer StreulichtmeBcinrichtuny
     CIT 47 (1975) 7, 297
                                  448

-------
I 11 I   Bernotat,  S.,  H.Umhauer:
      Applications  of spark tracing-method tc flow  measurements
      in an air  classivier
      Opto-electronics 5 (1973),  107/118

|12|   Loffler, F.,  H.Umhauer:
      Eine optische Methode zur Bestimmung der Teilchenab-
      scheidung  in  Filterfasern
      Staub - Reinhaltung der Luft 31  (1971) 2,  51/55
                             449

-------
In the previous report  the works done at the  "Institut filr
Mechanische Verfahrenstechnik" in the field of dust collection
and its measuring techniques were described.

The great  interest of the public in the field of environmental
protection led to a plenty of research projects in industry and
research Institutes. A  review about these projects given in
"Umweltforschungskatalog 1976" which contains about 1300 poges may
not be complete, but it  is impressiv and informativ. Publisher:
Uraweltbundesamt, Berlin. Many projects have been dealt with
special processes of production.

A list of  the names of  some research workers and Institutes which
is certainly not complete is given below.

It is emphasized that the nair.es given in the list are purely
incidental and are in no way in order of importance of the works.

Prof .F.Mayinger,  Institut ftir Verfahrenstechnik, UniversitSt Hannover,
       (Ventury scrubbers-studying, atomization and energy-dissi-
       pation in the venturi-throat)
       Lit.:  F.Mayinger, W.Neumann, DECHEMA-Monographien
       Nr. 1639-1669, Band 80, Teil 2, Seite 637

Prof.E.Weber, Institut  fUr Mechanische Verfahrenstechnik,
       Universitat Essen
       (Wet scrubbing with emphasis  to absorption of gases,
       distribution of  dust concentration in elektrostatic
       precipitators etc.)

Prof.R.Quack, Institut  fUr Verfahrenstechnik, Universitat Stuttgart
       (Electrostatic precipitation)

Staubforschungsinstitut Bonn, Direktor Dr.A.SchUtz
       (Testing of HEPA-Filters, development of dust measuring
       equipment etc.)
                               450

-------
Dr.Schikarski, Kernforschungszentrum Karlsruhe
        (Deep bed filtration in sand filters)

Prof.Stflber, Institut fur Aerobiologie der Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft,
        Grafschaft
        (Different projects on air pollution control and measurement)

Techn.Hochschule Leuna-Merseburg  (DDR), Sektion Verfahrenstechnik,
        Prof.Jugel
        (Fibre Filtration with emphasis  on bag filters)

Dr.Stenhouse, Dep. of Chemical Engineering, University of Loughborough
        (Deep bed fibre filters,  adhesion probability, i.e. similar
        work as we are doing)

Prof.Papai, Institut fur Stromungsmaschinen, Technische Universitat
         Budapest, Ungarn
          (Big technical bag filters)

Dr.Benarie, IRCHA, Frankreich
          (Different works on different subjects)

Prof.Dr.K.Leschonski, Institut fiir Mechanische Verfahrenstechnik,
         Techn.Universitat Glausthal-Zellerfeld
          (On-line measurement of  particle size distribution)

Dr.J.Gebhart, Gesellschaft fiir Strahlen- und Umweltforschung,
         Paul-Ehrlich-Str. 2O, 6  Frankfurt/Main
          (measurement of particle concentration and size
         distribution)
                                  451

-------
          CURRENT RESEARCH ON PARTICLE REMOVAL AT THE
                HARVARD AIR CLEANING LABORATORY,

                        Melvin W.  First


1.  Fabric Filters

Our current fabric filter research program has three major objec-
tives:  (1) Basic mechanisms of cake formation for a full range
of filtration velocity, pressure drop across the  cake,  and dust
characteristics that are typical of industrial fabric filter appli-
cations.  Filter cakes have been fixed in place by infusions of a
liquid plastic monomer and, after polymerization,  the  rigid cakes
may be sectioned, polished, and examined under the scanning elec-
tron microscope to quantify the internal geometry of the cake and
relate this to the principal filtration parameters.   (2) Reten-
tion and penetration characteristics of full-scale pulse jet
cleaned felted filter bags.  Dust penetration has been found to
occur by straight through passage, by seepage, and by pinhole
plug losses from the formed cake.   These several  penetration mech-
anisms have been quantified in relation to filtration velocity,
particle size, and the period in the cycle since  the last clean-
ing pulse and it has been found that different dust penetration
mechanisms predominate at different periods during the  cycle.
(3) Decreasing filter size by increasing filtration velocity through
the fabric.  Higher filtration velocities reduce  equipment cost
but result in increased filter resistance and dust penetration
in conventionally constructed units.  Substantially higher velo-
cities with low dust penetration depend upon the  development of
inproved cake removal methods that are gentler and more efficient.

2.  Incinerator Off-Gas Cleaning

Interest in hot gas filtration by moving granular beds  is being
studied in our laboratory because it has several  applications to
nuclear waste treatment.  For conventional incineration of com-
bustible materials contaminated with low levels of radioactivity,
particle size will be relatively large and removal will be prin-
cipally by inertia; favoring high filtration velocities.  The
temperature resistance and cleanability of mineral or ceramic
granules make them attractive for this service.  Efficiency may
be regulated by selection of granule sizes, thickness of the bed,
and filtration velocity.  Application of moving granular beds
for vitrification of high level wastes in preparation for storage
Is a more complex application because of the very high tempera-
tures generated (825°C) and the very small size of particles
formed by vaporization and subsequent condensation.  Investiga-
tions are underway to employ a moving granular bed as a cooler
as well as a filter and, In the process, utilize the strong thermo-
phoretlc particle separating forces that can be generated inside
a bed of cool granules when a hot gas passes through it.
                                 452

-------
RESEARCH ACTIVITIES ON
    DUST COLLECTION
          453

-------
Study cxi the moving behaviour of dust particles in a precipitator by laser
Doppler velocimeter

                   Research Institute of Applied Electxiai ty, Hokkaido University
                   Sapporo, Hokkaido
                            Professor            Toshiinit su Asakura
                            Assistant professor  Hircmichi MisKina
                            Research Associate   Yasushi Kawase
                            Research Associate   Yoshio Shindo

 (1) Construction of laser Doppler velocimeter for measurements of the moving
    velocity of dust particles in a precipitator
    A laser Doppler velocimeter with high spatial resolution and high accuracy
has been constructed to measure the moving velocity of dust parH.cl.es in
a precipitator.  To achieve the high sampling rate, the i.xrricd-nieasuring
system is used for obtaining the velocity data frcm the Jnser Doppler velocimeter
which are directly transferred to a minicomputer and are. analyzed.  A n
-------
1)  Department of Electrical  Engineering University of Tokyo
2)  Senichl  Masuda* Professor
    Kensuke  Akutsu. Assistant
4)  Electrostatic Precipitation of Aerosol  Particles
    inside an Electron Beam Irradiated Field
5)     SO  and NO  pollutants are rapidly converted  Into
    aerosol  particles by the Irradiation of high energy
    electron beam.  These particles can be effectively
    removed by an electric field formed inside the irradiation
    space.  The distributions of positive and negative  ion
    concentrations, field intensity, particle charge and
    particle migration velocity were calculated.  As a  result,
    the theoretical possibility of particle collection was
    advanced.  Experiments, using CaC03 powder and the  aerosol
    particles produced from S02 pollutant by electron beam
    Irradiation, confirmed the high collection performance of
    this method.  Also the desulfuration or denitration  rate
    seemed to be enhanced by simultaneous field application.
                    455

-------
            DEPARTMENT OF  CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                THE FACULTY  OF ENGINEERING
                    UNIVERSITY OF TOKYO
                       BUNKYO-KU. TOKYO, JAPAN
1.   Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Tokyo
2.   Akira Suganuma    (Associate Professor)
3.   Research and Development of Dust Cloud Generator
     3-1:  measurement of aerodynamic particle  size distri-
           bution of agglomerated airborne dust
     3-2:  dispersion of agglomerated fine powder  by high
           speed air stream
     3-3:  development of dust cloud generator  for testing
           dust collectors
                                   456

-------
[1]  Nagoya University,  Department of  Chemical Engineering,
         (Furocho,  Chikusa-ku,  Nagoya,  464)

[2]  GENJI  JIMBO,         Professor.
    RYOHEI YAMAZAKI     Assistant
    JUN-ICHIRO TSUBAKI   Assistant
[3]  * Measurement of adhesion force of pew der particles.

 The adhesion force of powder particles is measured by
 several methods including centrifugal separation method,
 vibration separation method, split cell method and
 fluidized bed method.  These results are compared, and
 the cause of very big difference between these measured
 values is investigated.

    * Measurement of deagglomeration phenomenon of
           agglomerated powders In air stream.

 The size reduction phenomenon of agglomerated powder
 particles is measured ,by pulverizing these particles
 in negative acceleration field of air stream.  The
 results obtained are investigated with the data of
 adhesion force of powders.

    * Dislodging mechanism of particle layer collected
                    on  fabric filter.

 The structure of particle layer on a fabric filter is
 investigated, and the  size distribution of agglomerated
 powders dislodged from a fabric filter is also measured.
                       457

-------
1.   Daido Institute of Technology
2.   Yasunori MIYOSHI (Professor)
3.   Researches on corona discharge characteristics in various
    types of gap geometries and approach to improvement of
    ELectrostatic-Precipitator Design
   i   Discharge characteristics and discharge regions of negative
     point-to-plane gap in air.
   ii   Onset of coronas.
   Hi   Transition from negative corona to spark.
   iV  Sparkover characteristics of negative point-to-plane gap
     with a minor auxiliary discharge on the plane.
                                 458

-------
             SUZUKA  COLLEGE  OF TECHNOLOGY
                 SHIROKO-CHO. SUZUKA-SHI. MlE-KEN. JAPAN
(1) Norio KIYURA, Professor
(2) Suzuka College of Technology,
    Department of Industrial Chemistry
(3) Research subject:
  # High temperature gas filtration by granular moved bed:
     This subject is studying on the thermophoretic deposition
    of aerosol particles by a granular moved bed.
  # Collection efficiency of fibrous filter with dust loading;
     The collection efficiency of an air filter increases with
    the filtration time by the interference effect of collected
    particles. In this study, the collection efficiency is obtained
    by experiment and a simple theory.
  # Dust collection performance of Louver type dust collector;
     The particle separation mechanism of the louver dust separator
    is mainly inertia and particle rebound on the blades. We
    produced many blades of two dimensional type and tested its
    efficiency, the theoretical collection efficiency is given
    by a simulation method.
                                459

-------
Kanazawa University, Department of Chemical Engineering
Faculty of Engineering, Kodatsuno, Kanazawa, Japan

Hitoshi Emi (Professor, Dr.)
Chikao Kanaoka (Assistant Professor, Dr.)

Subject of Research
1. Air Filtration
 @ Filtration of Aerosols by Fibrous Filter
 0 Collection Efficiency of Aerosols by Microscreen
 @ Inertial Deposition of Aerosols on the Surface of Micro-
   perforated Plate or Nuclepore Filter
 @ The Effect of Mist or Dust Loading on the Performance of
   Fibrous Filter
2. Particle Deposition on the Wall from Moving Aerosols
 @ Deposition of Aerosols in Fully Developed Turbulent Pipe Flow
 @ Deposition of Aerosols near the Entrance of Pipe
 @ Deposition of Aerosols in a Bifurcation Tube
3. Measurement of Adhesion Forces
 @ Measurement of Adhesion Forces between Two Particles by
   Centrifugal Method
 @ Detachment of Particles from a Cylinder by Aerodynamic Drag
                                 460

-------
Staff Members and Research Project in linoya Laboratory
     Department of Chemical Engineering, Kyoto University,
     Sakyo-ku, Kyoto 606.,  Phone (075) 751-2111 Ext.  5566-9
                                   as of spring in 1977
Staff Members
 Professor
 Assistant Professor
 Research Assistant
 Research Assistant
 Ph. D. Candidates
Koichi linoya         Dr. of Eng.
Kazutaka Makino       Dr. of Eng.
Hiroaki Masuda        Dr. of Eng.
Kenichi Ushiki
Hideto Yoshida, Yasushige Mori,
Michitaka Suzuki
Research Projects
  (1)  Dust Collection Performance of Bag Filter
  (2)  Dislodging Characteristics of Powder Cake on Filter Fabric
      and on Collecting Electrode of Electrostatic Precipitator
  (3)  In Stream Measurement of Flow Rate in Powder Pneumatic
      Conveyor
  (4)  Dust Sampling Techniques in Stack and Environment
  (5)  Electrification of Particles
  (6)  Measurement of Dust Concentration by Electrification
  (7)  Virtual Impactor for Particle Size Measurement
  (8)  Mist or Inertia Separator
  (9)  Mist Size Measurement
  (10) Powder Layer Mechanics and Stability
                             461

-------
       AEROSOL RESEARCH BY  PROFESSOR YOSHIDA'S GROUP
        (Department of the Chemical Engineering, University
              of Osaka Prefecture, Sakai 591, Japan)
  STAFF      Professor           Tetsuo Yoshida
              Assist.  Professor  Yasuo Xousaka
              Research Assist.   Kikuo Okuyama
      Our researches  are about "Particle  growth  of aerosol
particles of sub-micron diameter by condensation and coagula-
tion, and its application  to industrial  dust collection".
      In these studies, the particle size distribution and
the  particle number  concentration were determined by the
measurement  method using an ultramicroscope developed by us.

                    •"• PARTICLE SIZE ANALYSIS OP AEROSOLS
                           USING AN ULTRAMICROSCOPE
          CONDENSATION	£-*. PARTICLE -^	 *
                          PRECONDITION!
                                                   COAGULATION
                                 GROWTH
                                     SING OF
                               DUST COLLECTION
J., A New Technique of Particle Size Analysis of Aerosols and Pine Powders
   Using an Ultramicroscope.(Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam.,  14, 47(1975))

2, Condensation of Water  Vapor on  Aerosol Particles
     i) Condensation Growth of Aerosols by Nixing Hot  Saturated Air with
        Cold Air.(Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundam., 15, 37(1976))
    ii) Condensation Growth of Aerosols by Injection of Steam into Air.
                 (unpublished work)
   iii) Dependence of the Evaporation Rate of Micron Order Droplet on Particle
        Number Concentration.(unpublished work)
    iv) Experimental Study of Thennophoresis of Aerosols
                 (J. Chem. Eng. Japan, 9, 147(1976))

3, Coagulation of Aerosol Particles
     i) Change in Particle Size Distribution of Polydisperse Aerosols
        Undergoing Brownian Coagulation.(J. Chem. Eng. Japan, 8, 317(1975))
    ii) Turbulent Coagulation of Aerosols in a Stirred Tank.
                 (J. Chem. Eng. Japan. 10, 142(1977))
   iii) Turbulent Coagulation of Aerosols in a Pipe.(unpublished work)
    iv) Behavior of Aerosols Undergoing Brownian Coagulation, Brownian
        Diffusion and Gravitational Settling Between Two Horizontal Halls.
                 (J. Chem. Eng. Japan, 8, 137(1975))
     v) Behavior of Aerosols undergoing Brownain Coagulation, Brownian
        Diffusion and Gravitational Settling in a Closed Chamber.
                 (J. Chem. Eng. Japan, 9, 140(1976))
    vi) Effects of Brownian Coagulation and Brownian Diffusion on Fine
        Particle Size Analysis by Sedimentation Method.
                 (J. Chem. Eng. Japan, 10, 46(1977))

Jj, Application of Particle Growth  to Industrial Dust Collection
     i) Application of Aerosol Growth by Condensation  to Industrial Dust
        Collection.(to be   presented at The Second Pacific Chemical
        Engineering Congress(Pachec* 77))
    ii) Effectiveness of Particle Growth in Dust Collection by Wet Scrubber.
        -Venturi Scrubber, Sieve Plate Type Scrubber and so on-

5.   i) Dispersion of Powders into Air.(unpublished work)
    ii) Aerodynamic Diameter of Non-spherical(Needle-like and Aggregate)
        Particles Using an Ultramicroscope.(unpublished work)

                                      462

-------
1. Okayama University
   Department of Industrial Chemistry
   Faculty of Engineering
   3-1-1, Tsushima-naka, Okayama, Japan, 700

2. Zennosuke TANAKA  (Assistant Professor, Dr.)

3. Performance of Centrifugal Dust Separator

   Developing the new equipment .of hybrid dust separator
   ( centrifugal dust separator with rotating fibrous filter
   i.e. centrifugal bag filter).
   The device is designed to remove particulate matter
   by filtration and centrifugation. Centrifugal forces
   play the roles in precleaning a heavy loading of large
   particles and dislodging the collected material on filter.
                         463

-------
1.  Department of Electronic Engineering , Tokushima University








2.  Prof.   Y.  GOSHO








3.  Increase in Breakdown Voltage of Non-Uniform Field Gap by Adding




    Electronegative Gases









     In a non-uniform field gap such as Electrostatic Precipitator,




when the potential across the gap is raised, corona occurs at a co-




rona onset potential and the corona current increases with increas-




ing the potential.  At a certain potential breakdown occurs across




the gap.  In these conditions, by adding a small amount of electro-




negative gases, the breakdown voltage was found to be greatly in-




creased.  With a point-plane geometry with a 15 mm gap in air, the




increments of the breakdown voltage and the corona current prior to




breakdown were 20 percent and 70 percent respectively with the ad-




dition of 3 percent of SFg.  It will be expected that the efficiency




of precipitation of E P is improved by applying this means.
                                     464

-------
1.  Faculty of Engineering, Yamaguchi Uni\ezsity.







2.  Takayoshi Adachi,  Associate Professor.







3.  Ionic Wind and Behavior of Particles dragged by Ionic Wind in



   an Electrostatic Precipitator.







  (]).   Velocity distribution of ionic wind in tho corontt discharge



        space consisting of point to plate electrodes has txxsi



        observed by means of laser-doppler flowmeter and schlieren



        photograph method, and also  theoretically studied by



        treating Poisson's equation, equations of. electric current



        continuity, Navier-Stokes equations, and the main cxjaatlan



        by use of computer.







    (2).  The drastic influence of ionic wind ori suLtnicron particles



        was experimentally confirmad in its collection process.







    (3).  The effect of the force acting on particles was discussed



        in terms of two components of  the ionic wind force and the



        Coulomb force which were analyzed from the observation in



        the EPsystem with a sham ionic wind.
                       465

-------
1. Kyushu Institute of Technology
2. Shinichi Yuu (Assistant Professor)
3. Particle turbulent Diffusion in Dust Laden Flows
      Attention has bcjon focused on the diffusion  of  snail particles
   in various flow fields. Such a phenomenon is  of interest in
   numerous cler-ning devices (electrostatic  precipitator  etc.)
   and atomized fuel injection systems. The  principal purpose of
   this study is to reveal the mechanism of  the  particle  turbulent
   diffusion in dust laden flows by predicting particle turbulent
   diffusivities theoretically and measuring them  experimentally.
   Turbulent particle Lagrangian trajectories and  velocities in a
   round and a plane air jets were calculated by using fluid
   integral scales, intensities and average  velocities. From
   the calculated results the turbulent diffusivity and the local
   time-averaged velocity of particles are obtained.  Measurements
   of local mean aerosol concentration were  made with a photo-electronic
   dust counter and a dust tube. From the measurements tho experimental
   particle diffusivity is obtained and compared with the theoretical
   calculation. The results indicate that the particle diffusivity
   decreases with the increase of the particle inertia. In general
   the turbulent diffusivity of particles is smaller  than that of
   fluid scalar quantities. Tho particle inertia and  the  fluid
   large eddies, which are expressed by the  Stokes number and the
   integral scale, respectively, play an important role in the
   transport mechanism of particles in the dust  laden flow.
                                    466

-------
1. Department of Applied Science, Faculty of Engineering,
   Kyushu University

2. Terutoshi Murakami ( Professor of Applied Physics )

3. Scavenging of Aerosol Particles by Liquid Droplets
4.    As a basic research of scavenging of aerosol particles
  by>liquid droplets, the interaction between the particles
  and the droplets are investigated in two cases.

  (i)  Aerosol particles of 5yu n in diameters of Rhodamine
  B aqueous solution are generated by ultrasonic method,
  and the amount of the particles collected by falling water
  droplet is measured by spectrophotometer.  To obtain correct
  collection efficiency, the distribution of the small particles
  and the aerodynamic flow patterns around the falling droplet
  are observed by pulse laser holography.

  (ii)  A small cylinder of 1 mm in diameter are set up in
  the high speed aerosol flow produced in a shock tube, then
  the flow patterns around the cylinder are investigated by
  means of the laser holography or shadow photographs.  We
  intend to scavenge the aerosol particles by water droplets
  dispersed in the shock tube.
                      467

-------
1.  Prof. M. AKAZAKI
2.  Kyushu University, Faculty of Engineering,
    Department of Electrical Engineering
3.  Discharge Phenomena in the Electrostatic Precipitator
    (a): Characteristics of DC Corona Discharge in the
        Particle Collection Space
         (High Temperature, High Humidity and Flying
        Particles)
      (a-1) The effect of Experimental Condition* for Corona
            Discharge  (*Voltage Waveform, Electrode Shape
            and Gas Condition)
      (2-2) Characteristics of Corona Pulses from the
            Polluted Electrode Surface
    (b): Charging Mechanism of Dust Particle by Corona
        Streamer
      (b-1) Mechanism of Streamer Propagation in the Air
            Containing Dust Particles
      (b-2) Mechanism of Electric Breakdown in the Dust
            Layer on the Electrode
    (c): Mechanism of Particle Reentrainment
    (d): Mechanism of Back Discharge
                                468

-------
   AUSTRALIAN COAL INDUSTRY RESEARCH LABORATORIES LTD.
    P. 0. Box 83. NORTH RYDE.  N.S.W. 2113.   AUSTRALIA
               Telephone;  88-0276; 888-5341
     Australian Coal Industry Research Laboratories Limited
comprises five laboratories, each registered by the National
Association of Testing Authorities, and located in the
Australian States of Queensland and New South Wales.

     The laboratories are staffed by over 100 employees and
provide facilities for analytical investigations and pilot
plant studies which support the specialised consulting
capabilities that have been developed in the fields of coal
preparation.

     A.C.I.R.L. through its testing and consulting activities
has been particularly active in the area of pollution control.
These activities have caused research to be undertaken into
various areas, which has resulted in the development of
new techniques.

     Included in these new techniques in the unique facility
that was developed, which enables small samples of coal,
usually derived from bore cores, to be processed into a
laboratory fly ash by controlled firing through a micro furnace.
The laboratory fly ash which is similar to a Power  Station
fired fly ash, is then electrically, chemically, physically
and microscopically examined in order to assess its potential
capability to be electrostatically precipitated.  The electrical
assessment includes determinations of both Resistivity and Voltage
Current Corona characteristics over the range of potential
operating temperatures and under varying mo.isture contents
in a simulated flue gas environment.
                             469

-------
     This whole technique enables an investigation to be
carried out of a coal area which is intended for use in a
proposed power station, without having to first mine the
area.  It is the only means known whereby an estimated
assessment of the combustion and electrostatic precipitation
characteristics of such a coal area may be made at the
pre-development stage of a proposed Power Station project.
     J.W. Baker,  B.Sc.,  B.E.  -Mechanical Engineer, ACIRL Ltd.
     K.M. Sullivan,  B.E.,  FIEAust.,  FInstF.,  -Principal Fuel
     Engineer, ACIRL Ltd.
                                 470

-------
             Directory  of Foreign Attendants
1   P.  Lflffler
2   E.G. Potter
3   M. First
4   W. Stttber
5   R.W. Mcllvaine
                                                    May,   1977
Professor, Institut fur Mechanische
Verfahrenstechnik der Universitat
Karlsruhe
Richard-Mil3statter-Allee, 7500
Karlsruhe 1, Germany

Leader, Process Chemistry Section,
Division of Process Technology Minerals
Research Laboratories, Commonwealth
Scientific and Industrial Research
Organization, Australia
P.O.Box 13f. Delhi Road North Ryde,
N.S.W. Australia,  2113

Professor, Department of Environmental
Health Sciences/ School of Public Health,
Harvard University
665 Huntington Avenue, Boston,
Massachusetts 02115, U. S. A.

Professor, Institut fttr Aero-Biologie,
5948 Schmallenberg-Grafshaft/ Germany

President, The Mcllvaine  Company
2970 Maria Avenue llorthbrook,
Illinois  60062, U. S. A.
6   K.M. Sullivan      Principal Fuel Engineer, ACIRL Ltd.
                       P.O.Box 83, North Ryde,N-S.W. Australia/
                       2113
                             471

-------
7   J.W.  Baker        Mechanical Engineer,  ACIRL Ltd.
                      P.O.Box 83,  North Ryde N.S.W.
                      Australia, 2113

8   R.H.  Horning      Vice President, Combustion Power Co.,
                      Menlo Park,  California, U. S.  A.
                                 472

-------
            International Seminar on Dust  Collection
                      Attendants (University)  -
                             24,  May  1977
Univ.  or College
Name
Adrress
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
Hokkaido Univ.
Res. Ins t. of Applied
Electricity
Tokyo Univ.
Dept. of Elec.Eng.
ti
Tokyo Univ.
Dept. of Chem.Eng.
Nagoya Univ.
Dept. of Chem.Eng.
M
Daido Inst. of Tech-
Dept. of Elec. Eng.
Suzuka Technical
College
Kanazawa Univ.
Dept. of Chem. Eng.
it
Doshisha Univ.
Dept. of Chem.Eng.
n
Kyoto Univ.
Dept. of Chem. Eng.
n
n
n
n
M
ii
Hirotatsu
Mishina
Senichi
Masuda
Akio
Akutsu
Akira
Suganuma
Genji Jinbo
Junichiro
Tsubaki
Yasunori
Miyoshi
Norio
Kimura
Hitoshi
Emi
Chikao
Kanaoka
Satoshi
Okuda
Hiroshi
Takano
Koichi
linoya
Kazutaka
Makino
Hiroaki
Masuda
Kenichi
Ushiki
Hideto
Yoshida
Yasushige
Mori
Michitaka
Suzuki
Nishi 6-chome, Kita 12 Jyo,
Kita-ku, Sapporo (060)
Kongo, Bunkyo-ku, Tokyo (113)
it
»
Furo-cho, Chikusa-ku, Nagoya (464)
tl
2-21, Daido-cho, Minami-ku,
Nagoya (457)
Shirako-cho, Suzuka, Mie (510-02)
2-40-20, Kotachino, Kanazawa (920)
it
Karasuma Imadegawa, Kamigyo-ku,
Kyoto (602)
ii
Yoshida Honmachi, Sakyo-ku,
Kyoto (606)
ii
it
n
n
n
it
                                  473

-------
20. Osaka Pref.Univ.    Tetsuo
	Dept.of Chem. Eng.   Yoshida
                                      4-804, Mozuume-cho,  Sakai, Osaka
                                      (591)	
21.
                        Kikuo
                          Okuyama
22. Okayama Univ.       Zennosuke
	Dept.of Ind.Chem.    Tanaka
                                      3-1-1,  Tsushimanaka,  Okayama
                                      (700)	
23. Tokushima Univ.     Koshichi
	Dept.of Elec.Eng.    Goshb
                                      2-1, Minami Tsunemishima-cho,
                                      Tokushima  (770)	
24. Kyushu inst. of-Tech.
     Research Inst.of   Shinichi
	Powder Tech.	Yuu
                                      1,  Sensui-cho,  Tobata-ku,-
                                      Kitakyushu (804)
25. Kyushu Univ.
     Dept.of Applied
	Physics	
                        Terutoshi
                          Murakami
Hakozaki, Higssni-ku,
Fukuoka    (812)
26. Kyushu Univ.
     Dept.of Elec.
	Eng.
                        Masanori
                          Akazaki
27.  Kansai Univ.        Takuzo
     Dept,of Chem.Eng.    Matsuyama
                                      Senriyama, Suita, Osaka  (564)
                                 474

-------
               International  Seminar  on Dust Collection
                           Attendants  (Company) -
                                                      24, May 1977
   Company
                             Name
                                        Adrress
 1.  Hosokawa  Iron
      Works Ltd.
                           Teruaki      9,  1-chome,  Shodai Tajika,
                             Suzuki	Hirakata,  Osaka    (573)
 2.
                           Takashi
                             Kitamura
 3.  Nitta Gelatin Co.,     Yoshihiro
	Ltd.	           Nonaka
                                         Futamata, Yao, Osaka  (581)
 4.  Matsushita  Seiko
 	Co., Ltd.
                           Toshio       4811,  Marunouchi,  Takagicho,
                             Shibahara  Kasugai,  Aichi   (486)
 5.   Sankyo Dengyo
	  Co.,  Ltd.
                            Kazuo
                              Saito
 6.  Nippon Donaldson,      Tsutomu
 	Co. , Ltd.	Shibuya
                                         1-8-11, chuo-cho, Meguro-ku,
                                         Tokyo	(35?)	
                                         100, Iinadera, Ornc, Tokyo
                                         (198)
7.  Mitsui  Miike Co.,      Hideo
      Ltd.                    Noziri
                                         1-1, Kokubu-cho, Tochigi
                                         (328-03)
 8.  Denka  Consultant      Ryusuke
      & Engineering Co.,      Araki
      Ltd.
                                         1-4-1, Yuraku-cho, Chiyocla-ku,
                                         Tokyo (100)
 9.  Izumi Kakoki
 	Co., Ltd.
                           Chiaki       3-7,  Nakanoshima, Kita-ku,
                             Shiota     Osaka  (530)
10.  Nippon Felt
	Co., Ltd.
                            Ikuo
                             Vasni
                                        2-2,  2-chome,  Marunouchi,  Chiyoda-
                                        ku, Tokyo (100)
11.   sinto Dust Collector Takeshi       1, Nishinagane, Kodacho,
	Ltd.	Yoneda  	'Sakazaki, Nukata-gun, Aichi (441--03)
12.  Sanko Engineering     Akio          4-6-29, Namamugi, Tsurumi-ku,
      & Construction Co.,    Furukawa    Yokohama   (230)
      Ltd.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17
18.
n
Hitachi Plant
Engineering &
Construction Co. .Ltd.
Sumitomo Kinzoku
Kozan Co. , Ltd.
Yamamoto Industries
Co. , Ltd.
NGK Insulators
Co. , Ltd.
Kobe Steel Ltd.
Toshio
Seki
Hiroshi
Yamada
Ken
Takimoto
Rinkan
Kawamura
Shigeharu
Kito
Hiroyuki
Kohama
n
1-13-3, Kitaotsuka, Tokyo (170)
5-11-3, Shinbashi , Minato-ku,
Tokyo (105)
1-2-2, Kawashiro, Tobata-ku,
Kitakyushu (804)
1, Maegata-cho, Handa (475)
1-3-18, Wakihama-cho , Fukiai-ku,
Kobe (651)
                                      475

-------
19.   Kobe Steel Ltd.
Akira        1-3-18, Wakihama-cho, Fukiai-ku,
  Wakabayashi   Kobe  (651)	
20.  Sinto Dust Collector
      Ltd.
Takeo        1, Nishinagane,  Sakazaki,
  Hisatsune  Kodacho, Nukata-gun, Aichi (441-01)
21.
22.
23.
Kurimoto Tekkosho
Co. , Ltd.
"
Hosokawa Research
Inst. of Powder
Tech.
Ryota
I to
Akira
Hama
Tohei
Yokoyama
1-56, Oike-dori,
Nishi-ku, Osaka
11
Kitahorie,
(550)

9, 1-chome, Shodai Tajika,
Hirakata, Osaka (573)
24.  Kawasaki Heavy
      Industries, Ltd.
Kimihiro
  Funahashi
16-1, 2-chome, Nakamachi-dori,
Ikuta-ku, Kobe   (650-91)	
                                476

-------
ERROR  IN  MEASUREMENT OF  GAS FLOW RATE
IN GAS-SOLIDS  TWO-PHASE FLOW BY  USE OF
A HORIZONTAL  DIFFUSER*
                              HIROAKI MASUDA, YOSHIFUMI ITO
                              AND KOICHI IINOYA
                              Department of Chemical Engineering, Kyoto University,
                              Kyoto, Japan
                                  (Reprinted with permission)
                                                Reprinted from
                                                JOURNAL OF
                                         CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                      OF
                                                    JAPAN
                                            Vol. 6, No. 3 (1973)
                                               Pages 278—282
                         477

-------
  ERROR   IN   MEASUREMENT   OF   GAS  FLOW   RATE
  IN   GAS-SOLIDS  TWO-PHASE  FLOW  BY   USE   OF
  A   HORIZONTAL  DIFFUSER*
                                                  HIROAKI MASUDA, YOSHIFUMI  ITO
                                                  AND KoiCHf IINOYA
                                                  Department of Chemical Engineering, Kyoto University.
                                                  Kyoto, Japan
   Measurement of gas flow rate in gas-solids two-phase flow is studied both theoreti-
  cally and experimentally by use of a horizontal diffuser. Since the pressure recovery in
  the diffuser varies with both the solid flow rate and diffuser length, the gas flow rate
  measured by the diffuser generally has some error. The relative error for the measure-
  ments is a monotone-increasing function of the measuring length, but never exceeds the
  value of the mass flow ratio. It is also shown that there is a length at which the error
  vanishes. This length can be estimated using an analytical equation. The effects of
  powder properties on the magnitude of the error are also discussed  in detail.
  1. Introduction

    The measurement of the mass flow rate of solids, or
  of the flow rate ratio for solids to gas in a  two-phase
  system is complicated by the fact that the  measured
  value, such as pressure drop along the pipeline, is also
  a function of gas flow rate. Therefore the gas flow rate
  must be measured simultaneously by an independent
  method. Farbar", Earth et  a/.2>, Goto et  a/.», and
  Sakata4', examined the possibility of using  a  diffuser
  to make such  measurement on a two-phase  system.
  They concluded that pressure recovery in the  diffuser
  decreased  with increasing solids rate. However, the
  manner in which the error of the measured gas flow
  rate varies with the distance along the diffuser has not
  yet been determined, as was mentioned by Sakata.
   This study will examine the  nature and extent of
 error, and, where the error offers a problem, methods
 for  estimating  the  error theoretically  and  design
 methods for minimizing the error. In particular, it is
 shown that there is a design method for reducing the
 error to zero. Following the suggestion of Goto et a/.,
 the investigation is carried out for the horizontal part
 of a pneumatic conveyor, and is mainly concerned with
 particles smaller than 100 microns.
 • Received on May 6, 1972
   Presented at  the 37th Annual Meeting of the Soc. of Chem.
   Engn., Japan, April 5, 1972
   T606
2. Theoretical Approach

  If it is assumed that the  particles are uniformly
suspended and in rather low concentration, the wall-
friction of particles may be regarded as negligible in a
diffuser*'".  Therefore,  the  following   momentum
balance equation is obtained51.

             —dPm=paudu+mpaudv           (1)
The relative error on the basis of the pressure difference
is defined by the following equation**.
                             uv'dx
                                            (2)
                             uu'dx
where ua and v0 denote the gas velocity and the particle
velocity at the inlet of the diffuser, respectively. The
prime represents the derivative with respect to the co-
ordinate x.  In this equation, the denominator shows
the pressure recovery for gas  flow alone, and  the
numerator shows the additional recovery by the solids
momentum.
  Assuming the incompressibility of gas flowing in the
diffuser section, the velocity u can be expressed by the
equation
                                                                u—
                (l-ra*)«
                                                                                 tan0
                                                                             o=  -  •-•
                                            (3)
** see also Eq.(18)
  On the assumption that the wall friction of particles
may be neglected in the diffuser, the particle velocity u
is given by the following equation of motion":
                                                478
                                                           JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                          JAPAN

-------
             ,.>_
where C, and C, are constants which are given by
and
                                                (4)



                                                (5)


                                                (6)
Fif. 1 show* the velocities u, v and the trend of the
relative error calculated by numerical integration using
Schiller  and Naumann's8* drag  coefficient. Particle
velocity vt at the inlet is smaller than the corresponding
gas velocity u,, because the  particles have been  af-
fected by wall friction in the straight pipe section just
before the diffuser. The relative  error monotonously
increases with the coordinate x. This trend of the error
is analytically explained by Eqs.(2), (3) and (4).
  From Eq.(2), it can be seen that the error is zero at
x=x0 or 0=»8»
                                               (7)
Applying 1'Hospital's theorem to Eq.(2), the limiting
value of the error as x-*oo is given by the equation
                                               (8)
                        *-.- uu
If the position x0 can be estimated in some way, the gas
flow rate in suspensions may be measured very accu-
rately. Now, assuming that x0 is determined,  the re-
sidual error arising from the difference  between the
measuring point x and x0 may be estimated from the
gradient of the error curve  at the position x0.  Taking
the equation Ett=0 into consideration, the  following
equation holds in  the neighborhood of x0;
                 uv'dx
                 uu'dx
                                               (9)
 If the relation »c—u~|i£,|(x—x0) is substituted in the
 above equation, Eq.(9) reads
Note that EXt=0, and hence the differential form of
this equation is
              dE
                    ~2m-
                                               (11)
                         u» _ ..I  i »'
                         "o  «»
Eliminating v'n by use of the equation  of motion (4),
a more explicit form of Eq.(l 1) is obtained as
                                              (12)
                                                                                        U.'«0 KtfHC
                                                                                          39 */MC
                                                                                  pciilion
                                                                  ml«
                                                           Flf. 1  Velocltlei «, » and the trend of the relative
                                                           error (numerical Integration)

                                                       In  practical applications, the second  term  in  the
                                                       brackets may be regarded as negligible. From this fact
                                                       and the relation u0>f0>uJo, Eq.(12) may be simplified
                                                       as follows;
                                                                       dE
                                                                       •2T
                                              (13)
                                                       This equation shows that the error presents a problem
                                                       when the inertial force of a particle is smaller than the
                                                       viscous force of the fluid.
                                                         The next problem is to estimate the position at which
                                                       the error vanishes. From the above results concerning
                                                       the gradient of the error, the second term of Eq.(4) is
                                                       seen to be negligible. Then Eq.(4) may be rewritten
                                                       as
                                                                         t,'=C,(U/»-l)               (14)
                                                       A first approximation by Picard's method7' gives

                                                                                           ]-«]     (15)
                                                                                           /   J
                                                         Now, the equation for xt is obtained from Eq.(15)
                                                      where o=r0:
                                                                             ,  where  0,s-3s.
                                                                                                     (16)
This equation shows that the first approximation of x0
is determined by the dimensions of the diffuser and the
velocity ratio 0. The characteristics of the powder are
not included explicitly in this equation.

3.  Apparatus and Experimental Procedure

  In this experiment, a pneumatic conveyor line oper-
ated under negative pressure is used. The experimental
setup is shown in Fig. 2. The diffusers used are shown
in Fig. 3. The selected diffuser is placed in the hori-
VOL.6
             1973
                                                 479

-------
                                                                      • ^.      A
                                                                     r^—~r i    r
                                                               *—I—p^T    western
                                                                            typeFMot
                                                                            tube
                                                                         cyc.cn.
                                                                             How
                                                                             control
                                                                             valve
                                                                                through
                                                                             bag filter
                                                                                    to
                                                                     motor       blower
                         Fig. 2  Schematic diagram of the experimental setup

          i


  Fig. 3  Diffusers used in the experiments

      99.9





                     100         1000
          Particle size  Dp : moons]
Fig. 4  Size distribution of the solid  mate-
rials (Log-normal) (determined by sieving;
for floor, the  sedimentation method It
used.)
                                                        Table 1 Properties of the powder materials

                                                    Materials   Mass median dia" N-Ioan Particlc dia"  part*!? *
                                                               flpso [microns]  uf [microns]     pp [g/cma]
Quartz sand
No. 8
Glass beads
Vinyl chloride
Flour
Quartz sand
No. 5

il
55
115
57

380

a
M
:
.••

295

2.f.5
2.42
1.41
1.44

2.65
zontal section of the piping, allowing for the appropri-
ate approach length. To charge the solid particles into
the conveyor, a table feeder is used. Materials used are
quartz sand  No. 8  (fine), glass beads, vinyl chloride
powder,  flour, and  quartz  sand  No. 5  (coarse).  The
properties of these powders are shown in Table 1, and
their size distributions are presented in Fig. 4.
  Air  flow is monitored  by a Pilot tube,  and strain-
gauges, transducers, and an on-line hybrid computer
(CLAOP 2000) are used to measure  pressure differ-
ence. The system used for these on-line studies is shown
schematically in Fig. 5.

4. Results and Discussion

  The analytical  values calculated by Eq.(13) are
compared wi'.h the results of numerical integration ob-
tained by a digital computer (FACOM 230-60). Fig. 6
shows a set of the  results on the gradient of the error.
Fig. 7 shows a comparison between xa calculated by
Eq.(16)  and x0 obtained by numerical integration.
When particle size is large, the coincidence of the ana-
lytical  and  numerical  results  is  not good.  The  dis-
agreement is not serious, however, because the gradient
of the error itself is very small in  this case.
  The relative error E has been defined in relation to
the pressure difference measurements. Now, the corres-
ponding  relative error for measuring the gas flow rate

        JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING  OF JAPAN
                                             480

-------
           Hybrid
           computer |  | Digital  computer |
                                                                          10
     Fig. 5  Schematic diagram of the on-line system
        15
        10
      8
      a
                                       6=25°
                 30
                  -Eq.(16)
          0.4           06           0.8            1
                     Velocity  ratio   tj>,[-]

  Fig. 7 Comparison between jro calculated by Eq.(16) and
  that obtained by numerical integration


 is introduced, as follows;
As the pressure difference is in proportion to the square
of the gas flow rate, Eq.(l 7)  may be rewritten as
   The results presented in Fig. 8 indicate the magni-
 tude of the error. Calculated values are shown by lines.
 The mean particle diameters defined by the following
 * When the particle size distribution  is log-normal,  Eq.(19) is
   equivalent toS)  £>j>=exp(ln/)j>j(i —<7S), where 
-------
                                                            developed from Eq.(13).
                                                                                                             (20)
                                                                                                                '
     Note: *o indicate! the position at which the error vanishes.
     The values of*t*a:e. are determined by UK of Eq,(16).
     Fig. 9  Relative error •>• « fsimrti'ini of axial position

    Fig. 8 d) shows some of the results obtained using
  diffuser III (0=5°). In this case,  the error  becomes
  negative with  increasing particle velocity »0 and mass
  flow ratio  m.  This phenomenon may arise from  the
  separation  of  the fluid from the wall*.  As  the flow
  disturbance is aggravated by the particles, the sepa-
  ration occurs more readily. When the diverging angle is
  fixed, this phenomenon occurs more easily at smaller
  mass flow ratios as the particle velocity becomes higher.
  As shown in Fig. 8 e), however, this phenomenon can-
  not be seen in the experiments with smaller mass flow
  ratio and lower particle velocity, even when  5=7.5°.
  Further, this phenomenon depends on the shape of the
  particle, and occurs more readily for quartz sand No. 8
  than for glass beads.
   Fig. 9 shows the  experimental results proving the
 existence of a position x, at which the relative error is
 zero. Calculated values, *o,«aic.i are *»«>  indicated in
 this figure.  From  these results, it is found that the co-
 incidence between the experimental  and  the calcu-
 lated ATO is very satisfactory.  Fig. 9 c) shows  the experi-
 mental results  obtained when the measuring  position
 x is shorter than the x, estimated by Eq.(lG). In this
 case, the error is negative, as is estimated by the theory.
 These data  are similar to those of Farbar, Earth et at.,
 Goto tt al., and Sakata.
   The following discussion is concerned with the effects
 of powder properties on the magnitude  of the  error.
 The difference in  the magnitude  of error obtained by
 several  authors using coarse particles  may  arise  from
 differing values of (x—*0). The equivalent difference
 (*—*§), which gives rise to an error of equal magnitude
 for the systems I and 2, is given by  Eq,(20), which is
   Summarizing  the above discussion, the  published
 data for large particles and the results of this study for
 small particles have been explained consistently, taking
 into account the nature of the variation in magnitude
 of the error and the fact that there is a position at which
 the error vanishes. Eq.(8), showing that the error does
 not exceed the mass flow ratio, will prove useful when
 a low mass flow ratio system such as a dust collector is
 involved. In a system using large particles, the velocity
 ratio  00 is constant1*-'4'  without  recourse to  the
 mass flow ratio m and the gas velocity u.  The position
 x0 can,  therefore, be estimated knowing the properties
 of the particles and the dimensions of the diffuser.


 Nomenclature

 Cj, Ci  - constants, Eqj.(5) and (6J
 Dp   —  particle diameter
 Dp   =  mean particle diameter, Eq-( 19)
 E    =>  relative trror defined by Eq.(2)
 i     =  relative error defined by Eq.(l 7)
/i    ••  particle size distribution
 APm.   =  pressure recovery of gas-solids suspensions  flowing in
         the diffuser
 JPa   =  pressure recovery of gas flow alone
      =  gas flow rate calculated by APm
      =  actual gas flow rate
      =•  inside radius of the diffuser inlet pipe
      =  gas velocity
      =  particle velocity
      =  coordinate in axial direction
      =  position at which the error Eon vanishes
* If we assume that this phenomenon arises from future of the
  original assumption,  that the wall friction of the partlclei it
  negligible in the diffuser, we cannot explain the fact that the
  phenomenon is not observed when a diffuser with  small diverg-
  ing angle is used.
 (2.
 Q
 r
 u
 c
 x
 *o
 
 a     = constant determined with 8 and r, defined by Eq.(3)
 8     =- half of the diverging angle of the diffuser
 fia    — viscosity of the gas
 pt    — density of the gas
 pf    " density of the particle
 00   — velocity ratio defined by Eq,( 16)


 Literature Cited
 1)  Farbar, L.: TVani. tfllu ASME, 75, 943 (1953)
 2)  Earth, W., R. Nagel and K, van Waveren; CHmit-Ing.-Ttthn.,
    29, 599 (1957)
 3)  linoya, K. and K. Goto: Kagaku KSgaiai (Chm. Eng., Japan),
    27,80 (1963)
 4)  Sakata, M.:  Traiu. of tht Japan Set. tfMieh. Engrs., 37, 1560
    (1971)
 5)  nawiKKKft H. B. H  H. H. CUPOMBTHHKOB:  unxtmpHO-
    fivsuttCKuytl xvpnajt, 17, 26 (1969)
 6)  Schiller, L. and A. Naumann:£. V. D. I., 22, 318 (1933)
 7)  Lapwoodi E. R.: 'The International Encyclopedia of Physical
    Chemistry and Chemical Physics", Topic  I, Vol.  !, p. 179,
    Pergamon Press  London (1968)
 8)  Maiuda, H. and K. linoya: Memoirs of the Faculty of Eng,,
    Kyoto Univ., 34, 344 (1972)
 9)  Maiuda, H. and K. linoya: J. Chm. Bag. Japan, 4, 60 (1971)
10)  Weidner G.: Forsduaig, 21,145 (195.*>)
11}  Boothroyd, R. G,: Trent. o/Uu ASMS, sen B, 91, 303 (1969)
12}  linoya, K., T. Kamimura  and Y. Tsukada: KtgaJat Klgaku
    (Cktm. Eng.t Japan), 23,400 (1959)
13}  Barth, W.: OWmw-/^..^^., S», 171 (1958)
14)  Konno, H., S. Saito and S. Maeda:  Kataht ftgaJtu, 31, 243
    (1967)
                                                        482
                                                                   JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN

-------
  DUST CLEANING DYNAMICS IN REVERSE COLLAPSE TYPE BAG FILTER

                Kazutaka Makino, Yasushig Mori
                 Naomi Takado, Koichi linoya


      The bag filter which is one of the typical high efficiency
collectors requires a dust cleaning operation.  However, research
on bag filters so far are mainly about collection efficiency and
pressure drop characteristics,3'1*  While there are not many studies
concerning dust cleaning characteristics which is an important
factor in design of filter operations.  Furthermore, there are
very few reports concerning the dust cleaning dynamics which is
especially necessary in the determination of dust collection
charateristics.

      Therefore, this report  related to the reverse flow type
collector, a typical dust cleaning method, reviews and investi-
gates its dynamics experimentally and presents the results.  Here,
the dust cleaning dynamics mean the variance of a combined flow
resistance of dust and filter material in time due to reverse
flow after starting dust cleaning operations.

Estimation of Transfer Function for Each Component in Measurement
System

     Figure 1 shows the block diagram of dust cleaning Dynamics
Measurement System in this experiment.  In order to estimate the
transfer function of recorder and transmitter, five kinds of
pressures were applied for each case as an input and the step
responses were measured.  The result of this measurement shows
that there is a linear relationship between the above mentioned
inputs and the outputs (response value indicated at recorder)
and that it can be approximated by one step later {one order later)
The transfer function for reverse air flow value was obtained by
experimentally approximating the general transfer function which
is the product of transfer function of recorder and transmitter
and above transfer function, after doing step response experiment
for certain air flow with 5 different positions of flow control
value and after assuming the transfer function of reverse air
flow value to be dead time 1 order later.  Each transfer function
estimated this way is shown in Figure 1.

Estimation Result of Dust Cleaning Dynamics

     For dust cleaning operation due to reverse flow, if the
combined flow resistance of dust and filter material of the bag
due to reverse air flow is assumed to be R(t).  R{t) will probably
                               483

-------
                         rtcordwiI tronwnlnvr tar0,(l)

KLIJ\m _.'•"* _
0|W)* 1.1.14
central volv* far
rtvtrt* air
(Ml)


»

G](4)
0}(4)
Aft(l)

1
1.2 Z^

Oo(l)

f-.fj*. .. 1 ,
°'C4>' 1.2 24
AWI),

                             t*r   rtcardcr t Ironsmiller
                                       for &P.(I)

Fi|. I    Block diatram  of fabric  filter system  Including
         measuring instruments
                           484

-------
decrease as dust cleaning proceeds.  However, it is difficult at
the present time to directly measure this process quantitatively
Thus in this report a model is set and dust cleaning dynamics
are estimated.  Also, it should be noticed that the transfer
function G2 (s) of bag filter itself is not a Laplace transforma-
tion of R(t).

     Here the bag pressure drop Apr(t) during reverse air  flow
can naturally be expressed by the following equation.
Apr{t)  = L-1 (^ G1(s)G2(s)] = Qr(t)R(t)/S
                                                           (1)
Now the reverse air flow rate Qr(t) is obtained as the following
equation from Figure 1.

     Qr(t)  = L-M^ G,(s)] = Qrf00E(t-l){l-exp(- £|) }       (2)


Also the apparent pressure drop Apa(t) across the bag filter  shown
in recorder during reverse air flow is expressed as follows
using tranfer function Gi» (s) .


     Apa(t) = L"1^ G,(s)G2(s)G^(s)]
                  S
            = L-l[L[Apr(t)] G^s)]                         (3)

Now for the combined flow resistance R(t) of dust and filter
material during above mentioned cleaning process, consider a
model to approximate by dead time and 1 order later.


                                                           (4,


This is the case when the dimensionless resistance coefficient
l=(R(t)-Rmax)/(R00-Rmax) 1  can be approximated as 1 order late.
The reason why a dead time 0 was considered was because there is
a case when a start of reverse air is not consistent with a
start of cleaning.  In this case Apa(t) is expressed by the
following equation from Equations  (I)- (4).


                                                 -=i)> E(t-l)
            + Qr,o0(R30-Rniax)E(t-9)  [1 + (fif^ - ^f exp  (-

            - exp(-(9-17/1.3) ,      ,  t-6   13      (_  t-1,
                                exp (  2.2 * . 9 exp  {   1.3
            __ L.       t^ij  +-              .
              T-2.2 expv   T ;    (-2.2(1/1.3 + 1/T)

            x exp {-(t-9)  (yyj + i)}]                      (5)


                              485

-------
Now  if you  set T+0, T(t) can be approximated only by a dead  time.
Thus it  is  assumed as one order late model with dead time  0
when T 7* 0  and as dead  time model  (dead  time 0 = A) when T-»-0 .
If you plot the  results of actual measurement on the Apa(t)
vs t line figures which were drawn by assuming various cleaning
time constant T, cleaning dead time 8 or X, T,6,X during actual
dust cleaning process can be estimated.   The fine calcium
carbonate (Dpso  = 5.4 ym) was used as sample dust and we have
changed  the most typical filter materials  (tetron and nylon
fibers)  as  well  as number of so-called rings which are installed
to prevent  the bag insides from contacting during reverse  collapse
operations.  The installation of bag is  similar to that of previous
report  (bag with 1,800 mm long and 170 mm $ inner diameter).
Figures  2 and 3  show typical examples of this experiment
results.  Based  on these, it is seen that the approximation  by
the  dead time 1  order late system in Equation  (5) is appropriate.
Table 1  shows the ranges of T, 9 and X obtained in this experi-
ment.  According to this, each case is within several seconds
and  it is indicated that several ten seconds will be enough  as
a single cleaning duration time for reverse bag filters.

      For tefron long fabric filter cloth, when one ring is
installed,  the time constant is minimum  and it is suggested
that there  is the most optimal number of rings , namely the most
optimal  ring installation distance, in light of cleaning dynamics.
Also when it is  switched to collection process after reverse
cleaning and to have only clean air, the pressure drop, as shown
in Table  1 will be smaller as the number of rings increases.
This will probably require future investigations.  It was  also
confirmed that the dust load changes at  the start of dust  cleaning
does not  considerably affect the above mentioned T, 9 and  X.

Conclusion

     After  investigating the cleaning dynamics of reverse  col-
lapse type bag filter,  the following conclusions were obtained.

      1)  After the combined flow resistance variation of
         dust and filter material due to  reverse air flow was
         investigated with 1 order late and dead time models
         at  reverse air flow, it is relatively well approxi-
         mated with a time constant less  than several seconds
         for  this experimental region (1.0^ur<1.42 m/min,
                 <150 mm H2O) .
     2) The effect of ring numbers is not significant to
        the time constant but is fairly important to the
        cleaning final pressure drop.

Although this report experimentally investigated the qualitative
characteristics of reverse bag filter cleaning dynamics, a quanti
tative consideration as well as a scale factor consideration will
be necessary in a future.

                                486

-------
    T»
              resec
                 TsUsec
                  5a       Nyton(tong)
              2"osec       wilh «*«
            — first order lag  model,6«1sec
            --dead time model
             •  experimental data
                 10     15     20
                  time. t (sec)
                              25    30
Fig. J
A Biting cximpto of two modtli (Pint order lag
model  *  Deed  tlm« model)  to experimental
data (Nylon  fabric, One calcium carbonate
duit, «,-! m/mln, JpmiI-93mmHiO)
                   487

-------
A=5sec
            .T=2sec
           /-T=3sec

          •  experimental  data
        	first order lag model
                9=2 sec
        	dead  time model
                          20
25
       0      5      10     15
               time . t (sec)
Fig. 2   A fitting example or two models (First order lag
        model &  Dead time model) to experimental
        data (Tetron fabric, fine calcium carbonate
        dust, «r »1 m/min, Jpm»i =95 mmH2O)
            488

-------
     Table  1     Estimated values of time con-

                  stant Tand dead time 0, i

                     fiat order     Dead time Pressure loss
                     lag model       model   given by
  Filler  Number                            filtering air
  media    of                               flow after
          rings      time constant   dead time  infinite
                      T (sec)          j [sec]   cleaning
                  I-lux  «->2sec           [nnnH;O]

            0        4        2        4        70.0
 Tetron     .        •        •        <*        *•* <
 (long)      1112        67.5
            3        J        2        3        40.5

~Nyton    T       IT     I        2        44.0
 (long)      3        1.3      0.7      3        2S.5
                     489

-------
       A  METHOD OF MEASURING PRESSURE  DROP  PARAMETERS  FOR
                  MULTI-COMPARTMENT BAG  FILTER
       —MECHANICAL SHAKING TYPE AND REVERSE COLLAPSE TYPE—
                K. linoya, K. Makino,  K. Ueshima,
                       M. Lin and Y. Mori
             Kyoto University, Dept. of Chemical Engr.


 Introduction

       Generally bag filters will have  a  long continuous  operation
 of one or two years after a clean filter cloth is  installed.
 Therefore,  it is necessary to investigate the collection
 efficiency  and variation of pressure drop characteristics with
 time  in order to estimate bag filter performance and to  determine
 a method  for design.  Especially the variation of  pressure  drop
 characteristics with time is important for  economically  optimal
 design and  operation of bag filter.  However this  pressure  drop
 characteristic is difficult to measure in the laboratory because
 of the following two reasons:

       1)  The pressure drop characteristics necessary  for bag
 filter design and operation are usually  for one or two years of
 operation when pressure drop parameters  are stable after instal-
 lation.   It is very difficult to have  such  a long  investigation
 in the laboratory.  However, the initial characteristics are
 naturally important in the fundamental base and this report will
 also  investigate this case,

       2)  Even if the same composition of some dusts and filter
 materials as actual field is obtained, it is technically and
 economically difficult to reproduce the  actual  (field) dust dis-
 tributions,  dust supply condition, gas composition, temperature
 and humidity in the laboratory.
   j»

       Therefore the pressure drop characteristics  have to be ob-
 tained directly from the actual pressure drop data of  multi-
 compartment bag filters which is operating  in the  field.  This
 method has  never been utilized.

       We  have established the method to  qualitatively  estimate
 pressure  drop parameters, which are necessary for  economically
 optimal design and operations, using the field measurement  data
 of pressure drop variations of mechanical shaking  type and  reverse
 collapse  type bag filters.  This report  presents this  method as
 well  as the results of actual applications.

 1.  Fundamental Theory

      Many  experimental equations are  reported for bag filter
pressure  drop characteristics and this report applies  the following
equations

                                490

-------
           Ap = U(A+BM6)                                     (1)

Here, A, B and 6 are the pressure drop parameters determined by
the characteristics of dust and filter material and by dust
cleaning method.  Especially A is the value which, in addition
to filter material and primary accumulation dust layer, includes
residual secondary dust layer after dust cleaning.

      Generally the collection characteristic for the multi- com-
partment bag filter is the repeat of  (N-l) compartment collection
with one compartment being cleaned while the N-l compartments are
collecting.  Now we call the former the cleaning time and  the
latter the collection time.  There is a following relationship
between the dimensionless dust load xi and the dimensionless
filtering velocity u^ in the ith compartment at the dimensionless
time t in this cycle.

            dxi = iiidt                                       (2)

Also the dimensionless pressure drop Ap(t) is given by the follow-
ing equation,
                        l-a)xi'}ui                           (3)


where       a = A/{A+B(Cnun'T) fi) .                            (4)


Figure 1 shows one example of the typical pressure drop variation
pattern for collection and cleaning cycles for the mechanical
shaking type and reverse collapse type multi-compartment bag
filters.  Generally the process gas quantities during cleaning
collection time are approximately equal.  Thus, there is a
following relationship between the average filtering velocity at
cleaning time and collection time.
            un_i = {N/(N-l)}un'                              (5)


Thus the following equations are obtained.

            n-1
             Z Ti  = N                                        (6)
             n
             Z xi  = N                                        (7)
Integrating equation (2) from £=0 to £=TO  (cleaning  time)  and
from £=TO to £=T (collection time) and add the  former one  from
i=l to i=(n-l)  and the latter one from i=l to i-N  to obtain  the
following equation:


                                491

-------
                      cleaning
                 (fmensionless lime.  1 (—)
Fig. I    Conceptional  diagram of prcuun  drop  of
         > multi-compartment bag filter
               492

-------
                                   n-1
                                           N*.               (8)
                                                             (9)
There is generally the following relation between the dust  loads
at each specific point of collection and cleaning cycle.

      (cleaning finish time)    (collection starting time)


             xi'To            =     Xi+l,T0                 (10)

      (cleaning start time)     (collection finish time)


             *i,o             •     Si,f


      where i = 1,2,..., N-1

Consider equations (10)  and (11) and add each side of equations
(8) and (9) .

            x_ ?-x'  , =N?                                  (12)
             n» T   i ,TO

Consider x" 1  TO=O and T=NT here to obtain the following equation:
Also the following equation can be obtained from equations  (2)
and (3)


      {a+(l-a)xi<5}dxi = Ap(€)dt                             (14)


Integrate equation (14) as described above over cleaning time  and
collection time,  and add the former one from i=l to i=(n-l)  and
the latter one from i=l to i=n.
                                493

-------
              *n ~)-y(xr ¥ ))=N{
               " i T     n / T o     |~
                               •'T
                               TO

      where y (x)=ax+{ (l-a)/(l+a) }x1+6                       (17)

Consider equations (10) ,  (11) and  (13) and  add each  side  of
equations  (15) and (16).


      y(x'n~) = yd)  = CH- ^!


                             T°    ~  ~   f¥
                               Ap(t)dt+Nl   Ap(€)d£


                     = (n-l)\~Ap(t)dt+\" Ap(£)d£            (18)
                              *          IM
                             fT    ~  - fT
                          -l)l Ap(t)dt+V

                             •*o         JT
 Next, we will  describe  the determination method of each pressure
 drop parameter.
 1.1   Determination of  Ap (t)  and a

                       N
                            N
                 n-1             .
                  Z  {a+(l-a)xi   °}~1-1                     (20)


Equation  (20) can generally  be  changed to the following in con-
sidering  equation (13).
                  Z
                 i=l
                 NApn(T)

                 N-Apn(T)
Obtain Apn(f) from this,
                                494

-------
                 ip  ,<0)-ip (T)
                                 =N6                       <22>
Now make   same consideration for Ap (TO) and Ap _-,(TO).


                             -                               <23>
Obtain a from this


               *P-             Lli                         ,24,
Here,  since  the  right sides of equations (22) and  (24) can be
easily measured,  these can be used as the equations to determine

Apn(t)  and a*

1.2  Determination of A, B and 6

      Based  on  the definition, the pressure drop characteristics
parameters A and B have the following relationships with a.
                          ,                                 (25)
                            r>          c u  T)
           n        ni       n    n        n
          Ap.-u'A     Ap-         (l-a)Ap-
               n  • - = -  = - L— .               (26)
As mentioned above  a and AfL(f)  can be obtained from equations  (22)
and (24) ,  thus  equations (25)  and (26) are the fundamental equa-
tions  to estimate A and B.   Also, using above results, £ can also
be determined by equation (18) .   But the equation  (18) requires
the time integration of pressure drops and is actually very dif-
ficult.  Therefore, the actual region of pressure drop was
considered and  numerically  reviewed, and it was determined that £
can be considered physically as  1.  (See Appendix.)  This deter-
mination will make  this measurement method very easy and practical.

2.  Application to  Actual System
                                 495

-------
2.1  Mechanical Shaking Type System

      This measurement method was applied to the mechanical
shaking type bag filter for an electric boiler collection and its
pressure drop was measured.  Table 1 shows its operating and
installation conditions while Figure 2 presents its pressure drop
measurement results.  The time regions 1, 3, 5, 7 and 9 in Figure 2
are so-called cleaning times and all process gas amounts are those
when collection is occurring in the compartments other than cleaning
compartments are collecting.  Our method theoretically requires
the variation in pressure drop of one partial cleaning cycle,
which means the data from five measurements.  The pressure drop
parameters estimated by applying our approximation method to these
data are shown in Table 2 along with other various values.  The
pressure drop characteristics in this case can be expressed by the
following equation.

            Ap = u(7.63x!03 + 1.27xl05 M)                  (27)

Alsq when the same data were analyzed by the numerical integration
method, this will be expressed by the following equation which
gives almost the same result as equation  (27).

            Ap = u(7.53x!03 + 1.42xl05 M1'08)              (28)

2.2  Reverse Collapse Type System

      This method was applied, similarly to the previous section,
to reverse collapse type bag filter for electric boiler particulate
collection and its pressure drop was measured.  Table 1 shows its
operating and installation conditions and Figure 3 shows the results
of pressure drop measurements.  (a) in Figure 3 is the pressure
drop change of other compartments when one compartment is during
cleaning and (b) in Figure 3 is the pressure drop change of the
compartment which is being cleaned at the same time as (a) .
Although for (a) and (b) in Figure 3, we have programed the period 6
in which very small amount of air is introduced at the initial
stage of collection, its existence does not essentially affect our
method.  However, the collection amount can be neglected in period 6,
it is necessary to consider the total period of the cleaning cycle
after subtracting period 6.  By applying our method to Figure 3,
the pressure drop parameters are obtained as shown in Table 2.
The pressure drop characteristics in this case can be expressed by
the following equation

            Ap = u(l.40x10* + 6.40x10* M)                  (29)

Also the results of equations (27) and (29) can be estimated as
reasonable based on the operating condition of Table 1.  Now we
have to review the accuracy of these measurement results statistically
According to this, if the measurements can be done, in considering
actual experience and five measurement results of pressure drop

                               496

-------
  Table  1     Operating conditions  of  an  in-
              dustrial   multi-compartment  bag
              filter
 Type of dust cleaning  Mechanical Shaking   Reverse air
Filler medium
Number of compart-
ments A' I— J
Filter area \m-\
Gas flow rate [m'/min]
Total period of cleaning
cycle 7" [min]
Average filtering
velocity fi.v'[m/min]
Dust concentration
r Is/mi]
Dust
Tetron 2020S
10
3150
3840
45
0.74
1.7
withdrawn by suc-
tion directly from
ferrochrome elec-
tric furnace
Tetroa 5203
«
5489
5880
120
1.07
0.30
withdrawn by
suction from the
roof of a factory
housing of a
steelmaking elec-
tric furnace
Total hours operated
after installation  [hrs]        408             1600
                           497

-------
      -180
        l60
           - 1
                  •V
                                    to
             200 400 600 800 1000 1200  1400
                   tim*  ,  I (we)

Fl|. 2    Examplt of pnuura drop eyeU of in Induttrial
        raultl-compartmtnt  bt|  fllttr  (Mechanical
        Shaklni Type)
               498

-------
                  Table 2     Examples of Estimation of Pressure Drop Parameters in
                               Multi-Compartment Bag Fitters
mfy* w« «••*•*• »•*••••
Item* / Run
*H
ImmHtOJ
^Jx-jW)
[mmHtOJ
4fjr.l(rt)
ImmH.OJ
^/» (rt)
ImmH.O]
tfy(l)
|mmH,0]
•••
1
182

143

131

129

133

2
180

146

153

131

135

3
192

149

155

133

138

4
189

150

157

135

139

— «••
5
175

153

158

137

141

Avcrai
1(4

148

155

133

137

P t
286

242

247

207

212

2
267

232

247

202

207

3
286

242

247

207

212

4
286

242

247

207

212

5
286

242

247

207

212

6
225

235

247

196

200

7
230

243

247

193

200

Avcrafe
267

238

247

203

208

                0.73   0.75  0.72   0.73   0.80   0.75

•               0.48   0.53  0.47   0.52   0.58   0.52
M
AxlO-*         7.05   7.69  7.27   7.93   8.23   7.63
[mmHiO-tct/m]
BxlO-<         13.4   12.0   14.4   12.8   10.5   12.7
lmmH,0.(m«/kg)l
Bf              228   204    245   218    179    215
|mmH,0/m]
 0.74   0.78   0.74   0.74   0.74   0.89  0.87   0.78

 0.87   0.89   0.87   0.87   0.87   0.78  0.78   0.84

14.0  13.5   14.0  14.0   14.0   10.0   10.0   12.8

 6.40   5.05   6.40   6.40   6.40   8.40  9.50   6.94

19.2  15.2   19.2  19.2   19.2   25.2   28.5   20.8
                                                  499

-------
  (00
  300
- 101
  ioo

    0
!f
 - 100

 s»o

  100
    0
         OnIjO
               lor clMring «owp»rtmtc«
ifaMMMli    *   A  »•"«•"*•» »"


:
-------
cycle in Figure 2,  by certain accuracy (each pressure drop with
±1%, average filtering velocity with ±10% and one cycle cleaning
frequency ±1%), it  was concluded that the estimated accuracy of
pressure drop parameter A and B are ±10% and ±40%, respectively.
This means that the estimation of B is more difficult than that
of A.  However, increasing the number of measurements will increase
its accuracy and will not require too long a time.  Thus this
method is very well applicable to industrial usage.  However,
since the estimation of B by this method definitely requires an
accurate measurement of dust concentration in the bag, it will be
expected in the future to have a pressure drop characteristic
measurement and the instantaneous measurement of concentration.
Also since A is the value directly related to the cleaning per-
formance and takes  a more important part than B in determination
of bag filter operating condition, this method has the practical
significance in giving a more accurate value of A.  Here the dust
concentration of the bag part was assumed to be equal to that
concentration at the entrance of bag filter itself, but when the
dust concentration  of the bag part cannot be measured, equation  (26)
is the fundamental  equation to estimate the product of B and c
(where 6 - 1.0). Table 2 shows the value of Be as a reference.

Conclusion

      The estimation methods of pressure drop characteristics A,
B and 6 of mechanical shaking type and reverse collapse type bag
filters from field  data were reviewed and the following conclusions
were obtained.

      1) The pressure drop parameters A, B and 6 can be estimated
by time variation in partial cleaning cycles of mechanical shaking
type and reverse collapse type multi-compartment bag filters
pressure drops.

      2) It was shown that assuming 
-------
            A = a+b Moq                                     (ii)

          BM6 = b(Mo+M)q-b Moq                            (iii)

The general pressure drop characteristics will have the regions
given by following equations.

            30 < a < 1400
          4000 < b < 17000                                  (iv)

           0.5 < 9 < 1.5

      For the regions of equation (iv) , A, B and 6 were estimated
as a parameter of M by using the least squares method.  As a
result, it was determined by B, if b and q are constants, will
have approximately a constant value independent of Mo and 6 will
have a certain relationship with q, as a parameter of Mo, inde-
pendent of a and b as shown in Figure 4.  The especially interesting
point is that even if q changes significantly, 6 is always about
1.0.  Thus, for the region of equation (iv), the pressure drop
estimation by assuming 6=1.0 and applying the approximate pressure
drop coefficient B will only have errors within i several %.
Therefore the approximation of 6=1.0 is industrially sufficient.

Acknowledgment

      We express our sincere appreciation to Shinto Dust Collector
Company and Clean Filter Company concerning important field
pressure drop data for multi-compartment bag filters for this
research.
                               502

-------
0.8
  0.1.              10               0.6
                    q (-)
  Fig. 4   Relationship twiwcm «tod I
                   503

-------
             PERFORMANCE OF  FIBROUS POWDER BED  FILTER

                 Koichi linoya, Kazutaka  Makino,
               Tsutomu Imamura, and Hiroshi Okura
           Kyoto  University, Chemical Engineering Dept.


      The filter  collector is relatively efficient and practically
 important for  eliminating micron and submicron particles.  Here,
 fibrous  bed and  filter paper are mainly used for air purifica-
 tions, and the estimate of  their performance is reasonably
 accurate due to  the relatively wide fundamental studies of their
 behavior.

      Although  the  fabric filter was considered mainly for indus-
 trial applications, the method of accumulating fibrous powder on
 the  filter cloth is being recognized for  air purifications.
 This is  due to the following reasons: 1)  It is relatively easy
 to evenly accumulate fibrous powder on the filter cloth; 2)  as  a
 consequence of this, the fibrous bed is formed on the filter
 cloth surface  and the initial collection performance is improved;
 3) utilization of fibrous powder has a less pressure drop than
 ordinary powder; 4) since particles are mainly collected by
 fibrous  powder which will be swept off after certain amount  of
 particle collection, itj. is  easy to sweep  off the collected tiny
 particles  and  easy for the  prevention of  filter cloth clogging.
 Whereas,  there has been hardly any fundamental research for
 fibrous  powder bed filters, thus this report presents the ex-
 perimentally investigated results.

 Experimental Apparatus and  Method

      The_ experimental apparatus is exactly the same  as shown in
 the  previous reports.  The  fibrous powder bed  filter was formed
 by accumulating  fibrous powder in a stratiform on the filter
 paper or cloth.  The experimental procedure was to first measure
 the  collection rate of filter paper or cloth and the overall
 collection rate  of the entire fibrous powder bed filter under
 predetermined  conditions.   Next, the penetration rate of the
 fibrous  powder bed was obtained as a ratio of  the latter one to
 the  former one.  The stearic-acid-single-diffusion-particles by
 Lamer type generator were used as the sample aerosol and the
 aerosol  concentration was measured by the  digital dust counter
 (manufactured  by Shibata Kagaku Co.) simultaneously  at filter
 entrance and exit.  Table 1 shows the characteristics of the
 fibrous  powder used in this experiment.

Experimental Results

      The penetration rate and the pressure drop across fibrous
powder bed filter;
                                504

-------
  Table 1    Characteristics of test  fibrous powder
            Fiber length  Fiber diameter  Specific turface
               / M        D, t/i]     area S. tmVm']
Precoat (•)
Cellulose ,.,
powder A <*J
Cellulose r- >
powder B (-)
Cellulose , ,-,
powder C CT)
2TO
180
110
80
22
18
17
IS
1.98 *10»
2.03 xlO>
2.20 xlO»
2.43 xlO»

   
   Received on February 22. 1973
•• Keithi linoya (il:.£H),K»iutak« Makino (iE6rtX Tjulomu
   Imunur* (73i£H) and  lliroshi Okurs (
-------
     Figure 1 shows a relationship between penetration rate and
amount of  fibrous powder for the fibrous powder bed  filter.
According  to this, the cellulose powder has a lower  penetration
rate than  the precoat.  This is probably due to the  fact that the
true density of the filter material for the former one  (pf =1.7
g/cm3) is  smaller than the latter one  (pf =2.2 g/cm3) and that
the former one has a larger filling volume and collection surface
area for the same fibrous powder amount.  The relationship between
the volume fraction and the thickness of fibrous powder bed is
shown in Figure 2 as a reference.  Based on this the precoat has
a  larger volume fraction and a smaller thickness than the cellulose
powder.  On the other hand, both have about the same penetration
rate for the apparent velocity through filter of 1-10 cm/sec.
Also in this region of apparent velocity, the pressure drop AP^
across the fibrous powder bed is given by the following equation
based on the Kozeny-Carman's law.

               US 2 (l-ef) u m
      Apd  - 60 -g;; - ,f»   pf   (± 10%>                      (1>

Here, the  void fraction £f can be easily estimated in Figure 2.
For example, when mo = 1 Kg/m2 and us = 1 cm/sec.  AP^ will be
 *  6 mm-water.  This value is somewhat  smaller  than that of
 ordinary powder.

Single Fiber Collection Efficiency of Fibrous Powder Bed Filter;

      The  experimental results were converted to single fiber col-
lection efficency (ne) by the following logarithmic  permeable
equation and the relationship between TI£ and (l-£f)'L was investi-
gated.

                    4(l-ef)L
As a  result, in the region of  (l-ef) »L^0.15.  ne is constant  and
is independent with changes of  (l-ef) «L.  Namely, since  (l-ef) •L=m0/pf
in this region and the permeability  (1-nd) will decrease as an
exponential function of mo.  Also all the data of this experiment
is shown in Figure 3 as a correlation between He a^d l-ef) .
This  result can be used as a simple estimation method of collec-
tion  efficiency of fibrous powder bed filter.  The solid line in
Figure 3 is given by the following equation,


      lnne - -1.3(l-ef) -2.9                                 (3)


However, the applicable region of this equation is for the apparent
velocity across filter of 1~10 cm/sec and particle size of
0.3~0.8y for fibrous powder with diameter of 10~20p and with length
of 100~200y.

                               506

-------
    0123
        amount of fibrous powder  bad, m.(kq/frf)
Fig. 1
Relation* between penetration (1—*) »nd
unooni of fibrout powder bed m«
                          507

-------
                  The symbols aro th?
                  same is those in
"0.1    23    & 7  1      23   b T K
    amount of fibrous powder bed,mf(k
-------
 S*~Q07
.i'oos
-*~A
                                                    X.
         •precoat
         A cellulose powder A   • cellules* powder B
        -—'—L^-'—' "'   '   '   '   '   '   '   '   '   '
7v*l   *       i- _ *   .   i   .  - i   ii   it
oo   a05   007    Qffl    Oil   013   0.15   017   019   021
         volume traction of fibrous powder bed.) -£)(-}
   Fig. 3   Relition between collection efficiency of tingle fiber
         ». «nd Tolume fr«ction (I-,/) of fibrout powder in bed
                                  509

-------
      Also, in order to estimate overall collection efficiency of
fibrous powder bed filter, an information concerning collection
efficiency of filter paper or filter cloth itself other than
equation (3) is required.  Please refer to Reference (2)  and (5),
respectively, for this information.  Also, the theoretical
correlation between single fiber collection efficiency obtained
this report and ordinary fibrous filter will require future
evaluation.

      This experiment used the powder bed filter with short fiber
(about 20y diameter and lOOy long)  previously untested and
measured its performance experimentally.  As a result, a simple
estimation equation for collection performance and pressure loss
was obtained.
                               510

-------
    APPENDIX I




UNIVERSITY OP OSAKA
        511

-------
 REPRINTED
 FROM
 FUNDAMENTALS
                        Growth of Aerosol Particles by Condensation
                                           Tetsuo Yoshlda, Yasuo Kousaka, and Klkuo Okuyama
(Reprinted with permission)

Reprinted from I&EC Fundamentals
VOL.  15 NO. 1  FEBRUARY 1976
                                    512

-------
Growth of Aerosol Particles by Condensation


              Tetsuo Yoshkla, Yasuo Kousaka/ and Kikuo Okuyama
              Department of Chemical Engineering. University of Osaka Prefecture. Sakai, 591. Japan
              The rate and the extent of growth of submicron aerosol particles introduced into a supersaturated atmosphere
              of water vapor were studied from both theoretical and experimental points of view. It was found that the rate of
              growth of aerosol particles undergoing condensation was very rapid, and that the volume-mean diameter of
              grown particles was determined by the number concentration of aerosol particles and the initial state of super-
              saturation in the surrounding gas. The supersaturation which was necessary to cause condensation of water
              vapor around  particles was produced by mixing hot saturated air with cold air. The size distribution of grown
              particles or grown water droplets was determined by the ultramicroscopic size analysis previously developed
              by the authors. The  results suggest that particle growth by condensation is one of the most promising precondi-
              tioning techniques for industrial dust collection.
Introduction

  The cost of removal of submicron dust particles from ex-
haust gas has been considered to be very expensive. If the
growth of such particles into larger ones (to a few microns
or more in diameter) can be easily attained, such precondi-
tioning techniques of dust collection will facilitate air pol-
lution control. Condensation of water vapor on particle sur-
faces has been proposed as one of the most promising tech-
niques  to promote particle growth (Fahnoe  et al., 1951;
Schauer, 1951;  Lapple et al., 1955; Lancaster et al.,  1971).
Because of the  difficulty in measuring the size distribution
of water droplets smaller than several microns in diameter,
the overall effect of condensation on the rate and extent of
particle growth still  remains  unknown. In this study the
rate and extent of particle growth by  condensation were
studied from both theoretical and experimental points of
view. In order to effect condensation on particle surfaces, a
supersaturated atmosphere of water vapor was  produced
by mixing hot saturated air with cold air into which several
kinds of submicron particles, not consisting of soluble sub-
stances, were introduced. The size distribution  of grown
water droplets was measured by a new technique previous-
ly developed by the authors (1975).

Rate of Growth of Polydisperse Aerosol Particles
  When a water droplet with radius r is put into a super-
saturated atmosphere, the rate of growth of the droplet has
been given as follows (Fuchs, 1959):

£ = -^|Sp9(7\.)-po(To,r)||l +
at   rRptT                     I
                                      2p,
                                                    (1)
This equation is based on Maxwell's equation for the sta-
                                                                      Ind. Eng. Chem., Fundam., Vol. 15, No. 1. 1976
                                                     513

-------
            'aropitl
Flgnn 1. Illustration of temperature and pnwur* flelds (round a
growing droplet.

tionary evaporation of a ipherical droplet motionlsas rela-
tive to an Infinite uniform medium and, in addition to the
Maxwell equation, the correction for the effect of Stefan
flow ia made. 5 in the equation represents supersaturation,
which ia larger than unity in thia study, but whan S is leas
than unity, the equation represents the diminishing rate of
a droplet by evaporation. p0 represent* the vapor pressure
at the surface of a droplet which is assumed to be equal to
it* equilibrium pressure known ss the Kelvin equation

                                                  (2)

The rise in temperature of a condensing droplet is given by
the following equation taking account of Stefan flow:
                                            + T.  (3)
                                2pt
 Thia equation is derived under the assumptions that heat
 transfer by convection and radiation is negligible and that
 the  quantity of heat transferred to the media from the
 droplet equals the amount generated in condensation. Fig-
 ure  1 illustrates the changes of temperature and pressure
 fields around a growing droplet which  is put into a closed
 and insulated cell initially having a certain degree of super-
 saturation. The rate of growth of a single water droplet
 with radius r will then  be determined by above equations.
 In order to apply these equations to aerosol particles in-
 stead of water droplets, one must assume that the surface
 of each particle is covered by a thin water film at the start
 of condensation. This assumption is based upon the insta-
 bility of a supersaturated atmosphere, where water vapor
 immediately condenses  upon any particles as the condensa-
 tion nuclei. This will be discussed later. When aerosol par-
 ticles are  polydispene, the  change in  sixe distribution of
 the growing particles ia  then derived from the conservation
 of mass
                                                  (4)
              »n(r, t) m_±\  .    dr(t)|
                »t      »r\   '    dt  I
Before computing the above equations, it is necessary to
determine the degree of tupersaturation, 5. Consider a sys-
tem when aerosol particles an steadily introduced into the
supersaturated  atmosphen which is produced by contin-
uously mixing hot saturated air with cold air in an insulat-
ed chamber. Such a system may be thought of more simply
as a system where a certain number of aerosol particles an
put uniformly into a dosed and insulated chamber contain-
ing air initially  having a certain degree of supersaturation.
In the system the degree of supersaturation will decrease as
condensation increases,  and after a sufficient time it ap-
proaches unity. The relation between the degree of super-
saturation and the amount of condensed vapor may be eas-
ily understood with the aid of the humidity chart shown in

    M. Eng. Cham., Fundam.. Vol.  15, No. 1.1976
                                                                                tfmperalur*
                                                        Figure 1 Changs in humidity and temperature due to conduits-
                                                        tion.
                                                         Figure 2, when i indicates the initial state just before aero-
                                                         sol particles an introduced. When particles an suddenly
                                                         dispersed uniformly into the chamber, condensation upon
                                                         the particles occurs, and as a consequence there is a de-
                                                         crease in humidity and a simultaneous rise in the tempera-
                                                         ture of the air as the condensation progresses. Thus the
                                                         change  is indicated by the slope of the adiabatic change
                                                         shown in Figure 2. Temperature, humidity, and supersatu-
                                                         ration during the successive condensation an then given by
                                                         the following expressions.
                                                                                                           (5)
                                                                                                           (6)
                                                                                                           (7)
                                                                             0.24 + 0.45Hi
                                                        H-H|--»p.( f" r»n(r, t) dr -  f" r»n
-------
                 99


                 95

                rj90

                 60
                »70
                £60
                I 50

                l'°
                = 30
                d
                3 20

                " 10
                      0.4 0.6 08 1      2
                         particle diameter
                                        2r
                                           4   6  8 10
                                                          02
                                                               0.4 0.6 08 1      2     4
                                                               particle diameter   2' Cpl
                                                                                         6 8
experimental conditions
particle
key
o
o
e
•
material
tobacco
stearic acid
OOP
carbon black
no
2.66 « 10"
3.31 x 108
3.83 x 107
2.54 « 108
°vi,H
0.85
0.75
0.75
047
dgi
1.34
UO
126
1.42
saturated air
T"A
78
eo
81
61
Vc
21
20
19
26
Rh
0.26
0.27
0.26
0.27

AH
0.0070
0.0078
0.0075
0.0067
change
0«in| Ogm
cal.
1.63
1.61
I.Gb
1.26
1.11
1.0i
1.0S
1.05
uf Oy and a*g
Dvf
*«P.
i.06
3.10
6.20
3.95
cal.
3.81
363
7.30
3.71
rfgt
MP.
1.26
1.17
l.3b
1.23
cal.
1.021
1.006
1.002
1.006
Figure S. Change in particle size distribution with time.


to the saturated vapor pressure, p.(T_), in the present
case, the growth rate of small droplet is generally greater
than that of a large one as shown in eq 1. Thus the differ-
ence of growth rates will  make the size distributions nar-
rower in the figures. The final distributions in Figure 3
were taken as those when the growth rates of each droplet
became nearly zero in the numerical calculation. Such dis-
tributions will be, strictly speaking, unstable, since the
evaporation of smaller droplets among polydisperse drop-
lets will occur with a decrease in supersaturation. This  ef-
fect of evaporation, however, was so small in the calculation
that the size distributions did  not change significantly
within a few seconds.
Estimation of the Extent of Particle Growth to B«
Expected
  The analysis described above was on the rate process. In
this section a discussion will originate from another point
of view. While AW represents the quantity of condensable
water vapor per unit mass of dry air as described before,
the following relation must be satisfied when all of the
vapor corresponding to Atf is assumed to condense upon
particle surfaces.
                                                                      6 810""  2   46 810""  2   4 6 810"*  2

                                                         Figure 4. Volume mean diameter of grown particle.
•ir
                r3n(r, «)dr
                           - r
                              Jo
, 0) dr
                               6
                                                   (10)
This equation indicates that the volume mean diameter of
grown particles, Dvf, can be evaluated when the value of
AH and the volume mean diameter of  particles  before
growth, Dvi, are known. When Dyf3 is large enough com-
pared with D^1 and p. is nearly unity as it may be in most
cases, the volume mean diameter of grown particles, Dvi,
can be written in a simpler form as

                                                  (11)
       Dv, ~ (6AH/Tno)I/3    (Dvf3 » Dvi3; p. ~ 1)

 The straight line in Figure 4 shows this relation.
Figure 5. Schematic diagram of experimental apparatus.


Experimental Apparatus
  Figure 5 indicates the schematic diagram of the experi-
mental apparatus. Two kinds of saturated air, one of which
was humidified  by contact with hot water  and the other
with nonnested water, were continuously mixed in a mixing
chamber to produce a supersaturated atmosphere. The de-
gree of supersaturation or the quantity of  condensable
water vapor A// was controlled by changing their mixing
ratio and the combination of their temperatures. Aerosols
were continuously introduced into the  supersaturated at-
mosphere at a constant rate. The  size distributions of the
aerosol particles used in the  experiment were obtained by
an ultramicroscopic size analysis (Yoshida et al., 1975) and

             kvl Eng. Cham., Fundanr. Vol. 15.  No. 1, 1976
                                                       515

-------
ft 80
»70
              140-
              |30
              |20-
              u
                to
    toy  QtfOiOl
       aroonbao U2
                     02    OA 06081
                   particle diameter 2r Cji]
Figure ft, Size distributions of aerosol particles used.
                                 objective*
       1 thick bronze lube
           lection 7« 7 to
            165
                                                 outlet
                                         tcondentfete
                                         in mm
Flfui* 7. Observation cell of ultramicroscope.
                                                          especially important when the present technique is devel-
                                                          oped into industrial applications.
                                                            For instance, one may consider exhaust gas which con-
                                                          tains dust particles 1 n in volume mean diameter, 2.5 g/cm3
                                                          in density,  and 500 rng/m3 in concentration. In this case,
                                                          the dust particles will grow to 3 n in volume mean diameter
                                                          when AH of 0.005 g of condensable vapor per gram of dry
                                                          air is established.
                                            Conclusion
                                              The rate and the extent of growth of polydisperse aerosol
                                            particles  introduced into  a  supersaturated  atmosphere
                                            were studied, and the following results were obtained. (1)
                                            The rate of growth of aerosol particles was very rapid. The
                                            width of size distributions of grown  particles obtained ex-
                                            perimentally was not narrow, while a narrower distribution
                                            was expected from the theoretical analysis. (2) The extent
                                            of particle growth was evaluated in volume mean diameter
                                            and was confirmed by experiments. (3) Even the hydropho-
                                            bic particles grew well.
                                              These results suggested the particle growth by condensa-
                                            tion  will  be one  of the most promising preconditioning
                                            techniques for dust collection. The technique of establish-
                                            ing a supersaturated atmosphere will be important for the
                                            industrial application of these results.
                                            Acknowledgment
                                              F. Nomura, T. Yasumunn, and T. Miyazalci were very
                                            helpful in the experimental work.
 are shown in Figure 6. The size distributions of grown par-
 ticles were also determined by the same method. In order
 to prevent any change in the size of the water droplets due
 to evaporation or condensation, the temperature and pres-
 sure  in the observation cell for the size analysis were kept
 the same as those in the mixing chamber. The double-tube
 cell shown in Figure 7 was used for this purpose.

 Experimental Results and Discussion
   As discussed before, the rate of growth was so fast com-
 pared with the time scale of measurement that the size dis-
 tribution of a growing particle at each stage of the elapsed
 time  could not be  observed. However,  observations ob-
 tained  by varying  the  residence time  of particles  in the
 mixing chamber suggested  that the particle growth was
 completed within 1 sec. Some of the experimental results of
 the size distribution of grown particles were plotted in Fig-
 ure 3. The width of the size distribution of grown particles
 did not become narrower as compared to theory. The wider
 distribution obtained from the experiments was thought to
 be caused by a lack of spatial uniformity in the  degree of
 supersaturation. The widths of size  distributions of grown
 particles  undergoing condensation  were observed, in all
 cases including those in Figure 3, to be neither wider nor
 narrower.
   The  estimation of the volume mean diameter of the
 grown particles, which  would be important for industrial
 purposes, was determined by experiments. Figure 4 shows
 the comparison of an estimated line with the experimental
 results. The abscissa of the figure corresponds to the mean
quantity of condensable vapor per single particle. The fig-
ure indicates that even  the hydrophobic particles, such as
carbon  black and D.O.P., grow well. The growth of such
particles may be caused by  the instability of a supersatu-
rated  atmosphere as described previously. This fact will be

    tad. Eng. Cham.. Fundam.. Vol. 15. No. 1.1976
                                                          Nomenclature
                                                          D " diffusion coefficient of vapor, cmVsec
                                                          Dyi, Dvra. Dvt * volume mean diameter before, in the mid-
                                                            dle of, and after growth, respectively, M or cm
                                                          H - absolute hum idity.g of HjO/g of dry air
                                                          dH  « condensable water vapor, g of HjO/g of dry air
                                                          i  -  enthalpy, cal/g of dry air
                                                          K = heat conductivity, cal/cm sec °C
                                                          L • latent heat of condensation, cal/g
                                                          M " molecular weight nf condensing substance, g/mol
                                                          n " particle number concentration, 1/g of dry air
                                                          no ™ total particle number concentration, 1/g of dry air
                                                          p = vapor pressure, mmHg
                                                          R •» gas constant, cm3 mmHg/mol °C
                                                          r  »  radius of particle, M or cm
                                                          RI, " mixing ratio, g of dry air of hot saturated air/g of dry
                                                            air
                                                          S " degree of supersaturation defined by eq 7
                                                          T - temperature, "C
                                                          T • mean temperature between TO and T_, °C
                                                          t  •  time, sec

                                                          Greek Letters
                                                         p, " density of condensed liquid, g/cm3
                                                          a  »  surface tension, dyn/cm
                                                                , "ft  " geometric standard deviation before, in the
                                                           mid"
                                               ffrm. "it " geometric standard aeviaiu
                                              middle of and after growth, respectively
                                                         Subscript*
                                                         f "  final state shown in Figure 2
                                                         h  » hot saturated air
                                                         i »  initial state
                                                         1 « cold saturated air
                                                         s •  saturated
                                                         t -  total
                                                         w  » water
                                                         0 « particle surface
                                                         <•  • far away from particle
                                                      516

-------
Literature Cited                                             Vomite. T., Kouuka. V.. Okuyarm, K.. ma. £ng. O»m.. funOtm.. 14, 47
FihKM, F , Un*oo«. A.. AtMtoon. R. J.. ma. £ng. O*m.. 4», 13M (H51).
Fuchfc H. A., "Eviporaton «nd Oroptol »owtt< In Guwxit M«««
  mon fnu. London. 185B.
Kowto, A.. Olund, 8.. J. Atm». Set.. H, 1060(1989).                                                        Accepted SepUmbtr 5, 1976
Uncntw.B  W.,Str»u»», W., M. Eng. Chun.. FunOim., 10,9«a(1971|.                            .        .    .       .   .
Uppl».C. E.K«m»c*.H.J., Oam. fnfl. Proa., 51 (3), 110(1»!5).            Pre«nt»d it the Chemic*! Enjinwnng Meetinf in J«p»n, April
Sehiuv. P. J.. M Eng. Chun., «, 1532 (t»S1).                          1974.
                                                                            kid. Eng. Ch»m , Fundam.. Vol. 15. No. 1. 1976

                                                       517

-------
    STABILITY OF FINE WATER DROPLET CLOUDS
        YASUO KOUSAKA,  KIKUO OKUYAMA,



        KENJI SUMI AND  TETSUO YOSHIDA







Department of Chemical  Engineering, University



of Osaka Prefecture,  Sakai, Japan
                       518

-------
          STABILITY OF FINE WATER DROPLET CLOUDS
                          Abstract

     The stability of fine water droplet clouds was studied for
two standpoints.  In the first,  the rate of evaporation of
monodisperse  water droplets was evaluated by numerically
solving the modified Maxwell's  equation assuming the cellular
model for a droplet cloud. In the second, the equilibrated
system, where a water droplet cloud is steadily mixed with
unsaturated air,  was analysed on the basis of enthalpy and
material balance  of the system to evaluate the total volume
change of the droplets. Some of .these analyses were verified
by the experiment using the ultramicroscopic technique which
is useful for droplet size analysis.
                               519

-------
1. INTRODUCTION








     It is well known that under a certain supersaturation of



water vapor excess water vapor condenses upon aerosol particles



as the condensation nuclei to generate small water droplets.



Such water droplet clouds are usually found when a combustion



gas is cooled, a highly humid gas in high temperature is mixed



with that in low temperature, or steam is injected into a gas.



These droplets often have diameters less than ten microns and



they are thought to be unstable because of their high vapor



pressure at the surface. When these droplets being contained



in an industrial exhaust gas are required to be collected from



the gas, it will be necessary to evaluate the effect of



unstaaility of droplets or the decrease in droplet sizes and



number concentrations in a collector system under various



operating conditions. The stability of droplet clouds is also



important in  measuring droplte size distribution and in



evaluating the behavior of atmospheric aerosols.



     In discussing about the stability of water droplet clouds,



two kinds of approach to the subject were made in this paper.



In the first, the rate of evaporation of monodisperse pure



water droplets, which are led uniformly into a closed vessel



initially containing air having certain humidity and temperature,



is discussed using cellular model(Fuchs (1959) Zung  (1967)).



It is the main purpose in this discussion to evaluate the



lifetime or the time required to be equilibrated of water



droplets in terms of various initial sizes and number



concentrations of droplets as well as various





                              520

-------
initial air conditions.  In the second, the equilibrium state
of droplets in the system where a droplet cloud is steadily
mixed with unsaturated fresh air will be discussed from
enthalpy and material balance of the system for various
conditions.
     As the experimental technique, the ultramicroscopic size
analysis previously developed by the authors (1975) was applied.
Because of the difficulty in measuring the unsteady size change
during rapid evaporation, most of the experiment were limited
to verify the analysis of the equilibrium state of droplet
clouds .

2. RATE OF EVAPORATION OF A WATER DROPLET CLOULD

     In this section, the rate of evaporation of a water droplet
cloud is discussed using the cellular model (Fuchs  (1959) Zung
(1967)). In the cellular model, a droplet cloud, where the
droplets are distributed equidistant ly each other, is assumed,
and the cloud is divided into a number of identical cubic cells
each of which is supposed to contain a single droplet in the
center. The length of the edge of such a cube is then given as:
          b = VITn                                     (1)
In this model the evaporation of a droplet cloud may be reduced
to the single droplet evaporation. In the conditions where n'Q
is less than about 106 particles/cm3 and the droplet radius
is less than several microns, the rate of change in droplet
                                521

-------
radius r' in one cell almost agrees with that of an isolated
droplet according to Fuchs (1959) and Davies (1973), which
can given as t
           PM    Po
-------
where, nw = n^/vH                                        (6)
In consequence of evaporation of a droplet, there are an
increase in humidity and a simultaneous fall in temperature
of air. These changes are indicated by the slope of the adia-
batic change in the humidity chart as shown in Fig. 1. The
temperature, the humidity and the degree of saturation during
the successive evaporation are given by the following
expressions.
        T«2 " T~l " AHeL/{0.24 + 0.45H2)                 (7)
        H2 = Hx - AH£                                    (8)
        S " P«, = H(0.622-»-Hs)/{Hs(0.622+H)J    (9)
While the change of the system is unsteady, the unsteady
fields of temperature and pressure are established around each
evaporating droplet.  It is difficult, however, to calculate
the change in particle radius strictly taking account of the
unsteady fields.  Then a quasi-stationary analysis, where
temperature and pressure fields were considered to be constant
during each step of time, was made. In calculation, the
change in droplet radius was first evaluated by numerically
solving Eq.(2)  with Runge-Kutta-Merson method, and then the
consequent change in the state of surrounding air was calculated
by Eq. (5)^ Eq. (9) , and this step was repeated until the
driving force for evaporation became zero. The temperature
dependence of the physical properties appearing in the above
equations was taken into consideration in the computation.
                                523

-------
 Some  of  the results thus calculated  are  shown  in Figs.  2 and
 3.  Fig.  2 shows the time dependent change in radius  of
 evaporating droplets under various particle  number concentra-
tions n'  in intially  saturated air(S=l).  It can be  seen  that
the fine droplets of micron order and having low number concen-
tration tend to evaporate even in saturated air because of the
Kelvin's effect. The broken lines in the figure show the
analytical solutions by Davies (1973) for the evaporation rate
of an isolated droplet(refer to Appendix). With the increase of
number concentration n', the decreasing rate in droplet radius
becomes slow, and at n' larger than about 10  particles/cm
 the droplets of 0.5 y  in radius seems to be  almost stable.
Fig.  3 shows the dependence of evaporation rate of droplets
on the degree of saturation under  various conditions. As seen
 from Figs. 2 and 3, the stability  of water droplet clouds
depends greatly upon the initial degree of saturation S  and
number concentration n'  Under the low values of S  and n',
the quantity of water vapor produced by evaporation of droplets
is not enough to saturate surrounding air and therefore droplets
disappear completely.  On the other hand, under the high values
of SQ and n^, droplets continue to evaporate until the equi-
librium vapor pressure as given by Eq. (3) is attained and
because of the sufficient amount of water vapor to be evaporated
in this case,the droplets are stable after a slight change in
size.

3. EVALUATION OF THE CHANGE IN DROPLET SIZE UNDER EQUILIBRIUM
                               524

-------
STATE BY MIXING OP DROPLET CLOUD WITH  UNSATURATED AIR

     Since  the change  in radius of a droplet  by  evaporation
proceeds in a short time, as calculated  in the former section,
the droplet cloud which we can actually  observe  will  be  in the
equilibrium state. Therefore there is  an importance to analyse
the equilibrium state  of a droplet cloud for  various  situations.
     Figure 4 shows a  schematic diagram  to be analysed in this
section. Such a system, for instance,  may be  interpreted by
that where  an exhaust  gas containing a certain amount of small
water droplets encounters unsaturated  air resulted from  some
leakage in  a dust collector system.
     As shown in Fig.  4, when air containing  droplets is mixed
with unsaturated fresh air at a certain  mass  ratio, the  amount
of water droplet containing in the resultant  air is expected
to be decreased. In such a system the  following  enthalpy and
material balance equations are derived under  the assumption
of the existence of droplets in the equilibrium  state after
mixing of air, that is, AHf£. 0:
     (material balance of water)
  R H  + (1-R  )!!  . +  (1-R  )AH. « H  . + AH.              (10)
   m n   *   m'  si    *  m'  i    sf      f
     (enthalpy balance of  the system)

  V. + (1-R»)isi +  u-VMii -  i.f + ^f^f          (11)
Another expression of  Eq.(11) may also be written  as  follows:
  R fo.24T  -H597.1+0.45T  )H \ + (l-R  ) )  0.24T .+{597.1+
   m    nt            in  mi     m  i      si
                               525

-------
                  (l-Rm)AHiTsi « 0.24Tgf+(597.1+0.45Tgf)Hgf
  * AHfTsf                                               
where, Hgf - f (Tsf)                                      (12)
AH in the equations represent the mass of water droplets
suspending in air per unit mass of dry air, and R  the mixing
ratio of unsaturated air to resultant air in mass basis of
dry air. Since the Kelvin's effect is small enough in the case
of droplets larger than 0.1 y in diameter, it was neglected in
the following analysis.
In  the case of AH, = 0     The quantity of water droplets
^^B^"^^^™"^"^^^™*" ^ V^H^MI^^^^W
after mixing of unsaturated air, AH., in Eqs.(10) and  (11)
decreases with the increase of the mixing ratio of unsaturated
air, R , and finally AH. becomes zero, that is, all droplets
disappear by evaporation. The relation among each variables
appears in the above equations at such a critical condition
can be calculated by putting AH =0 in the equations. If the
conditions before mixing are known, the values of R , H f and
T   are obtainable from Eqs.(10), (11) and (12). Some of the
calculated results are shown in Figs. 5 and 6.

In  the case of AH,, > 0     The containable quantity of water
W«_B^_^««_«^H~^B«M^BB^B«^» I ^™«^™^»
droplets after mixing of air, AH  kg water per kg dry air,
can be essentially evaluated by Eqs. (10),  (11) and  (12). The
relation among the variables in the equations, however, is more
complicated in this case. Some of the calculated results are
shown in Figs. 7 and 8.
                                526

-------
Evaluation of AHf and DU£     If the initial conditions of a
droplet cloud and the state of unsaturated mixing air are given,
the quantity of water droplets after mixing of air, AH., can be
evaluated as described above. The volume mean diameter of the
droplets after mixing of unsaturated air is then evaluated
knowing the number concentration of the droplets, n , as follow.
              Dvf
                                 w
  f    AHf   )
-  	—                            (13)
  l(ir/6)n,p J
                           . _
                           ViT 8
4. EXPERIMENTAL APPARATUS AND METHOD

     Figure 9 shows the schematic diagram of the experimental
apparatus to examine the analysis in section 2. The water
droplet cloud was steadily generated by mixing hot saturated
air with cold saturated airs**"T'The hot saturated gas contains
     by th« wtHors UVTfcl
       X&	',
small dust particles having diameters around 0.05 M which are
generated in burning fuel gas and the gas is mixed with cold
saturated air to produce supersaturation which causes droplet
formation on the dust particles as condensation nuclei. Thus
obtained saturated air containing a certain amount of small
water droplets was continuously led into a vinyl chloride pipe
with diameter of 26 mm to make a turbulent flow. The length
of the pipe was 10 m, at inlet and outlet of the pipe the
aerosols were sampled with isokinetic condition. The second
experiment to observe the analysis in section 3 was made by
introducing the saturated air containing            droplets
into a mixing chamber instead of the pipe, where unsaturated
                               527

-------
air was mixed. Then a part of the mixture was drawn out for
observation. Size analysis and determination of concentration
of droplets were made by the same method using an ultramicro-
scope as those previously developed by the authors.  In order
to prevent any change in size of droplets due to evaporation
or condensation during observation, the temperature and the
pressure in the observation cell must be kept same as those
in the mixing chamber. A heat exchanger type cell as shown in
Fig. 10 was used for this purpose.

5. EXPERIMENTAL RESULTS AND DISCUSSIONS

     Fig. 11 indicates the comparison of the particle size
distribution between at inlet and outlet of the pipe. The
residence time of droplets in the pipe is about 4 second in
this case. If the evaporation theory of an isolated droplet
is applied to this case the droplets smaller than about 1.6 u
disappear by evaporation. As seen from the graph, however, no
appreciable change in the droplet size distribution occurs.
This fact will be reasonable because a droplet cloud having
high number concentration, 10  particles/cm  in this experiment,
is expected to be stable from the analysis shown in Fig. 2.
     Fig. 12 shows some examples of droplet size distributions
obtained by the second experiment where the droplet cloud is
mixed with unsaturated air in a mixing chamber. Fig. 12(a)
is the size distribution of droplets before mixing of unsatu-
rated air, and Figs. 12(b) and (c) are those after mixing of
                                528

-------
unsaturated  air.  Slight  difference is found among these three

distributions, whereas fair difference among them in particle

number concentration is  found.  All of the other experimental

results showed the  same  tendency as those illustrated in these

figures.  Loss of  water droplets due to mixing of unsaturated

air shown in Pigs.  12 (b)  and (c)  will be caused by evaporation

of some of the droplets.

     Since the vapor pressure of small droplets is higher than

that of larger ones as expected by the Kelvin's equation, the

droplets once decreased  their sizes for a certain reason,

for instance local  lack  of uniformity of humidity, can easily

evaporate. The smaller the droplets becomes, the quicker

progresses their  evaporation, and in consequence smaller

droplets may not  exist.  It is an interesting phenomena that

droplet sizes do  not decrease uniformly but number concentration

only decreases by mixing of unsaturated air, preserving the
                                   /
initial droplet size distribution itself. This phenomena will

not be undesirable  for dust collection, because some of the

droplets produced by condensation upon small dust particles

decrease their sizes to  those of the former small dust particles

which are difficult to collect.

     Fig. 13 shows  the comparison of the mixing ratios, Rm/

calculated from Eqs.(lO),  (11)  and  (12) with those observed,

when droplets  just  disappear by evaporation, that is, AHf = 0.

Good correlation  is found between them.

     Some examples  of the experimental results for AHf>0 are

shown in Pigs.  14 and 15. Fig.  14 shows the effect of the
                               529

-------
mixing ratio R  and the temperature of mixing air T  on the
              A                                    n
quantity of droplets remaining in air, AH  , which was determined
by Eq.(13). This figure suggests that loss of droplets is
significant, when leakage of fresh air having high temperature
into a droplet cloud exists. The deviation of the experimental
results from the calculated curves may be caused by the
experimental error of D f which effects on AHf at third power
as seen in Eg.(13). Fig. 15 shows the relation between the
temperature after mixing of unsaturated air, T ., and the
mixing ratio R . It is obvious that T . decreases with R
              m                      sr                 m
because the droplet evaporation requires latent heat.

6. CONCLUSION

     The stability of pure water droplet clouds was studied
for two standpoints. In the first, the rate of evaporation of
monodisperse water droplets was evaluated by numerically
solving the modified Maxwell's equation assuming the cellualr
model for a droplet cloud. The lifetime of a droplet cloud or
the time required for a cloud to be equilibrated was illus-
trated for some typical conditions for the better understanding
of the phenomena.  The experimental verification for the analysis,
especially for the unsteady droplet size change, could not be
made because of the difficulty in measuring the droplet size
undergoing rapid evaporation. However, for the equilibrated
state, which is easily attained in a droplet cloud with high
number concentrations, reasonable experimental results were
                               530

-------
obtained using  the ultramicroscopic technique.
     In the  second,  the  equilibrated system, where a water
droplet cloud is  steadily mixed with unsaturated air, was
analysed on  the basis of enthalpy and material balance of the
system to evaluate the quantitative change of the total volume
of the droplets.  The analysis was verified by experiemtns. As
to the manner of  the decrease in total volume of droplets,
the unexpected  decrease  in droplet number concentration was
observed instead  of droplet size change.

ACKNLWLEGHENT

     Y. Sakata  was very  helpful in the experimental work.
                              531

-------
APPENDIX

     Davies  (1973) derived the following equations expressing
the decrease in size of an isolated liquid particle due to
evaporation for two situations:
(i) Evaporation of liquid particle into a vapor-saturated
    air( S=l ).
         dy                  y+1
         - = - D.K' - 5 -             (A-l)
         dtf      r   yty^+l
 (ii) Evaporation of liquid particle into a vapor-free air
      ( S=0)
         dy                      y+1
         dt'                y+1.71y+1.333

where, D. - DMp /RTpeX2, K' = 2Mo/RTp X, y = r' /X
        CSS               S
                                532

-------
REFERENCES

Davies,  C. N.  (1973)  Faraday Simp, of Chem.  Soc.,  No.7,  34.
Fuchs, N.  A.  (1959)  Evaporation and droplet  growth in gaseous
     media, Pergamon Press.
Yoshida, T.,  Kousaka, Y. and Okuyama, K.  (1975)  Ind.  Eng.
     Chem. Fundam. 14, 47.
Yoshida, T.,  Kousaka, Y. and Okuyama, X.  (1976)  Ind.  Eng.
     Chem. Fundam. 15, 37.
Zung, J. T. (1967) J. Chem. Phys. 46, 2064.
                                   533

-------
Nomenclarure
b
O
D
 v
Df
H
AH
  e
AH
i
Kn
K
K'
L
M
»i
n
R
 m
S
T
                                                    (cm]
                                               [cm /sec]
length of the edge of a cubic cell
diffusion coefficient of vapor
volume mean diameter of the droplets
diffusion factor used in appendix
absolute humidity
quantity of evaporated water vapor [kg H2O/kg dry air]
quantity of water droplets        [kg H2
-------
t'     :  time                                             [sec]
vu     :  humid volume                           [m /kg dry air]
 n
y      :  (-Krf1)                                             [-]
Greek letters
X      :  mean free path                                    [cm]
p      :  density of droplet                             [kg/m  ]
a      :  surface tension                              [dyne/cm]
o      :  geometric standard deviation                       [-]
$      :  percentage humidity                                [%]
Subscripts
f      :  final state of air after mixing
i      :  initial state of air before mixing which contains
         water droptets
m      :  unsaturated mixing air
s      :  saturated
w      :  water
0      :  droplet surface
09      :  far away from droplet

Superscript
'      :  for water
                                    535

-------
Capations of figures


Pig. 1   Change in humidity and temperature due to evaporation
Fig. 2   Evaporation of fine water droplet clouds into
         vapour-saturated air
Fig. 3   Evaporation of fine water droplet clouds into air with
         various degrees of saturation
Fig. 4   Schematic diagram of the system to be analysed
Fig. 5   Correlation among mixing ratio R , mixing air
         temperature T  and percentage humidity $  in the case
         of AHf = 0
Fig. 6   Correlation among mixing ratio Rffl, mixing air
         temperature T , droplet quantity contained in air
                      m
         before mixing AH. and temperature of the same air T  .
                         i                                  si
         in the case of AH  = 0
Fig. 7   Effects of the quantity of initial droplets on those
         after mixing of unsaturated air
Fig. 8   Effects of every variable on containable droplet
         quantity, AH , after mixing of unsaturated air
Fig. 9   Schematic diagram of the experimental apparatus
Fig.10   Observation cell
Fig.11   Comaprison of the particle size distribution between
         at inlet and outlet of the pipe
Fig.12   Change in size and number concentration of droplets
         before and after mixing of unsaturated air
Fig.13   Comparison of mixing ratios, R , calculated and
         observed in the case of AH  = 0
Fig.14   Effect of mixing ratio R  and temperature of mixing
         air T  on remaining droplet quantity AH
              n                                 £
Fig.15   Effect of mixing ratio R  and temperature of mixing
         air T  on air temperature after mixing of unsaturated
              n
         air' Tsf
                                   536

-------
Cn
Co
E

JC
                                                       saturated
                                                       line
                                          temperature T(
                                                        ao
                  Fig. 1   Change in humidity  and  temperature due to evaporation

-------
Ul
OJ
00
           ' = 3.0u
1—I  I  I 111
T	1—I  i I  I I I
i	1—r-j-r
i 111  ' ~ i	1—i  |  i i 11
nn=1(r pgrticles/cc
                         initial condition
                       TQO=20°C.Sb=1.0
                                • Davies* Eq.
                                       time f
                 Fig. 2  Evaporation of fine water droplet clouds into vapour-saturated air

-------
VD
                                    	1	1	1 I  I I I I
                                     initial  S =1.0
                                                                   initial condition
                                                                          -.1  = 1.0
                                                                         Davies*  Eq
        10~3   2
2       5    10-1  2
     time t'   CsecD
           Fig.  3   Evaporation of  fine water droplet clouds into air with various degrees of saturation

-------
                    in saturated air
                     1-Rm,
                                  sfjwt
          droplet  cloud      equilibrium state
                            of droplet cloud
Fig. 4   Schematic diagram of the  system to be analysed
                           540

-------
   1.01
         ^^^^ * ^^* * i
             -c.Hsi?: 0.0860
      0m: persentagt humidity
      of unsaturaled mixing air
20
30
                                     40
50
60
                          m
Pig.  5   Correlation among mixing  ratio Rm, mixing air
         temperature T  and percentage humidity $m in the case
         of AH
                             541

-------
                  TSi=20tc


                  TSi=50-c
Fig. 6   Correlation among mixing ratio Rm, mixing air


         temperature T  , droplet quantity  contained in air
                      n

         before mixing AIT and temperature of  the same air


         in the case of AH, - 0
                                 542

-------
      0,01
    S 0,01
    o
    X

    •o

    o>
    JC
    en
      0.005
                                       TSi«50«c

                                       Tm «30'c

                                       0m =50%
                             O.S
1,0
Pig. 7   Effects of the quantity of initial  droplets on those


         after mixing of unsaturated  air
                                543

-------
     0.015
                                  	T=70*c
Fig. 8   Effects of every variable on containable droplet
         quantity, AH ,  after mixing of unsaturated air
                           544

-------
                                      thermometer
                                             droplet
                                             formation
         humidifier
         dia. 200mm
       heightlOOOmm
   O.Sinch Raschingring
     recircu-
     latory
     water
Ul
*>.
en
t '
1
1 	 1 f
L— l 1 /

~^»
j>

flow meter


cnuriiu
1
1
                1
                 I
                 • cooling
                 J water
                 i   thermometer

                 |  flow
                 . meter
                                         ?
                                                 i
                                               c
                                                                 sampling tap
                                                 RV.C.pipe(dia.26mm)jnletside
                                                       sampling tap
                                                       outlet side
                                                                           flow meter
                                                                          -a-
                                                                                 thermometer
                                                       mixing
                                                       chamber
                                        unsaturated  I
                                        air
i
      high temp
    exhaust gas
  saturated air
  containg
  droplets
                dehumidifier
                dia.150mm
                height 750mm
                O.SinchRasching ring
                                        rSflow
                                        LJ meter
                                                         observation
                                                         cell
                                       I
                                                 vaccum
                                                 pump
                                             , - i - .    nfiow
                                             | ultramicroscopej    UJ meter
                                                - i - .       4
                                                TV camera |      vaccum
                                                                                  pump
\
       })02
OJ
                  013
T unsaturated
'  air
                                                         X-Y
                                                        recorder
                                                       automatic
                                                       particle
                                                       counter
                                                                 - -[monitor j
                            sampling
                                    in mm
                                              first  experiment: V,  open.V2 shut

                                             second experiment :v,  shut.V2 open
(mixing chamber)

                  Fig.  9
                                      Schematic diagram  of the experimental apparatus
                                                                                   to
                                                                                  blower

-------
                                                          urethane
                8

objective of microscope
                  _  electro magnetic valve
                  a  *	——	
  side view
        I-A       IB

1 thick bronze tube
                                                        in  mm
             Fig.10   Observation cell

-------

2



^
c
^ 1
>s
O
C
0)
D
CT
0)
i_
>4_


0
T=23°C
n0=8.0x105
porticles/cc
rg=1.65p
0^=1.35
-


•




o: inlet
(Osec)
• ; out let
(^ sec)
o
£\
1 *\
A \
i •

/• °\
f^ •
o^ 8
€ ^

i >T .
V
, .°v
                .6 .8 1
                    radius
Fig.11   Comaprison of  the particle  size distribution between
         at inlet  and outlet  of  the  pipe
                           547

-------
en
•u
oo
99.



95

90
n
s« 80
            N
| 50
3 40

I 30
a
| 20

u
  10
   Rm=0   '    '  '(a)"
 TSi = 47*c
. Hsi=0.073 kg HJD/kg dry air
    particles/kgdryairy

.AHj=0.0059
   kgHjO/kgdryair/"
                   (b)
Tm=30-c
Hm=0.0063 kgH20/kgdryair,.
                                               particles/kg dry air
                                            .AHf =0.0033
                                              kg H20/ kg dry air
                                                   /

                                            ;

                                                                        Rm=0.28
                                                                              (c)
.Hm=0.0063 kgHjO/kgdry ai
"wf=6,3x107
.   particles/kg dry air

.   Hf=a0026
    kg H^O/kg dry air

:                /
             2    3456 7891       2    3  4  5 5 789 t
                               particle diameter
                                                                                           i  t
                                                                                   3456 789
                         Fig.12    Change in  size and number concentration of droplets

                                   before and after mixing  of unsaturated air

-------
        HSI=0.031~ 0.073
          j =0.0025-0.0070
        Hm=0.0058~0.0081
        Tm=21-57«c
                       0.5
                  Recalculated)
Pig.13   Comparison of mixing ratios,  RTO, calculated and
        observed in the case of AHf = 0
                        549

-------
      a
      >»
      i_
      TO
      en


      9,0.005

      Ok
      X
      •«a
                                  Ts j = 47'c.HSj = 0.073


                                    ; =0.007. Hm=0.0081
Fig.14    Effect of mixing ratio  R  and* temperature  of  mixing


          air T  on remaining droplet quantity AH
               01                                  ^
                                  550

-------
          50
          35
          30
          25
                                  TSi«*7*c,HSj*0.073


                                 4Hi=0,007, Hm«0.0081
                               0,5
                                 M
1,0
Fig.15   Effect of  mixing ratio R  and temperature of mixing
                                  m
         air T  on  air  temperature after mixing of unsaturated
              n
                                   551

-------
BEHAVIOR  OF AEROSOLS UNDERGOING  BROWNIAN
COAGULATION, BROWNIAN DIFFUSION AND
GRAVITATIONAL  SETTLING IN A CLOSED
CHAMBER
                      KIKUO OKUYAMA, YASUO KOUSAKA
                      AND TETSUO YOSHIDA
                      Department of Chemical Engineering. University of Osaka
                      Prefecture, Sakai, 591
                               (Reprinted with permission)
                                          Reprinted from
                                          JOURNAL OF
                                   CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                OF
                                             JAPAN
                                       Vol. 9, No. 2 (1976)
                                         Pages UO  146

-------
BEHAVIOR  OF  AEROSOLS   UNDERGOING   BROWNIAN
COAGULATION,  BROWNIAN   DIFFUSION  AND
GRAVITATIONAL  SETTLING   IN  A  CLOSED
CHAMBER
                                        KIKUO OKUYAMA*. YASUO KOUSAKA
                                        AND TETSUO YOSHIDA
                                        Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka
                                        Prefecture, Sakai, 591
  The behavior of aerosols undergoing Brownlan coagulation, Brownian diffusion and gravita-
tional settling in a closed chamber was studied by solving the basic equation, the so-called popula-
tion balance equation, numerically for a polydispene aerosol system and analytically for a mono-
disperse system, and then the results were examined by experiment.  In solving the basic equation.
two dimaisionless parameters, which are determined by the initial properties of an aerosol and
the chamber dimension and also characterize the relative effects of Brownian coagulation and
Brownian diffusion to gravitational settling, were introduced in order to generalize the behavior
under arbitrary conditions.  The calculated results, the time-dependent changes in particle number
concentration and particle size distribution for a polydispene system, were presented graphically
by using the above two parameters.  And further using these parameters, the domains of the
three controlling  factors were mapped to snow the extent of each effect of these factors under
various conditions for  a monodisperse system.  Some of the calculated results were compared
with the experimental results obtained by the ultramicroscopic size analysis previously developed
by the authors.
Introduction
  The behavior of aerosols in a closed chamber is
generally characterized by coagulation, diffusion,
sedimentation,  thermophoresis, existence of genera-
tion sources of aerosol and so on.  Brownian coagula-
tion increases the size of aerosol particles, resulting in
decrease of number concentration.   Brownian diffu-
sion decreases the concentration of aerosol particles as
the result of the deposition of small particles at the
walls, while  gravitational settling decreases the con-
centration as the  result of the deposition of larger
particles at the bottom wall.  The effects of these
three factors on aerosol behavior, change in size and
number concentration of aerosol particles in a closed
chamber are discussed in this paper.
  Several theoretical1'''''''10' and experimental1-4-9'11'
studies of this behavior have been reported in the field
of nuclear  power reactors, where the behavior  of
radioactive  aerosol generated by an accident in the
reactors is considered to be important from a safety
viewpoint.  In theoretical  studies,  basic equations
considering  Brownian coagulation  and sedimenta-
  Received August 29,1975.
  Presented at the 40th Annual Meeting of The Soc. of Chem.
  Engrs., Japan at Nagoya, April 3, 1975 (entilted "Behavior of
  Aerosols in a Closed Chamber").
tion1'6'101,  sedimentation and  diffusion81,  or three
effects4'*'71'" have been  solved numerically on  the
assumption that the  concentration is uniform except
very close  to the walls.  Experimental studies, on the
other  hand, have been carried out by observing the
change in  mass concentration  and particle size dis-
tribution  of aerosol  in  the  observation  chamber.
The agreement  between  their calculations and  ex-
periments  has  been found  to be  fairly  good4-1".
These results, however, are obtained under particular
conditions and so they seem insufficient to predict the
general behavior under various conditions such as
various particle size distributions, number concentra-
tions and chamber sizes.
  In this paper, the  basic equation in dimensionless
form taking account  of these three effects was solved
numerically under various conditions  for polydis-
perse  aerosols and  analytically  for  monodisperse
aerosols.   In calculations two  dimensionless param-
eters which characterize the relative effect of gravita-
tional settling to Brownian coagulation and Brownian
diffusion were introduced.  By using these parameters,
the calculated results of the change in particle number
concentration  and size distribution with time were
graphed so that the behavior of aerosols under vari-
ous conditions is ready for prediction.  Some of the

           JOURNAL  OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                               553

-------
 calculated  results  were  confirmed by  experiment,
 using the ultramicroscopic  size analysis previously
 developed by the authors'".

 Theoretical Consideration
 Polydisperse aerosol
   Suppose an  aerosol  is dispersed  throughout  a
 chamber,  within which aerosol convective  currents,
 though  small, arise due to small  temperature  vari-
 ations.  As a result, aerosol concentration  in the
 chamber is kept uniform  except very close  to the
 walls4'*'".  In this case the basic equation expressing
 the time dependence of the size distribution of aerosol
 particles undergoing Brownian coagulation, Brownian
 diffusion and gravitational settling is given as1-4'*1"'1",
 when the particle size distribution is a discrete spec-
 trum.

l—imln.,.imax
                                               (1)
 Eq. (I) is described as a differential equation, but it
 can be rewritten as a partial Integra-differential equa-
 tion in the case of a continuous spectrum.  The left
 side of Eq. (I) represents the change in particle num-
 ber concentration  of size  r'(  with  time.  The first
 term on the right side represents the rate of formation
 of panicles of size r( and the second term the rate of
 loss  of  particles of  size  r{  due  to  coagulation.
 K(rlp'i)  is the coagulation  function  and in  the  case
 of Brownian coagulation it is given by1"
      K(f(, M-KAr'<+rt{Cm(r |)/r{+ CJWUfft,
      AT,-2«r/3^                              (2)
 The third term represents the loss of particles due to
 sedimentation with the terminal settling velocity, and
 the last term expresses Brownian diffusion onto cham-
 ber walls, which is evaluated  on the basil  of film
 theory characterized by the thickness of concentra-
 tion boundary layer 9".
   Eq. (I) was derived on the following assumptions.
   (1)  There exist no external forces except gravity.
   (2)  Particles are spherical and electrically neutral.
   (3)  Particles  collide with each other to form a
 single new spherical  particle whose mass may be the
 same as the combined mass of the two smaller particles.
   (4)  The aerosol concentration is spatially uniform
except within the boundary layer of thickness 4, and it
changes with linearity within the layer4'.
   (5) The chamber has a vertical cylindrical shape.

VOL. 9  HO. 3 1974
                                         The initial particle size spectrum in the chamber was
                                         assumed  to  be established instantaneously with the
                                         following log-normal form:

                                                      "'
«'(rl.0)=
                                                                                       (3)
                                                                                       y '
                                           To generalize the solution the following dimension-
                                         less variables,  which have been used  in the case of
                                         Brownian coagulation alone1", were chosen:
                                             "(*"<• 0="v<''')/"•>   tc=K
-------
                       »1=0.35 ft and «r,0 = 1.3

spending to these three dimensionless times and their
analytical  solutions  for  monodisperse  system are
shown in Table 1  as a function  of CG and DG, to-
gether with  the  time /._0.» when particle number
concentration reduces to half of the initial one.

Calculation Results and Discussion
Particle number concentration
  Fig. 1 shows  the normalized number concentration,
which is defined as the ratio of the concentration at
any time to the initial one, as a function of the di-
mensionless time  based on Brownian  coagulation.
The graph also shows the effect of CG, 
-------
                 T»bl« 1  Tiroe-G>pend«it change In particle mmiber concentration for monodlsperse aerosol
 Controlling factor and dimen-
 sionlcss time

  Coagulation
  Sedimentation
       lc=u,(r't)l'IH

  Diffusion
   where
                                     Time-dependent change in par-
           Bas.c d.mens.onless equation    |jc|e num^r concen,r»lion


                     ,„,                   _df.?*P.<--V<-)_
             «/I/tt/C=- —*" —^0"            "VI
                               dn/dto=CD( - 2nl -

                                  CD = CCIDC
 ditions by means of curves of cumulative percentage
 against  particle  size  like  Fig.  2.   Generally two
 parameters, a geometric mean radius and a geometric
 standard deviation, are  used  to  characterize  the
 particle size and  the width  of distribution when the
 particle size  distribution follows log-normal  form.
 Though there existed some deviation from log-normal
 form in this case, a nominal geometric mean radius
 and a nominal geometric standard deviation are now
 introduced as follows:
                                                (9)
             n'<««.               ) /  "I"/*
              £  n'(r!./')In'(r,'/r;) /«'
             '<-'!.,.                  J  I
 where
n'= L n'(r!.r')
 The change of size distribution with time will be dis-
 cussed by the aid of r',  and a,.  The change in the
 ratio of r', to the initial one is  shown  in  Fig.  3(a)
 using various values  of CO.  Distinct maxima at CO
 larger than 1.0 appear in the figure.  The  increasing
 regions  of r',/r',, will  be controlled  by the particle
 growth due to coagulation.  The decreasing regions,
 on the other hand,  are controlled by gravitational
 settling, where  the  enhanced  settling  velocities of
 large particles being  grown by coagulation  will  con-
 tribute to the decrease.   In both regions,  however,
 r',  of the larger standard  deviation changes faster
 than  that of the smaller  one.  As seen from  Fig.
 3(b),  which shows the effect of r',,, particles with small
 f'it grow much more  than those with larger r^.  This
 dependence on r',, seems to be caused by coagulation
 function K(r',.p',)t which increases with decreasing rj,.
 Fig. 4 shows the change  in a, with  time.  In spite of
 the variation of a,,,  the curves seems to converge to
 certain values which will be determined by CG  and
 DC.  The effect of r',t  on the change of a, with time
 is  not so large in the range of r^=0.1~1.0^i.  The
 curves of C(7=100 in  both Fig.  3  and Fig. 4 agree
 well with those of Brownian coagulation alone"1.
                                                          Fig. 4  Variation of nominal geometric standard deviation
                                                          with time
                                                              COM
                                           Fig. 5  The domaitu of the three controlling ficton

                                      Controlling factor under arbitrary conditions
                                        Fig. 5 shows the domains of the  three controlling
                                      factors  on  CG-DC coordinates.  Each  domain  was
                                      determined essentially from the dependence of r..B.i
                                      for  monodisperse  aerosol shown in Table  I  on CG
                                      and DC.  In the case where one of  the three  factors,
                                      coagulation, diffusion and  sedimentation, is ignored,
                                      '.-•.I can be determined  by a  parameter (CG, DC or
                                      CD) consisting of two remaining factors as shown in
VOL. 9  NO.
              1976
                                                    556

-------
           vessel B
                                      monitor TV
    Fig. 6  Schematic diagram of experimental appratus
   Table 2  Determination of the domains of the three con-
   trollliig factors
Negligible    ^-o-i.by two
*        ST*
Diffusion     lim (/c).-o.»
DG-+0 or   ro~°r
CD-.00
                               Equation expressing the
                               domain where the factor
                               is ignored
                                   I
                                             A,
            lim  (f0).-o.»
           ?g:t"
Sedimen-
tation
CC-»oo or
            lim
                                              (11)
Coagulation
CG-Oor
C0-0
                                              (12)
Table 2, and then, thus calculated /..,., agrees with
'•M.I in  Table 1 which includes  the  three  factors.
The  boundary relations, which express whether one
factor is  ignored or not, were obtained as Eqs. (10)
(11)  and  (12) in Table 2 by regarding one factor as
negligible if the difference between two  kinds of /„„„.»
in Table  1  and Table 2 is less than 10% of ',., • in
Table 2.

Experimental Apparatus and Method
  \  schematic diagram of the experimental apparatus
it shown in Fig. 6.  Aerosols used in this study were
tobacco smoke, stearic acid and DOP. Aerosols of
both stearic acid and DOP were generated by a La
Mer-Sinclair type generator, and tobacco srnake was
generated by a simple apparatus111 by which number
concentration of panicles was controlled from  10* to
10' particles/cc.  Aerosols thus generated were intro-
duced promptly throughout the chamber.  To  main-
tain gentle mixing of the aerosol in the chamber, the
aerosol  was mechanically stirred with a small fan set
at the bottom of the chamber.   Aerosol sampled at
every given residence time  was introduced into the
observation cell installed on  the  stage  of an  ultra-
microscope to  measure  its  particle  size distribution
arid particle number concentration.  This measure-
ment method using an ultramicroscope was developed
previously by the authors1".  Experiments were car-
ried out  by changing  the  intitiat  particle  number
concentration and  changing the  chamber dimension
to obtain the experimental data for  a wide range of
CG and DC.

Experimental Results and Discussion
  In a comparison of experimental data with theory,
the boundary layer thickness S in DG must be  deter-
mined.   Several  investigators  have experimentally
obtained  the values of S, as  shown in Table  3, by
combining the deposition rate on the wall per unit
area with the  suspended mass concentration.  The
values  of 8 are scattered in the range of 0=0.01 ~
1.9 p.   Figs. 7, 8  and 9 show comparisons of the
change  in  particle number concentration  between
experimental data  and theoretical curves taking  as
i—0.2 ft and 1.6 ft.  As  shown in Fig. 7, there is no
difference caused by  stirrcr  speed or sampling posi-
tion, and these facts suggest  that neither turbulent
coagulation nor turbulent diffusion  occurs and that
particle number concentration is uniform throughout
the chamber.  In  every  case  in the figures experi-
mental data agree with the curves of 8=1.6 ft rather
than those  of 6=0.2 ft.   Estimating the controlling
factors from Fig.  5, it is found  that coagulation  in
Fig. 7, coagulation and diffusion in Fig. 8 and coagula-
tion, sedimentation and diffusion in  Fig. 9 are con-
trolling.   Fig. 10 shows a comparison of the change
in nominal geometric mean radius with  time between
experimental data and calculation curves.  The agree-
ment is  fairly good and it is seen that aerosol having
the larger CG grows much  greater than the smaller
one, as  expected from theoretical calculations.   Fig.
11 is an example of a series of photographs, taken by
a camera directly  attached  to the  ultramicroscope,
which correspond to the data plotted in Fig. 7.   It is
seen that  particle  number  concentration decreases
gradually,  accompanying particle  growth  due to
Brownian coagulation.

Conclusion
  The  behavior of aerosols  undergoing Brownian
coagulation,  Brownian diffusion  and  gravitational
                                                                  JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                   557

-------
          ta
          C3
               00
          296 596
             U1
          »9' 596
          T9 975
                 477
Big
                     CM
                 Hi
                        \&
                        13?
                 477 :0*0|135
                 7M !05l|l32
          3751 9751780 ;05l!l.32
          3531975176.0 10.51 |l 32
        n.-564.icr-746«10'
k*y
0*0
A A
01
Mintr lftf<3
[rpm]
1950
3060
1950
tamping
top
1
1
1
    Fig. 7  Experimental and calculated time-dependent change
    in particle number concentration
                    4  6 BIO'   2    4  6  8)CP   Z
                        t - KoniCmOiJt' C—3

    Fig. 8  Experimental and calculated time-dependent change
    In particle number concentration
             Table 3  Boundary layer thickness
Investigator
Kitani el al.f>
Greenfield el a/.41
Nelson et al'->»
Aerosol
Na,O
NasO
Na,0
Particle radius
w
0.32~1.0
0.29~0.5
1.0~1.5
1
M
O.OI~I.9
(a*. 0.34)
1.75
0.7-1.6
 settling in a closed chamber was studied theoretically
 and experimentally.  To generalize the analysis, two
 dimensionless parameters CO and  DG, which express
 the relative  effect of coagulation and of diffusion to
 gravitational settling, were  introduced in solving the
 basic equation.   By using these two parameters, the
 results   of  numerical  calculation  for  polydisperse
 aerosol  having various initial  size distributions  with
 log-normal form were  presented graphically, and in
 the case of monodisperse aerosol analytical solutions
 were obtained.  So far as the change in total number
concentration  with time was concerned, the calcula-

vou 9  NO. i  IWA
                                                                 ,0-1  2    4  6 6,0-'  2    4  6 8100    2    4
                                        Fig. 9  Experimental and calculated time-dependent change
                                        In particle number concentration
                                                                 10'
                                                             Fig. 10  Experimental and calculated variation of nominal
                                                             geometric mean radius with time
                                                     t'iBmin         t':30mtn
                                                         tobacco smoke
                                             Fig. 11  Change of particle number with time

                                     tion  results of  polydisperse  aerosol agreed  closely
                                     with  those of monodisperse aerosol.  The manner of
                                     change in  particle size distribution  with time was
                                     found to depend on the values of CG and DG as shown
                                     in Figs. 2, 3 and 4.  As the results  of analytical solu-
                                     tion for a monodisperse system, the domains where
                                     each  of the three factors  becomes controlling were
                                     mapped on  CG-DG coordinates, which permitted  a
                                     general understanding  of  the  behavior  of  aerosols
                                                     558

-------
under various  conditions.   Some  of the  calculated
results were examined experimentally and were found
to be in good agreement when  the boundary layer
thickness 8 was taken as 1.6 p.
  The results obtained in this paper and in the previ-
ous one10, which showed the effect of Brownian coagu-
lation and diffusion on gravitational settling consider-
ing the variation of particle  number concentration in
the direction of sedimentation,  provide a basic and
representative concept for predicting the  actual be-
havior of aerosols in a closed system.

A,
CD
CO

Cm(ri)
DC

D(r'i)
H
K,
K(r'ti PI)
«',«
r't.r

r't
r i
5
T
('
tr
          - constant shown in Table 1 (=(! +DG)/CG) [— J
          = dimensionless parameter (-CG/DG)       [— ]
          - dimensionless parameter defined in Eq. (6)
                                                   [— ]

                                                   [-1
             Cunningham's correction factor of rj
             dimensionless parameter defined in Eq. (6)
            diffusion coefficient
            (-C.(rJ)«r/6it/*ri)
            acceleration of gravity
            chamber height
            coefficient in Eq. (2)
            coagulation function for two particle*
            of size r i and f\
            dimensionless coagulation function
                                                [cm'/sec]
                                                [cm/sec1]
                                                    {cm]
                                                [cm'/sec]

                                                [cm'/sec]

                                                     l-l
             size width between /•; and rj+i             [— ]
            O  - number and dimensionless number
             concentration of aerosol particles
             (-«'(r5.OM)               [partlcles/ccH-J
             total and dimensionless total particle
             number concentration (-n'/n't)
                                         [partlcles/cc][-]
             total particle number concentration
             it time zero                     [particles/eel
             particle radius and dimensionless
             particle radius (-rJ/rW          [cm],M,H
             geometric mean radius                [cm], [p]
             particle radius of monodltperse aerosol [cm], f>]
             wall area of chamber                    [cm1]
             absolute temperature                     [*K]
             time                                    [sec]
             dlmenilonless time based on coagulation
                                                     [-]
           - dimensionless time based on diffusion
/a        - dimensionless time based on gravitational
             settling (-i/,(riV7«)                    [-]
/..o.i      - dimensionless time when « reduces to half  [—]
"((''!)      ~ terminal settling velocity
             (-2CB(ri)0)p-p)/r;ay9^)            [cm/sec]
V        — chamber volume                       [cm1]

i         - boundary layer thickness             [/<] [cm]
<• /"(      = particle radius and dimensionless particle
             radius in Eqs. (I) (2) and (5)          [cm] [—]


I         " the number particle size
mln       •> minimum
max      " maximum
0        — at time zero

Literature Cited

  1)  Ahn, C. H. and J. W. Gentry: Ind. Eng. Chem. Fundaai.,
     11, 483 (1972).
  2)  Devler, S. E.: /. Colloid Scl., 18. 744 (1963).
  3)  Devier, S. E.: /. Colloid Interface Scl., 21, 9 (1966).
  4)  Greenfield,  M. A., R. L. Koontz and D. F. Hausknecht:
     Ibid., 35,102 (1971).
  5)  Huang, O. M., M. Kerker and E. Matijevic: ibid.,  33, 529
     (1970).
  6)  Takahash), K.: Kuki Seljo, 10,27 (1972).
  7)  Takahashl,  K. and M. Kasahara: Atmos. Environ., 2, 441
     (1968).
  8)  Kitanl, S., H. Matsui, S. Uno, M. Murata and J. Takada:
     /. Nuel. Set. Ttchwl., 10, 566 (1973).
  9)  Langstroth, O. and T. Clllespie: Cand. J. Research, 25B,
     455 (1947).
 10)  Lindauer, O. C. and A. W. Castleman, Jr.: /. Aerosol Set.,
     2, 85 (1971).
 11)  Nelson, C. T., L. Baurmash and R. L, Koontz: Proc. 9th
     AEG Air Cleaning Conf. (ACE Report CONF-660904),
     454 (1966).
 12)  Smoluchowskl, M.: ffiyi. Chtm. (Ltlpitg), 92,127  (1917).
 13)  Yoshida, T., Y. Kousaka and K.  Okuyama:  Ind.  Eng.
     Chtm. nmdam., 14,47 (1975).
 14)  Yoshida, T., Y. Kousaka, K. Okuyama and S. Nlshlo: J.
     Chtm. Enf. Japan, 8,137 (1975).
 IS)  Yoshlda, T., K. Okuyama, Y. Kousaka and  Y. Klda:
     IbU., 8,317 (1975).
 16)  Zebel, O.: Kolhtd-Z,, 156,102 (1958).
                                                                           JOURNAL Or CHEMICAL INOINIMINO OF JAPAN
                                                                 559

-------
 A New Technique of Particle Size Analysis of Aerosols and Fine Powders Using an
 Ultramlcroscope
               Tetsuo Yoshlda, Yawo Kousaka,* and Klkuo Okuyama

               Faculty ot Engineering, University ol Osaka Prefecture. Osaka. Japan
               A new technique to determine the particle size distribution of fine powders and aerosols Including those
               of fine liquid droplets was developed. The technique Is In principle somewhat similar to the Andreasen
               plpet method, but has some distinctive features as follows: (1) sedimentation Is made In air as well as
               in water according to the particle size: (2) sedimentation depth is extremely shallow; (3) particle con-
               centration at a given depth in a sedimentation cell is detected by an ultramicroscope on the number
               basis. The lower limit of  the measurable particle size Is several tenths of a micron in diameter and the
               upper more  than several  tens of microns. By sedimentation mostly In air  at depths less than a few milli-
               meters, very quick measurement was possible even for submlcron particles. It is desirable for the parti-
               cle number concentration to be high.
 Introduction
   In recent years an increasing interest in  the size analy-
 sis of aerosols has arisen in connection with air pollution
 control. In existing ultramicroscopic techniques of particle
 size  analysis (Richardson, et al., 1956; Mukaibo et a/.,
 1962),  the  settling velocities of hundreds of  individual
 particles Vnust be observed by an ultramicroscope to de-
 termine the size distribution,  and thus the techniques re-
 quire much time. Trie technique developed ir.  this study
 is quite different from the existing ones and,  above all,
 has the distinctive feature of quick analysis of size distri-
 bution for  particles, including  water droplet*, of more
 than several tenths of a micron in  diameter.  The tech-
 nique is also applied to  the determination  of the particle
 number concentration of. aerosols and,  by some additional
 devices, the density of particles. Although the technique
 described below is limited to aerosols of small particles
 dispersed in  air.  for the powders of  larger particles the
 technique can  be applied when they are dispersed  in
 water.

 Principle
   The principle of the method is almost same as that of
 the Andreasen  pipet method, but the concentrations of
 particles at a given depth as sedimentation progresses are
 detected by an ultramicroscope on the number basis. Sed-
 imentation  in air or in water with shallow sedimentation
 lengths makes it possible to analyze smaller particles in a
 short time,  whereas in the Andreasen  pipet method sedi-
 mentation is usually made in water with a  deep sedimen-
 tation length. The sedimentation length is from about 0.5
 to a few millimeters, so that, for example, a water droplet
 1 it in diameter is measured  within several tens of sec-
 onds. The detection of particle number concentrations by
 ultramicroscope and then the analysis of particle size dis-
 tribution is  made by the  following procedure: aerosol is
 introduced  into a small  cell having valves at  both  inlet
 and outlet sides, the flow of the aerosol is instantaneously
 stopped by  closing the valves, and then sedimentation is
 started. When the focus of the ultramicroecope is prelimi-
 narily set at depth H shown in Figure 1, the aerosol parti-
cles existing in the volume vm are recognized because of
their shining at the depth of the focus  but they are as yet
unknown  in  sizes. The particles  appearing in the micro-
scope are photographed or recorded by  a video recorder as
sedimentation  continues  until  the particles  disappear
from sight.
  The terminal settling velocity of a particle is represent-
ed by the equation
vt =
                            18/1
                                                   (1)
U\ in this equation is  replaced by  h/t, where h is the
depth of sedimentation preliminarily  set; then the particle
diameter Dp is determined  in accordance with the sedi-
mentation time t, that is
                     Dt =
                                   (2)
The particle with the diameter Dp calculated by eq 2 at
time t is the maximum one which can be recognized at
the depth h; that is, the particles larger than it have al-
ready passed below the depth h. Thus the particle number
in sight at time t after the start of sedimentation is given
by the equation
               MO  = N(0)fD'l(Dt) AD,
                                   (3)
The integral term of this equation indicates cumulative
fraction undersize, then

            F =  f\D,) ADt =  MO/MO)          (4)

N(0), the particle number in the volume Um in Figure 1 at
the beginning of sedimentation, a/id Mr), the numbers at
various elapsed times, are  counted by slow video. Then
the size distribution is determined  by eq  4. Table I shows
the analysis procedure.
  In the procedure, to prevent photophoresis, thermopho-
resis, and thermal convection, the lighting of the micro-
scope must be extinguished  during the intervals between
successive observations.
  Another  method may also be true in  principle. If  the
sedimentation depth h is varied instantaneously at con-
stant elapsed time, the particle size  distribution can be
determined  by  almost  the  same procedure  described
above. The particle number concentration, no, is given as
follows, when the volumes vm or uh shown in Figure 1  are
predetermined
                                                      560
                                                                     Ind. Eng. Chem.. Fundam.. Vol. 14. No. 1,1975
                                                                   printed with permission)

-------
           beam
                 /
            aerosol out
Figure 1. Illustration of observation cell.
                                I
                                      eyepiece
                                     U7,xtQ.x15)
                                     \ objective
                                     J0c10,x20.x40)
                                (Observation celt
Figure 2. Arrangement of uttramicroecope.

Table I. Procedure of Analysis
Nil),
1, number of
time particle
elapsed in (>„
0 MO)
', N(lt)
It Nil,)

r>>,
particle
diameter
F(h/t,}
F(h/lt)

r,
cumulative
undersize
t
Af(?,)/AT(0)
N(/2)/AT(0)
                    nt =

                    «o =
 (5)
(5')
where  Moui is the particle number in  the volume v*
which  is obtained by counting  all the particles passing
through the volume um during sedimentation. Equation 5'
ii especially useful  when the' particle number concentra-
tion is mall. In this procedure, however, since the micro-
scope must be kept lighted during the measurement,  it in
not mitable to measure the size distribution of particles
iraaller than about 1 M in diameter, where thennophoresis
and thermal convection affect sedimentation.

    Irtd. Eng. Ch«m.. Fundim.. Vol. 14. No. 1,1975
                          \ I (tick ttonrr lub»      lij
                         —:_i.165_i.ii_i—  °
                                                                                                        valve
                                                                                                            outlet
                                                                                         objective of
                                                                      glow wall
                                                              Net
                                                                                                     ousel
                                     In mm
Figure 3. (a) Ohmervalinn  cell far fog particle, (b) Observation
cell for am all particle.

  The estimation of Ah  in Figure 1, the depth in focus, is
made as follows. Small numbers of particles to he  ana-
lysed are first, deposited  on a glass in some way. The glass
is mounted on the stage of the  ultramicroscope and  the
deposited particles are observed while shifting the stage
up and down. Then &h is given ai the total displacement
of the stage over which thp images of the particles are in
sight with a certain clearness.
  When the particle  number concentration  is thus  ob-
tained, and when th* particle  weight concentration is sep-
arately determined hy another appropriate way such us
filtering, the particle  density is,  in principle, obtainable
by means of the above technique of size analysis.
  In  the principle  described  here Rrownian  coagulation
and diffusion are  neglected.  When the particle number
concentration exceeds 107 particles  per cubic centimeter,
the effect of the Brownian coagulation will not be negligi-
ble (Fuchs, 1964), and when'there ure particles lens trtsn
about 0.4 n in diameter, diffusion influences  the gravita-
tional settling  (Daviea, 1949). The  development of some
devices to  remove these effects by forced sedimentation,
such  as by  thermophoretic or centrifugal forces, or theo-
retical methods to compute the effects will be  desirable in
order to extend the application  of this technique.

Apparatus
  The ultramicros.-vjpe itsed in this study is shown in Fig-
ure 2. It has a  160-W halogen lump and an  observation
cell on its  stage. The magnification of the objective and
the eyepiece were selected according to the  particle size
and the particle number concentration. Two typical types
of the observation  cell are shown in Figure  3. The cell
shown in Figure 3a consists of  a double cell. The outer cell
U provided  for temperature control of the  aerosol to be
observed in  the inner one. This type is useful for the anal-
ysis of fog  particles or "other volatile particles which can
vary  their  size  by  evaporation  or  condensation  with
change of temperature. The cell shown in Figure 3b has a
small sectional area so that the effect of convection is re-
moved .
  The aerosol particles tested in this study were generated
                                                      561

-------
                                         vqlyt
                  generator (or tobacco a*ro«oi
                  by-poll
    corrprwsor
 Figure 4. Arrangement of tobacco nm*ol generator
    fotamvtar
       filltr
                                       h«t nchangtr
                  rwonlrars
        ttnptraturr
         regulator          —
                                        itMricacId
                                 i ii Him \
        . Sttsrlc icld ifro«ol generilor.
     humid Iflef
A£K
N
,- »
r
I
rc
n..
	 ' th«
c
-w—
X*-
|L.
NPump' "
rmom»t»r
tog bai
-
iwotef
rrr-^lonli
1
.»

tobacco at
ascondm*
nuclei
—
ro»oi
31 ion
                             oir_
                             'lower
 Pleura *. Fo» pirticlf f» nerntor.
 ai shown in Figure* 4, S. and R. Figure 4 shown a tobacco
 aero«ol K'nerator. The particle number concentration of
 tobacco aerosol was controlled from  10* to  10* particle*
 per cubic centimeter by air flow rate through tobacco and
 the rat« of the by-pnnft. The particle nize was controlled hy
 residence time in the  aging  chamber  from 0.7 to 2 n in
 geometrical mean  diameter.  The  stearic  acid particles
 were generated hy a La Mer  generator ihown in Figure .r>,
 but because of the much control of tempernturr they were
 not monodispcree. Figure 6 show* a fog generator. The fog
 particles were formed around the tobacco particles as con-
 densation nuclei, and  the  particle number concentration
 and the particle size as well  were controlled  by changing
 the number of the  condensation nuclei. The  controlled
 sixe was from  1 to 10  n and the concentration was from
 10* to 10* particles/cm'.

 Experimental Section
  Some  characteristics  regarding  the ultramicroscope
used were  predetermined  before experiment*. Table II
shnw« the result*. The last column gives a  criterion of the
                                               Figure 7. Chinx* of psrticle numh«r with tht Ispur of time (MM-
                                               ric scid leroml):  («) (  •  0 oer afirr thr «t»rt of •rriimentstinn:
                                               (b)f • 40 see; (ell -50»eci(d)« -60sec;(») ( -70i««c.
                                                          Table II. Characteri»tics of the Ultramicroscope Used
Eve-
plcce
^ nl>-
Jectlve
10 ^ 10
10 *20
10 x 40



&li,u
125
40
15



>'.i
1.9
1.4
1.2



cm'
x 10-t
x 10'''
x 10-B

Visible
pn rile In
di:iin,/i
S2
^0.2
^0.05
cm1! e may be
                                               enlarged by  giving a horizontal  sweep to the observation
                                               cell. In any case the more dense the particle number con-
                                               centration is, the easier is the analysis in this met hod.
                                                 A series of the photos which illustrate the change of the
                                               particle number as time elapses is shown in photos (a) to
                                               (e) in Figure 7. These pictures are only for illustration and
                                               the most of the size  analysis  were made by the slow video
                                               system because of the more rapid analysis than the  photo-
                                               graphic one.
                                                 Figure 8 shows the result of the analysis. No differences
                                               in  the size distribution are  found for  various  depth* of
                                               sedimentation. This agreement indicates that the aenwol
                                               introduced into the  cell is homogeneously dispersed and
                                               also indicates almost no effect of diffusion or thermophor-
                                               esis. which probably appears at the vicinities of the upper
                                               or the lower wall of a  cell because of the larger gradient*

                                                          Infl Eng. Chem.. Fundam.. Vol. 14. Vlo. 1. 1975
                                                      562

-------
95
90
7*>
U70
a60
•«50
•§40
^30
t> 20
>
4rf
{)
c
§5

<
1 ' 1 ' 1
_stearic acid
particle
VIM'
°/


r\,= 2.90x106 *
partlcles/cc , ~
^r-
«-
— • • —
,r

V -
i
1 , 1 ' . 1
key
0

0
0
•
o
0
i 17
hCy3
250

500
750
1000
1250
1500
'0.1 0.2 0.4 0.60.81
                                                           Table HI. Representative Experimental Data
Figure 8. Particle «ize distribution of stearic acid aerosol for vari-
ous icdimentation depths.
95
m90
U80
undersize
fiSS 3
I30
|20
0 "*
5
i' '' il / ' I/ ' i
[fog] / /o
n,, = 997x105 / /
_ ptrtfcl«/cc of-
- 1 I ~
* 1 *
/ o/n0=2.95x10-
_ °o / particl«fce_
/ /
1 / / :
/ y . 1 , i
_ / ° L mixing condition
/ ^ hot saturated air
- / on. 60 *c . 16 l/min
' / cold saturated air
III , 20*c . 6 l/min
0.6 OB 1 2 46
                      Dp/2

Ptfur* I. Particle lite diitribution of fog.

of  concentration  and  temperature,  respectively.  The
agreement, moreover,  indicates that Brownian  coagula-
tion, which must progresa with the lapse of time or with
the depth of sedimentation, has no effect on the size anal-
yiis below UP particles/cm1.
  Figure 9 shows the result of the analysis of fog  particles
or water droplets, which have been  thought difficult to
analyie without any disturbance as they are in suspension
in air. In  these eased the particle  number concentrations
were so small that the sice analyses were  made by  count-
ing the whole number in the volume un.
  Figure 10 shows the two kinds of *ize  distribution* of
tobacco aerosols  ("Cherry" made by the Japan Monopoly
Corp.). One is that obtained for low concentration and the

    lnd.Eng.Chem.. Fundam.. Vol. 14. No. 1.1975
No.
of par-
Time tides in
elapsed, sight,
/, sec N(t)
(Run 1;
0
20
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
(Run
0
15
30
45
55
70
80
90
100
120
140
160
180
(Run
0
2
6
8
10
16
20
30
40
50
stear 'c
47
46
42
32
24
12
7
8
4
1
1
Par-
ticle
diam
by
eq2,
D,,n
acid,

1.31
0.90
0.80
0.73
0.67
0.62
0.58
0.55
0.51
0.48
Cumu-
lative
undersize
F -
N(I)/NW
i
Remarks
h = 1000 /i in Figure 8)

0.98
0.89
0.68
O.S1
0.26
0.15
0.17
0.085
0.021
0.021

* eyepiece
x objective
x 10 x 20
p. = 0.84g/
cm'





2; tobacco, left side in Figure 10)
145
144
124
110
89
68
52
37
29
13
8
6
2
3; iron
31
31
30
27
21
11
11
9
4
4

1.64
1.12
0.92
0.82
0.72
0.66
0.63
0.59
0.53
0.49
0.45
0.42
oxide

1.74
0.98
0.84
0.74
0.56
0.50
0.40
0.34
0.23

0.99
0.86
0.76
0.61
0.47
0.36
0.26
0.20
0.083
0.05R
0.041
0.014
pigment in

1.00
0.97
0.87
0.68
0.36
0.36
0.29
0.13
0.13

x 10 x 20
p •= 0. 75 R/
'cm5'
/i - 1000 n








Figure 11)

x 10 > 20
p, = 0. 52 g/
cm'
h = 1000 /i





                                                                       (Run 4;fo(5, right side in Figure 8)
                                                                         *,„,(/)
                              *',..«»
Remarks
0-0.5
0.5-1.0
1.0-1.5
1.5-2.0
2.0-2.5
2.5-3.0
3. 0-3. 5
3.5-4.0
4.0-4.5
4.5-5.0
\0-5.5
5.5-6.0
111
107
95
84
61
65
39
37
25
9
6
6

9.5
7.4
6.2
5.5
5.0
4.9
4.3
4.0
3.8
3.6
3.4

0.97
0.86
0.76
0.55
0.59
0.35
0.33
0.23
0.081
0.054
0.054

x 10 x 10
p, = 1.0 g/
cm'
A= 2000 M
NM(I) Is the
sum of 7
observations




other is that for particles grown by Brownian coagulation
after sufficient aging time. The wide size distribution of
the latter indicates a typical feature when coagulation oc-
                                                      563

-------
ss
90
^
5*80
tJ
70
I60
to ^^
^/A
C ^*
330
$20
cumulati
en o
1
tobacco /
" aerosol 0
: /.uw /:

0' pariielesfce /°
/ J ~
~ o I ~
— 1 / —
0 /

-1 /
1 •/
/e /n0s2.58xl06~
_ 0 ? portlel«t/ee _
0 /
/ . 4° , t , 1 , 1 i 1
              0.2      0.4  0.6 0.8 1
                        DP/2C,!]
Figure 10. Particle liu distribution of tobacco aerosol.
                                                                    n
                                                                          .  j —rt*xtron  mkroscop*
0.1
                       02
                               OA  0.6 0.8 1
                                C^D
Figure II. Particle SIM distribution of powder of iron oside pig-
ment.
curt.  Although the sizes of tobacco particlet  reported by
other investigators (Sano, et at.. 1964; Keith and Derrick,
1960; Pontendorfer and Schraub. 1972) are smaller than
those in Figure 10, such difference is thought to be caused
by the existence of water, which ii expected to adhere to
the particle surface.
  Figure  11  bhowg one of the results of analysis of Tine
powder*.  In  this analysis iron oxide pigment  powder wait
dispersed into air by a mixer-type disperser. It probably
taken a few  daya  to measure  by the  Andreasen  pipet
method while only a few  minutes was required by thia
method. The result of size analysis by an electron micro
scope for the same powder is also plotted  in the figure.
They agree fairly  well. Some of the representative data
are shown in Table III.

Conclusion
  The technique developed  in this study was found to be
useful for the particle  size  analysis of fine powders and
aerosols, including those of  fine water droplets. The tech-
nique  has the advantage  of sedimentation  methods in
which particles  are  observed while they are suspended.
Moreover, the usual disadvantage of sedimentation proce-
dures, that much time is needed for the fall of small par-
ticles, was overcome by air sedimentation  with an  ex-
tremely shallow sedimentation depth. As a result, the size
analysis of particles,  including water droplets, which are
larger than several tenths micron in diameter, was possi-
ble in a short time. The ultramicroscopic detection of the
particle concentration on a number basis and its recording
by a video system served for quick analysis without dis-
turbing the   aerosols during observation.  The  particle
numlier concentration,  however, muxi  be rather hii;h,  a
tact which is both an  advantage and a disadvantage of the
method.
Acknowledgment
  T. Miyazaki was very helpful in the experimental work.

Nomenclature
Cm •  Cunningham's correction factor
{•"  • cumulative fraction underside
D, • effective diameter of microscopic sight shown in
  Figure I, cm
U,. • particle diameter, M or cm
f(/),,) •  particle size distribution function
h.  A/I •  values shown in Figure 1, cm
MO »  particle number observed by microscope at t sec
  after the start of sedimentation
A/iut(t)  " particle number observed by microscope during
  a certain period of observation at t sec after the start of
  sedimentation
Nini.i  «  total particle number in volume yn
no  " particle number concentration, particles/cm*
t * time elapsed, sec
Ui  " terminal settling velocity, cm/sec
Vh,Um  "  volumes shown in Figure 1, cm*

Grvek Letters
it  * viscosity, g/(cm sec)
pp  * density of particle, g/cms
pi  » density of fluid, g/cm1

Literature Cited
Osvws. CM.. Pme. Roy Soe. Str  A. 200,100 (1949).
Fucns, N. A.. "Th* M«ch»rUc§ ol Actotols." Pwgamon Prut. 19M.
K»,lh. C H . D«rnck, J C.. J. ColloidScl.. !«. 340 0880)
Mukaibo. T . •( •/. SogoSfiiKtntho Ntmpo. JO. No t (1962)
Por>MAdOrl*r. J . Sehftub. A.. SUuA. 32 (101.33 (1972)
Rlch«td»on, J F.. Wooding. E. R . J Photogr. Set. 4, 75 (19M)
Sano. K . Fuiiya. V . Sakata. S . J. Chum. Sac. Jtp.. 74,664 (1964)

                            Kterivml f»rretHt-u1 April 1,1974
                               Accrprrd Septembers, 14(74

Prevented «t the Chemicsl KnKineerinii Meeting in Japan.
                                                                      Ind. Eng. Cham., Fundam.. Vol. 14, No. 1.197S
                                                       564

-------
  TURBULENT COAGULATION OF AEROSOLS IN A PIPE FLOW
KIKUO OKUYAMA, YASUO KOUSAKA AND TETSUO YOSHIDA

Department of Chemical Engineering/  University
of Osaka Prefecture/ Sakai 591/  Japan
                             565

-------
    TURBULENT COAGULATION OF AEROSOLS IN A PIPE FLOW
    KIKUO OKUYAMA, YASUO KOUSAKA AND TETSUO YOSHIDA
    Department of Chemical Engineering, University
    of Osaka Prefecture, Sakai 591, Japan
                      Abstract


     Turbulent coagulation of aerosol particles was studied
experimentally by observing the time-dependent changes in
particle number concentration of aerosol suspended in various
turbulent pipe flows, using the ultramicroscopic size analysis.
And these experimental results were confirmed with the calcula-
tion results obtained by numerically solving the population
balance equation, which contained the simultaneous effect of
Brownian coagulation or turbulent deposition in addition to
turbulent coagulation. The effects of Brownian coagulation and
turbulent deposition on 'turbulent coagulation were estimated
using the values of two dimensionless parameters K  and T ,
and negligible regions of these effects were indicated.
                                566

-------
Introduction

     For high concentration aerosol particles suspended in a
turbulent flow/ turbulent coagulation is essential for chara-
cterizing the behavior of aerosols, but most of previous studies
on turbulent coagulation have been restricted to theoretical
                                            !,4,b)
ones where the coagulation rate is discussed. Though the changes
in properties of aerosol undergoing turbulent coagulation in
a stirred tank were observed and experimental data were compared
with theoretical calculation results in the previous paper,
experimental study is insufficient to check the property of the
theories. The largest cause of the lack in experimental data is
the difficulty in accurate measurement of the change in proper-
ties of high concentrated aerosol.
     In this paper, the changes in particle number concentration
of polydisperse aerosols undergoing turbulent coagulation in a
turbulent pipe flow were observed for various conditions using
the ultramicroscopic size analysis previously develpoed by the
       q)
authors. And the observed changes of particle number .concentra-
tions with time were compared with those obtained by numerically
solving the basic equation for polydisperse aerosol. In this
case, these calculations were made for some representative
turbulent coagulation rate constants. Moreover two dimensionless
parameters were introduced to estimate the amount of the effects
of Brownian coagulation and deposition by turbulent diffusion
on turbulent coagulation.

1. Theoretical Consideration
                             567

-------
     The population balance equation describing  the  time-dependent
change  in particle size distribution of polydisperse aerosol  under-
going turbulent coagulation alone can be written as"J
    M t')
            'P*o
 In  the  case of turbulent pipe flow, the time t' corresponds to
 the residence time which is approximately the ratio of pipe
 length  to  average flow velocity
           t' = L / u                                     (2)
 KT(r',p')  is the turbulent coagulation function for particles of
 radii rf and p', and the representative theoretical equations
 denoting the collision rate by the turbulent flow have been
                         <0          •*)
 proposed by Saffman et al. and Levich  . Generally collisions
 between particles in a turbulent fluid are considered to be
 caused  by  two independent and essentially different mechanisms.
 In  the  first coagulation mechanism particles may collide with
 each other as the result of different velocities between parti-
 cles because of the spatial non-homogenities characteristic of
 turbulent  flow. For this mechanism, Saffman et al. has proposed
 next equation denoting the turbulent coagulation rate,
          KT(r',p')  = 1.30(r'+p')3/e0/v                  (3)
 The  second coagulation mechanism may be caused by a relative
 motion  of each particle differing from that of turbulent air
 because of its inertia will not be the same as equivalent mass
 of air. Saffman et al. also obtained the following equation for
 the  simultaneous collision rate by first and second coagulation
mechanisms including the collision brought by gravity
                              568

-------
where t(r') is the particle relaxation time, equal  to  2r'2p /9y.
                                                           P

This equation reduces to next equation assuming  that particles


move with air.



        KT(r',p') = 1.67(r'+p')3/^/v"                   (5)



which is a form similar to Eq.(3). A detailed comparison of Eqs.(3)


and (4) with experimental results, which is one  of  the most


important purposes of this paper, has not been made at all.



Levich's equation, however, was omitted because  it  was found  that.



this equation overestimated the coagulation rate as shown  in  the


previous paper



     In either mechanism, the coagulation rate depends mainly on


particle size and velocity gradient evaluated from  the energy



dissipation rate per unit mass of fluid, because Eqs.(3) and  (4)



were derived assuming the theory of isotropic turbulence.  In  the


case of turbulent pipe flow, the average value of the  energy

                                                 $)
dissipation rate e  has been suggested by Laufer   as  next equa-
tion
                 = fu3/D                             (6)
As the distribution of energy dissipation rate  through a pipe


results in coagulation rate distribution, a difference exists



between the coagulation rate based on the average energy dissi-



pation  rate e  and that based on the local energy dissipation


rate and its distribution through a pipe. In this study, however,


the distribution of energy dissipation rate was neglected  and  the



average value e  was used to evaluate the coagulation rate for



a first approximation.




                                 569.

-------
     Integrating Eq. (1) with respect 'to r' from 0 to «, the
total particle number concentration n' of polydisperse aerosol
can be given as
where
           n'=  Cn'(.r',t)
-------
radius r^ and the partical number concentration of monodisperse
aerosol were assumed to be r'  and n' . As seen from the graph,
C tends to increase with a   , but the increasement of 5 calculated
by using Eq. (4) as KT(r',p') is much greater than that by US Ing
Eq. (3) for even the small value of e  . Prom the value of ? at
Brownian coagulation, which  is calculated by introducing the
                                       7)
following Brownian coagulation function K (r',p') in replace of

KT(r',p'} in Eq. (10),
Where         K0=
the effect of polydispersity is found to be small in comparison
with those of turbulent coagulation.

1.2 Particle size distribution
     Figure 2 shows the time-dependent changes in particle size
distributions for three different initial log-normal forms. The
frequency f (In r')  was calculated by the next equation
        fUn r')-  •n'or'.tOY'/Tlo                           (13)
The dimensionless time t was expressed in terms of the coagula-
tion time, which is the ratio of the actual elapsed to the half-
life time t     , which is given by the next equation from Eq. (9)
In the particle size distribution of o 0=1«1 at t=2.39 the second
mode, which corresponds to the coalescence of two particles hav-
ing the initial geometric mean radius, has begun to appear. In
other cases the particle size distributions broaden rapidly with
the dimensionless time t, and its tendency in calculation results
by Eq. (4)  is especially large.
                                 571

-------
 1.3  Particle number  concentration
      Figure 3  shows  the  normalized  number concentration,  which
 is defined as  the  ratio  of  the  concentration at  any  time  to the
 initial  time,  versus the dimensionless  time  based on turbulent
 coagulation. There exist very large differences  between the
 calculation results  by Eq.(3) and that  by Eq.(4)  due to the loss
 by second turbulent  coagulation mechanism. Even  a calculation
 results  of 0 0~1>1 by Eq. (3), which is  nearly monodisperse,
 particle number  concentration comes to  decrease  faster  than that
 of monodisperse  aerosol  with the elapse of time,  because  particle
 size distributions expand with  time as  shown in  Fig.2.

 1.4  Effect of  Brownian coagulation
      The basic equation  expressing  the  time-dependence  of the
 size distribution  of polydisperse aerosol undergoing simul-
 taneous  Brownian and turbulent  coagulations  can  be written as,
 assuming that  both coagulation  mechanisms are independent each
 other.
                     P, />)- Krd0r?/0j *'('/&P, t)n(fit)
       ~   '      !s°              L        -t- 0    j'    i/~ '
When an aerosol  is monodisperse  Having  pailicxfl. raAuts foe
                                     '  r«')\n.'z
   dt'
Substituting Eqs.(3) and  (12), Eq. (16) becomes
                                  5)
As described in the previous paper, the  importance  of  turbulent
coagulation relative to Brownian coagulaiton can be estimated by
the following dimensionless parameter K
                                572

-------
      =. |   +  5.2  r«jiv
Normalizing Eq. (17) by the following dimensionless variables,
      =   .
the basic equation comes to next equation.
    dn/dt  «  -
Solving Eq. (20) under the initial condition that n=l at t=0,
        72 =
Figure 4 shows the effect of K  on the change in the normalized
number concentration as a function of dimensionless time based
on turbulent coagulation. As the value of K  increases the curves
move toward the right and tend to converge to that of KD=
which coincides with that of turbulent coagulation alone. The
graph also shows that the effect of Brownian coagulation can
be almost ignored at the value of KD greater than 10.0. Though
the time-dependent changes for polydisperse aerosol were obtained
by solving Eq. (15) numerically assuming the initial particle
size distribution to be log-normal form, their tendencies by KQ
are found to almost agree with those of monodisperse aerosol.

1.5 Effect of particle deposition
     In a turbulent pipe flow of aerosol, particles tend to
deposite by turbulent diffusion and gravitational settling.
The basic equation expressing the time-dependent changes in par-
ticle number concentration of aerosol undergoing turbulent
deposition alone can be given as follows.
                             573

-------
                                 .
         3 It              is

         St*  = ifibO"
 where  St (r')  denotes the local dimensionless deposition velo-
 city and is  given
                 ; - T/  0*
           *
 As  this  St (r') is different by the effect of gravitational  sett-
 ling in  the  case of horizontal pipe flow,  St  (r')  is  the average
 one around the periphery of the pipe.  There exist many theoretical
 and experimental researches on evaluating  the values of St (r').
     Combining the Eqs.(1)  and (22),  the basic equation for  coagu-
 lation and deposition can be given as  follows.
When an aerosol is monodispeise,  Eq. (25)  reduces  to
Substitution of Eq. (19)  into this equation gives  the  following
equation
       dn/dt = -  nz - T0ri
where
       T0 = *s£ ( rj>) u V ^ -2 r
T  is a dimensionless parameter  which can be  evaluated  from
initial aerosol properties and intensity of turbulence. As seen
from the definition,  this  parameter  T  means  the  ratio  of depo-
sition rate to turbulent coagulation rate,  and  therefore T
denotes the relative  importance  of deposition to  turbulent
coagulation. Integrating Eq. (27)  under the initial condition
                                574

-------
n=l at t=0, the time-dependent change in particle number concen-
tration can be given as
Figure 5 shows the dependence of particle number concentration
change on TD« With the increase of TD the particle number decreases
faster due to the larger effect of deposition, but the effect of
deposition can be almost ignored at the value of T  less than
0.1 as seen from this graph. Though the discussion described
above is for monodisperse aerosol, it will be essentially valid
for polydisperse one.

2. Experimental Apparatus and Method

     The apparatus used in this work consists of the following
parts- blower, aerosol generator, aerosol chamber, P.V.C. pipe
and devices for ultramicroscopic particle size analysis as
shown in Fig. 7. Aerosol used was fog of aqueous ammonium chloride
                             s
solution. Clean air coming from a blower through a glass fibrous
filter and being regulated the orifice flow meter was first
bubbled into the hydrochloric acid solution and subsequently
bubbled into the aqueous ammonia solution, when ammonia chloride
smoke was produced. During the bubbling of the ammonia chloride
smoke at the final vessel containing water, aerosols were changed
into the fog droplets of aqueous amminium chloride to absorb
water vapor. At the same time, the excess gas, chiefly ammonia
gas, is absorbed through the water. The aerosol generation by
this method was examined by Fujitani  in detail. Aerosols thus
generated were continuously led into vinyl chloride pipe with
diameter of 13 or 26 nun to make turbulent flow. The length of
                            575

-------
pipe was changed to be 20, 52 and 100 m, before and after of


which the aerosol was sampled by sampling tap with isokinetic


sampling condition. Aerosol sampled was introduced into the


observation cell installed on the stage of an ultramicroscope


to measure its particle size distribution and particle number


concentration. The measurement method using as ultramicroscope

                                       Q)
was developed previously by the authors.


     Experiments were carried out by changing the initial par-


tical number concentrations and by increasing the particle


radius using particle growth in a ageing chamber. Represen-


tative experimental conditions and properties of aerosols are


shown in Table 1.




3. Experimental Results and Discussion




     In a comparison of experimental data with theoretical


calculation results, the residence time of aerosol in a pipe


can be calculated by Eq.(2), and e  by Eq. (5). Figure 8 shows


a comparison of the change in particle number concentration


between experimental and theoretical curves. Particle number


concentrations obtained experimentally tend to decrease with


the dimensionless time t indicating some scattering. Theoretical


curves denoted by solid lines, broken lines and one point broken


line show the particle number concentration change of aerosols


undergoing turbulent coagulation alone, which were calculated


by solving Eq.(1) for polydisperse      aerosol and Eq.(8) for


monodisperse one.     Experimental data decrease faster than the


calculated results of monodisperse aerosol because of the poly-


dispersity, and their tendencies almost agree with those calcu-
                              576

-------
lated using Eq.(3) as the turbulent coagulation function, but



they do not agree with those calculated using Eq.(4) at all.



Some of experimental data are found to be affected by Brownian



coagulation or turbulent deposition as seen from the values of



KD and TQ, but the deposition by Brownian diffusion can be



ignored in these experimental conditions according to Gromely



et al?} . In the calculation of TQ, Yoshioka at alls10equation



was used as the value of St  (r'), which is a relatively simple



form and showed the better fitting with many experimental data



in comparison with other equations. Fig.8(a) shows a comparison



of experimental data(the values of K  are less than 10.0) with the



calculation results of Eq. (15) to examine the effect of Brownian



coagulation, and Fig.8(b) a comparison of experimental data (the



values of TQ are larger than 0.1) with the calculation results of



Eq.(25) to examine the effect of deposition. Most of experimen-



tal data almost agree with the tendency of the calculated curves,



and the effect of Brownian coagulation or turbulent deposition



is found to increase as K  decrease or T  increases.



     Fig.9 shows a comparison of experimental data, where the



particle radius is large to be about 0.7 p in comparison with



Fig.8, with the calculation results obtained by solving



    Eq.(25). Most of experimental particle number concentrations



tend to decrease faster than those of calculation results, that



is, it is found that these differences can be explained by



neither Brownian coagulation and turbulent deposition. These are



considered to be due to the loss of particles by second turbu-



lent coagulation mechanism which comes to appear with increasing



of the turbulent intensity and particle size, but they can not



be explained by Saffman at alfs Eq. (4).
                             577

-------
     Prom experimental conditions of Figs. (7) and (9), the sec-
ond coagulation mechanism by turbulent flow may be essential when
the values of r'^/T^ is larger than 2.5 x 10"10. These kinds of
experimental data as shown in Figs. (7) and  (9) have not been
reported because of the difficulty in accurate measurement of
Changing number'concentration of particles with time.
 Conclusion

      Turbulent coagulation of aerosol particles was studied
 experimentally and theoretically, and the following results
 were obtained.
 1} At r'0/el  less than 2.5 x 10"   the time-dependent change in
 particle number concentration by turbulent coagulation can
 be evaluated  by the solution of population balance equation
 using Eq.(3)  as coagulation function, that is, particles
 coagulate by  first coagulation mechanism alone in this case.
 But at larger than this value the second coagulation mechanism
 was found experimentally to be appeared.
 2) The effect of Brownian coagulation relative to turbulent
 coagulation can be ignored when the dimensionless parameter
 K  is larger  than 10.0.
 3} The effect of deposition on turbulent coagulation can be
 predicted by  the value of the dimensionless parameter TQ.
 The deposition can be almost ignored when the value of T0is
 less than 0.1.
                                  578

-------
Literature Cited







1)  Seal,  S.  K.: J.  Aerosol Sci.,  3,  113(1972)



2)  Fujitani,  Y.:  Bull.  Chem.  Soc.  Japan,  30, 683(1957)



3)  Gormley,  P. G. and M.  Kennedy:  Proc.  Roy. Irish.  Acad.,



    52-A,  163(1949)



4)  Levich, V. G.:"Physicochemical  Hydrodynamics",  Prentice-



    Hall (1962)



5)  Okuyaraa,  K., Y.  Kousaka,  Y.  Kida  and  T.  Yoshida:



    J. Chem.  Eng.  Japan,  10,  142(1977)



6)  Saffman,  P. G. and J.  S.  Turner:  J. Fluid Mech.,  1,  16(1956)



7)  Smoluchowski,  M.  von Z: Phys. Chem.,  92, 129(1917)



8)  Uhl, V. W. and J.  B.  Gray:"Mixing-theory and practice",



    Academic  Press,  75(1966)



9)  Yoshida,  T., Y.  Kousaka and  K.  Okuyamailnd.  Eng.  Chem. Fundam.,



    14, 47(1975)



10)  Yoshioka,  N.,  C.  Kanaoka and H. Emi:  Kagaku Kogaku,



    36, 1010(1972)



11)  Zebel, G.:Kolloid-Z.,  156,  102(1958)
                              579

-------
                         Table 1 Experimental Conditions and Properties  of Aerosols
key Re


2 ° 3
[-] [cm /sec )
n'

0 3
[particles/cm ]
r'
go
Eul
a
go
[-1
K
D
[-1
St* (r'
av v gO
[-1
) T«
' D
[-1
r':
g\
[cm
l/T~
I ° 3/2,
'/sec ' 1
     Pipe diameter D =  13 mm
                                                                                                    .-11
9
O
4,
o
O
*.
•
®
e
o
5000
m
n
8000
n
n
7400
10000
13000
22400
1.35


4.93


3.98
9.11
1.98
8.38
x
.
n
X
M
H
X
X
X
X
10°


IO6


IO6
IO6
IO7
IO7
3.66-6.06 x 10 0.27-0.32 1.20-1.31
2.61-3.07 x IO6 0.34-0.43 1.24-1.60
3.98-4.64 x IO7 0.35-0.43 1.21-1.30
5.69-6.63 x IO7 0.25-0.27 1.22-1.31
6.71 x IO6 0.36-0.38 1.25-1.32
2.54-3.98 x IO7 0.32-0.41 1.30-1.40
1.01-2.37 x IO7 0.37-0.41 1.21-1.38
1.10-3.17 x IO7 0.30-0.48 1.23-1.27
1.85-2.09 x IO6 0.31-0.34 1.32-1.48
3.62 x IO7 0.30 1.18
2.
3.
ft
2.
5.
n
5.
7.
6.
9.
11
56

33
14

39
64
60
74
8.80
1.49

4.42
8.93

1.06
8.23
5.30
1.35
x
x
M
X
X
n
X
X
X
X
10
io-5

io-6
10"6

io-5
10"6
10"6
io-5
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0.
0502
667
0450
0249
160
0329
0669
0459
352
0502
2
4
4
3
1
0
1
0
1

.29-3.
.57-9.
.98-9.
.47-4.
.04-1.
.73-1.
.01-1.
.82-3.
.29-1.
2.
81
24
24
37
22
53
37
34
70
47
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
10 "
io-11
io-11
io-11
io-10
io-10
io-10
io-10
io-10
io-10
Ul
00
o
      Pipe diameter D  =  26 mm
       B  5000  8.47 x IO4 1.22-4.45  x  IO7  0.46-0.48  1.25-1.38  2.16  4.33  X 10~5  0.113  2.83-3.22 x 10'11
       B            "    0.46-4.71  x  IO6  0.30-0.44  1.25-1.38  1.54  2.68  x 10~5  1.565  0.79-2.48 x 10*11
       •  10000  5.69 x IO5 1.49-5.18  x  IO7  0.32-0.45  1.25-1.38  2.66  1.62  x 10~5  0.045  2.47-6.87 x IO"11
       •            "    0.77-3.74  x  IO6  0.35-0.40  1.25-1.38  2.54  1.54  x 10"5  0.665  3.23-4.83 x 10'11
       A            »    1.18-4.16  x  IO6  0.55-0.80  1.36-1.58  10.6  4.94  x 10~5  0.321  1.26-3.86 x 10~10
       *  15000  1.74 x IO6 4.60-9.94  x  IO5  0.63-0.83  1.37-1.67  21.8  4.03  x 10~5  0.630  3.30-7.54 x 10~
                                         f.                                                            -10
       A            "    1.31-2.19  x  IO6  0.55-0.90  1.35-1.51  21.8       "      0.263  2.19-9.62 x 10

-------
Ul
00
                                                   Brown ion
                                                 coagulation^ -
                       .0      1.2      1.4      1.6      1.8     2.0
                          geometric standard deviation (5go
                        Fig. 1  Polydispersion factor

-------
in
CO
NJ
0.4 0.60.81
                                                                2      4     0.4 0.60.81
                                                                  r'/rgo  C-D
                Fig.  2  Time-dependent changes in size distribution of particles
                       undergoing turbulent coagulation

-------
00
                   I	i_L
                          A   6  8in-1
                 Fig. 3  Time-dependent changes in number concentration of particles
                         undergoing  turbulent coagulation

-------
i ii
00
4.
                            dispersion Qgo
                                                                            4   6  610'
             Fig.  4   Time-dependent  changes  in  number  concentration  of  particles


                     undergoing  turbulent  and Brownian coagulations

-------
in
oo
in
         1.0
         0.8
       T0.6
        o
       C
0.4
         0.2
           0
"^ ** Nk "*»
_
\
V \
N \
-\ 50\ 1C
\ ^
100 \
N X
x x
•X. V
~r n r
x
x x x .
Nx X- -\x
v X v «v
\ \ ->
N N x \s .
. ' \
x\ v-
^ \ \
)\ 5\ 1\0.
\
v\ \
N X
x X
monodisperse
aerosol
calculated by Eq.(29)-
xTD = 0-0.01
^ X
X X
x x 	
X X
X X
X V v ^ x v
N x x v
x x x ^ *s
•^
                     6  e,0-i

                           t = 5.;
6  8100

t'   [-)
                                                                           468
             Fig. 5  Time-dependent changes in number concentration  of  particles

                     undergoing turbulent coagulation and  deposition

-------
                             V
           blower
                      heat
                     exchanger
Ol
CO
a\
C
                                     1
                                                 k  /
                                              oo
                                                            00
                                             HCl    NH3
                                 orifice
                               flow meter
                                                                      ageing
                                                                      chamber
                                                                    sampling tap
                                                                    inlet side
                                                                                j>
                              P.V.C.  pipe (dia !3mmf 26mm)
                                               filter  observation
                                                         cell
                                         r
=55.	^-to duct
 ../sampling tap
   outlet  side
                               vacuum
                                pump
                                                     ultramicroscope
                                                            T
                                                 VTR & moniter]
                                        orifice
                                      flow meter
                                Fig. 6  Experimental  apparatus

-------
in
CO
           1.0
           0.8
           0.6
 o
C
          0.2
            0
D n ' ' ' ' '

/
o
I 1,1,1,
_ i i
A ' fltff) 1 ' '
H c 	 ^^^c^. ^
H 0%_ "*^"_/^"* ^
^\. ^ c
1 cm2/sec3 \
i , j
calculated
curve KjCrif ) dispersion.^

c-— /o\

r
	 Eq.W) *
mono.
>oly. 6go=1.3
2 4 6 810-2 2
t=5
- \
\
1 ,1,1,
4 6 81
2rrv\V£n/V r
i • i • i • i •
K
>•<:-,
)Q*^:\
»^BV\XN
» Vt.\
^7^- , I , I , I ,

-
-
\
X
s
\:
\
0-1 2 4 6 8lfJ0 2
Vnf C-3
                 Fig.  7   Comparison of experimental particle number concentration

                         changes with calculated ones

-------
oo
CO
                                                                                             rl.O
           1.0
                                 6  8 10"     2
                              I  '  I '  I'l
                       calculated by  Eq.(25)
                  calculated  by  Eq.(15)
                                                                   3.56  5.39
6  8l    2
                         6  8-2
                    Fig.  8  Effect of Brownian  coagulation or turbulent deposition

                           on decrease in particle number concentration

-------
Ul

CO
               1.0
               0.8
             70.6
             . o
             C
               0.2
                                                   I    '  l   ' I '
                       calculated  by Eq.(25)
                            1
1 .L
I
I  .  I
6  eio"1
                                                   2
                                                   C-l
           6  6
      Fig.  9  Comparison of experimental particle number concentration

              changes with calculated ones

-------
 EFFECTS  OF  BROWNIAN  COAGULATION  AND
 BROWNIAN   DIFFUSION  ON  FINE  PARTICLE
 SIZE  ANALYSIS   BY  SEDIMENTATION
 METHOD
                                        KIKUO OKUYAMA, YASUO KOUSAKA,
                                        TOSHIHIRO MIYA2AKI AND TETSUO YOSHIDA
                                        Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka
                                        Prefecture, Sakai 591
  Conventional particle size analysis by sedimentation method does not give true size distributions
 but only apparent ones, when Brownian coagulation and Brownian diffusion exist. The difference
 of true and apparent size distributions was theoretically evaluated by numerically solving the
 population balance equation under various conditions. Then some of the theoretical results were
 verified experimentally for particles having various sizes and number concentrations which were
 obtained under sedimentation in air, in water and in centrifugal field by means of ultramlcroscopic
 size analysis. In addition to these analyses, two parameters consisting of given measuring condi-
 tions, which were proposed herein, were found to be useful to predict whether or not coagulation
 and diffusion effects exist in actually observed size distributions.
 Introduction
   Sedimentation method for determining particle size
 distribution has been widely used because of its con-
 venience and its accuracy in size analysis.  In  this
 method, the relation of Stokes-Cunningham equation
 is usually applied.   However, when the particles once
 sufficiently dispersed  coagulate each other during
 sedimentation, the Stokes-Cunningham equation will
 not be satisfactory for size analysis by this method.
 Such coagulation will occur in water  by using inap-
 propriate dispersion agents and also will be unavoid-
 able in  air having  particles in high  concentration.
 When the particles are small, such as in submicron
 ranges,  on the other  hand, diffusion  of particles to
 walls and a free surface of a  sedimentation cell by
 Brownian motion occurs and the Stokes-Cunningham
 equation becomes also  meaningless.  Some studies
 on the later cases and none  on the former cases have
 been made, but they are still insufficient to evaluate
 the quantitative effects  of  those  on sedimentation
 method'-'-".
  The effects of diffusion and coagulation on sedi-
 mentation method were theoretically evaluated under
 various sizes, concentrations and other various meas-
 uring conditions.  The limit of the conditions where
 no influences of these effects exist was discussed and the
conditions to avoid these influences by means of cen-
 Receivvd March 12. 1976. Correspondence concerning this article should
be addressed to K. Okuyanu. T. Miyazaki it with Matsushita Denko. Co.
Ltd.. Kadoma 571.
   trifugal force  were also discussed.  Some  of  the
   theoretical analyses were then compared with experi-
   mental results which were obtained by the ultramicro-
   scopic technique of particle size analysis".

   1.  Theoretical Consideration
     In the sedimentation method for particle size analy-
   sis, cumulative undersize F of particle radius r' is
   usually  obtained  as  follows, when the concentration
   of particles decreases only by sedimentation.



   where JVsis the concentration at the pointy' below the
   surface  of suspension at every lapse of time, Nt the
   initial particle concentration, and r\ is given by Stokes-
   Cunningham equation as
                     for gravitational settling     (2)
   When the settling depth is sufficiently small compared
   with the radius of rotation, r( will be given as follows
                     for centrifugal settling      (3)
   When the concentration /Vs decreases to N by particle
   deposition due to diffusion to the wall of the sedimenta-
   tion cell or by particle coagulation as shown in Fig.
   1, such a system can not be solely described by Stokes-
   Cunningham  relation.   Accordingly,  the value N/ff,
   observed does not give the true cumulative undersize F,
   but only the apparent one.  Though  particles diffuse

      \£/    JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OFJAPAN
   (Reprinted with permission)
590

-------
to both vertical and horizontal walls of the sedimenta-
tion cell,  horizontal  particle diffusion  was ignored
in order to simplify the analysis.   The change in parti-
cle  concentration in the system  where Brownian dif-
fusion, coagulation and gravitational settling are simul-
taneously  taken into account should be  evaluated by
solving the following  equation of population balance
in number concentration'basis".
        l_     C.(r{) 3Mr,,j) _ Cm(r{) rJ3«(r(, 0
                             "
   +CG
        fl-rimia

                  •CG  Jp" frfa. P<)n(r<, t)n(p,, 0

                /=/min ...  i max               (4)
All the quantities are normalized as follows
   t=u,(WzlH,  y-y'W,   WJr'*
                                                (5)
                           (6)
                           DG =
 The centrifugal effect z disappears in the case of gravi-
 tational sedimentation only in Eqs. (5) and (6).  The
 dimensionless parameters  CG  and  DC,  which  are
 determined from initial particle properties and physical
 conditions, are convenient for predicting the overall
 influences of coagulation and diffusion.  Eq. (4) was
 solved numerically in the previous paper" for various
 values of CG and  DC assuming  initial particle size
 distribution to be log-normal form.   Vertical particle
 diffusion was considered in Eq. (4) and so the calcula-
 tion results can be applied directly to  evaluate  the
 effects of coagulation and diffusion  on sedimentation
 method, when the vertical boundaries are small in area
 compared with the horizontal  walls in sedimentation
 cell.  The effect of horizontal particle diffusion will be
 discussed in the later section.
   Normalizing Eq. (2) or (3)  by Eq. (5), the dimen-
 sionless equivalent spherical radius is given by
 As Cunningham's correction is not significant in most
 liquid sedimentation, then Eq. (7) reduces to
 The  following dimensionless  particle  number -con-
 centration n, which is obtained by solving  Eq. (4)
 under a certain sedimentation  length y and a certain
 time t, is now defined
'(mil
 2
                              ,, 0
(9)
                                                                      Flg. 1  Sedimentation wit
  Fig. 2  Time-dependent change in number concentration of
  particles undergoing sedimentation and coagulation

Thus defined, n corresponds to N/Na which is actually
observed at y' and /' in sedimentation method under
the influence of coagulation or diffusion, and n never
provides true cumulative undersize defined by Eq. (I)
in this case. The dimensionless equivalent  spherical
radius r, determined by Eq. (7) or (8) has a reasonable
physical meaning  in gravitational settling  only,  it is,
however,  applied  conventionally  to  the  case  where
the influence of diffusion or coagulation exists  in this
study.   Then the  relation  of r, and NJN,  or n,  both
determined  by  observation and  by Eq. (4), gives a
true particle size distribution  if no influence of dif-
fusion or coagulation exists (CG=Z)G=0).   However,
it does not give a true distribution, or it gives only the
apparent distribution,  if one of the above influences
exists (CG>0 or £>G>0).  The difference  of the thus
obtained  apparent distributions from  a  true  distri-
bution will be discussed in the following sections.
1.1  Effect of Brownian coagulation
  Particle size  distribution actually changes as  coa-
gulation proceeds in sedimentation ceil, and so it is
necessary to set up a certain distribution to be standard.
In this  respect the size distribution at r=0, that is,
initial size distribution, was regarded as the standard
and true distribution.  Figure 2, quoted from previous
paper", indicates the time-dependent change in parti-
cle  number concentration  at every depth y when the
influence  of coagulation exists.  Two  parameters  in
the figure were introduced to describe the local effect
 VOL 10  NO.  I  }»7
                                                 591

-------
             06061

      Fig. 3  Apparent particle size distributions due to (he
      effect of coagulation

   Fig. 4  Variation of 50°,-radius in apparent particle size
   distributions by CG y
 of coagulation
                                               (10)
 Replotting the values of v'v// and n  from Fig.  2 to
 Fig. 3, apparent particle size distributions defined in the
 former section are obtainable.  It can be shown that
 apparent particle size distributions tend  to shift to-
 wards larger radii  with  the values of  CG- v.   At the
 same  time  the distributions  depart  from  the  log-
 normal  form.  The difference between the  apparent
 distribution and initial (true) one is caused by the de-
 crease in particle number by coagulation  and at the
 same time by the increase in settling velocities of grown
 particles.  Figure -4 shows the variation in 50%-radius
 of apparent  size  distributions by the dimensionless
 parameter CG-y.  It  can be  seen  that the curve of
 <;,.= 1.5 is slightly larger than that of a,0= 1.2 because
 of the effect of polydispersity, and also  that, at the
 valuesof C6'- v  less than 0.04, the effect of coagulation
can  be ignored.
                                                              02   04  06  08
                                                                       t-J
                                 02  04  Q6  OB   10
                                      n  c-j
           (a)                         (b)
  Fig. 5  Time-dependent change in number concentration of
  particles undergoing sedimentation and diffusion

1. 2   Effect of Brownian diffusion
  True  particle size distribution  in  this  case  was
defined as that  where the influence of diffusion would
be perfectly  removed  in  some way.   The effect  of
diffusion is very complicated in comparison with that
of coagulation,  because of its larger dependence on
particle radius  and its irregular dependence on sedi-
mentation depth v.  To examine this effect in simple
form, particles  are now considered to be monodi>>-
perse.  The basic equation in this case, expressing the
timedependent  change in  concentration  of particles
undergoing diffusion and sedimentation, becomes

               J"^DG,'''n,-                  (ID
               at        ay*    ay
where
                DGt=D(ri)IHu,(ri)z
Equation(11) was solved analytically by C. N. Davies"
under two  kinds of boundary conditions: one is that
both top and bottom  walls  are absorbing ones, and
another is that  the top wall is a free surface where no
particles cross this wall.  As the convergence in solu-
tion  is very slow for small values of DGa which are
characteristic of larger particles, Eq. (II) was solved
numerically  by the same  method as  the  previous
paper" assuming both walls to be absorbing.   Figure 5
shows the  calculation results  of  the  time-dependent
change  in  particle  number concentration.   Particle
number  concentration must  change with  remaining
sharp boundaries, which can  be found for such a small
value of DC, as 0.00129 in the figure.   The effect of
diffusion, however, is found to become  larger with the
values of DC, and the particle number concentration
is found  to tend to change with the smooth boundary

             JOUtNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINtfUING OF JAPAN
                                                  592

-------
in the figures.   The decrease in  particle number near
the bottom wall appears at £X70 larger than about 0.07.
Some of these calculation results agreed with  Davies'
solutions.   It is interesting to find  that the solutions
solved under the boundary conditions of free surface
of the upper did not differ significantly from those solv-
ed under absorbing upperwallinthecase of £>G0<0.01.
Figure 6 shows the apparent particle size distribution
obtained from  Fig. 5, which  is  shown by the same
explanation as those in Fig. 3.   It is found that in the
case of Z)(?o=0.00129, the results by calculation, as-
suming two absorbing walls almost coincide with the
true monodisperse distribution irrespective  of y.  The
deviations  from the  true monodisperse distribution
become larger with increase of DG0, which  means that
the plot of actually observed results by means of con-
ventional  sedimentation analysis under the effect of
diffusion considerably differs from  that  of the true
distribution.  The apparent size distributions in  this
case give those as if they were polydisperse in spite of
the actually monodisperse particles.  Figure  7 shows the
region which is determined by  putting -<0.95      (12)
 When the sedimentation cell is not  a shallow  one, the
 effect of particle diffusion to vertical boundaries must
 be  taken  into account.  This effect of vertical walls,
 however,  can  be avoided when  the following relation
 is satisfied (refer to Appendix).
                  B>v/50Z>G0W                (13)
 The  discussion above is for  monodisperse particles,
 but it will be essentially valid for polydisperse particles.
 1.3  Dependence of particle radius on the above  two
 effects
   As is found by the  definition of CG and  DC, the ef-
 fects of coagulation and diffusion depend upon particle
 properties,  fluid properties and  dimensions of a sedi-
 mentation cell.  Among these  the  remaining values
 except particle radius are usually  known  or can be
 suitably chosen in measurement.  In this  section, the
 methods to predict the effects of coagulation  and-dif-
 fusion will be discussed by two parameters  Mr and M„
 which  do not consist of unknown value of particle
 radius.
   The parameter CG-y, which appeared in a  previous
 section, can be rewritten as follows, separating particle
  radius:

  where
          A/r=9 fty'K,n'J2 x \Q-\p,-p)gz
  The  parameter  Mc   consists  of  known  valuables.
  Figure 8 shows the dependence of 50%-radius (r;)50 of

  VOL. 10 NO. i  1977
       Fig. 6  Apparent particle size distributions due to the effect
       of diffusion

                                         J,  6 810
                            DG0   C-3

         Fig. 7  Region where the effect of diffusion is ignored

             Fig. 8  Dependence of (r,')n on M(- and /•„„'

     apparent particle size distributions on M,  and initial
     or true r('0l which  was obtained from Fig. 4  by deter-
     mining the values of r,'0 and M,-.  It can be found that
     50%-radius (r',)io agrees with r',, when A/, is less than
     0.001 in the case  of r;0>0.1 and <7,0 under the effect of coagulation.
       In a similar way, a  parameter M'„ for diffusion  is
     defined as follows
593

-------
                                                              t.  6
                  Fig. 9 Dependence of ri an MR and >
             Kg. 10  Experimental apparatus
                                               (15)
 where
            Mn --~ 3*774 x 10- }ir.(!>f
 Substituting Mn  into Eq. (12), the minimum particle
 radius r'0  where the effect of diffusion can be ignored
 becomes as follows
        In r;>0.333 In M„ -0.868 >•-7.209       (16)
 Figure 9 shows the dependence of r'a in Eq. (16) on the
 A//,-;- coordinate  which  are  both  determined by
 measuring conditions.   The left-lower regions of each
 equi-radius line in the  figure indicate that the effect
 of diffusion of particles having radius r'^ denoted can
 be  ignored.  For example, the minimum  particle
 radius r»  where the  effect  of diffusion can  be  negli-
 gible  is about 0.05 /A, when  A//(=10"' and ^=0.5.
 If the observation depth y is shallowed to 0.1,  rj
 moves to 0.07 ft.  Since true particle radius rj, or r'^ is
 usually unknown in actual  sedimentation tests, it is
 unavoidable to use the observed value (r,')so instead of
 ri or rj,, for the check whether or not influence of dif-
 fusion exists in observed data.  If the radius  obtained
 by Fig. 9 using the known values of M,, and vis smaller
 than observed value (r,')50, the effect of diffusion may
 be  negligible, that is, the  observed  radius (/•,')«»  is
 true under the condition of no effect of coagulation or
 under  enough small value of Mr.  If the radius ob-
tained  by  Fig. 9  is the same order  of (/•,'),„ or larger
               Fig. 11  Particle size distributions for stearic
               acid particles

 than (f()M, it is necessary to observe again varying the
 measuring conditions to decrease the value of Mn.
   The effects of coagulation and diffusion may be mini-
 mized  under  centrifugal sedimentation  because  the
 values of A/c and A/,, become smaller by the centrifugal
 effect z.

 2.   Experimental Apparatus and Method

   The  ultramicroscopic  technique  for  size analysis
 was used to examine the above  analyses  experimen-
 tally, w hich can give accurate particle number concentra-
 tion at  any  given depths.  The sedimentation cell for
 air sedimentation was the same as those which appear-
 ed in the previous paper'-:.   The cell for sedimenta-
 tion in  water is  shown  in Fig. 10 (a).  The cell has a
 shallow  sedimentation  length  compared  with   the
 distance between vertical surrounded walls so that Eq.
 (13) is satisfied in most cases.  The particles used in
 this study were two  kinds of aerosols  and four kinds
 of fine  powders.  The  aerosol particles were  stearic
 acid particles generated by a  La  Mer-Sinclair type
 generator and tobacco  smoke generated by  a  simple
 smoking apparatus by  which  the  number concentra-
 tion of  particles was controlled from  10" to 10" parti-
 cles cc.   The carbon black and  three  kinds of iron
 oxide particles  were provided  for  the  sedimentation
 test  in water,  The carbon black particles were quite
 spherical, the iron  oxide particles  A and B were cubic
 with  rounded  corners,  and the iron  oxide  particles
 C were needlelike having a  length-iodiameter ratio
 of six.  A detailed description of the measuring pro-
cedure  by  gravitational  sedimentation for aerosol
particles appeared  in  the  previous   paper*'.  The
measurement procedure for  fine  powders in  water
sedimentation  is as  follows.   A  given  amount  of
powder  was first dispersed uniformly into pure water

            JOUINAL OF  CHIMICAL (NOINIIRING OP JAPAN
                                                  594

-------
     Fig. 12  Particle size distributions for tobacco smoke

without  any dispersing agents,  but with  mechanical
stirring to obtain  suspension.   Then  the suspension
was poured gently into the sedimentation cell shown
in Fig. 10 (a) with a syringe, and it was covered with a
thin glass.   Putting the  sedimentation  cell  on  the
stage of an ultramicroscope as  shown in Fig. 10 (c),
particle  number at a  certain depth in the  cell was
observed at every lapse of time by using VTR.   The
initial  particle number concentration, 7V0(=nJ), was
determined by knowing the initial particle number of
images and the observation volume which corresponds
to  the  focussed  volume of the ultramicroscope pre-
liminarily determined".   For centrifugal  sedimenta-
tion, on the other hand, the cell  was set to a centrifuge
to obtain a given value of centrifugal effect z as shown
in Fig.  10 (b).  Experimental conditions and properties
of particles are shown  in Table  1.

3.   Experimental Results and Discussion
   Figures 11 and 12 show the comparisons of apparent
particle size  distribution  data  in air sedimentation
under the effect of coagulation obtained experimentally
with theoretical  results.   No difference between them
is found irrespective of sedimentation depth  y in Fig.
 11.  The  size   distribution  of highly  concentrated
aerosol shown in Fig.  12, on the other hand, seems to
shift to a larger  radius.  The minimum particle radius
ri where the effect of  diffusion  can be ignored  is ob-
tained  to be about 0.2 n from Fig. 9  in those case of
Figs. 11 (A/D=4.64x 10'') and  12 (A/D=5.05x lO'").
This value is  sufficiently smaller than those experi-
mentally obtained (/,%,  which suggests  no effect of
diffusion.  The  value  of Mc of highly  concentrated
aerosol in  Fig.  12 is found from  Fig.  8 to be large
enough to be effected  by coagulation.  The  tendency
of the shift in Fig. 12  is well described by calculation
results of Eq. (4) taking into account the coagulation
effect.
             H
           390-  6yH«l'on
           E    microwopr
            $70

            IN
            £ 50-
             40
            I 30
            920

            I '0
                                                                                 /<
                                                                                    O wnlrrtu
                                                                                  a •:groviiationol
                                                                                     fiflfl
                                                                          01
                                                                    O 0.2*  7.97110* 9.37*'0
                                                                               239>l6
                                                                                          CO-y  00
                                                                                              JSOilO"4
     Fig. 13  Particle size distributions for Iron oxide A
              99
            5:95(1
k»V
0
0
•
y
nnn
016
006
N,.n«
178. I07
??5>!0'
MC
666HO"'
137. i(T*
B'O.iO"1
MO
I36.IIJ*
J«.IO">
COy
I96«IO"'
3.9««icr1
026
00
J"«IO"*
211,10 '
     Fig.  14  Particle size distributions for iron oxide B
            Table 1  Experimental conditions
Gravitational sedimentation in air
  Aerosols; stearic acid particles, tobacio smoke
  ^(,=0.3^-0.5^,  «r,o= 1.2-1.4
  Density of particles; />,=0.85 g/cm» (stearic acid particles)
                      = 0.78 g/cm' (tobacco smoke)
  Concentration of particles; ni= I0'-10' particles/cc
Gravitational and centrifugal sedimentation in water
  Powders; iron oxide A, B and C
          carbon  black
  rja=0.09 /i-0.4 ft
  ff,o = 1.3-l,6
  Density of powders; p, = 5.2 g/cm1 (iron oxide A and B
                      -4.9 g/cm1 (iron oxide C)
                      = 1.85 g/cm* (carbon black)
  Concentration of powders; «i = IO«-10t particles/cc
  Centrifugal effect; 2 = 10-67
      /-100 A--1500 ,u (>-=0.08-0.6)
      C6=0.07-2.2. £>G=lO-'-10-'
 VOL 10  NO. 1  1977
                                                       595

-------
          -"I
             006
                          «9M<5'
                                CO,
     Fig. 15  Particle size distributions for carbon black
                                     02   04 06
                                     till
kfy
0
0
•
Mud
c»ntnfuoal1i»ldtr.6S3)
gravitational fi»id
y
008
008
N0. nj
tiOi >0<
467* 10«
960« 107
Mc
560.IO"6
1 9K10"'
399.10"'
MO 1 COy
235.10"?1U5.IO""J
ue.io-'i"0"0''!
[ 103
DO
91.0. 10"'
5.84. 10~!
     Fig. 16  Particle size distributions for iron oxide C

  Figures 13 to 16 show the comparisons  of apparent
size distribution data in gravitational and  centrifugal
field in water sedimentation obtained experimentally
with calculated results.  The effects of coagulation and
diffusionarefoundtobenegligibleinthecase of Fig. 13.
This fact is  also  readily  expected by the values of
Mc, Mr,, y and (r(')j0.  The experimental  results ob-
tained  in  gravitational  Meld in  Figs.  14  and IS are
found  to shift towards a larger radius in  comparison
with those in centrifugal field.  This shift in Fig. 14
is mainly due to the  effect of coagulation  because of
the larger value of M, •  The shift in Fig. 15, on the
other hand, is caused  by larger values of MD and small
value of (r,')«o.   The minimum radius r', in those cases
is predicted to be  above 0.28 n from Fig.  9, while the
apparent radius  (r',)M  observed is about 0.15 in.   Then
it is obvious that  the effect of diffusion is thought to
be significant in  gravitational sedimentation in Fig. 15.
The calculation results from Eq. (4) taking account of
diffusion effect are found to describe the experimental
results fairly well in the figure.
  Some examples of apparent size distributions where
both effects of coagulation and diffusion are significant
under  gravitational sedimentation are shown in  Fig.
16.   The effects of coagulation and diffusion seem to
be negligible  by applying centrifugal  sedimentation
in those cases,  which can  be easily understood by
checking Mc, MD, y and (r\'),0.   As to the experimental
results  obtained by  gravitational sedimentation in
Fig.  16 (a), the effect of diffusion obviously exists be-
cause the value  of r0' determined by Fig.  9 is 0.17 ^,
while (r;)80=0.12 p.   The effect of coagulation in this
case  is not significant, the amount of which is shown
by  (Sed.-fCoagu.)-curve  in  the figure.   Apparent
particle size distribution in Fig. 16 (b) is influenced
not only  by diffusion but by  coagulation, because
the particle number concentration is higher than  that
of Fig. 16 (a).   However, it is difficult  to predict the
effect of diffusion under  the  existence  of significant
coagulation such as that of Fig. 16 (b).   It is necessary
in such cases to  eliminate  first the effect  of coagula-
tion and then  the effect of diffusion must  be checked.
Both  experimental results  obtained  by gravitational
sedimentation  in Figs. 16 (a) and (b)  are  found to
agree well with those obtained by directly solving Eq.
(4) under the same condition of the experiment.
  The theoretical consideration  on  coagulation in
this paper is not strictly applicable to solid and non-
spherical particles, because the calculations  are based
on the assumption that particles are spherical and  par-
ticles collide with each other to form a new spherical
particle whose mass may  be the same as the  combined
mass  of the  two smaller particles.   It is suggested,
however, that the assumption  seems  to be fairly ef-
fective even for  solid and nonspherical  particles,  jud-
ging from the fair agreement of theory with experiment
so far as the experimental conditions of this study were
concerned.

Conclusion
  The effects of Brownian coagulation and diffusion
on particle size  analysis by  sedimentation method,
which are of major problem for determining the size of
sub-micron particles, were studied, and the following
results  were  obtained.  I) The  change  in number
concentration  of particles  was  numerically  solved,
when particles exist between two horizontal walls and
are  undergoing  gravitational  sedimentation  accom-
panying Brownian coagulation  and  diffusion.  The
calculated results were figured to show the difference of
true  size distribution  from apparent size distributions
which  were  numerically obtained  by conventional
sedimentation analysis under the effects of coagulation

            JOURNAL OP CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                   596

-------
and diffusion.   2) Two parameters, M c for estimating
coagulation effect and MD for diffusion effect,  were
proposed to predict whether the influence of coagula-
tion or diffusion exists  or not in actually observed size
distribution,  that  is,  whether the  size distribution
obtained is true one or apparent  one.  These param-
eters are useful as a criterion to  determine the meas-
uring conditions to avoid the influences of coagula-
tion and diffusion.   3) The above theoretical results
were experimentally  examined   under  various con-
ditions, such as air sedimentation, water sedimentation,
centrifugal sedimentation  and various particles, by
means of ultramicroscopic  size analysis,  and  the
theoretical consideration presented in this paper was
found to be valid for prediction and prevention of the
effects  of  Brownian  coagulation and diffusion  in  a
sedimentation size analysis.

Appendix
   The time-dependent change in number concentration of parti-
cles existing in the space surrounded by two vertical walls and
also undergoing Brownian diffusion was solved by N. A. Fuchs"
 as follows
                                                    (A-l)
                                                    (A-2)
 The maximum time when the decrease in particle number by
 diffusion is almost negligible is given by Eq. (A-2) as B'/SQDM).
 Normalized value of this time by Eq. (5) comes to B'/SOH'DG,.
 Most particles have been already settling down below //at <«
 1.0 in the horizontal walls, consequently the effect of particle
 diffusion  to  vertical  walls  can be  relatively  ignored  when
 The change at the middle of B is given as follows
  Nomenclature
B
CG
            = width of the sedimentation cell            [cm]
            = dimensionless parameter defined in Eq. (6)
CJrO
DC
DC,

D(ri)

F
f(r")
g
H
K,
*M, Pi)

*(r,,/»,)
- Cunningham's correction factor of ri
= dimensionless parameter defined in Eq.
= dimensionless parameter defined in Eq.
( - 3c TI4x(pf - p)gHri,'z)
«• diffusion coefficient of ri
(=*CJirl)xT/6iiitri)
= cumulative undersize
~ particle size distribution function
= acceleration of gravity
= height of the sedimentation cell
= coefficient in Eq. (5) (=2*773 n)
— coagulation function for two particles
of sizes ri and p>
— dimensionless coagulation function
[-J
(6)
(II)
[-1

[cm'/sec]
H
[-]
[cm/sec1]
[cm]
[cm'/sec]

(cm'/sec)

Mc        = parameter for coagulation defined in Eq. (14)
             ( = 9 nK*iy'H x \0-t(pf-p)g2)           [cm!]
MD        = parameter for diffusion defined in Eq. (IS)
             •< = 3«774xlO-l'm>,-/»)fWz)             [cm']
N.Nt.N,    = measured particle concentration    [particles/cc]
n'(ri,i'),n(rt.t) —  number concentration and dimen-
             sionless number concentration of
             particles  ( = n'(r't ,»')/«,)       [particles/cc] [—]
n          = dimensionless total number concentra-
             tion of particles ( = En(r,.t))             [— ]
ni         = total number concentration of particles at
             time zero                       [particles/cc]
r'         » particle radius for continuous spectrum    [cm]
fir,       = particle radius and dimensionless
             particle radius  (=ri/r;0)          [/'][cm)[— ]
ri         = particle radius of monodisperse
             particles                             [/<] [cm]
(r<)«      = 50%-radius in apparent particle size
             distribution                              [;<]
r;0        = geometric mean radius at time zero     [/*] [cm]
T         = absolute temperature                    l°K]
»',/        =  time and dimensionless time
                                                 [sec] [-]

                                                  [cm/sec]
                                                             y'.y
                                                                         terminal settling velocity of ri
                                                            Pi. Pi

                                                            P.P,
           = horizontal distance from one wall of the
              sedimentation cell                        [cm]
           = vertical and dimensionless vertical
              distance from top of the sedimentation
              cell   (=//«)                      [cm] [—]
           = centrifugal effect                         [—]

           = geometric standard deviation of apparent
              particle size distribution                  [—1
           = geometric standard deviation at time zero   [—]
           = Boltzman's constant (-1.38X10-14)    [erg/°K]
           = viscosity of fluid                    [g/cnvsec]
           = particle radius and dimensionless
              particle radius (- p't/r^t)
           •= fluid and particle density              [g/cm*]
 
 i          = refers to the number of particle size
 max       = maximum
 min        = minimum

 Literature Cited
  1) Davies, C. N.: Proc. Roy. Soc., A200. 100 (1949).
  2) Fuchs,  N. A.:  "The Mechanics of  Aerosols", Pergamon
     Press (1964).
  3) Irani, R. R. and C. F. Callis: "Particle Size; Measurement,
     Interpretation and Application", Willey (1963).
  4) Jelinek, Z.: "Particle Size Analysis". Willey (1974).
  5) Moore, D. W.  and  C. Orr, Jr. : Powder Techno!., 8,  1 3
     (1973).
  6) Yoshida,T., Y.Kousaka and K. Okuyama: lad. Eng. Chem.,
     Fundam., 14, 47 (1975).
  7) Yoshida, T., Y. Kousaka, K. Okuyama and S. Nishio: J.
     Chem: Eng. Japan, 8, 137 (1975).
   (Presented  at  Hokkaido Meeting of  The Soc. of Chem.
  Engrs.,  Japan at Muroran, July 24,  1975 and 9th  Autumn
  Meeting of The Soc. of Chem. Engrs., Japan at  Fukuoka, Oct.
  17. 1975.)
                                                      I-}
   VOl. 10  NO. 1  t»77
                                                      597

-------
 CONSTANT   PRESSURE   FILTRATION  OF  POWER-
 LAW  NON-NEWTONIAN   FLUIDS
                                         MOMPH SHIRATO, TSUTOMU ARAGAKI, Em IRITANI,
                                         MASAAKI WAKIMOTO, SATOSHI FUJIYOSHI,
                                         AND SH&I NANDA
                                         Department of Chemical Engineering, Nagoya University,
                                         Nagoya 464
  A filtration theory for the power-law non-Newtonian fluids b developed on the basis of the ex-
      Rabbxmibcn-Mooiiey equation, and several definitions of non-Newtonian nitration charac-
 teristics are defined. The equations presented in this paper may be considered as equations
 applicable both for non-Newtonian filtration and for conventional Newtonian filtration.  Methods
 for evaluating the overall characteristics of non-Newtonian filtration are suggested by using the
 compression permeability data.  In order to confirm the validity of the theory, constant  pressure
 filtration experiments are carried out under various conditions of the Bow behavior index N ranging
 from 0.404 to 0.504 and the filtration pressure p from 1000 to 3000 G/cm', and it is shown that
 the methods presented in thb paper are valid.  It is also shown that the average specific filtration
 resistance  varies considerably with change in the /V-value of the power-law, and the cakes formed
 from non-Newtonian filtration of pseudo-plastic fluid are denser than those from usual Newtonian
 filtration.
 Introduction
   In spite of the basic importance of non-Newtonian
 filtration in broad fields of petrochemical and food
 processing industries etc., very little has been studied in
 theories and experiments, while W. Kozicki ft a/.7'"
 have made valuable contributions to the nitration
 theory of power-law non-Newtonian fluids.
   In this paper, the conventional filtration theory of
 Newtonian fluids at constant pressure is reexamined in
 view of the power-law for flow of non-Newtonian
 fluids.  In order to  provide a useful mathematical
 tool of simplified form to industrial filtration, a genera-
 lized theory which is applicable to both non-Newtonian
 and conventional Newtonian  filtration  is presented
 in this paper.  It will also be demonstrated that the
 non-Newtonian filtration behaviors can be calculated
 on the basis of compression-permeability cell measure-
 ments and the estimated results are compared with
 constant pressure  filtration experiments of pseudo-
 plastic non-Newtonian fluids.

 1.  Experimental Equipment and Procedures
  The experimental filter, shown in Fig. 1, essentially
 consists of a plexiglass cylinder  of 130mm  inside
 diameter, a brass upper plate with a connection for
 applying air pressure and a  stainless-steel bottom

 Received August 12, 1976. Correspondence concerning thii irtkU ibould
 be addretMd to M. Shinto.  M. Wakimoto it with Noritake Co.. Ltd.. Nt-
 goya 451, S. Fujiyoihi ii with Shin-Nippon Iron * Sue! Co.. Ltd., Tokai
476 mod S. Nindi i> with Japan Catalytic Chem. Ind. Co., Ltd.. Hiraeji
671-12.
plate  which supports a perforated  plexiglass  plate
with a filter paper on it.
  In order to  conduct non-Newtonian filtration ex-
periments, the selection of solid materials is important
and it is essential that  addition of non-Newtonian
liquid  to  suspensions may not  substantially affect
particle flocculation, and that the viscous character-
istics of the filtrate do not vary during filtration pro-
cess"'.  Several  kinds of slurry materials (i.e., Gai-
rome  clay, Korean kaolin, calcium carbonate, fine
silica   sand,  Filter-Cel, Standard-Supercel,  Hyflo-
Supercel and Radiolite) have  been examined.   The
last two materials have proven to be appropriate in
the above mentioned views and Radiolite (# 1100)* is
used for the experiments attempted in this study.
  The non-Newtonian fluids used in this study are
    (rest of  paper is  missing)
                                 PLEXIGLASS
                                 CYLINDER



                               \ FILTER (WER ft
                                 PERFORATED
                        FILTRATE  PLATE

    Fig. 1 Schematic diagram of experimental apparatus
* Diatomaceous filter aid, Showa Kagaku Kogyo Co., Ltd.

           JOUtNAL OF CHEMICAL ENOINfERINO OF JAPAN
                                                  598

-------
EXPERIMENTAL STUDY OF THERMOPHORESIS  OF
AEROSOL  PARTICLES
                        YASUO KOUSAKA, KIKUO OKUYAMA,
                        SHIGERU NISHIO AND TETSUO YOSHIDA
                        Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka
                        Prefecture, Sakai, 591
                                  (Reprinted with permission)
                           599
                                                Reprinted from
                                               JOURNAL OF
                                       CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                            ©        OF
                                                   JAPAN
                                            Vol. 9, No. 2  (1976)
                                               Pagei 147 -150

-------
EXPERIMENTAL  STUDY   OF  THERMOPHORESIS  OF
AEROSOL  PARTICLES
                                         YASUO KOUSAKA*, KIKUO OKUYAMA.
                                         SHIGERU NISHIO AND TETSDO YOSHIDA
                                         Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka
                                         Prefecture, Sakai, 591
  The velocity of thermophoresis of aerosol particles in the slip flow region, about which no con-
clusion has yet been drawn from the many results of experimental and theoretical work, was studied
from the experimental point of  view.  A new experimental method using an ultramicroscope
was developed to meet most of the necessary conditions to obtain reliable data on thermophoresis,
such as accurate observation of  velocity under an accurately known temperature gradient and
prevention of the action of any forces except thermal force. The experimental  results were
compared with some of the most  representative theories, and were found in good agreement with
Derjaguin's theory.
Introduction

   Because of the practical interest in particle deposi-
tion on heat exchanger tubes and in particle collection
by scrubbers and thermal precipitators, as well as the
theoretical  interest in evaluating the phenomenon,
extensive  experimental  investigations  of  thermo-
phoresis have been made".
   In the large-Knudsen number region /fi>>l, theory
and experiment are found to be in satisfactory agree-
ment.  In the smaller region or the slip flow region,
Kn<\, though various theories have been proposed,
sufficient reliable  experimental data to  verify them
have not been obtained  because of the difficulty in
accurate  measurement of the velocity  of thermo-
phoresis.
   This paper  presents experimental data on the veloc-
ity of thermophoresis in the slip flow region obtained
by a new technique developed to determine the ac-
curate  velocity of thermophoresis.  The data  are
then compared with some representative theories of
thermophoresis1"'•'•"'"".

Experimental  Method

   Several  experimental methods to  determine  the
velocity  of thermophoresis  have   been developed.
Derjaguin examined the available experimental meth-
ods which had been reported and classified them into
four types".   Each of them, however, seems to have
some unavoidable faults.   In accurate determination
of the  velocity of thermophoresis, the following con-
  Received September 19,  1975.
  Presented at  the Tokushima Meeting (at  Tokushima,  July
  1975) of The Sex;, of Chem. Engrs., Japan.

VOL. 9  NO. 2   1974
ditions should be essentially satisfied: 1) to know the
accurate temperature' gradient where the velocity of
particles is just observed; 2) to prevent the action of
any non-thermal forces, such as fluid drag due to
fluid flow, photophoretic  and electric  forces;  3) to
avoid convective flow of aerosol induced by the tem-
perature difference"; 4) to know accurately the  diam-
eter of spherical particles:  and 5) to  observe  the
velocity itself directly under  the above conditions.
Considerable spread in experimental data obtained by
different authors is thought to be caused by lack of
some  of the above  conditions. The experimental
method presented in this paper was developed so that
the above conditions  were  satisfied  as much as pos-
sible.
  The experimental technique applied in this study is
in principle much the same as that previously  devel-
oped  by the authors for  size  analysis of aerosol
particles'".  The only difference between them lies
in the observation cells.
  Fig. 1 shows the experimental  apparatus.  The ob-
servation cell fixed on the stage of an ultrumicroscope
has a water jacket into which cooling water controlled
in temperature ranging 0C'C to room  temperature is
circulated to cool the  bottom wall  of the cell.  The
bottom wall  was made from brass plate which has a
large heat capacity.  The upper wall of the observa-
tion cell consists of a  glass plate through which the
particles suspended in  the cell were observed  by the
ultramicroscope. The side walls  of the cell  were
made from polyvinyl chloride  for thermal insulation.
A temperature  gradient  was  formed  between  the
upper glass wall and  the bottom one, and its  extent
was controlled  by  changing the temperature  of the
                                              600

-------
    ultromicroscope
                                      UldW by
                                    cyonooiry&tt bindir>g
                          ~ i   plan view o(
                                       thermocouple
stageofurlramkroscop* H   O.lmm Cu-Con&tantan
    Sectional                thermocouw.
                in mm
  Fig. 1  Experimental apparatus
bottom wall, the upper wall being left at room tem-
perature.  The  ratio of  cell width to  height  was
selected  as ten  so  that convective  flow  induced by
temperature gradient in the cell could be avoided".
  The aerosol to be observed  is cooled by a heat
exchanger to the mean temperature in the cell and is
introduced into the cell.  After  several  seconds of
admitting the  aerosol, the  flow is instantaneously
stopped  by closing the electric valves shown in Fig. 1.
Then a  linear temperature field is  formed within a
short time throughout the cell except in the vicinity of
the side walls.  The value of  the  time  interval,  r,
needed for the aerosol in the cell to warm up is given
by"
                r=«js>/C,/A,                   (1)
where Cf is the specific heat of the aerosol, pf density,
K, thermal conductivity of the aerosol and ht half of
the cell  depth.  In the  present case r comes to 0.05
seconds, which is negligibly small compared with the
observation period /,/, described later.   Exact solu-
tion of this problem can be obtained by an analogical
method  in solving the establishment of Couette flow,
and it gives a still smaller value.  Thus the field  may
be regarded as at steady state.
  The focus of the ultramicroscope was set at a given
                                            depth h from (he inner surface of the upper glass wall
                                            by adjusting the height of the stage, on which the cell
                                            was fixed, up and down.  Thus the particle numbers
                                            at  various  depths was observed.   The  temperature
                                            gradient in the cell, on the other hand, was also pre-
                                            liminarily measured by a small thermocouple in the
                                            cell shown in Fig. 1, the depth of which was also ad-
                                            justed by displacement of the  stage.  The stage  dis-
                                            placement in these measurements was determined by
                                            the height gauge installed in the microscope.
                                               Aerosol particles in the cell start to settle just after
                                            closing the valves of the cell under the influence of
                                            gravity and thermophoresis.  The particles appearing
                                            in  sight  of the  microscope, which  is  focused  at a
                                            certain depth of the cell, h, are recorded by a video
                                            recorder as sedimentation progresses until the particle
                                            disappears from sight.   Knowing the depth h and the
                                            time fi/j at which half of the initial particles disappear
                                            from sight of the microscope, the settling velocity of a
                                            particle  having median diameter DPao, though it  is
                                            resultant  velocity shown below, is determined:
                                                          l/e(D,,.) -r Ur(Dpis) = */*,.,
                                                                                                      (2)
£/c(/?fH) represents the gravitational settling velocity
and  is easily  obtainable  by measurement where no
temperature gradient is formed in the cell.  Further-
more,  Uc(Dritl)  can  be converted  into the  median
diameter of the particles, Dfw by using the  Stokes-
Cunningham  equation.   Thus  the  values  of both
Ue(DTia) and Z>,,so are accurately evaluated.   In con-
sequence the velocity of thermophoresis of a  particle
of Dp,, in diameter, (J,-(Dfia), can be determined by
observing ti/t under existence of temperature gradient.
Eq. (2) is valid when resultant velocity of UG and VT
increases monotonously with particle diameter.  As it
is well known that the dependence of particle size on
the velocity of thermophoresis is small this condition
will  be  satisfied in most cases unless there exists an
extremely large temperature gradient.
  Aerosol particles  used  in  this study were tobacco
smoke,  stearic  acid and  OOP.  Aerosols  of both
stearic acid and DOP were generated by a  La Mer-
Sinclair  type generator  and  tobacco  smoke  was
generated by a simple smoking apparatus" !. Aerosols
thus generated were  cooled  by a heat exchanger and
were then observed.
  The size distributions of aerosol partides are shown
in Fig.  2.   They  were obtained  by the ultramicro-
scopic method1"  using  the  same  cell as shown  in
Fig. 1 but having no temperature gradient in it.

Experimental Results and Discussion
  Figs.  3 and 4 show the experimental  results.  The
temperature gradients .measured in the cell are shown
at the right side  of the figures.  They seem to be

             JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                   601

-------
                                               Fig. 3  (a) Relation between /, „ and A
                                                                                   (b) Temperature gradient
              OA 0.60.61.0
                 Dp  t>n
 Fig. 2  Size distribution of aerosol particles
Fig. 4  (a) Relation between r,,2 and h
                                                                                  (b) Temperature gradient
linear.  The abscissa of the figures, y,  indicates the
depth from an arbitrary position  which roughly cor-
responds  to 0.15mm  in  actual  depth h  from  the
upper wall.  In the left-side  figure, the relation be-
tween tl/t in Eq. (2), at which half of the initial particles
disappear from sight of the microscope, and h,  the
depth from the inner surface of the  upper wall of the
cell, were  plotted.   To compare  these  experimental
values  with theoretical ones,  the following  two re-
presentative theoretical  equations proposed  by Derja-
guin" and  Brock" were adopted,
                                                (3)


                                                (4)
                     grad T
                 l + 2Cm(2*ID,)

    U?(D,)= \ x Uf(D,)


VOL. *  NO. 1  1974
            Since  the  gravitational  settling velocity,  U^D,^),
         and accordingly the median diameter of the particles,
         Z)P80, have been  already determined  by experiment,
         substitution of U,,(DrJ and  l'ADfJ which can  be
         calculated  by the above equations knowing DPJI) and
         other experimental  constants  into  Eq. (2) gives  the
         theoretical relation  between  t,-, and  h.   The solid
         and dotted lines in Figs.  3 and 4 are  those thus pre-
         dicted by Derjaguin and  Brock,  respectively   It can
         be  found  that good  agreement exists between  the
         solid  lines calculated on the  basis  of  Derjaguin's
         theory and the experimental values, except only  the
         case of large  temperature gradient, grad 7"---~74.8"C/
         cm.   The experimental data of grad 7"^-74.8'C/cm
         were  obtained under an undesirable condition where
         hot air was blown onto the surface of the upper wall
         of the cell to obtain a large  temperature gradient.
         The deviation from  Derjaguin's theory in this case is
                                               602

-------
          Aerosol
     Table 1  Comparison of experimental results win theories
grad T                Ur(DfK)  Icm/sec]
[°C/cm]        Exp.         Eq."(3)        Eq. (4)
                                                                                           n°"Ce
OOP
Stearic acid
Tobacco smoke
-9.2
-19.2
-38.0
-74.8
-13.5
-14.4
-18.3
2.72x10-
5.83x10-
9.90x10-
1.16x10-
3.39x10-
3.86x10-
4.93x10-
2.64x10-
5.51 xlO-
1.09x10-
2.14x10-
3.83x10-
4.08x10-
1 4.82x10-
1.33x10-
2.75x10-
5.45x10-
l.Olx 10-
1.91x10-
2.04x10-
2.41 x 10-
Jf.=5.9xlO-»[ca!/cm
*(=3.0xlO-«[cal/cm
convective flow occurs
oil-l°0410"4"
i if 	 t AV \c\~ * 5I n
r\i^=j.\j*' t\J , fj)M
sec-°KJ"
•sec-'K]"

=0.94
caused by poor temperature control of the upper wall
of the cell and also by convective flow  of aerosol in
the cell owing to the large temperature gradient.
  The velocities  of thermophoresis in various experi-
mental conditions were determined  by  the slope of
Figs.  3 and 4, subtracting those at zero temperature
gradient.   The results are  shown in  Table 1.   Good
agreement is  also  found  between the  experimental
results and the values calculated by Eq. (3).
  In ullramicroscopic observation of particle numbers
at a certain depth of the  cell,  h,  it  was  noteworthy
that the particles disappeared suddenly  from sight of
the microscope at the time tlft while  they disappeared
gradually  under zero  temperature  gradient.  This
sudden disappearance  shows  the small  dependence
of particle diameter on  the velocity of thermophoresis,
as expected from Eqs. (3) and (4).
  The particle number concentration of aerosols  in
experiment was about  4xlO'~8xl06,  which  cor-
responds  to  about 50~100 particles in sight of the
microscope.   At these concentrations almost no effect
of  Brownian  coagulation  on the change  in  particle
number concentration occurs1". The effect of photo-
 phoresis  by  illumination of the ultramicroscope on
settling velocity  was completely avoided by intermit-
 tent lighting.

 Conclusion
   The velocity  of thermophoresis  in  the slip  flow
 region was studied experimentally.   The experimental
 method presented herein was developed to meet most
 of the necessary conditions for  accurate measurement
 of thermophoresis, and it  gives very reliable data on
 thermophoresis compared  with those so far reported.
 The results were compared with the theories proposed
 by Derjaguin and by Brock, and were found  in good
 agreement with Derjaguin's theory rather than Brock's.

 Adnmrledgmeat
   I. Nishioka was very helpful  in the experimental work.
                                Nomenclature
                                C.

                                C,

                                D,
                                h

                                K..K,

                                T
                                P
                                9*
                                
=  tangential momentum first-order slip
   coefficient" « 1.23                      [—]
=  temperature jump first-order slip
   coefficient" =2.16                      [_]
=  diameter of particle                 [cm], [/i]
=  depth from inner surface of the upper
   wall of a cell                     [cm], [mm]
=  thermal conductivity of gas and
   particle, respectively          [cal/cnvsec-°K]
=  temperature of gas                 [°C], [°K]
=  the time when half of the initial  number
   disappear                              [sec]
=  velocity of gravitational settling        [cm/secj
=  velocity of thermophoresis            [cm/sec]
=  depth from an arbitrary position in
   a cell                                [mm]

=  mean free path of gas molecules           [cm]
=  viscosity of fluid                   [g/cm-sec]
= density of fluid                     [g/cm1]
=  density of particle                   [g/cm'J

— for median diameter
                                
                                D        = for Derjaguin
                                B        = for Brock

                                Literature Cited
                                  1)  Brock, J, R.: /. Colloid Sci., 17, 768 (1962).
                                  2)  Derjaguin, B. V. and Y. Yalamov: J. Colloid Sci., 20, 555
                                     (1965).
                                  3)  Derjaguin, B. V. and Y. Yalamov: / Colloid and Interface
                                     Sci., 22, 195 (1966).
                                  4)  Gudzinowicz, B. J.: J. Chem. Eng. Data, 9, 79 (1964).
                                  5)  Hidy, G. M. and J. R. Brock: "Topics in Current Aerosol
                                     Research (Part 2)", Chapter 5, Pergamon Press Inc. (1972).
                                  6)  Jacobsen, S. and J. R. Brock: /. Colloid Sci., 20, 544 (1965).
                                  7)  Paranjpe, M. K.: Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., 4a, 423 (1936).
                                  8)  Phillips, W. F.: Physics of Fluids, 18, No. 2. 144 (1975).
                                  9)  Sone, Y., K. Aoki and Y. Onishi: J. Japan Soc.  Aero,
                                     Space Sci,, 23, 568 (1975).
                                10)  Sone, Y. and  K. Aoki: ibid., 23, 575 (1975).
                                II)  Yoshida, T.,  Y. Kousaka and K. Okuyama: Ind. Eng.
                                     Chem..  Fundam., 14, 47 (1975).
                                12)  Yoshida, T., Y. Kousaka,  K. Okuyama and S. Nishio: /
                                     Chem. Eng. Japan, 8, 137 (1975).
                                                                       JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEEKIN6 OP JAPAN
                                                       603

-------
TURBULENT COAGULATION  OF AEROSOLS  IN A

STIRRED TANK


                         KIKUO OKUYAMA, YASUO KOUSAKA,
                         YOSHINORI KIDA AND TETSUO YOSHIDA
                         Department of Chemical Engineering, University of
                         Osaka Prefecture, Safari 591
                                      (Reprinted with permission)
                                                  Reprinted from
                                                 JOURNAL OF
                                         CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                        OF
                                                     JAPAN

                                             Vol. 10, No. 2 (1977)
                                                 Pagts 142—U7

-------
TURBULENT  COAGULATION   OF  AEROSOLS   IN   A
STIRRED  TANK
                                          KIKUO OKU YAM A, YASUO KOUSAKA,
                                          YOSHINORI KIDA AND TETSUO YOSHIDA
                                          Department of Chemical Engineering, University of
                                          Osaka Prefecture. Sakai 591
  Turbulent coagulation of aerosol particles was studied experimentally by observing the time-
dependent changes in particle number concentration and size distribution of aerosol for various
intensities of stirring in a stirred tank, using the ultramicroscopic size analysis.  From the ob-
served data on the decrease in particle number concentration of aerosol, the rate constants of tur-
bulent coagulation were evaluated and compared with some of tlie most representative theories, and
were found in good agreement with SafTman and Turner's theory.  Further, the changes in particle
size distribution observed were confirmed by those obtained by numerically solving the equation of
coagulation for polydisperse aerosol, the so-called population balance equation.
Introduction
  The rate of coagulation of aerosol particles depends
on Brownian motion of particles and turbulent motion
of the fluid in which  particles are entrained, when
particles are not electrically charged.   Brownian co-
agulation controls the rate of coagulation under small
particle sizes and small turbulence, while the effect of
turbulent coagulation begins to  exceed  Brownain co-
agulation  with the increase of particle radius and tur-
bulent intensity.   The behavior of polydisperse aero-
sols undergoing Brownian coagulation has been studi-
ed by many researchers' 6I"-1S| and  a general under-
standing of the behavior under various conditions has
been  almost obtained.   Previous  studies1'7'9'  on tur-
bulent coagulation, on the other hand, have been limit-
ed  to theoretical ones where coagulation rate is dis-
cussed, but few experimental data are available to
verify the theories because of the difficulty in accurate
measurement of the change  in properties  of highly
concentrated aerosol".
  In this paper, the changes in  particle number and size
of  aerosols undergoing turbulent coagulation in a
stirred tank were observed for various intensities of
stirring, using the  ultramicroscopic  size analysis pre-
viously developed  by the  authors'".  Then the rate
constants of turbulent coagulation were evaluated from
the observed data on the decrease in particle number of
 aerosols,  and  they were compared  with some repre-
 sentative theories on turbulent coagulation.   Further-
 more, the changes in particle size distribution observed
 were  compared with those obtained by numerically
  Received  September I, 1976.  Correspondence concerning this article
 ihould be addressed to K. Okuyama. Y. Kida is with Kurnho Co., Ltd.,
 Hink*t»S7J.
solving the equation of coagulation for polydisperse
aerosols.

1.   Experimental Apparatus und Method
  A schematic diagram of (he experimental apparatus
is shown in Fig. 1.   The vessel used was mack- of acry-
lic resin, and equipped with  four vertical batik's each
of which has a width of one tenth of the tank diameter.
The stirrer was six llat-bladcd turbine.   The vessel and
stirrer dimensions are standard ones as  shown in Fig.
I.   Aerosol used in this  study was tobacco smoke
generated by a simple smoking apparatus11-, by which
number concentration of particles was controlled from
10"  to 10s particles/cc.   Aerosols thus generated were
introduced promptly throughout the chamber and was
mechanically stirred for  a short period with extremely
low revolution  to  make the aerosol  uniform.  Then
the  revolution of the stirrer was raised  to the desired
speed.  The stirrer speed was checked by a photo tran-
 |VTR > monitor |-t><-





*[r?
U T J
photo tronstiiof
E-JT.'- ' 1 	
JtL
lomp
-'- 1
%i
Jii 	
^ 	 _. T!. _..,.?,

-

i
-t>
-
^xl
[tlffOIOl
<1 -" Qif COI
- 4 batti* f
...L

un.rj

I

npiPiSOrJ
kili*s

in tm

%iirrtd tonfcl
tlirrtd tankl
H
100
705.
_!L..
100
190
                      _0r
                       89
                           om,
WT
10
i 8
IT
2 •;
2 ^
H
It/10
Ti/To"
             Fig.  1  Experimental apparatus
                                                                 JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING Of JAPAN
                                                  605

-------
                              Table 1   Experimental conditions and properties of aerosols
N
Stirred
600
1800
3780
5000
9000
Stirred
1440
3000
•
«
5400
Re
tank I
1.81 v
5.44 •
1.14x
l.Slx
2.72x
tank II
1.28x
2.66-
•
.
4.78x


I01 1
10s :
10* :
10«
10«

10'
10*


10'
"o

.00;- 10'
.00 • 107
..00 10'
.75.- 107
.50x10'

.30A10'
.80x 10"
.00x10'
5.25xlO«
.00x10'
r>o

0.47
0.42
0.45
0.45
0.45

0.47
0.40
0.46
0.64
0.47
"*>

.34
.31
.38
.40
.40

,34
.33
.28
.48
.46
'0

3.00X104
8.10x10*
7.45x10"
1.74x10'
1.01 xlO"

8.10x10*
7.45x10*
i
t
4.35x10'
K

1.02x10-
1.28x10-
6.44x10"
1.25x10-
3.76x10-

2.11x10-
3.66x10-
5.65x10-
1.13x10-
1.30x10-


2
1
6
6
1

1
1
7
1
3.
P

32xiQ-
09 x 10-
37x10-
91x10-
78x10-

14x10-
89x10-
33 x 10-
68 x 10-
68x10-
KD

2.9
3.6
18.2
35.2
106

6.0
10.1
16.0
33.5
37.0
Pn'jKn?

1.14x10-
4.26x10-
5.23x10-
3.16x10-
3.16x10-

4.16x10-
2.86x10-
1.30x10-
2.38x10-
2.38x10-
        [sec]
     stirred  tankH
3000 r.p.m.        5400 r.p.m.
   Fig. 2  Photographs on time-dependent changes in aerosol

 sistor and was varied from 300 to 9000 rpm.  Aerosol
 sampled  at any given residence time was  introduced
 into  the  observation cell installed on the stage of an
 ultramicroscope to measure its particle size  distribu-
 tion  and  particle number concentration1".   Experi-
 ments were carried out by changing initial  particle
 number concentrations,  particle sizes,  stirrer speeds
 and sampling positions.  Representative experimental
 conditions and properties  of  aerosols are shown in
 Table 1.

 2.  Experimental  Results and Discussion
   No difference in experimental results was found in
 changing  sampling positions,  which  indicates  that
 the aerosol is uniform throughout the tank.  Figure 2
 is an example  of a series of photographs, taken by a
camera directly attached to the ultramicroscope. It
is se*n that particle number  decreases rapidly with

VOL. 10 NO. 2  1977
                                                                                               2    4  6 BIO1

                                                                                             /Browrvan
                                                                                           / coagulation olon«
                                                                                            -.   n,,10-10'  -
                                                                                                    45 /"
                                                                                                      6 BIO1
                                                                  (1 i
                                            Fig. 3  Effect of stirrcr  speed on decrease In  particle
                                            number concentration of aerosol

                                         time, and the decrease is more rapid at higher revolu-
                                         tion of the stirrer.  The particle growth due  to turbu-
                                         lent coagulation is also found in the photographs.
                                         2.1   Particle number concentration
                                            Figure 3 shows experimental relations between the
                                         ratio of particle number concentrations at  any time
                                         with those at initial time and stirring time in a tank.
                                         It can be seen that particle number concentrations in
                                         all cases decrease faster than the estimated ones from
                                         the equation of Smoluchowski""  for  monodisperse
                                         aerosols undergoing Brownian coagulation,  which  is
                                         given by
                                                l/ji'-l/Hi=2«iC.(rrt)f', Ar,=2/cr/3^        (I)
                                         These differences increase with the intensity of stirring
                                         when initial  aerosol properties are  of the same order.
                                                    606

-------
In the case of same stirrer speed, the decrease in parti*
cle number depends on the initial particle number con-
centrations and initial particle sizes.   As these experi-
mental results depend not only on coagulation but on
deposition loss of particles to the walls, it is impossible
to compare directly these results  with the theory of
coagulation  alone.  According   to   Gillespie   and
Langstroth",  the effects of coagulation and deposi-
tion on the decrease in particle number concentration
can be seperated  quantitatively by  introducing the fol-
lowing equation
             dn'ldt'	Kn'*-pn'               (2)
where K denotes the coagulation rate constant and j9
the deposition rate  constant.
  As both K and /8 may be  considered to depend to
some extent on  particle size distributions which are
subject to change  during the  ageing  of  an aerosol,
they will be a function of time.  Since it is very  com-
plicate to introduce the change of particle size into Eq.
(2), time-dependences of K and ft were  disregarded
here.   Integration of Eq. (2) gives


The coagulation  rate constant  K and deposition rate
constant ft were determined by fitting the experimental
data to Eq. (3) using the nonlinear squares method.
The curves in Fig. 3 are the fitting curves thus  obtained.
The values of A'and /3 are shown in Table 1 for various
conditions.  As  seen  from the table, values of K
ranged from  10~'  to 4xlO-'cm'/sec, while ft  from
10-' to 2 x 10-' I/sec.  The values of K and ft seem to
increase with the  stirrer speed and  initial particle size.
2.2  Coagulation rate
  The values of K evaluated from experimental results
include both effects of Brownian and turbulent coagu-
lation,  and turbulent coagulation is first discussed in
this section.
  Turbulence can affect  coagulation by two different
mechanisms.  In the first mechanism, since the tur-
bulent flow brings spatial non-homogeneities, different
velocities in neighbouring particles appear and,  as a
result, particles collide with each other by a mechanism
analogous to the  mechanism of laminar shearing  flow.
A second coagulation mechanism is caused by the rel-
ative motion of each particle differing from that of the
turbulent air, because its inertia will not be the same as
an equivalent mass  of air".   This  second mechanism
may be neglected"  when
  (1) the sum of colliding particle  radii is  small com-
pared to the smallest eddies in the fluid, and
  (2) the particles follow the fluid motion completely.
In either mechanism, the coagulation  rate depends
mainly on particle size and velocity gradient evaluated
from the energy dissipation rate per unit mass of fluid.
In the  case  of stirred tank, the average value of the
     energy dissipation rate «<, is taken to be equal to the
     power consumption rate  per unit mass  of mixing
     fluid.   Some investigators including Schwartzberg and
     Treyball" give e, for the standard stirred tank used in
     this experiment as, from the data for water
             «o=7.9JVJ/yr/r?// at /te>5000        (4)
     The distribution of energy dissipation rate through a
     tank results in coagulation rate distribution.  That is,
     a difference exists between the coagulation rate based
     on the average energy  dissipation rate «„ and that
     based on the local energy dissipation rate and its distri-
     bution through a tank.  Kuboi, Komasawa and Otake,
     however, suggested that the effect of energy dissipation
     rate distribution through a tank on the mass transfer
     coefficient is relatively small.  For  a first approxima-
     tion, the coagulation rate experimentally obtained was
     connected with average value of «0 neglecting the effect
     of local values of energy dissipation rate in this study.
     The values of e0 are shown in  Table 1.  According to
     the theory of isotropic turbulence proposed by Kolmo-
     goroff, the micro-scale of the turbulence >J0 is given by
     the next following equation from e0T)
                      ^(v'Ao)1"                  (5)
     Under the present experimental conditions, the mini-
     mum  value of I, is about 25 ft,  which is sufficiently
     large  compared with the  particle radius.  As  the
     relaxation time is sufficiently small  for sub-micron
     panicles, the particles will follow fluid motion com-
     pletely.
       From these  discussions  it can be concluded that,
     in the present case, the  above second mechanism of
     turbulent coagulation due to the inertia of the particles
     may be ignored and the first mechanism is important.
     The representative theoretical  equations denoting the
     collision rate by the first coagulation mechanism have
     been proposed by
       Saffman and Turner91 ;
r',)= \ .300-,' +r;)»
       Levich";
                                                   (6)
                                                   (7)
    The value d which appears in the equation is given as
    about 0.25 by Fuchs".  Equation (7) reduces to next
    equation when ri+rj is less than /i0
    The comparison of these equations with experimental
    results has not been made so far.  When an aerosol
    is monodisperse, coagulation rate Kr is given as
                   *r(r,')=*r(r,'.r,')/2               (9)
       The values of AT evaluated from experimental results
    including the effects of both Brownian and turbulent
    coagulation as described before,  the following value

                JOURNAL OP CHEMICAL ENOINJKtNO OP JAPAN
607

-------
KD was next introduced to obtain the  importance of
turbulent coagulation relative to Brownian coagulation
    y 	Yf ¥ (» ' \~	/ f t tf ' \ i Vfr'\\f&fff'\     l\ f\\
   •A.J) — "f**B\'tQJ — \**-T\'ffQJ~i •"•Bx*Bfl'//**J?V'flO/     x^-V
where Ka(r^)—2K0Cm(r',0), which can be easily deter-
mined.   The  values of KD are shown  in  Table  1.
Figure 4 shows the variation of KD against the values
of  rjo Veo,  together  with  the  theoretical curves of
KD from Eq.  (6) by Saffman and Turner and Eq.  (8)
by  Levich.  It will be seen that the experimental data
agree with the curve of Saffman and Turner's equation
rather than that of Levich.   Turbulent coagulation can
be ignored at r',l V«o less than 2 x !0~", while Brownian
coagulation can be ignored at r^Vso larger than 2x
10"10.  When particle size increases significantly  by
turbulent coagulation, comparison of  experimentally
obtained KD with the theoretical one by using the ini-
tial geometric mean radius will be erroneous.
2.3  Deposition rate
   Figure 5 shows the dependence of the deposition rate
/S obtained experimentally on the energy dissipation
rate £«, together with the theoretical  values calculated
by next equation
        8  ,„„,,„.„, w,(r,') _..,.(  ffH<(rd)  )
                                                01)
 Equation (Jl) was derived by  Takahashi and Kasa-
 hara1" for a cylindrical vessel in  the  same  way as
 Corner and  Pendlebury" for  a cubic  vessel, which
 gives the deposition rate due to Brownian and turbu-
 lent diffusion accompanying the gravitational settling.
 In  Eq. (11), K. is equal to ic'du/dx,  where *' is the
 Karman's constant  (~0.4) and dujdx is  given by
 Saffman and Turner81 as follows
              du/dx=(2s,/l5t>Y11
                                                (12)
 Figure 5 suggests that experimental values agree ap-
 proximately with the theoretical ones and that the
 values of stirred tank I are larger than those of stirred
 tank II, because the tank I has  a larger ratio of wall
 surface to the volume.
   When the values ofpnyKn? in Table 1, the ratio of
 deposition rate to coagulation rate at the initial ageing
 stage, are less  than about O.I,  it is found that the
 effect of deposition on the decrease of particle number
 is relatively small.   Figure 6 shows the comparison of
 actual time-dependent change in particle number con-
 centration with calculated curves obtained by ignoring
 the  one of the values of K and /3 in Eq. (3).  It is
 seen that experimental results agree with the curve of
coagulation alone.   Figure 7 shows the effect of initial
particle number concentration n'a on decrease in par-
ticle number concentration.   Particle number of highly
concentrated aerosol decreases faster than that of lower
101
E
A
"i. I
"to'
1
6
1
10s
l



.

^S"
, , ,

/.
//
/S

1 '//'''
^ i,
's* • %•;
• • ''

,-,'•' • tli'iK
;' O ttint
(Soltmon a
	 cottulalM t>»
(Itvith
#•£' '-
V
.

1 tank 1 ~
1 lank 1 ~
EqlO'EqdO)
nd Tumrr)
E5(»-Eposition alone
                                                                          -K -6 tt ilfl'em^sec      K«0         	
                                                                          :—:—z—	•*  A_C ITvinJ ««/*'
                                                                J	u_JL
                                                                                     i .i.l-
                                                                                            v p
                                                                                              p=637xl03sec-'

                                                                                                  \
                                                           10'
                                                            ,«   •»    /  c «•«'   2    i   6 8IO!   2    46 8101
                                                                     4  6 810
                                                                                f CseO
                                                           Fig. 6  Effects of deposition and coagulation on decrease
                                                           in particle number concentration

                                                        one, which indicates that the effect of deposition is not
                                                        significant since  the effect of deposition must be  in-
                                                        dependent of n't. These resulcs suggest that the behavior
                                                        of aerosol for one micron  order in  a stirred tank is
                                                        dominated by coagulation when particle number con-
                                                        centration is larger than 5x 10* particles/cc.
                                                        2.4  Particle size distribution
                                                           The basic equation for the time-dependent change in
                                                        particle  size  distribution  of  polydisperse  aerosols
                                                        undergoing Brownian and  turbulent coagulation can
                                                        be written as1"
VOJ- 10  NO.'2  1977
                                                   608

-------
                                                         be established  instantaneously  with  the  following
                                                         log-normal form
                                             4  6 8 I01
   Fig. 7  Effect of Initial particle number concentration on
   decrease of particle number concentration
         V0.4 0.6Q8I    2    4 0.4 06 081     2    4
                      r'/'v>  [-]

     Fig. 8 Change in particle size distribution with time
  3n'(r',t')ldt'
                      7^', p')+KT( Wr-^p*, p')
      -{f~~{KB(r',p')+KT(r',p')}n'(r',t')n'(p',t')dp'
        Jf-*0
                                               (13)
KB(r',p') is the Brownian coagulation function and is
given101 by
     KB(r',p')=K,(r'+p'){Cm(r')lr' + Cm(p')lp'}   (14)
Saffman and Turner's Eq. (6) was used here as KT(r',
p'), the turbulent coagulation function, which showed
better fitting with experimental results.
  The left side of Eq.  (13) is the change in particle
number concentration of size r' with time.   The first
term on the right side represents the rate of formation
of particles of size r' due to coagulation of two particles
smaller than size r'  and the second term the rate  of
loss of particles of size r' due to their coagulation with
particles of other sizes including r'.
  The initial particle size distribution was assumed  to
                                 21n1o-,,
                                                (15)
 Since Eq. (13) cannot be solved analytically, the Runge-
 Kutta-Merson  method was  employed  to solve  it1".
 As a numerical check the total mass of aerosol was cal-
 culated every few time steps and compared with the ini-
 tial value.  Figure 8 shows the comparison of time-de-
 pendent  change in particle  size distribution between
 calculated  and experimental ones.  The  frequency
 /(In r') was calculated  by the next equation
              /(In r')=/iV. '>'/«;               (16)
 The manner of the change by calculation seems to de-
 pend  on  the  value of KD which  expresses the relative
 importance between Brownian and turbulent coagula-
 tion.  When the value of K,, is 1 .28, as shown on the
 left side of the  figure, where  Brownian coagulation is
 controlling, the particle size distributions shift towards
 the larger radius with time.   When the value  of KD
 is large, as shown on the right side of the figure, where
 turbulent coagulation is controlling, the mode radius
 in the particle size distribution does not tend to move to
 the larger radius.   These tendencies will be caused by
 the difference in the dependences of  the coagulation
 functions on  particle sizes, that is, the dependence of
 Brownian coagulation  function  on  particle  radius  is
 not very  large for r0'>0. 1 p,  while turbulent coagula-
 tion function is  propotional to the cube of particle size.
 The decreasing rate of total particle number concentra-
 tion by turbulent coagulation  is found to be very large
 in comparison with that by Brownian coagulation in
 Fig. 8.  The  figure indicates  that the calculation re-
 sults agree  approximately with  experimental results
 including the  small effect of deposition.

 Conclusion
  Turbulent  coagulation  of  aerosols  was studied
 experimentally  by  observing   the   time-dependent
 change in particle  number   concentration  and size
 distribution of aerosols in a stirred tank, and the coagu-
 lation  rate and  the deposition rate  were determined.
 The turbulent coagulation rate experimentally obtained
 was compared with the theories proposed by Saffman
 and Turner, and by Levich, and  were found to be in
 good agreement with that proposed by  Saffman and
 Turner rather than that by Levich.  The deposition
 rate agreed  approximately with the theory proposed
 by  Takahashi  and  Kasahara.  The time-dependent
changes in particle size distributions were evaluated by
 numerically solving the coagulation equation  for poly-
disperse aerosols using the turbulent coagulation func-
tion proposed by Saffman and Turner, and then they

           JOURNAL OF  CHEMICAL ENGINEERING  OF JAPAN
                                                     609

-------
 were compared with experimental ones.   The change
 in size distribution by turbulent coagulation obtained
 by both calculation and experiment give  a distinctive
 feature which is different  from those by Brownian
 coagulation.   It was found that at  i$ \/«o less than
 2x 10~" turbulent coagulation is not effective and at
 itf \/t« larger than 2 x 10~ 10 Brownain coagulation can
 be ignored.

 Acknowlcdgnient
   N. Hishlo was very helpful in the experimental work.

 NomendataK
 C«(rj)      — Cunningham's correction  factor of radius r't
D(f\)

DT
g
H
K
AT,
KD
K.
N.N,
n'

n'(r',t')
n,

Re
           = Diffusion coefficienct (
                                     Cw(r|)«776it/«r;)
                                                 [cm'/sec]
                                                     [cm]
                                                 [cm/sec*]
                                                     [cm]
                                                 [cm'/sec]
                                                 [cm'/sec]
           = stirrer diameter
           =• acceleration of gravity
           - height of a stirred tank
           - overall coagulation rate constant
           - coefficient in Eq. (1)
           " Brownian coagulation rate constant for
              monodisperse aerosol                [cm'/sec]
           — Brownian coagulation function for two
              particles of size r\ and r'/             [cm'/sec]
           - defined by Eq. (10)                       [— ]
           - t'duldx                               [I/sec]
           — turbulent coagulation rate constant for
              monodisperse aerosol                [cm'/sec]
           — turbulent coagulation function for two
              particles of size- r\ and r'f             [cm'/sec]
           « stirrer speed                     [l/min][l/sec]
           = total particle number concentration at any
              time                           [particles/cm*]
           - particle size distribution     [particles/cm1 -em]
           - total panicle number concentration at
              time zero                       [panicles/cm1]
           — Reynolds number based on stirrer tip
              velocity (-/),Ar.O}./rt                     [-1
           — particle radius                          [cm]
           ~ geometric mean radius                 [cm]M
           - particle radius for monodisperse aerosol
T         — absolute temperature
TT        — diameter of a stirred tank
I'         - time
u         •» average velocity in a 'stirred tank
ut(r')      = terminal settling velocity
             (=2Cm(r')(p,-pf)or'*l9n)
x         — arbitrary direction in a stirred tank

ft         - deposition rate constant
.to         = average energy dissipation rate
i         = Boltzman's constant ( =1.38x10' '•)
t'         = Karman's constant («0.4)
 PT      — fluid and particle (tensity
                                                     {°K]
                                                     [cm]
                                                     [sec]
                                                  [cm/sec]

                                                  [cm/sec]
                                                     [cm]

                                                   [I/sec]
                                                [cm'/sec1]
                                                  [erg/°K]
                                                     [— ]
                                                  [cm][H
                                               [g/cm-sec]
                                                 [cm1 /sec]
                                                     [cm]
                                                  [g/cm']
Ofi        = geometric standard deviation at time zero   [ — ]

Literatim Cited

 1) Beal, S. K.: /. Aerosol Set., 3, 113 (1972).
 2) Corner, J. and E. D. Pendlebury: Proc. Phys. Sac., BM,
    645(1951).
 3) Gillespie, T.  and C. O. Langstroth: Canad. J. Chem., 30,
    1003 (1952).
 4) Huang, C. M..  M. Kerker  and  E. Matijevic: /. Colloid
    Interface Set.. 33. 529 (1970).
 5) Kuboi, R., I. Komasawa and T.  Otake: Chem.  Eng. Scl.,
    29, 65 (1974).
 6) Lai, F. S.. S.  K. Friedlander, J. Pich and G.  M. Hidy: J.
    Colloid Interface Scl.,  39, 395 (1972).
 7) Levich, V. O.: "Physicochemical Hydrodynamics", Prentice-
    Hall, London (1962).
 8) Saffman, P. G. and J. S. Turner: J. Fluid Mech., 1, 16 (1956).
 9) Schwartzberg, H. G. and R. E. Treybal: Ind.  Eng. Chem.,
    Fundam..  7, 1  (1968).
10) Smoluchowski. M. von Z. : Phys. Chem., 92, 129 (1917).
11) Takahashi, K. and M. Kasahara: Atmos Environ., 2, 441
    (1968).
12) Yoshida.T., Y.Kousakaand  K.Okuyama: Ind. Eng. Chem.,
    Fundam.,  14, 47 (1975).
13) Yoshida,  T.,  K. Okuyama, Y.  Kousaka and  Y.  Kida: J.
    Chem. Eng. Japan, 8, 317 (1975).
14) Zebel, O.: Kolhld-Z., 156, 102 (1958).
VOL 10  NO. I  If77
                                                   610

-------
THE  EFFECT  OF  NEIGHBOURING  FIBERS  ON  THE
SINGLE  FIBER  INERTIA-INTERCEPTION
EFFICIENCY  OF  AEROSOLS
                                        HITOSHI EMI, KIKUO OKUYAMA
                                        AND MOTOAKI ADACHI
                                        Department of Chemical Engineering, Kanazawa University,
                                        Kanazawa 920
  The effect of the volume fraction of the fibers in fibrous ah- filters OB the collection efficiency of
• tingle fiber has been examined both theoretically and experimentally In the Inertia predominant
region.
  Numerical solutions have been obtained for the flow around a circular cylinder In a cell deter-
mined by the volume fraction of the fibers for a Reynolds number of 10 and the potential flow.
Particle trajectories have been calculated in the cell by introducing the above numerical values
tato the equations of particle motion. As a result, the inertia-interception efficiency was evaluated
through four parameters; inertia parameter, interception parameter, Reynolds number and volume
friction.
  Experimental data on model filters, which are made of a uniform parallel arrangement of wires
orientated at right angles to the flow direction have shown good agreement with the calculation
results m the Intermediate Reynolds numbers region.
Irtnttoction
  In the filtration of aerosols by a high-porosity fibrous
filter (e>0.98), the collection efficiency due to inertial
impaction, Brownian  diffusion,  gravitational settling
and direct interception can be predicted using an isolat-
ed fiber model.  In the previous paper41, some appro-
priate expressions on collection efficiency of an isolated
fiber were shown and  a method was proposed to pre-
dict the efficiency readily under arbitrary operating
conditions.  When the  porosity  becomes lower,
however, the efficiency will deviate from that of an
isolated fiber.   This deviation from an isolated fiber
is known as  the  interference effect  between neigh-
bouring fibers, and in  classical filtration, the empirical
correction had been made by Chen1' and others1'8'111,
without any certain theoretical background.  A mo-
dern filtration theory on the interference effect was
developed by Kirsch,  Stechkina and Fuchs*-"' on the
basis  of  Kuwabara's flow  field1" transverse  to  a
random assembly of parallel cylinders.  After the
Kuwabara's flow  had been confirmed valid experi-
mentally at low Reynolds number,  they showed a
method to estimate the combined diffusion and inter-
ception efficiency which correlated very well with ex-
perimental results  by  model filters and by real  ones.
In the inertia predominant region they also calculated
  Received June 1,  1976.  Correspondence concerning this article should be
addressed to H. Emi. K. Okuysmi is it Dept of Chemical Engineering,
Uttivaflily of Osaka Prefecture. Sakti 591.  M. Adachi ii at Radiation
Center of Osaka Prefecture. Sakti 593.
the collection efficiency for Sf< 1 by an analytical pro-
cedure1"  using Kuwabara's stream function.  Sten-
house calculated the particle trajectory by a stepwise
method'*1  using  Happel's  flow field and  gave  the
inertia-interception  efficiency as the function of the
volume fraction of the filter. These theoretical treat-
ments have not taken into account the effect of Reyn-
olds number, which is not negligible especially in the
inertia predominant region.
  In the present work, the collection efficiencies due to
inertia and interception have been calculated numeri-
cally from the flow  pattern around a circular cylinder
on  the basis of a cell model.  Calculation results
are compared  with the experimental ones obtained
by model filters.

1.  Flow Pattern in Fibrous Filter
  Most fibrous filters are built up from fiber layers,
in which individual fibers are arranged nearly perpendi-
cular to the flow and keep a proper distance from each
other corresponding to the volume  fraction of the
fibers.  The flow pattern around a circular cylinder,
therefore, is influenced by its neighbours, and a filter
may be considered  to consist of a number of cells,
each of which comprises a single fiber surrounded by
a concentric envelope of air.  Though Kuwabara1"
and Happel" solved the viscous flow equation in one
cell for a small Reynolds number as a function of only
the volume fraction of the fibers, the flow in the cell
should be determined by  both  volume fraction  and

           JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OP JAPAN
                                               611

-------
 REPRINTED
 FROM

 PROCESS    DESIGN
       AND    DEVELOPMENT
                        Pressure Drop and Collection Efficiency of an Irrigated Bag Filter

                                       Tetsuo Yoshlda, Yasuo Kousaka, SMgeo Inake, and Shigcyukl Nakai
Reprinted from I&EC Process Design and Development
Volume 14, April 1975, Page 101    (c)
Copyright 1975 by the American Chemical Society and reprinted by permission of the copyright owner

                                         612

-------
Pressure Drop and Collection Efficiency of an Irrigated Bag Filter


              Tetsuo Yoshida, Yasuo Kousaka,* Shlgeo Inake, and Shlgeyuki Nakal
              Faculty ol Engineering, University ol Osaka Prefecture. Osaka. Japan
              An irrigated bag filter has been developed to improve performances of existing dry bag filters. Irrigation to
              filter surface by spraying or  overflowing water prevents filter media from firing in handling hot gas and
              makes it possible to wash away the precipitated dusts from filter surfaces. Some characteristics regarding
              pressure drop  and dust collection of an  irrigated filter which were quite different from dry  ones were
              studied, and then basic mechanisms of them were discussed. A series of studies suggested that this kind of
              collector will be useful in certain industrial fields.
Introduction
  An irrigated bag filter described here is quite different
from existing dry bag filters, because the  surface of filter
media is covered by water. It has been reported that an ir-
rigated  bag filter can treat high-temperature and highly
humid gas, and that sweepage procedures  of dust cake
necessary  for a dry filter are not needed because of water
falling along the filter surface (Minami, et a/., 1969).  It
has been also reported that the relation between pressure
drop and  gas flow rate is peculiar compared with that  of
dry filters (Muhlrad, 1970)  and that collection efficiency
is fairly high (Minami, et al., 1969).
  In this paper, pressure drop and collection efficiency  of
inifated bag filters  were tested  and.their  basic mecha-
nisms were studied by using nets of standard wire  meshes
instead of bag cloths.
 Experimental Section

   One of the experimental apparatuses used in this study
 is shown in Figure 1. Water is supplied along the inside of
 a ring dam to the top of the bag cloth. Gas flows out from
 the  inside of the  bag cloth just contacting with falling
 water in the  manner of crossflow. Superficial filtering gas
 velocities were  varied  within 20 cm/sec and  water rates
 were from 2 to 20 l./min.  The dust particle  used was
 CaCOs having a median diameter of 3.6 M (in weight base)
 and concentrations at the inlet were from 2 to 8 g/m9.
 Some physical properties of bag cloths are shown in Table
 I.
   Pressure Drop. Figure 2 shows the comparison of the
 pressure drop of irrigated bag filters and that of dry ones
 when they are clean. As is shown in Figure 2 the  charac-
 teristics of pressure drop considerably differ  from each
 other. Figure 3  indicates the same comparison but  with
 dust loads. Because of washing action  against deposited
 dusts by the down stream of water, almost no pressure
 rite occurred in irrigated bag filters. For certain dusts,
 however, which contain some tar substances, the pressure
 drop increased with operation period.
   Collection Efficiency. Figure 4 indicates the collection
 efficiency of irrigated  bag filters. The collection efficien-
 cies seem to be  correlated to the pressure drops as shown
 in Figure 3. Although other experimental conditions  of
 various water rates ranged from 2 to 10 l./min and those
 of superficial gas velocities from 1.5 to 8 cm/sec were also
 examined, almost no differences among them were found.
Discussion
  In this section, some basic mechanisms of pressure drop
and  dust collection  of an  irrigated filter are studied  by
using nets of standard wire meshes instead of bag cloths.
  Pressure  Drop.  Figure  5a indicates  a model  of the
mesh over which a water film covers. The equilibrium of
force is given as follows when pressure  difference exists
between the two sides of the film.
                               cos
 or
                   AP =  4ff.«/Dldrc
                                                   (1)
(2)
The pressure difference AP gives the critical one at which
the film is just broken. In existing wire meshes, because of
a three-dimensional structure shown in Figure 5b, the di-
rection of the force of surface tension varies with positions
of a mesh. Then this factor was included in { in eq 2. The
coefficient, f, however,  must be constant when the mate-
rial of the meshes, the manner of weaving, and liquid, re-
spectively, are the same. Equation 2 indicates that the
pressure drop to  break  a film is inversely  proportional to
the opening size of a mesh.
  An irrigated net of wire meshes whose openings have a
size distribution is next discussed. When the pressure dif-
ference between both sides of the  net  is gradually raised,
the film covering over a mesh with the maximum opening
size, in this case,  will be broken first because of the mini-
mum pressure to break it as shown in  eq 2. Subsequently,
with a slight pressure rise, the  film over a mesh with the
next larger  opening size is  then broken. Thus films are
broken in order  of their opening  sizes as pressure  rises.
When  the film over the mesh having a hydraulic diameter
of Dm of the ith size is just broken at the pressure of

               AP, = 4o.«;/£>H*?c >  *P\          <3)

gas must flow out through the opening with the velocity of
ui to keep pressure drop in AP/. The pressure required to
break  the t'th film against the  force of surface tension  is
caused by the resistance of gas flow through the openings
over which films are already broken. Then

 This equation indicates  the  flow  resistance on  the  ith
 opening,  and on  other openings there must be the fol-
 lowing relations

   Ind. Eng. Chem., Process Oes. Dev., Vol. 14, No. 2, 1975
                                                     613

-------
 Table I. Properties of Filters Used
Resistance Hydraulic
Filter cloth Fabric coefficient, t/m mean radius, cm
A Teviron
B Tetoron
C Tetoron
Filament, plain 0.432 x iOr 76.9 x 1Q-4
Spun, plain 2.10 x 101 48.5 x IQ-*
Spun, plain 1.48 x 10' 65.8 x 10'4
D Kanekalocv Spun, plain 2.6* x 1C7 64.1 x 10-*
E Saran




FLOW 3
METER T
I



t
W4.TE*
INLE1
f


.J
•pn
~~




<
Filament, satin — —
/"
r /

t \ f
J|«o"»
\ \
It
,'BAd
5 J FUER


r
iiJ-

J -f
Lui^i
«M
3Z-
VC








Xr-
J*C
JT^J
,LLB«n
V MS J*0
v
_. £


0.160
S
o
S 120-
3
•
f to-
JJ 40
-i 6*5
r*" •
f

• 0
1*

Porosity
6.07 x 10-J
4.46 x 10-'
7.67 x ID'1
4.47X10-1
—
• FILTER *
• C
• 0
• E
	 OR*
	 IRRIGATED

»
i; SUPERFICIAL GAS-
f VELOCITV 6crrV»#c
i
k


i^ » 	 °~ "..-••""
• --•"""'"
A_> *"











 Figuie 1. Experimental apparatus.

         200
                 i     «     n    is    20
               SUPERFICIAL CAS VELOCITY u cmfs*C

Figure 2. Comparison of pressure drop of irritated and dry
filters with no dust load.
                                        T£TV^    (5)
When meshes with a  narrow size  distribution, such as
standard  wire meshes, are concerned, each cat velocity
through openings is expressed aa
                 r, =  »
                                                                                   OUST LOAD
                                                                                                     20
                                                           Figure 4. Comparison of collection efficiency of irrigated and dry
                                                    »>•*    beg filters.

                                                           When all of openings may be regarded as  almost square,
                                                           At is represented as
                                                                   AI f
                                                                            'HI
                                                                               2  _

                                                                                                              (8)
                                                    (7)
The above equations give the relation between superficial
gas velocity and pressure drop, when the size distribution
of meshes,  two-dimensional porosity of a  mesh, surface
tension of liquid,  and its correction factor £ are known.
When A,  is first assumed, then CHI, AP,, v,, and 0, are
given respectively  by using eq 8, 3,  4, and 7. Repeating
the same  procedure for various A,, the correlation of AP
and 17is obtainable.
  The  experimental apparatus to test the above analysis
was essentially similar to that of Figure 1, but a net of
standard wire meshes was installed instead  of a bag cloth
and the sice of the apparatus was about half of that of
Figure 1.  Table n  shows some physical properties of wire
meshes used in the experiment. The dust particle used in
     Ind. Eng. Chem.. Process Oes. Dev., Vol. 14. No. 2. 1975
                                                      614

-------
Table II. Properties of Standard Wire Meshes
Wire mesh
JIS 500
M60
JIS 149
JIS 74
Hydraulic jnean
Fabric diameter, DH, mm Porosity, 
1150

o
olOO
T 50
a.
a

**~aa o o o o o
^» JIS 7*
» :
JIS U9 '
M 60
^^" O O O w
. " 0 E»PERi"ENTAL .
f^ — CAlCUUTEO
« O
./o" • • J. f ^ .^ .
; / / / <'' **''„•''* is soo

                                                                           SUPERFICIAL
                                                                                         VE.OC.TV
                                                                                         Q cnwttc
                                                          Flfura 7. Comparison of experimental and calculated niulti of
                                                          piettun drop.
10
a
%
6
•4
•
: 2
n
rf



"hi
                                                   as  0.75   1   i»  «i10-j
                                                           4t   CsecJ
                               Figure 8. Interval of water film being kept broken (JIS 500),

                               speed  camera, is shown  in Figure 8. This sudden opening
                               and closing action of an orifice, that  is shutter  action of
                               an orifice, may be considered as another  mechanism of
                               collection.
                                 Collection by an Orifice in an Infinite Plane. The col-
                               lection efficiency by an orifice in an infinite plane can be
                               obtained when the stream line around  the orifice  and then
                               the trajectory of a particle in the stream are calculated. In
                               order to estimate the collection efficiency,  potential flow
                               for stream line and Stoke's law for drag of a particle an
                               hen assumed. The stnam function of ideal gas around an
                               orifice in an infinite plane is given by (Lamb, 1932)
                                                                                  (9)
                              The gat velocitiet are also Riven as
                                         ' " jb   Jf c'*>i
                                        v, m          t- §ln (to) dfr     (10')

                               When the stream is thus given, trajectories of a particle in

                                 ind, Ing, Chenv, Process 0»s  Dev,, Vol. 14, No 9, 1976
                                                       615

-------
the stream are computed as follows by assuming Stokes'
law and no disturbance in the stream by the panicle. The
dimensionless equations  of motion of a  particle are ex-
pressed as follows when  any external  forces including
gravity may be ignored
                                                                                     particle
                                                   (12)
where
      f
    ~ a
x_
a
At a point far away from the orifice, the velocity of a par-
ticle is assumed to be equal to that of fluid, so the initial
conditions are
              =  0;
                                                   (13)

                                                  (13')
The trajectories of a particle for various values of * are
obtained  by performing  numerical calculation of above
equations. Figure 9 illustrates the relation of a stream line
and a trajectory of a particle. The collection efficiency of
a particle of dp in diameter is consequently given as the
ratio of the volumetric gas flow rate Qp to the total flow
rate Q as shown in Figure 9. Figure 10 indicates the result
of calculation of the efficiency defined above. The figure
suggests that the interceptional collection is important in
this case,  and so collection efficiency cannot be expected
to be too great unless the interceptional parameter is suf-
ficiently large.
  Collection by Shutter  Action of an Orifice. One may
suppose a case where a shutter which covers an orifice is
suddenly  opened and  then  gas flows out through  the ori-
fice.  In this case, if dust particles are contained in gas,
dust-free gas only may flow out at first while it takes some
instants to accelerate  the dust particles. When the orifice
is recovered by a shutter  in the next instant, the particles
go straight ahead to be caught to the shutter. If the inter-
val of the shutter being kept open is short  enough, a fair
contribution to dust collection is expected.
  The analysis of this mechanism of collection may be ac-
complished by calculating the unsteady particle motion in
an  unsteady velocity  field  of fluid around  the orifice. It
will be difficult, however, to estimate the unsteady veloci-
ty profile  of gas around  the orifice which is  confronted
with the sudden opening  and closing action. It is assumed
here that a steady velocity profile of gas may be instanta-
neously built up at opening and that the flow may also be
instantaneously stopped at closing. This assumption may
be valid only for rough estimation of the extent of the col-
lection efficiency described above.  Under the assumption,
the  collection efficiency  of sudden closing of the orifice
may be defined as follows (see Appendix)
               n. =
                        Q,t,
                                                   (14)
In the equation o>top represents the volume surrounded by
a stopping distance shown in Figure 11. The stopping dis-
tance of a particle with dp in diameter and  pp in density
is given by
                       _ <*.'*>."»
                                                   (15)
                                                          Flffure 9. Illustration of collection efficiency of an orifice in an in-
                                                          finite plane.
                                                                   1.0
                                                                 o
                                                                 'C
                                                                 u.
                                                                 ,
-------
            o.
           fu
           5
           8 .
                   PARTICLE OIA    : I  micron
                          DENSITY' 1.1 gxn/

                           OPENINO INTERVAL
        ORIFICE 01*-  0»'
             "0     10     20    30    40
               ACTUAL VELOCITY THROUGH ORIFlC HVHC
Figure 12. Collection efficiency when shutter being just closed.
                    RANGE OF ACTUAL VELOCITY
                    THROUGH ORIFICE
                        lOi-^jl.5 mine
                               FILTER JIS 900
  SO     100     ISO
SUPERFICIAL GAS VELOCITY
                                         200
                                       cnuwc
Figure IS. Collection efficiency obtained by standard wire mesh
experiment.

Conclusion
  The manner of change in pressure drop with gas veloci-
ties of irrigated bag filters was first tested and was found
to be  very peculiar  compared with  the dry  ones.  The
mechanism of pressure drop was  then analyzed from the
equilibrium of  forces such as surface  tension  and static
pressure of gas, and the result of the analysis was found to
agree well with that of experiments using  a net of stan-
dard wire meshes. The slight change in pressure drop over
the wide range of gas velocities seemed  to  be one  of the
interesting characteristics of this type of filter. It was also
found  that almost no pressure  rise occurred after a  long
operation for dusts not containing tar substances.
  The collection  efficiency of an  irrigated  bag  filter was
found to be fairly high. It was impossible to give a full ex-
planation of the experimental results because of the com-
plexity of collection  mechanisms. However, two mecha-
nisms  of collection, one by an orifice in an infinite plane
and another by shutter action of an orifice, were pointed
out by a simplified analysis in the case  of standard  wire
meshes being irrigated.

Acknowledgment
  S. Magono, K.  Yamadaki, T.  Yasumune,  and Y. Adachi
were very helpful in the experimental work.

Appendix
  The material balance before and behind the collector
with orifices having shutter action is expressed as
 where ci, Co, and cm represent  respectively  the dust con-
 centration at inlet,  outlet,  and  at  collection chamber
 shown in Figure 14. Q  represents the volumetric gas flow
 rate, and Q»top the total volume of  rg  =  force by surface tension shown in Figure 5, kg/
  sec8

-------
           (Reprinted with permission)

  [CJ    JOURNAL OP CHEMICAL WGWERING OP JAPAN
(0«Mi) ft*
                                                          /  '
        licatioj^* Utter to the Editor
                         («>*•>
       GROWTH OF AEROSOL PARTICLES BY STEAM INJECTION
*»«•«
                               x-f *•
jt tt« <«*. ***>
       TETSUO YOSHIDA, YASUO KOUSAKA, KIKUO OKUYAMA
       AND FUMINORI NOMURA
       Department of Chemical Engineering, University  of
       Osaka Prefecture, Sakai  591
  Kmivd
  ^rmpoadtnc* eonecmlnf UUt mMe *ould be xidrawd to f. Kousaka.
       F.  Nomura is now with Kanebo Co., Ltd., Osaka
     (ft*)
»   M
                       TKU
                     IN   "»
                                                                 V6L   .  No.
                                                                (19   )
                                        i! A)
                                                                        (ft*M
«
M«

1



ii
ft
R*






* Jt
(^fM

7




A

Tikta «
« 0 »
« >
1 )
( »
• )
'J
3

i





• M
rn» •
1 • 7 « 7 »
I I
( 1
- 1 >
• ( 1
M
V «
n» N
10 »
« . »
i »
i »
< >

#
K
• 7»
( i
l i
I l
( l



1




« I; "» *»-!>•


'.a.B'-^r.f,,
( » t-K
( » «•-*»
( )«-v
( Jt-i*
• 4







                                  618

-------
Introduction

     It has been reported that steam injection into scrubber
systems improves dust collection performance1"*5*. Two
mechanisms have been suggested for this improvement : (1)
condensation of water vapor upon dust particles, which
increases particle size to improve inertial dust collection
at scrubbers,  (2) deposition of particles on condensing
surface by the Stefan flow. The first mechanism, which
remains unevaluated by theory so far, was first studied
theoretically in this paper. The analysis was then examined
by the experiment where the ultramicroscopic technique for
droplet size analysis previously developed by the authors
was applied.

1. Estimation of Particle Growth

     When steam is injected into dust free air, a certain
degree of supersaturation will be produced according to the
condition and the quantity of both steam and air. Figure 1
illustrates the change of air initially in the stage of
"g" to a supersaturated state "i" by steam injection on a
humidity chart. If some particles as condensation nuclei
were introduced into the supersaturated air, condensation
of water vapor upon the particles occurs to decrease
supersaturation. This change was illustrated in "i-f line
in the figure. In actual case where some condensation nuclei
                              619

-------
or aerosol particle*exist in air before steam injection, the
change like "i-f" will not take place because condensation
occurs before the point "i" in Fig. 1 is attained. Thus the
point "i" is imaginary, but even in such a case the amount
of the condensable water vapor per unit mass of dry air will
be coincide with the value, AH, shown in the figure if the
process is adiabatic. The value of AH and the equilibrium
temperature T _ of the system after steam injection will be
determined by the following enthalpy and material balances
on dry air basis:
 v Hstl* A:t  + (l - *> ^tl- v + vi - * >  *if + * ^(1)
 Hg + Hst x " Hsf( Tsf >  + m                                  (2)
The fianl state of air was regarded saturated in the above
equations because the vapor pressure at the surface of grown
particles having diameter over 0.1 micron, as is predicted
by the Kelvin's equation, is nearly equal to that of
saturation.
     The calculated value of AH against the quantity of
steam injection per unit mass of dry air was shown in Fig. 2.
It will be noteworthy that AH considerably decreases with
the increase of air temperature. The temperature at the
equilibrium state after steam injection, T0f, was also shown
in Fig. 3. The steam condition in these calculations was
taken as that of 100°C in temperature, 1 atm. abs. in
pressure and 1.0 in dryness fraction. When the dryness
fraction x is less than unity, the value of AH decreases
                              620

-------
with the decrease of x  shown  in Fig.  4.  When  supersaturated
steam  is injected into  air, AH will decrease  with  the degree
of superheat  of  the steam.
     Whlie AH represents the quantity of condensable water
vapor per unit mass of dry air as described before, the
following relation must be satisfied when all of the vapor
corresponding to the amount of AH are assumed to condense
upon particles contained in air

     H-7< Dvf -Dvfi>V.
       H7DvfnO            for Dvf»Dvi and  "s^1    (3)
where n_ represents the particle number concentration of
aerosol on dry air basis. D .  and D . represent the volume
mean diameters of the particles before and after steam
injection respectively, or before and after growth of parti-
cles.  The increase in size of aerosol particles by steam
injection can then be evaluated in volume mean diameter Dyf
knowing the value AH from Eqs. (1) and (2), and the value n .
The line in Fig. 5 shows the relation of Eg.  (3).

2. Experimental Method

     Figure 6 shows the schematic diagram of the experiemntal
method. Air having T  in temerature and H  in humidity was
                    9                    9
introduced into an 1 inch insulated pipe and then the aerosol
particles,  tobacco smoke in this study, were dispersed into
the air stream. Steam having 100°C in temperature, 1 atm abs.  in
                              621

-------
pressure and dryness fraction of nearly unity was injected
at the point of 2 meter down stream from that of the particle
dispersion point. The air flow rate was about 180 1/min and
the quantity of steam injection was ranged from 0.05 to 0.5
gram steam/gram dry air. The particle number concentration
and size distribution of the aerosol particles at the point
of 1.5 meter down stream from the steam injection point were
observed by the ultramicroscopic technique  . The observation
cell used in this study was the same as that used in the
previous paper  , which was composed of a double tube to
prevent the change in size of grown particles or water
droplets due to the temperature change. When the temperature
of the aerosol to be observed was high, the cell was further
surrounded by a cover into which air with controlled
temperature was blown.

3. Experimental Results and Discussions

     Figure 7 shows one of the experimental results of
particle size distribution of the grown particles together
with the initial size distribution of tobacco aerosol
particles. It will be found that the considerable increase
in size occurs by steam injection. The width of size distri-
bution seems to become neither narrower nor wider. The
similar results were also found in the previous work where
the particle growth was promoted by mixing hot saturated
air with cold saturated air7). Furthermore, as found in the
                              622

-------
previous work, the rapid growth rate was also suggested in
this case judging from the fact that the residence time of
aerosols in the pipe was very short.
     The volume mean diameters of grown particles obtained
by experiment were plotted in Fig. 5. In spite of the
difficulty in measuring the size of grown particles or
water droplets in high temperature, the experimental results
agree with the estimation line.

Conclusion

     The effect of steam injection into dust-laden air on
the increase in the size of dust particles was studied. The
procedure of the estimation of AH, the amount of condensable
water vapor per unit mass of dry air by steam injection,
which is effective for particle growth, was made clear for
various conditions of air and steam injected. By using the
value of AH, the increase in size of aerosol particles
having number concentration of n^ was then evaluated in
volume mean diameter. These analysis was verified by
directly measuring the size of grown particles using the
ultramicroscopic technique previously developed by the
authors.
     The results suggested that the particle growth by
•team injection will be one of the most promising pre-
conditioning technique to improve •crubber performance,
•ipeciallv  for an exhauit gas having low temperature.
                                €23

-------
Acknowledgment
K. Yamadaki was very helpful in the experimental work
Nomenclature
D  ., D  .
 VI   Vf
H
Hst
AH
  st
 ^f
 no
 T
 x
 p
 Subscripts
 f
 g
 i
 s
 sf
 st
= particle diameter
= volume mean diameter before and after growth
                                            [cm][p]
= absolute humidity
= quantity of steam injection
= condensable water vapor
= enthalpy
= enthalpy
= enthalpy
= particle number concentration
= temperature
= dryness fraction of steam
= density of condensed liquid

= final state
= initial state of air
= initial state
= saturated
= saturated air in final state
= steam
  [g H20/g dry air]
[g  steam/g dry air]
  [g H20/g dry air]
    [cal/g dry air]
      [cal/g steam]
      [cal/g water]
      [1/g dry air]
                [-1
            [g/cm3]
                               624

-------
wf         = water in final state
Superscripts
           - dry
1           = wet

Literature Cited

1) Calvert, S. and N. C. Jhaveri : J. Air Pollu. Control
   Assoc., 24, 946(1974)
2) Fahnoe, P., A. Lindroos and R. J. Abelson  :  Ind. Eng. Chem.,
   43, 1336(1951)
3) Lancaster, S. W. and W. Strauss : Ind. Eng.  Chem. Fundam.,
   10, 362(1971)
4) Lapple, C. E. and H. J. Kamack : Chem. Eng.  Progr.,  51,
   No. 3, 110(1953)
5) Schauer, P. J. : Ind. Eng. Chem., 43, 1532(1951)
6) Yoshida, T., Y. Kousaka and K. Okuyama : Ind. Eng. Chem.
   Fundam., 14, 47(1975)
7) Yoshida, T., Y. Kousaka and K. Okuyama : Ind. Eng. Chem.
   Fundam., 15, 37(1976)
                               625

-------
Captions of Figures

Figure 1. Change in humidity and temperature by steam injection
Figure 2. Condensable water vapor AH against quantity of steam
          injection H
Figure 3. Temperature T f at the equilibrium state after steam
          injection
Figure 4. Effect of dryness fraction x of steam on condensable
          water vapor AH
Figure 5. Relation between volume mean diameter of grown
          particle D . and parameter AH/n ,  condensable
          water vapor per single particle
Figure 6. Experimental method
Figure 7. Change in size distribution by steam injection
                                 626

-------
to
                         3
                        -C
                         O
                         (A
                                            temperature
              Figure  1. Change in humidity and temperature by steam injection

-------
       0.020
       0.015
     •o
     CT
     O
      (M
     tfO.010
       0.005
 relatve
humidity
  100 '/.
                	50%
                  0.1    0.2     0.3     0.4    0.5
                      HstCgsteam/gdryairD
Figure  2. Condensable water vapor AH  against quantity of  steam
         injection Hgt
                              628

-------
     80
           Tg=50*C
                              relative
                             humidity
                               100 */.
                                 0 */.
                      •  saturated  point
                              I
              0.1      0.2     0.3     0.4    0.5
                H$tCg steam/g dry air
Figure 3. Temperature Tgf at the equilibrium state after steam

        injection
                           629

-------
       0.020
       0.015
     O
      CM
     50.010
       0.005
 relative humidity 100*/•
 	x =1.0
	x = 0.75
 	x =0.5
                   0.1      0.2     0.3     0.4
                     HstCgsteam/g dry air D
Figure  4. Effect of dryness fraction  x of steam on  condensable
         water vapor  AH
                             630

-------
o\
u>
  10

   6


S-4
 «*-
Q 2
                         I 'I
6  810"
             tobacco smoke
                                  j	,  1  .  I .  I
                                                      key
                                    n0C1/g dryaiO
                                                          5x!07~108
                       4   6  810"1U   2

                        rgH20/particleD
                                                              »   '
                                                                 4   6
               Figure 5.  Relation between volume mean diameter of grown  particle

                         Dvf and parameter AH/ng, condensable water vapor per

                         single particle

-------
CTl
OJ
NJ
                                                /Hst=0.05-0.5 g steam/gdry air *
                                         |steamWc.1atm.abs,x* 1      9
                                                .thermometer
                    air   (insulated)
                         to blower
                  180 1/hiin
                                      observation
                                         celt
                          aerosol
                          partkles
                                          ultramicroscope]
                                  vacuum
pump  [ VTR& monitor)
                          Figure  6.  Experimental method

-------
     95
   u80
    a,70
   •Seo
    S50
3 30

>20

310

I  5
      11' i 'i      i    'nr
     4H=0.0107 CgH2(Vtldryalr3
                  cVgdryair]
        -0
1)
        £/
            tobacco
                smoke
          0.6   1
                Dp
                         46
Figure 7. Change in size distribution by steam injection
                   633

-------
EFFECT OF  BROWNIAN COAGULATION AND
BROWNIAN  DIFFUSION ON  GRAVITATIONAL
SETTLING OF POLYDISPERSE AEROSOLS
                      TETSUO YOSHIDA, YASUO KOUSAKA, KIKUO OKUYAMA
                      AND SHIOERU NISHIO
                      Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka Prefec-
                      ture, Sakat, 591
                                (Reprinted with permission)
                                            Reprinted from
                                           JOURNAL OF
                                    CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                 OF
                                               JAPAN
                                        Vol. 8, No. 2 (1975)
                                          Paflei  137—142

-------
EFFECT  OF  BROWNIAN  COAGULATION  AND
BROWNIAN   DIFFUSION   ON  GRAVITATIONAL
SETTLING  OF  POLYDISPERSE  AEROSOLS
                                        TETSUO YOSHIDA, YASUO KOUSAKA, KIKUO OKUYAMA*
                                        AND SHICERU NISHIO
                                        Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka Prefec-
                                        ture, Sakai, 591
  The behavior of aerosol particles of sub-micron diameter undergoing Brownlan coagulatkm,
Brownian diffusion and gravitational settling was studied by numerically solving the equation of
population balance and by experimentally observing the change of aerosol properties with time.
In calculation, two dlmenslooless parameters, which are determined by the initial properties of
aerosols and vessel dimension In which aerosols are suspended, were introduced to evaluate the
magnitude of influence of Brownian coagulation and Brownlan diffusion on gravitational settling.
The results of numerical calculation were  indicated by graphical  representation, which is
usable for quantitative estimation of the magnitude of these two effects. These computational
results were found to be in good agreement with the experimental results obtained by an ultra-
microscopic technique of particle size analysis.
Introduction

  The behavior of aerosols is influenced by coagula-
tion, diffusion, sedimentation, the rate of generation
of particles, particle characteristics and the dynamics
of the fluid in which particles are suspended.  For
aerosol particles of sub-micron diameter, coagulation
by Brownian  motion and  deposition  by Brownian
diffusion as well as gravitational settling are essential
for characterizing  the behavior of aerosols41.
  As basic research in the size distribution which
changes with time undergoing Brownian coagulation
and gravitational settling, a few analytical solutions'-"
and  numerical solutions1''1'1" have  been  obtained
under some simplified or particular conditions.  As
one of the representative studies G. C. Lindauer et a/."
and C. H. Ahn et a/.11 showed the effect of Brownian
coagulation on gravitational settling by a numerical
method, but they  included the unrealistic assumption
that particle concentrations are always uniform in the
direction of settling.
  The purpose of this paper is to discuss the effect of
Brownian  coagulation  and  Brownian diffusion  on
gravitational settling  considering the variation  of
particle concentrations in the direction of sedimenta-
tion.  The equation including these three effects  has
been solved numerically on the assumption that  the
  Received July 6, 1974.
  Presented at the 39th Annual Meeting of The Soc. of Chem.
  Engrs., Japan, at  Kobe, April 4 1974 (entitled "Effect of
  Brownian  Coagulation on Gravitational Settling  of Poly-
  dbperse Aerosols".)

VOL 8 NO. 2 1975
                                                   initial particle size spectrum is of log-normal form.
                                                   In calculation, two  dimensionless  parameters were
                                                   introduced to estimate the amount of the effect of
                                                   Brownian coagulation and of Brownian diffusion on
                                                   gravitational settling.  The calculated results were
                                                   arranged in graphs to predict these two effects quanti-
                                                   tatively, and some of them were compared with ex-
                                                   perimental results obtained by  an ultramicroscopic
                                                   technique11'.

                                                   Theoretical Calculation
                                                   Basic equation
                                                     Consider an aerosol located between parallel hori-
                                                   zontal  walls as shown  in Fig. 1 on  which aerosol
                                                   particles are deposited by Brownian diffusion and by
                                                   gravitational settling accompanying Brownian coagu-
                                                   lation.  The basic  equation  expressing  the  time-
                                                   dependent variation in particle number concentration
                                                   of aerosols can be given by the population balance of
                                                   the  element Ay'  (refer to Appendix)9*1".   The basic
                                                                          ry'y ///// .
                                                                   o Brownian dHfution  6
                                                               0             °
                                                               t   *t    .     »	
                                                                      fr 9            "I"
                                                                production »;    Owpolion _,_    ]
                                                            o—o—~0~ o-—-Q   f
                                                            	Brownian coagulation    }

                                                                        O gravitational stilling
                                                            ~>           I
                                                     Fig. 1  Behavior of aerosols between two horizontal walls
                                                 635

-------
 equation written in dimensionless form becomes
 3t
                             -       _
                           *     C.(r,0)
        + CG
                                         f=pf, 0
                                         , 0
                          /=/min ..... /max    (1)
where
  <, t)=n'(ri r')/no,
                              t'/H, y=y'/H,
                                               (2)
nr_
           3* r
                             2D(r,,K\ 7 M((r,0)n0 \
                               //'   A'  "H  )
                                               (3)
 ^•'i ,°<) is the coagulation function  of particles, and
 in the case of Brownian coagulation K(r-, p'J is given
 by101
                            r-)/r- + Cm(p't)lpt],
                                               (4)
 In  Eq. (1), the first term accounts for Brownian dif-
 fusion, the second for  gravitational  settling, and the
 third represents the number of newly formed particles
 with radius r< by collision of two particles, while the
 last term represents the decrease in number of par-
 ticles with radius r, by collision with other particles.
   CG and  DC are dimensionless parameters which
 can be evaluated from initial aerosol  properties and
 physical conditions.  As seen from the definition, the
 parameter CG means the ratio of Brownian coagula-
 tion rate to deposition  rate by gravitational settling,
  Another parameter DG, which was proposed by
 C. N. Davies" to evaluate the concentration change
 of  monodisperse  aerosols undergoing diffusion and
 gravitational  settling  in  the non-coagulation field,
 describes the deposition rate ratio  of Brownian dif-
 fusion to gravitational  settling.   Though  the param-
 eters CG and  DG are based on an initial geometric
 mean  radius,  they are  convenient  parameters  to
 predict the  influence   of  Brownian  coagulation  or
 Brownian diffusion relative to gravitational settling.
  In the derivation of Eq. (1), the following assump-
 tions were made:
  (1) There exist no external forces except gravity and
 the medium is in stationary state with no convection.
  (2) Particles are spherical and electrically neutral.
  (3) Panicles collide  with each other to form single
new spherical particle  whose mass may be the same
as the combined mass of two smaller particles.
  (4)  AH particles colliding with two horizontal walls
are caught by them.
  The initial particle size spectrum is assumed to be
of log-normal distribution  and  to be generated in-
stantaneously with spatial uniformity; then
          forO<^0      (6)
  If the  coefficient Cm(r<')/CB(r,0) on the right-hand
side of Eq. (1)  is normalized about r,0, solutions de-
pend  on <7,0 and  two dimensionless  parameters  CG
and DG.
Finite difference approximation and calculation method
  Since Eq. (1) is a nonlinear differential equation,  it
cannot be solved analytically.  It is approximated by
using central difference formulae accurate to second
order, and then the finite difference equation is given
as follows:
                                                      j «fr«.^b-"(r
                                                      (           Ay
                                                              (rj/^i        _             _
                                                                S  KVri-ri.pMVrl-p^y.t)
                                                             n^'imln
                                                                   (f.    \*    '(mi*
                                                                 3/rS-'-;r)-   E *<>«,/>()
                                                                V^i—Pi /    fi=rimtu

                                                    xn(r4,y,t)n(p(,y,t){,      /=/min ..... /max    (7)

                                                    Calculation was  started by assigning initial values of
                                                    particle number concentration by  Eq. (5) at every in-
                                                    terior point between two  walls.   Being  stepped by
                                                    dt, new values of particle number concentration were
                                                    calculated by Eq. (7), and this step was repeated until
                                                    particle number came to zero.

                                                    Calculation Results and Discussion
                                                      It  can be considered that  the main  factors which
                                                    influence the time  dependence of particle  size distri-
                                                    bution are initial properties of particles such as  geo-
                                                    metric mean  radius, number concentration and  geo-
                                                    metric standard deviation.  Therefore solutions were
                                                    obtained for various values of them.  The results are
                                                    shown in Table 1, together with  the values  of CG,
                                                    DG and computational parameters.
                                                    The effect of Brownian diffusion
                                                      According  to  the definition the  parameter DG in-
                                                    creases as particle radius decreases, and consequently
                                                    the effect of Brownian diffusion becomes large. Fig. 2
                                                    shows the time dependence on dimensionless number

                                                                JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAFAN
                                                     636

-------
              Table 1  Coodltloof for calculation
fit
M
0.1
0.2



0.3




0.5




1.0


ft
1.2
1.2



1.2



1.2

1.5



1.2


no
[particles/cc]
10*
4.0x10*
10*
9.0x10*
10'
10"
10*
10'°
10'
10'
10"
10*
10"
10*
10'
10"
10*
10"
CG
[-1
3.10x10-'
3.10x10-'
3.44xlO-«
3.10x10-'
3.44x10-'
3.44x10°
3.44x10'
3.44xlO»
1.24x10-'
1.24x10-'
1,24x10°
1.24x10'
1. 24xlO«
3.10x10-'
3.10x10-'
3,10x10-'
3,10x10°
3.10x10'
DC
l-l
3.94x10-'
4,92x10-'



1.46x10-'




3,15x10-'




3.94x10-'


    Jlnr—0.077,  4y=0.01, 0.02,  J/=0.01, 0.002, 0.0004
                 //=0.25cm
   Fig. 2  Distribution of aerosol  concentration undergoing
   Brownian coagulation, Brownian diffusion and gravitational
   settling
 concentration of paricles n at each height under con-
 stant  CG.   When coagulation  and diffusion occur,
 that  is CG>0 and DG>0,  more rapid decrease of
 particle  concentrations is seen in the  figure in com-
 parison  with those of gravitational settling  (CG=0
 and  DG=0).   When the  values of  DC are  small
 enough,  the difference  from  gravitational  settling
 depends mainly  on Brownian coagulation,  and  then
 particle concentrations are determined by the values
 of CG and  o-|0.  It may  be seen from Fig. 2 that in
 the case of />G<0.004 the effect of Brownian diffusion

VOL. 8 NO.  2  1975
                                                                 (a)
                                                                (b)
         Fig. 3 Effect of Brownian coagulation on
         gravitational settling

 seems  to be  negligible,  which  almost  agrees  with
 Davies' analytical solution"  obtained for monodis-
 perse aerosols undergoing Brownian  diffusion and
 gravitational settling.  So far as aerosol particles of
 more than  several tenths micron in diameter arc con-
 cerned,  the  effect  of  Brownian  diffusion  may  be
 negligible.   In  the following section,  the effect  of
 Brownian coagulation  on  settling  aerosols  in  the
 absence of Brownian diffusion will be discussed.
 The effect of Brownian coagulation
   The curves of concentration change  with  time for
 various values of CG are shown in Figs. 3 (a) and (b).
 As the  values of CG increase  the decrease of particle
 concentration proceeds  more  rapidly because  of the
 loss of particles  by coagulation and because  of en-
 hanced  settling velocity due to the growth of particles
 by  coagulation.  Moreover, for a constant value of
 CG, the discrepancy in  concentration  change from
 that of gravitational  settling  (CC=0)  increases with
time and settling depth.   This is also due to the  loss
and the growth  of particles  by coagulation  which
                                                   637

-------
                                                             objective ol
                                                             microscope       |n
  Fig. 4  Dependence of aerosol concentration on  settling
  depth
   3    468 10   J    4  6 B 10   2    4  6 « 10°   2   4  6 «
                    (b) --
                                                              y
     W=l-

                                                (8)
Thus the concentration change of aerosols is arranged
as shown in Figs. 5 (a) and (b).  It may be  seen from
these graphs that  at  values of CG-y below 0.02 the
effect of coagulation  may be ignored and the change
in  concentration  of particles  depends mainly  on
gravitational settling.  With the values of CG-y,  the
curves  have more gentle slopes than that of gravita-
tional settling only.  At values of CG-y above 20.0
the concentration  change is dominated only by  co-
agulation,  almost  regardless  of the  initial standard
deviation.  Figs. 5 (a)  and (b) for two initial geo-
metric  standard deviations enabled one to predict the
concentration  change  of aerosols  having  various
initial size distributions.

Experimental Apparatus and Method
  In this study  it  is necessary to  measure accurately
the variation in number  concentration of aerosols
over short periods  of  time.   For this purpose, an
ultramicroscopic technique"1  was  used.  The   ob-
servation cell installed on the stage of an ultramicro-
scope,  as shown in Fig. 6, has a small sectional area
to prevent the effect of thermal convection.  Aerosols
used in this study were stearic acid  particles and tobac-
co smoke.   Stearic acid aerosols were generated by a
La Mer-Sinclair type generator. Tobacco smoke was
generated by a simple apparatus'" by which number
concentration was controlled  from  10' to 10'par-
ticles/cc.  The experimental  procedure is as follows.
After the focus of the ultramicroscope is preliminarily
set at the depth h shown  in  Fig.  7, aerosol is intro-
duced into the observation cell and the flow  of aerosol
is  instantaneously stopped  by closing the valves.
From that moment aerosol  particles existing  in  the
volume v*, which are recognized because of their

            JOURNAL OP CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                    638

-------
          TaWe }  Experimental condition.
Klndi of aeroioli: itMric acid parllclM,  tobacco imoke
Initial geometric mean radlut: r,o-0.3 ^-0.5 /<
Initial geometric tUndard deviation: «,o-l.2~l.4
Denilty of particles: p,-0.85g/cm'  (iteailc add partlcl«)
                   •0,78 g/cm1  (tobacco imoke)
Concentration of aeroioli: m-10*~ 10* p»nlclei/cc
    A:  200/<~1500^
  v. :  1.4x10-•cm* (eyepiece x objective. 10x20)
       1.2xlO*«cm' (        »        ,  10x40)
  CO;  0.03-1.7
  DC:  4.7xlO-«~ 1.7x10-'
shining,  are  recorded by a video  recorder, until all
particles disappear  in the  sight.  The number  of
particles at any given time are counted by reproduc-
ing the recorder.
  Initial number concentration of  particles, n0i  >s
given  as follows  by the initial particle number  of
images N (0) and the observation volume vm:
                 n,=N(Q)lvm                    (9)
  The particle size spectrum was also  determined by
the ultramicroscopic technique developed previously
by  the authors'", whose principle is  almost the same
as  that  of the Andreasen-Pipette method.  Experi-
mental conditions and physical  properties  of aerosols
are shown  in Table 2.

Experimental Remits and Discussion
  Fig. 8  shows a comparison  of the  relative  con-
centration  change  with time  between  experimental
data and theoretical curves.   In this comparison the
decreases of the experimental values seem to be slightly
slower than those of the predicted ones.   However,
overall agreement is good within experimental error.
As  seen from the values of CG  and DC, the effect  of
Brownian coagulation and diffusion  on particle  con-
centration  can be almost ignored.  This  agreement
indicates that convection, photophoresis and thermo-
phoresis  do not occur in the observation cell.
  Fig. 9  shows the experimental data of the  relative
concentration change on  tobacco smoke and stearic
acid particles, together with corresponding theoretical
curves.   Experimental data  are in good  agreement
with the tendency of the calculated  curves, and the
effect of  Brownian coagulation increases as the values
of  CG-y increase.  This kind  of experimental  data
has not been reported because of the difficulty in ac-
curate measurement of changing number  concentra-
tion of particles  with time.   In this experiment the
values of CG-y  were rather small, but the effect of
Brownian  coagulation on gravitational settling was
clearly  found  to be characterized.   These  experi-
mental results might indicate, in a certain  sense, that
the conception used  in deriving the basic equation,
above all the  assumption that particles stick together
upon impact and will not repel, are basically correct.

VOL I NO. 2  1975
                                                                 260
                                                              Fig. I  Comparison of
                                                              concentration with calculated one*
                                                              Fig. 9  Comparison of experimental aerocol
                                                              concentration with calculated ones
                                                      One  more  sensitive test  of the coagulation theory
                                                      could be made by the change of concentration of each
                                                      species of particle size distribution.

                                                      Conclusion
                                                        The behavior  of aerosols undergoing Brownian
                                                      coagulation, diffusion  and  gravitational  settling be-
                                                      tween two horizontal walls  was studied theoretically
                                                      and experimentally.
                                                        The basic  equation considering the  above  three
                                                      effects and  the  variation of particle concentration in
                                                      the  direction of sedimentation  was  solved  numeri-
                                                      cally for various initial particle size spectrums.   The
                                                      overall effect of diffusion or coagulation on  particle
                                                      concentration of settling  aerosol  particles was esti-
                                                      mated using the values of two dimensionless param-
                                                      eters  DC and CG  respectively.   At  values  of CG
                                                      less than 0.02,  the  effect of coagulation was then
                                                      found  to be negligible, and  in the regions of DG<,
                                                      0.004 the effect of diffusion  could be  ignored.  In
                                                      the  absence of Brownian  diffusion  the change of
                                                      particle concentration with time at every height could
                                                 639

-------
 be  estimated  by  introducing a new  dimensionless
 parameter CG-y.   Some  of these  theoretical results
 were  examined  by  a technique  of ultramicroscopic
 size analysis and were found to be in good agreement
 with experimental ones.
   The calculation  results  presented  in  this paper are
an elementary step in providing a theoretical approach
to predict  the  behavior  of aerosols in a closed vessel
and also will  be useful to estimate  the influence of
Brownian  coagulation or diffusion on  particle  size
analysis of aerosols  by sedimentation methods.

Appendix
  The basic  equation expressing the lime dependence of the size
distribution  of aerosols undergoing Brownian coagulation,
Brownian diffusion and gravitational settling is given4-*-'"  by:
                   7*1
                  r'*t
^J:
                          r'*-p'*,n


            r*r-,'»  )'<">'

-\   K(.r',P-)n'(r',i-)n(p'.t')dp-
where D(r') is the diffusion coefficient and u,(r') is the terminal
settling velocity.

Acknowledgment
  T. Miyazaki and Y. Kida were very helpful ia the experimental
work.
Nomenclature
CC

C.(ri')
D.

DC
g
H
h
K,
K(r<', pt'

k(f i, Pi)

Jlnr
           = dimensionless parameter defined in Eq. (3)

           = Cunningham's correction factor of n'      [—]
           -= effective diameter of microscopic sight
              shown in Fig. 7                          [cm]
           = dimensionless parameter defined in Eq. (3)

           = diffusion coefficient
           —  acceleration of gravity                [cm/sec1]
           =  height between two horizontal walls       [cm]
           =  values shown in Fig. 7                 H[cm]
           =  coefficient in Eq. (4)                  (cm'/sec]
           —  coagulation function  for two particles of
              sizes n' and pi'                      [cm'/sec]
           =  dimensionless coagulation function
                                                              n'(n't
                                               no

                                               JV(0)

                                               r', T

                                               r,o
                                               T
                                               i', l
                                               Jr
                                               ut(r\)

                                               f.
                                               y', y
                                                     I1), n(ri, t) =  number and dimensionless number
                                                                of aerosol particles (=/i'(iV, r')/«o)
                                                                                          [particles/cc][— ]
                                                          — dimensionless total number of particles
                                                            (-ZXK.O/no)                        [-]
                                                          = total number of particles at time
                                                            zero                            [particles/cc]
                                                          = number of aerosol particles in Vm at
                                                            time zero                           [particles]
                                                          = particle radius and dimensionless
                                                            particle radius                         [;<][ — ]
                                                          = geometric mean radius at time zero          [/<]
                                                          = absolute temperature                      (°K]
                                                          = time and dimensionless time           [sec][ — ]
                                                          = dimensionless time step                   [ — ]
                                                          = terminal settling velocity
                                                                                                [cm/sec]
                                                                                                   [cm'J

                                                                                                [cm][ — ]
                                                                         =  volume shown in Fig. 7
                                                                         =  vertical and dimensionless vertical
                                                                            distance from top of the cell
                                                                           mesh width and dimensionless mesh width
                                                                           along the vertical direction             [cm][ — ]

                                                                           geometric standard deviation at time zero   [ — 1
                                                              f          =
                                                              P, PP
                                                              fti

                                                              
                                                              i
                                                              min        =
                                                              max       =
                                                            Boltzman's constant (=^-1.38 x 10"")
                                                            viscosity of fluid
                                                            fluid and particle density
                                                            dimensionless particle radius


                                                            refers to the number particle size
                                                            minimum
                                                            maximum
                                                                                                                [erg/°K]
                                                                                                             [g/cm-sec]
                                                                                                                [g/cmj]
             dimensionless size width between n and r<+i [ — ]
                                               Literature Cited
                                                1) Ahn, C. H. and J. W. Gentry: Ind.  Eng. Chem., Fundam.,
                                                  11,483(1972).
                                                2) Davies, C. N.:  Proc. Roy. Sac., A200,  100 (1949).
                                                3) Friedlander, S.  K.  and C. S. Wang.: /. Coll.  Int. Sri., 22,
                                                  126 (1966).
                                                4) Fuchs,  N. A.:  "The Mechanics of  Aerosols," Pergamon
                                                  Press, Oxford, (1964).
                                                5) Greenfield, M.  A., R. L.  Koontz and D. F.  Hausknecht:
                                                  J. Coll. Int. Sci., 35, 102 (1971).
                                                6) Hauck, H.: Slaub-Reinhalt. Luft., 33, 1233 (1973).
                                                7) Langstroth, G.  and T. Giilespie: Cane/. /. Research, 25B,
                                                  455(1947).
                                                8) Lindauer, G. C. and A. W. Castlcman, Jr.: Aerosol Science,
                                                  2. 85 (1971).
                                                9) Mori,  Y.  and A.  Yoshizawa:  Kagaku Kogaku, 32, 1233
                                                  (1968).
                                               10) Smoluchwoski.  M.: fhys. Chem. (Leipzig), 92, 129 (1917).
                                               11) Yoshida,  T., Y.  Kousaka  and K.  Okuyama: Ind. Eng.
                                                  Chem. Fundam.. 14, 47 (1975).
                                               12) Zebel, G.: Kolhid-Z, 156,  102 (1958).
                                                                           JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                           640

-------
CHANGE IN PARTICLE SIZE  DISTRIBUTIONS OF
POLYDISPERSE AEROSOLS UNDERGOING
BROWNIAN  COAGULATION
                       TETSUO YOSHIDA, KIKUO OKUYAMA, YASUO KOUSAKA
                       AND YOSHINORI KIDA
                       Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka
                       Prefecture, Sakai. 591
                                   (Reprinted with permission)
                            641
                                             Reprinted from
                                             JOURNAL OF
                                      CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
                                                   OF
                                                 JAPAN
                                          Vol. 8, No. 4 (1975)
                                            Pages 317—322

-------
CHANGE  IN  PARTICLE  SIZE  DISTRIBUTIONS  OF
POLYDISPERSE  AEROSOLS  UNDERGOING
BROWNIAN  COAGULATION
                                       TETSUO YOSHIDA, KIKUO OKUYAMA*. YASUO KOUSAKA
                                       AND YOSHINORI KIDA
                                       Department of Chemical Engineering, University of Osaka
                                       Prefecture, Sakai, 591
  The time-dependent change ID particle size distributions of highly concentrated polydisperse
        idergoug Brownian coagulation was studied by numerically solving the basic equation
of coagnlation for various size distributions Initially having log-normal form.  The results were
plotted la the forms of the change with tune In cumulative size distribution* and the changes in
nominal geometric mean radius, as well as standard deviation for various initial distributions of
aerosol*.  These figures  showed that size distributions approached certain asymptotic ones,
which might correspond to SPDF (self-preserving distribution function), almost independently
of Initial  distributions as coagulation proceeded.  The  process of the approach to asymptotic
distributions was also made dear by the graphs. Some of these results were verified by  ex-
perimental results obtained by the uftramlcroscoplc size analysis previously developed by  the
authors.
Introduction
  In the previous paper1",  the  change  in  particle
number concentration of polydisperse aerosols under-
going gravitational settling, Brownian diffusion and
Brownian coagulation was discussed,  and Brownian
coagulation was  found to be important  when high
concentration aerosols were concerned.   Analytical
solutions1-111,  asymptotic  solutions8'''8'1" and nu-
merical solutions*'"'  have been  reported  for the
change  in pariclc size distribution of polydisperse
aerosols with time undergoing Brownian coagulation.
These solutions, however, have been obtained under
some simplified or specialized conditions, and seem
unsatisfactory for understanding  the general  aspects
of time-dependent change in particle size distribu-
tions  of polydisperse  aerosols.  In experimental
studies, because of the difficulty in accurate measure-
ment of particle size distribution of  highly concen-
trated  aerosol, sufficient  amounts of available  data
have not been reported'-"1.
  In this paper,  the change  in particle size distribu-
tion of highly concentrated polydisperse aerosols was
studied by numerically solving the basic equation for
Brownian coagulation with various initial log-normal
size distributions.  The results of the calculation were

  Received November 6,1974.
  Presented at the 8th Autumn Meeting of The Soc. of Chem.
  Engrs., Japan at Tokyo, Oct. 8, 1974. {"Particle Growth of
  For/disperse Aerosols by Brownian Coagulation")

VOL. •  NO. 4  197J
graphically presented to show the effect of polydis-
persion on the change in size distribution of aerosols,
and  then  were confirmed by  experimental  results
obtained  by  the  technique of ultramicroscopic size
analysis previously developed  by the authors"'.  The
study presented here gives one of the basic proper-
ties of polydisperse aerosols, and is useful, for instance,
for estimation  of the extent  of the contribution  of
particle growth to industrial precipitators.

Theoretical Calculation
  The basic equation for the time-dependent size
distribution change of aerosols undergoing Brownian
coagulation has been  reported by Miiller*"' and  its
dimensiohless form can be written as
                 r\
                          i=imin... .imax    (1)
 where,
 K(r'(,p',) is the coagulation function of particles and in
 the case of Brownian coagulation it is given by111
     Wt,iQ=KJri+pMCJir't\lr't + CJipi)lp:}     (3)
 The left side of Eq. (1) is the change in particle con-
 centration of size r, with time.  The first term on  the
                                              642

-------
Ofl
Q6
f
nr


o?



1C
99
395
"90
• 60
£70
$60
350
**o
I*
|20
§10
5
'(
""""*'SS^


1 	 1 	 1 	 1 — i
^k
'"•fe
.
tobacco
k£V ritTpnrtirlcBf cl






steoric acid particles .'X
key rtffaiamia roo
-o- 3.55 * 10* a
cju Ogoc :
32 1.28


OOP particles
key rtCpariKMKd Ifco
* 1.99 «10« 0
<• 2.14 K 10« 0.
r2 2 «s
rSo=Q35u
ffgoC— 3


	 1.50


; "1
CJ13 C%0 C-3
37 122
37 ).22 i


• 769«H3*
e 1.05 > K)'
o 4.16 > 10'
» 7.38* 107
» 84 1 >10'


' «
T9»W
- 0.1
c« 0.3S
V, l.Q


810H 2 4 6 8IOC
t C-3
I'M •"//'}"
fjf'i •
I l''/T'l !
/////' / < / *
Wl
: ^////
:;w/
.' t/llfl / ' /I .'1 11
J.2 0.4 06 1
r
4
9
1
t
I
I
1
(
/
t
t
1
1
j
-
rA * 6 1°
2 4
(re
an
em
va
chi
of
me
r'
wa
ch<
a
cal
foi
smofat
^otf«
0.36
3.375
J51
>.64
3.465

<%OC-J
1.23
1.32
1.53
1.71
1.36
olculoted
dgot-
1.30
1 SO




	
	



Fig. 1 Experimental awl calculated
Dumber concentration
6 8 101 2
Equation (1) is approximately normalized on r^
fer to Appendix). Since Eq. (1) cannot be solved
alytically, the Runge-Kutta-Merson method was
ployed to solve it. To compare the effect of
rious initial sizes and their distributions on their
inges with time, calculations were made for values
r(0 from 0.1 /t to 1.0 o and cr(0 from 1.3 to 2.0. In
>st computations r'4m0.1 ft the effect of r,0 on the con-
centration change seems to be negligible in the figure.

Particle size distribution
  Figure 2  indicates the  calculated results for the
change of particle size distribution with time for
three different initial size  distributions.   Size  distri-
butions of aerosols tend not to remain log-normal but
asymptotically approach  equilibrium states  as time
proceeds.   The shapes  of asymptotic distributions

            JOURNAL OF  CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                  643

-------
               o.i    0.2   0.4 0.6 as i

     Fig. 3  Comparison of self-preserving size distributions

 after  long  periods of  time resemble each  other ir-
 respective of initial  geometric  standard  deviations.
 These  asymptotic distributions  at  equilibrium state
 correspond  to  self-preserving  distribution  function
 (SPDF) which was derived by Friedlander1"  using the
 similarity theory.  To  compare asymptotic  size dis-
 tributions numerically  obtained  in this study with
 SPDF given by Friedlander the following  common
 variables used among  most investigators are intro-
 duced1-1"
                                                               I0o_ LlJS .._
                                                               OOP  Darticl«»
                                               (6)
 where
 The correlation of 0(i?,) and 7, after sufficiently long
 periods  of coagulation is shown in Fig. 3 together
 with SPDF given by Wang  and Friedlander1"  for
 Brownian coagulation  without the Stokes-Cunning-
 ham  correction.  Though  the  agreement  among
 them  is fairly good, ^(j?r)  numerically  obtained  in
 this study seems to depend  slightly on initial rrt and
 a#.  This dependence on initial r,, and 
-------
                                                                          Fig. 5  Experimental  and  calculated
                                                                          variation of nominal geometric standard
                                                                          deviation with time
                                                              4  6 6 10*
    Fig. 6  Schematic diagram of experimental apparatus

with flow rates ranging from 0.25 to 0.5 //min, and at
these flow rates the flow in the pipe was observed to
be plug flow rather than laminar flow.  The loss effect
by Brownian  diffusion was  evaluated to be negligi-
ble".  Aerosols sampled  at every given  residence
time were introduced into the observation cell installed
on the stage of an ultramicroscope to measure their
particle size distributions and particle  number con-
centration.  The   measurement  method  using  an
ultramicroscope was  developed  previously by  the
authors141, and the procedure is as  follows: After  the
focus of the ultramicroscope is preliminarily set at a
given depth of the observation cell, the  flow of intro-
duced aerosol  is  instantaneously stopped  by closing
valves.   From that moment particles existing in  the
field of vision  are  recorded  until all particles disap-
pear from sight, and the number of particles at any
given time are counted by reproducing the recorder.
From these data, size distributions  are obtained by a
method almost same as the Andreasen Pipette method,
and initial number concentration, na, is given by  the
                                                       initial particle number of images JV(0) and the ob-
                                                       servation volume vm:
                                                                                                      (8)
Experimental Results and Discussion
  Figure  1  shows a comparison  of the relative con-
centration change  with time between experimental
data  and theoretical  curves.  Agreement between
them for  r90>0.3 p and a,^<\.l is fairly good.  The
effect of r,0 and a,, on the  concentration change is
found to  be negligible, as discussed in theory.   This
fact  shows, in a sence, that probability of contact
may be regarded as unity, or that no repulsion may
occur when they collide.  A detailed comparison of
the theoretical calculations  with experiments  shown
in Fig.  1  will be made by  turning the point  to the
change in particle size distribution with time.
  In  Fig. 7, changes of size distribution of tobacco
smoke are shown together with corresponding theo-
retical curves  for  comparison.  The agreement is
fairly good.  A comparison of the change of nominal
geometric  mean  radius with time between experi-
mental data and calculation curves is shown in Fig. 4.
Figure 5 shows a comparison of the change of experi-
mental nominal geometric standard  deviations with
theoretical ones.  Although some scatter  is found in
experimental results, the effect of polydispersion on
the change  of particle  size  distribution with time is
approximately confirmed for a,a less than 1.6.  Theo-
retical curves for  larger a,a,  however,  cannot be
confirmed  by  experiment.  This  is due  to the diffi-
culty  of constantly  generating aerosols having  larger
geometric standard deviation.  Keith and Derrick"
performed experiments  to obtain  data on the change
of size  distribution.   In  their experiments tobacco
smoke produced by a burning cigarette was  used,

            JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                   645

-------
        99
         04 0.60.8 1
                                           20
   Fig. 7  Comparison of experimental particle size distri-
   bution changes with calculated ones

 and  size distribution  as  well as concentration  was
 measured by a conifuge.  Figure 8 shows a comparison
 of Keith and  Derrick's data  with  calculation results
 in this study.   Good  agreement is found  again.   It
 is interesting that particle  size distribution is found
 to grow wider with lapse of time in Fig. 7,  while they
 grow narrower in Fig.  8.   These facts suggest that an
 equilibrium  size distribution may exist.
   In these experiments  no difference  between solid
 particles such  as stearic  acid particles and liquid
 particles such  as DOP particles  and  tobacco smoke
 (semi-liquid) is found.
   Figure 9  shows  the half-life  of particle  number
 concentration  and also shows the time  required to
 grow to a geometric  mean radius twice  the initial
 one for various initial number concentrations and for
 various  initial  geometric standard  deviations.  It  can
 be understood that at «<, above 107 particles/cc  par-
 ticles grow in a short time.

 Conclusion
   The change  in size  distribution  of  highly concen-
 trated polydisperse  aerosols  undergoing  Brownian
 coagulation  was  studied.   The results of  numerical
 calculation  for aerosols having  various initial  size
 distributions which followed  log-normal form were
 presented graphically.  So far as the change in total
 number  concentration  of polydisperse aerosols with
 time  was concerned, the results of calculation almost
 coincided with that of monodisperse  aerosols, which
 was simply  predicted  from Smoluchowski's theory.
 This  was also  confirmed experimentally.   The man-
 ner of change  in  size distribution with time, on  the
 other hand,  was found to  be  different among initial

VOL. 8 NO. 4 1975
                                                                       Keith et al'sdata
                                                                       tobacco smoke
                                                                                               6  810
                                                            Fig.  8  Comparison nf calculated particle size distribution
                                                            changes with Keith er al. 's experimental data
 - id —
    10°
     106   2   4  6 810'  2   4 6 BifjB
                    n0  [particles/cc)
   Fig. 9   Dependence of  values of r.-n
   on initial particle number concentration
and tr,~\
size  distributions, which can not  be evaluated from
Smoluchowski's  theory.   Geometric standard  devi-
ation decreased with lapse of time when  initial devi-
ations were larger  than  about  1.5,  and  increased
when initial deviations were  smaller than about 1.3.
Some of these  results  were  also  ascertained by ex-
periment within experimental error, and the existence
of SPDF was suggested.
  The graphs presented in this paper are useful for
industrial purpose where  the extent or  the  rate of
particle growth of highly concentrated polydisperse
aerosols is important.

Appendix
  From Eqs. (2) and (3), it follows that

                         ff- + -£=fcg )      (A-l)
                        »(rj
-------
        \V   V
       «—»:th)« rang* is"
          chosen such that
          90'/.  aerosols exist
                                                  610*
  Fig. A  Depeadew* of values of C*(r< 0/C.(r,,) oo Initial
  particle slie distribution

Eq. (1) can be normalized  on r,0.  Fig. A shows the depend-
ence  of C.CrD/C.tr,,) for various r,0 against dimensionless
particle radius.  So far as  small a,t or large r,0  is  concerned,
values  of C.(ri)/C.(r,0) are approximately the same, Eq. (1)
thus can be considered to be almost normalized on r,0.
AcbMwfedgmeBt

  S. Nishio was very helpful in the experimental work.
          - Cunningham's correction factor of radius r< [— ]
          - coefficient in Eq. (2)  (-2*773/0       [cm'/sec]
          — dimensionless coagulation function
CJf.fi)
JT»
*v"V> P<)

*W, /><)
M
«'W,


*', ir


Hi

MO)

r",r
             coagulation function for two particles of
             sizes r\ and /><                       [cm'/sec]
           — dimensionless size width between n and ri+i
                                                      t-]
           -= number of divisions in radius              { — ]
     ''), "(ft, 0 — number and dimensionless number
                  concentration of aerosol particles
                  (-fl'W, /-)/».)           [particles/eel [— ]
           = total and dimensionless total number
             concentration  (-ZXW. '")/»»>
                                          [particles/cc] [— ]
           = total particle number concentration at
             time zero                         [particles/cc]
           = number of aerosol particles in v« at
             time zero                           [particles]
           — particle radius and dimensionless particle
             radius       (=/"/r«o)             [cm] [/i] [— ]
           = particle size width between rj and ri+i       [cm]
           = geometric mean radius                     [ft]
                                                               i?r
                                                               T         » absolute temperature                     [*K]
                                                               f ', '       - lime and dimensionlesi time
                                                                            (-mKtCJirrft')                     [MC] [-]
                                                               ««        •« observation volume of ultremicroscope    [cm1]

                                                                         « size scaling function Tor self-preserving
                                                                            function                                [— ]
                                                                         - Boltzman's constant  (-1.38x10-")   Ierj/°X]
                                                                         - viscosity of fluid                    [g/cm-sec]
                                                                         — another dimeruiontess particle radius in
                                                                            Eq.(l)                                  [-]
                                                                         *• geometric standard deviation              [— ]
                                                                         — total volume of particles per unit volume
                                                                                                                 [cm«/ccj
                                                                         =° self-preserving number density for aerosol
                                                                            size  distribution                          [ — ]
                                                               
                                                               /          — refers to the number of particle size
min
max
0
                                                                          = minimum
                                                                          " maximum
                                                                          —at time zero
Literature Cited

 1) Clark, W. and K. Whitby: /. Atmos. Sci., 24. 677 (1967).
 2) Cohen, E. C. and E. V. Vaughan: /. Colloid Int. Sci., 35,
    612 (1971).
 3) Friedlander, S. K. and C. S. Wang: /. Colloid Set., 22,
    126 (1966).
 4) Gormley, P. O. and M. Kennedy: Proc. Ray. Irish. Acad.,
    52-A, 163(1949).
 5) Hidy, G. M.: J. Colloid Sci., 20, 123 (1965).
 6) Huang,  C M.,  M. Kerker and  E. Matijevic: /. Colloid
    M. Set., 33, 529 (1970).
 7) Keith, C.  H. and J. C. Derrick: J. Colloid Sci.,  IS, 340
    (1960).
 8) Lai, F. S., S. K. Friedlander, J. Pich and O. M. Hidy: J.
    Colloid Int. Sci., 39, 395 (1972).
 ,9) MOller, H.:  Kolloidbeihefle, 27, 233 (1928).
10) Nicolaon, G.,  M. Kerker, O. D.  Cooke and E. Malijevic:
    /. Colloid Int. Sci., 38, 460 (1972).
H) Smoluchowski, M von Z: Phys. Chem., 92,  129 (1917).
12) Takahashi, K. and M. Kasahara: Atmos. Environ., 2, 441
    (1968).
13) Wang, C. S. and S. K. Friedlander.: J. Colloid Int. Sci.,
    24,  170 (1967).
14) Yoshida, T., Y.  Kousaka and  K.  Okuyama: lad.  Eng.
    Chem. Fundam., 14, 47 (1975).
15) Yoshida, T., Y.  Kousaka, K. Okuyama and S.  Nishio: J.
    Chem. Eng. Japan, 8, 137 (1975).
16) Zebel, G.: Kolhid-Z, 156, 102(1958).
                                                                             JOURNAL OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERING OF JAPAN
                                                             647

-------
Application of Particle Enlargement by Condensation
to Industrial Dust Collection

                        Tetsuo Yoshida, Yasuo Kousaka,
                        Kikuo Okuyama, and Fuminori Nomura
                        Chemical Engineering Department,
                        University of Osaka Prefecture,
                        Sakai, 591, Japan
                       648

-------
   Application of Particle Enlargement by Condensation
   to Industrial Dust Collection

                         Tetsuo Yoshida, Yasuo Kousaka,
                         Kikuo Okuyama, and Fuminori Nomura
                         Chemical Engineering Department,
                         University of Osaka Prefecture,
                         Sakai, 591, Japan

( Abstract )

Application of the phenomena of particle growth by condensation
to industrial dust collection was studied. The analysis to
evaluate the extent of size enlargement was first introduced
for the two essential and industrially useful methods, one of
which is that by mixing hot saturated air with cold one and the
other by injection of steam into air. Four typical processes were
proposed in their effective application to industrial exhaust gas
and the procedure of utilization of these processes was illus-
trated according to the various conditions of exhaust gas. The
technique for size enlargement of aerosol particles by conden-
sation was found to be essentially applicable to any industrial
exhaust gas which contains submicron dust particles in low number
concentration,  when the appropriate process shown herein was
selected.
                               649

-------
 Introduction

      Fundamental analysis and experiment  for growth of aerosol
 particles by  condensation were made  in our previous papers  (1976;
 1977),  where  it was suggested that the particle growth by con-
 densation would be one of the most promising preconditioning
 techniques  for the collection of submicron dust particles.  In-
 dustrial application of the fundamental results was developed
 in this paper.
      Condensation of water vapor on  aerosol particles, not  con-
 sisting of  soluble substances, will  essentially occur wherever
 a  certain degree of supersaturation  is produced around the  parti-
 cles. The fundamental analysis of two essential methods to  pro-
 duce  supersaturation, one of which is that by mixing hot saturated
 air with cold air  (Yoshida et al.,1976) and the other by injection
 of steam into air  (Yoshida et al.,1977),  was first briefly  intro-
 duced.  The  establishment of economic processes to produce super-
 saturation  using these methods will  be important from the industri-
 al point of view. Processes for this purpose were discussed and
 developed under consideration of various  conditions, such as temp-
 erature and humidity, of industrial  exhaust gas. Some processes
 were  proposed according to various conditions of exhaust gas and
 they  were arranged into several charts for the facility of  the
 design  of a preconditioner of industrial  dust collection.

 Basic Consideration

      In this  section the fundamental aspects for particle growth
 by condensation, which were made clear in the previous papers
 (1976;  1977), will be briefly introduced.
     The point "i" on the humidity chart  of Figure 1 indicates a
 state of supersaturation of air. When this point is attained in
an insulated  chamber by some methods and  a certain amount of
                                650

-------
aerosol particles is introduced into the chamber as condensation
nuclei, condensation upon the particles will occur. And as the
result the state of air changes along the adiabatic line to the
point "f" which almost coincides with the saturated state. Then
the value of AH shown in the figure which represents the quantity
of condensed water vapor per unit mass of dry air will be pro-
duced. In order to attain point "i"ora supersaturated state,
two methods were suggested to be effective: one of which is that
by mixing high temperature saturated air with low temperature
saturated air and the other by steam injection into air. Existence
of aerosol particles, the value of AH in both methods is given
by the following enthalpy and material balances on dry air mass
basis:
(mixing method)
                        i8f + AHiwf
                       Hsf + AH                            (2)
 (steam injection method)
   ig + Qst { xisfc + (l-x)ijt}  =isf +Qstd-x)iwf+ AHiwf    (3)

   Hg + Qstx = Hsf + AH                                         (4)
Some of the calculated results are shown  in Figures 2 and  3.
     When all of the vapor corresponding  to the amount of  AH  are
assumed to condense upon particles which  are introduced into
supersaturated air, the following relations must be satisfied:

   AH = -i-Trpsf fr3n(r,»)dr- [r3n (r,0)drl = - < Dyf " Dvi } nOps  <5>
        3     l'o            J0          J   6
   Dvf = (6AH/Trn0)1/3           when D^f^-D3^ and pg = 1        (6)
AQ represents the particle number concentration of aerosol on dry
air mass basis. Dyi and Dyf represent the volume mean diameters
of the particles before and after growth  respectively. The increase
in size of aerosol particles undergoing condensation can then be
                               651

-------
evaluated in volume mean diameter Dvf knowing the values AH and
ng in most cases.
     The growing rate of particles undergoing condensation was
found to be very rapid in the previous paper (1976), so the above
analysis in equilibrium state only will be essential in developing
this technique to industrial application.

Typical Operations to Obtain High Temperature and Low Temperature
Saturated Air

(High temperature saturated air)
(a) adiabatic humidification
     When exhaust gas lias high temperature or moderate temperature
with high humidity, direct contact of the gas with recirculating
water in a humidifier will be effective. This operation is simple
and any heat source is unnecessary. The operation is illustrated
as line  (a) on the humidity chart of Figure 4.
(b) humidification by contacting with heated water
     When the exhaust gas has moderate temperature and humidity,
contact of it with heated water will be effective. The line (b)
in Figure 4 illustrates this operation.
(c) humidification by steam injection
     This operation will be essentiallly effective for gas having
any temperature or humidity, but this is especially effective
for low temperature gas, the reason of which appears later. The
line (c) in the figure illustrates this operation.

(Low temperature saturated air)
(d) adiabatic humidification
     When exhaust gas has low temperature or low humidity, the
same method as (a) is applicable. This is shown as the line (d)
in Figure 4
(e) dehumidification by contacting with cooling water
                             652

-------
      When the operation  (d) is not available, the direct contact
of gas with cooling water will be inevitable. This is shown as
the line (e) in the figure.
     These typical operations are applied to industrial exhaust
gas according to temperature and humidity of the gas in the
following section.

Methods to Produce AH in Various Industrial Exhaust Gas

     The value of AH, which represents the quantity of condensable
water vapor per unit mass of dry air described before, is im-
portant, while the size of grown particles is determined by this
value under a given particle number concentration of exhaust gas
as shown in eq(6). Some of the representative industrial processes
to produce AH are discussed according to some classified gas
conditions in this section. The property of exhaust gas was re-
garded the same as that of air in the following discussions. The
notations (a)~-(e) appears in the following figures indicate the
above classification for typical operations.

(High temperature and high humidity exhaust gas)
     This is probably the most profitable case to apply the method
of particle growth by condensation when cooling water is obtainable.
The flow sheet of this process is shown in Figure 5. Gas after
adiabatic humidifier is divided into two parts. One part is de-
humidified by contacting with cooling water, and is then mixed
with the other to produce AH or to enlarge the particles in gas
at the mixing chamber. This process is named "A". The value of AH
in this process depends on the temperature T  and humidity Hg
of exhaust gas, and on the temperature of cooling water which
is available. The correlation among them was calculated by eqs(l)
and (2), and was illustrated on the right upper side of the
humidity chart of Figures 6«-10 for various AH. The mixing ratio
                             653

-------
 Rh was chosen in any cases as the optimal value shown in Figure  2
 in calculation. If one may require the value of AH=0.006 and
 if the cooling water temperature of 20"C is available, then the
 exhaust  gas conditions must  exist at least on the line of 20°C
 of cooling water in Figure 8, for instance Tg = 1000°C and H  =
 0.07gH2O/g dry air, T_ = 100°C and Hg = 0.32 g H2O/g dry air, and
 so forth. The temperature of saturated air or the equilibrium
 temperature after adiabatic  humidification, in this case, comes
 to Te = 72.5°C. It is matter  of course that the larger values than
 AH =0.006 can be obtained if the gas conditions exist in the
 upper side of the line of 20°C of cooling water in Figure 8.

 (Low temperature exhaust gas)
     In  this case steam injection method is effective, but this
 method has a fault that it requires saturated steam as a heat
 and water vapor source. The  process is very simple as shown in
 Figure 11, and this process  is named "B". The value of AH in this
 process  depends on the steam quantity Qst and on exhaust gas
 conditions such as T  and H_. The correlation among them was
 calculated by eqs(3) and (4) and was illustrated on the left side
 of the humidity chart of Figures 6 ~10.  As the property of steam,
 100°C, 1 ata and unity in dryness fraction were assumed in the
 calculation. If the same value of AH as the above example is
 required and if the steam quantity of Qgt=0.1 kg steam/kg dry  air
 is available, then the exhaust gas conditions must exist at
 least on the line of Qst = 0.1 in Figure 8. The larger values
 than AH=0.006 can be obtained if the gas conditions exist in
 the left side of this line. The temperature rise in air was
 also illustrated in the figure as T@, in this example Te = 37.9°C.
 If the saturated air after steam injection has high temperature,
 the process "A" may be applied successively after steam injection.
This is  one of the advantages of this process.
                               654

-------
(Gas having intermediate conditions)
     When exhaust gas has temperature below about 200°C and low
humidity,ateam injection can be applied after application of
adiabatic humidification. This process is shown in Figure 12,
and is named process "B"1 because of similarity to process "B".
The calculated results in this case were illustrated on the
humidity chart of Figures 7~10 .
     When both hot water and cooling water are available, the
following process may be applicable. One part of gas is humidified
and at the same time heated by hot water to obtain high temp-
erature saturated air, and the remainder is cooled down by con-
tacting with cooling water to obtain low temperature saturated
air. Then they are mixed to produce AH. The process is shown in
Figure 13, and is named process "A1". The calculated results can
not be shown in this case in Figures 6/w. 10 because of one more
additional parameter of heated water temperature. The value of
AH, however, is obtainable for every given condition since the
temperatures of points "2" and "3" in Figure 13 can be evaluated
from given gas conditions.
     Figure 14 illustrates the rough domain in applying the above
processes to various exhaust gas conditions.

Utilization of the Above Results

     The steps of procedure to utilize the above results for in-
dustrial purpose are as follows. The appropriate process is  first
selected according to the given temperature and humidity of  ex-
haust gas referring to Figures 6~10 and 14. The value of AH is
next evaluated from Figures 6 ~10 or from calculation by setting
up the quantity of steam, or the temperature of cooling water
which is obtainable. Then the volume mean diameter of grown  parti-
cles, Dvf, can be evaluated from eq(6), using the value of AH
and knowing the particle number concentration of the gas, n0.
                                655

-------
 A dust  collector  after  the  preconditioned  gas  should be designed
 using the  value D f  thus  obtained.  If  the  value  D  ~,  on the  other
 hand, is first given from the  point of performance of a collector
 installed  after particle  enlargement,  the  value  AH should  be
 first determined  from eq(6)  knowing the value  nQ. Consequently
 the  steam  quantity Qst  or cooling water temperature will be
 determined from the  figures using the  known value AH  and knowing
 the  gas conditions.
 (Example)
     Tg = 30°C, H  =0.01 g H20/g dry air and nQ = 108 particles/g
 dry  air (roughly  corresponds to 10   particles/cm gas)  are given.
 It is required to enlarge submicron particles  in the  gas to  5
 microns in Dvf.
     In this  case the value of AH which is required is  found to
 be 0.006 g H20/g  dry air  from eq(6). The appropriate  process in
 this case  is  found to be  process "B" because of  low temperature
 gas. The required steam quantity Qst  (100°C, lata, x =1) is
 then found to be  0.1 g  steam/g dry  air from the  point of Tq=30°C
 and  H  =0.01  in Figure  8.

 Experimental

     The experimental results on the processes "A"1 and "B"  were
 reported in the previous  papers (1976;  1977),  and so  the experi-
 ment on the process  "A" and "B1" were  briefly  shown in  this
 section. Figure 15 shows  the schematic diagram of the experimental
 method. The apparatus can be operated  in both  processes "A"  and
 "B" by  opening and closing valves.  The mixture of air with com-
 bustion  gas  from gas  burner was supplied as a high temperature
 gas from the  bottom  of  the adiabatic humidifier. The  temperature
 of the  gas  was several  hundreds centigrade degrees for  the process
 "A" and about 200°C  for the process  "B1".  Tobacco smoke(Dvi=0.35
micron)  and dust  particles  contained in combustion gas(Dvi<0.1
                            656

-------
micron)  were used as submicron dust particles. Total gas flow
rate was 180 1/min. In the experiment of process "A", the valves
of v, and v2 are adequately opened to obtain a certain mixing
ratio R.  keeping v, close. In the experiment of process "B1",
the valve of v_ is closed and v. is moderately opened to inject
a certain amount of steam into the gas. The technique of size
measurement of grown particles was the same as that appeared
in the previous papers(1975; 1976; 1977). Experimental results
were plotted in the same graph as those of the previous papers
(1976; 1977), which was shown in Figure 16. The results obtained
in the previous works were also collectively plotted in the
figure.  It will be found in Figure 16 that the all processes
"A", "A1", "B" and "B"1 are useful for size enlargement of
submicron dust particles by condensation.

Conclusion

     Application of the phenomena of particle growth by conden-
sation to industrial dust collection was developed. Four typical
processes were proposed for the effective application of the
phenomena and the procedure of their utilization was shown ac-
cording to various exhaust gas conditions. The technique for
size enlargement of aerosol particles by condensation was found
to be essentially applicable to any industrial exhaust gas which
contains submicron dust particles in low number concentration,
when the appropriate process shown in this paper was selected.
The results suggested that the exhaust gas having high temperature
and high humidity is especially profitable to apply  this technique
because any heat source but cooling water is  unnecessary. The
exhaust gas having low temperature such as 30°C or below, on the
other hand, is advantageous in very simple apparatus but is dis-
advantageous in necessity of steam.
                                657

-------
Nomenclature

Dvi' Dvf*vo^ume mean diameter before and after growth, re-
  spectively, cm
H - absolute humidity, g H20/g dry air
AH«condensable water vapor, g H20/g dry air
i»enthalpy, cal/g dry air or g steam
n0-particle number concentration, 1/g dry air
n(r,0), n(r,») - particle number having particle radius r before
  and after growth, particles/g dry air
Qst«quantity of steam injection, g steara/g dry air
r* radius of particle, cm
Rn»mixing ratio, g dry air of high temperature saturated air/
  g total dry air
T =temperature, °C
x «dryness fraction of steam
Greek Letter
Ps= density of condensed liquid, g/cm
Subscripts
e = equilibrium state of air
f = final state shown in Figure 1
g = initial state of air

i = initial state

s = saturated
sf « saturated air in final state
sh • high temperature saturated air
si »low temperature saturated air
st »steam
wf *water in final state
Superscripts
1 =wet
" « dry

                              658

-------
References

Yoshida, T., Kousaka, Y. and Okuyama, K.f"A New Technique
     of Particle Size Analysis of Aerosols and Fine Powders
     Using an Ultramicroscope", Ind. Eng. Chem., Fundam.,
     14, No.l, 47(1975)
Yoshida, T., Kousaka, Y. and Okuyama, K.,"Growth of
     Aerosol Particles by Condensation", Ind. Eng. Chem.,
     Fundam., 15, No.l, 37(1976)
Yoshida, T., Kousaka, Y., Okuyama, K. and Nomura, F.,
     "Growth of Aerosol Particles by Steam Injection",
     J. Chem. Eng. Japan(in contribution)
                           659

-------
 Captions  of  figures
 Figure 1
 Figure 2
 Figure 3

 Figure 4

 Figure 5
 Figure 6

 Figure 7

 Figure 8

 Figure 9

Figure 10

Figure 11
Figure 12
Figure 13
Figure 14

Figure 15
Figure 16
Change in humidity and temperature due to condensation
Condensable water vapor AH at various mixing conditions
Condensable water vapor AH against quantity of steam
injection Qst
Typical operations to obtain high and low temperature
saturated gases
Illustration of process "A"
Application of processes "A" and "B" to various exhaust
gas conditions( AH=0.002)
Application of processes "A", "B" and "B"1 to various
exhaust gas conditions(AH =0.004)
Application of processes "A", "B" and "B1" to various
exhaust gas conditions(AH=0.006)
Application of processes "A", "B" and "B"' to various
exhaust gas conditions{AH=0.008)
Application of processes "A", "B" and "B"1 to various
exhaust gas conditions(AH=0.010)
Illustration of process "B"
Illustration of process "BIH
Illustration of process "A1"
Effective application of process "A", "A"', "B" and "B"
to various exhaust gas conditions
Schematic diagram of experimental apparatus
Relation between grown particle diameter DVf and
condensable water vapor per single particle
                              660

-------
en
                                      temperature
           Figure 1  Change  in  humidity and temperature due to condensation

-------
                    0.005
cr,
Ch
ro
	:Tsh=60'c
r~:Tsh=50'c
                         0  0.2  0.4  0.6  0.8  1.0
                    0  0.2   OA  0.6  0.8   1.0
                            Rh C-3
            Figure  2   Condensable water vapor AH at  various mixing conditions

-------
      0.020
 relative
humidity
  100 •/•
                   0.1     0.2    0.3    0.4    0.5
                    Q$t   Tgsteam/gdry atrl
Figure 3  Condensable water vapor AH against quantity of steam
         injection Qgt
                              663

-------
CTl
•U
                          ;
                          6
                          £.
                                   air temperature


        Figure 4  Typical  operations to obtain high  and low temperature
                  saturated gases

-------
                                      adiabatic
                          high temp,   humidifier

                         exhaust gas

                          Tg, Hg
     mixing chamber
          to collector
                                        recirc.
                                       water
	cooling water
                                                   dehumidifier
en
cr>
                                                   temp.

                                              process "A*
                               Figure  5   Illustration  of process "A"

-------
tf\
m
ON
steam injection
  st=0.2
                            5     10    20   40 60  100   200   400600 1000 2000
                                              Ta      fa
               Figure 6  Application of processes "A" and  "B"  to various exhaust
                         yas  conditions ( AH = 0.002)

-------
           steam injection
               = 0.20
               0.15
              0.10
            0.05
      0.004
               10    20   4060  100  200   400 600 1000 2000
                            Tg
Figure 7  Application of processes "A", "B"  and "B"' to various
          exhaust gas conditions (AH = 0.004)

-------
                                 T.=88.7'C
                                               process'A
             37.9
           26.8*0-
    steam injection
    CLt= 0.20
     *  0.15
       0.10
     0.05
        10     20    40  60  100    200    400 600 1000  2000
              exhaust gas  temp.  Tg   C*C3
Figure  8  Application of processes "A",  "B" and "B'" to various

         exhaust gas conditions(AH - 0.006)
                               668

-------
      O.OOA
                             60  100  200   400600 1000 2000
                           Tg     C-C3
Figure 9  Application of processes  "A",  "B"  and "B'H  to various
          exhaust gas conditions(AH »0.008)

-------
      0.004
           5     10    20   40 60  100   200  400600 1000 2000
                            Tg      C'C]
Figure 10   Application of processes "A", "B" and "B1" to various
           exhaust  gas conditions(AH=0.010)

-------
 low temp.
exhaust gas
Tg.Hg
                  steam
high  temp.
 Figure 11   Illustration of process MB'

-------
Intermediate
temp, exhaust c
g. Mg
i
a\
vj
>, Hs
6
£.
Hsl
Hg
adiabatic steam
humidifier
)°s 1 ^1 12 ' 3 *° c

f ^X |"j
I ,
4^
*/7
y


recirc. water
n
-SLi

                                      to process A
                  temp.
             process** B*"
Figure 12   Illustration of process "B*

-------
U)
                                                pump heater
                                                   .
                                              humidifier  'heated water
                             intermediate

                           temp, exhaust gas j
                              Tg. H
                       4  to collector
                       	1*.
                                                        --- cooling water
                                             dehumidifier
                                                    temp.
                                                         * *• *
                                                 process A
                                  Figure
13  Illustration  of process  "A1

-------
                  3
                  C.
                          air temperature
Figure 14   Effective application of process "A", "A1",  "B"  and  "B1"

           to various exhaust gas conditions

-------
                              w
                   steam	M	1 thermometer-
               100'C.1ata.x=l  v.    '     \\
         humidifier
         did. 200mm
       height 1000mm
 0.5inch Raschig rings
      i recirculatory
      A water
      t
      i
      i
      i
      i
pump
            *v» • i

           \>
               exhaust gas
   mix ing chamber
^ capacity
    60 -600cm3
                                  filter

                                orifice
                                 flow
                                meter
                       _L
                    [ultramicroscope}
             vacuum   ;
              pump
                                                JVTR & monitorl
  dehumidifrer
  dia. 150mm
 height 750mm
0.5 inch Raschig rings
           IBOVmin
          olower
         Figure 15  Schematic  diagram of experimental apparatus

-------
        .2  6
        "O
a\
-*±
en
c  2
a
                     '1
                       1—'   I''"
                                           I I  I • I       I       I

                                           (example) ff .-process "A"*, DO

                                                     and n^lO7-11-1
                                           6 810"10   2

                                           CgH20/particle3
                                                              10
                 Figure 16   Relation between grown particle diameter Dvf and

                           condensable water vapor per single particle

-------
           APPENDIX J




MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES, LTD,
                 677

-------
              The Latest  Dust Collecting  Technique
                               October 1976
A                MITSUBISHI HEAVY INDUSTRIES. LTD.
                5-1, Marunouchi 2-chom», Chiyoda-ku, Tokyo 100, Japan
)by Mitsubishi Heavy Industries. Ltd.
  jproduced by permission)           678

-------
The  Latest  Dust  Collecting  Technique
                                                       Yasuo Saito*
                                                   Naoji Tachibana**
                  Koji Tashiro*
                 Kazuo Matsui**
Shigenori Komura*
  Katsutoshi Yada**
       The electrostatic precipitator is well known as the most efficient and most economical dust collector for a large amount of
    gas volume and high performance and its role is becoming more and more important with  the aggravation of environmental
    pollution.
       The precipitator is now confronted with various problems requiring immediate solution:
     (I)  Difficulty of collecting dutt of submicron and/or high-resistivity.
    (2)  Capability of maintaining stable perofrinance over a long period.
    (3)  Structural reliability against a large quantity of gas treated.
    {4)  Applicability to desulfurizing and denitraling processes.
       This paper introduces our company's views on these problems.
\.  Introduction
   Mitsubishi  Heavy  Industries  has  supplied  more than
1000 units of dust  collectors to many  industrial fields
since this item was added to their lines of production  in
1960. These dust collectors have treated  a total of some
200 million  Nm3/h of flue gases till now. At the begin-
ning, the dust collectors were used as attached facilities in
works and plants but gradually came  to be  regarded  as
indispensable  facilities for industries. On  the  other hand,
users' requirements also  became severer, calling  for the
following performances:
(1)  To be able to effect  designed performance surely.
(2)  To  be capable of maintaining designed  performance
   for a  long time.
(3)  To  have a  stable  performance  against  changes  in
   conditions.
(4)  To  have long intervals  between  servicings for easy
   inspect  and repair.
   In other  words, they  came  to  demand  the same  or
even higher performances than those of the master plants.
Our company is  attaching the greatest importance to  the
electric  precipitator (abbreviated as EP  hereinafter)  for
the  time being  and  most  of the precipitators manufac-
tured and supplied  by our company hitherto are EPs.
   EPs   are  generally  superior  to  other types of dust
collectors  in  that they  have a very high dust  collecting
efficiency  and   that  they  require less power  charge,
maintenance and depreciation costs. On  the  other hand,
EPs,  which  treat  dust-containing  gases  electrically,  are
susceptible  to the effect of  the  physical  and  chemical
properties  of treated gases and dust and therefore, involve
much of an  empirical engineering element. That is to say,
the  element  which governs dust collecting performance is
what is  generally  called the  intensity variable having a
"dispersion"  which cannot  be specified with  a  simple
scale, and  the resultant  dust  collecting efficiency  cannot
be free  from probability variation and their  performance
    guaranty can only be made by a certain reliability.
       With  the increasing demand for high dust collecting
    efficiency  in  recent  years,  high-performance  EPs  which
    can  collect dust  to  such  a  high degree that flue  gases
    become  invisible  have been commonly equipped.  Such
    high-performance  EPs, however,  are  susceptible to the
    effect  of  probability  variation as  mentioned  above in
    many cases and this problem is drawing a particular atten-
    tion of the circles concerned.  A  simple increase of their
    sizes cannot be said to be a  practical  method of solution
    if equipment economy is taken  into  account  and it  is
    necessary to study, by making analysis of  the results of
    actual operation, a method of grasping the element which
    governs the dust collecting efficiency of EP accurately. It
    has  also been  made  clear  theoretically that the larger is
    the  volume of past  data, the higher performance relia-
    bility is obtainable with  a smaller risk*. One  of  the tech-
    nical aims  of  our company will also be placed on this
    point for the time being.
       Note: «-S. Masudu et al.. Probability Design  Method and
       Its Application to the Guaranty of Performance of Electric
       Precipitators,  Trans. I.K.E.J. 8/73.
       In this  paper,  the authors discuss, in relation to this
    point, the  collection of fine-particle dust contained in flue
    gas  which is rather significant for the small  quantity of
    dust contained and the  collection  of  high-resistivity dust
    which is comparatively difficult to collect.
       With the increase  in the  size of  equipment and its
    efficiency, any trouble with the equipment came  to give  a
    greater effect  than  ever. As a result,  lasting performance
    and  stable  continuous  operation  came to  be  severely
    demanded in recent years. EPs with dust-collecting areas
    of several tens of thousand square meters per  unit and
    several tens of thousand  discharging electrodes  and  at-
    tached mechanism  have made debut  recently.  For such
    large-sized  EPs,  structural reliability and  easy  servicea-
      •Takas»go Technical Institute. Technical HeadquarUri
     ••Kobe Shipyard & Engine Works
679

-------
 bilily, in  particular, are  essential conditions for the main-
 tenance of  stable performance, for which perfect  design
 which enables quality control to be  made thoroughly,
 effectively and accurately is demanded. In order to  ensure
 the outlet dust burden close  to the minimum stably and
 for a long time  besides improving dust  collectability on
 the collecting electrodes, the  major function of EP, the
 improvement  of  the  conventional  mechanism for rapping
 collected  dust on the  electrodes and the  conventional
 mechanism  for  preventing  reentrainmcnt  at  the  time of
 rapping are  attracting  a  strong   concern  of the  circles
 concerned as  indispensable factors for the attainment of
 high performance. In this paper,  the authors also  touch
 upon these mechanisms.
    On the other  hand, flue gas desulfurization or denitra-
 tion plants  are  installed as a means to prevent air  pollu-
 tion.  An  EP is used  as equipment  for pretreatment, inter-
 mediate treatment and after-treatment  for such plant and
 plays a significent role for the attainment  of purifying
 performance and  economic design. Consequently,  an  EP
 has  become  indispensable  for a  total  system.  In  this
 paper, the  authors  also discuss   its  relation with such
 equipment as  a technique for  utilizing EP.
 2.  Measures  to  realize high grade dust  collecting tech-
     nique
    2.1 Grasping  of problematical points
    As  the recent problems of dust collecting technique,
 measures  for fine-particle dust and high-resisti.  ty dust
 collection ire proposed. These two problems have aspects
 which cannot  be  considered separately.  Taking   fine-
 particle dust  collection for example,  it is neceuary to
 foresee  or  investigate beforehand electric  resistivity in
 addition  to dust  burden, particle  distribution,  bulk den-
 sity and corona discharge characteristics.
    Fine-particle dust  is apt to scatter again by rapping or
 other treatment  even after it  has  been collected. There-
 fore, it  is neceuary  to  take  into  full  consideration that
 this kind  of dust cannot always be collected efficiently.
 High-resistivity dust  is  contained  in gases emitted  from
 low-sulfur coal-fired  boilers,  sintering  machines in steel
 mills,  cement  manufacturing  boiler* and  CO boilers.  For
 these gases,  dust  collectors fail to  attain a high collecting
 efficiency  in many cases due to the back corona action of
 dust deposited on the collecting electrode.  Concerning the
 back corona  phenomenon, realities are being made clear
 gradually.  It ii considered that conditioning, Improvement
 of  structure, and  high-temperature  treatment  are effective
 for  the  phenomenon. Our  company  is also conducting
 research on this   phenomenon by use of  our research
 facilities shown in Fig. 1.
   2.2  Collection of fine-particle dust
   In conducting  fine-particle dust  collection, it is  neces-
sary to  foresee corona  discharge  characteristics.  Thit is
because there  is a fear of current shortage occurring  due
to the effect of the so-called  space charge. Current  short-
age occurs in the  fore chamberof  EP,  in  particular. Our
company  is coping with the  fault  by employing various
directional barbed wires selectively.
           Fig. I  Dust collection research laboratory
        Fig. 2  Relition between the performance of EP
               and that of filter
   What is necessary for the determination of the scale of
EP is  to  grasp the relation between flying grain size  and
dust collecting rate  quantitatively. It  is needless to say to
point  out the importance of  recognizing the  size of a
grain as  that of  a  grain  in flight. For  example, if  it is
compared  with  the  size of a grain collected  by EP, they
do not always agree  with each other partly due to  the
effect  of  coagulation  in the  equipment. For this reason,
our  company developed a special filtering device (patent
pending)  and conducted measurement at site repeatedly.
As the  result of statistical analysis of the results of meas-
urement we  could obtain the  relation  between the  per-
formance  of  EP  and  that of  filter  (for  actual  EP and
model EP) as shown  in Fig.  2. By utilijing  this  achieve-
ment as  well,  we  can increase the reliability  of fine-
particle dust  collection.
   What should not  he overlooked in fine-particle dust
collection  it  the  re-entrainment phenomenon of  duit  as
mentioned above. In   case  a  very  high dust  collecting
performance  is demanded, even  an instantaneous increase
of dust burden due to re-entrsinment  by rapping becomes
a  problem.  Re-entrainment  i«  a phenomenon  that dust
once deposited on the  collecting electrode comes off due.
to various reasons and  is  carried away  by gas flow.  The
                                                         680

-------
 main causes of re-entrainment are as follows:
 (1)  Rapping
 (2)  Electric factor
 (3)  Gas now
 (4)  Ionic wind
 (1)  Rapping produces the largest re-entrainment quantity.
 As  a  measure  to  prevent  re-«ntrainment of dust, our
 company  adopted   the  damper  system  as  mentioned
 below, with satisfactory result. (2)  Re-entrainment due  to
 electric factor occurs in case of low-resistivity dust with
 an electric  resistivity lower than 104fi-cm. Dust collected
 on the electrode  loses its electric charge as soon as it is
 collected  and at the same time, obtains the  same electric
 charge  as  the  collecting  electrode  by electrostatic induc-
 tion and flies into the field space isactionally. Dust which
 flied out  into the field space  is charged again by the ion
 emitted  from the discharging electrode  and goes toward
 the  collecting electrode. This  phenomenon  is  repeated and
 in the meantime,  a  portion of the  dust escapes out of the
 equipment  without  being collected  by it.  As a  counter-
 measure, it is necessary to design so as to make gas speed
 low and  conceive   proper   electrode  construction  and
 arrangement.  (3)  Re-entrainment  by  gas  flow occurs  in
 relation to  gas speed in case  adhesive  force between elec-
 trode and grain  or between grains is small. Re-entrainment
 in this case is simple separation and conveyance phenome-
 non by fluid. To  prevent this phenomenon, it is necessary
 to take the following measures: (a)  to make gas  speed  in
 the  equipment  low, (b) to make gas speed distribution
 uniform, (c) to provide  the  form of  the  collecting elec-
 trode  with a pocket characteristic, (d) to maintain the
 quantity of dust  sticking to the collecting electrode at a
 small level. (4) Re-entrainment is caused  by ionic  wind
 (also called corona wind  or electric  wind)  which  is gener-
 ated when  ion  generated by  corona discharge share* its
 kinetic  energy to  neutral molecules as it strikes with them
 on the way of its  movement  toward the  opposite elec-
 trode by the action of the  electric  field, and the ion and
 neutral molecules move  toward the opposite  electrode.
 This phenomenon is shown  in  Fig. 3  (a) and (b). This
 ionic wind  has  a  function  to carry  dust to  the opposite
 electrode  but, on the other  hand,  produces eddy  current
 on the  surface of the opposite elctrode, causing collected
 dust to  come off.  Particularly, in  case of  dust  with a
 small apparent specific gravity and  weak adhesive  power
 such as the dust discharged from naphtha-fired boilers, it
 seems  that  dust collecting efficiency is reduced under the
 effect  of ionic  wind.  As countermeasures to  this, it  is
 necessary  to pay  consideration to  the following  points:
 (a) to  reduce gas  speed as much as  possible, (b) to select
 discharge electrodes  and electrode  spacing with considera-
 tion to  proper ionic  wind and (c) proper rapping.
   2.3   Collection of high-resistivity dust
   High electric resistivity-dust collection  must  be con-
 ducted  carefully.  This is  because when electric resistivity
 exceeds 1011 I2f2-cm,  back corona  occurs. Back corona
is «h abnormal discharge phenomenon which occurs in the
interior or on the surface of  dust layer on the collecting
electrode in case the strength  of the electric  field  formed
           (by courtesy of Dr. Adachi, Asiii. Professor
           of Yimaguchi University)

             Fig. 3 (a)  Generation of ionic wind



X
"X
N«|it/v» ionic *nd
fx
                 FrtN MI*                     Vdi vi««
            Fig. 3 (b) Flow pattern of Ionic wind
         (by courtesy of Dr. Maiudj, Professor of Tokyo
         University)

     Fl|. 4  ApjMannce of back corona (32 kV, 10jM/cm')
on  the dust  layer exceeds  the  electric breakdown field
strength  due to corona current passing the dust layer. Fig.
4 ihowt  the phenomenon. This phenomenon reduces dust
collecting efficiency for the following reasons:
(1)  Inverse ion is  generated from the. collecting electrode
   side  to  the corona discharge electrode  side, and  in
   consequence,  streamer  or  abnormal current  increase
   occurs easily, causing a  sharp decline of applied volt-
   age.
(2)  At the same time inve.ie-polarity ionic wind occurs
   from the collecting electrode  side and fiuidly prevents
   the normal movement cf dust to be collected.
                                                         681

-------
                      GJI
                                (X)
          Fig. 5  Relation between gas temperature and
                current density (fly ash)
               (u occvrred it « low temperature)
                                                           c* .



                                                           I
              (as occurred at • high temperature)
        Fig. 6  effect of gas temperature on back corona


(3)  Inverse-polarity ion from the collecting electrode side
   reduces or neutralizes the electric charge of dust which
   was  charged by  the corona  discharge of the discharge
   electrode   and  disturbs  dust  collection  by  coulomb
   power electrically.
                                                             U
         Vrktft rrpon
                                                                                                  Auunpfeon lor ipptutXM
                                                                                                  ol Ut'l B»ory
                       birabit ripen
                                                                                                  B,  Rmjelnun WK«
                                                                                            H*»v> oi
                                                                           OKttic turntnu
                                                                                               SnOnn| connrtlf
                                                                  Fig. 7  Permeability based on Mie'» theory on scattered
                                                                         light and visible region distribution
   As effective  methods  of collecting high-resistivity dust,
various  methods  are  conceivable,  one of  which  is high-
temperature  dust  collecting  method. Fig. 5  shows  the
relation between the gas  temperature of high-resistivity fly
ash arising from low-sulfur coal-fired boiler  and its  dis-
charge characteristic.  Fig.  6 shows the patterns of back
corona  at low  and high temperatures. As can be under-
stood from Figs. 5  and 6, back corona disappears when
temperature is high.
   2.4  Smoke density and color
      2.4.1 Dust
   The  color of  smoke  represents  the scattered  light of
grains visible to  the eyes  of observers as "smoke".  Its
thickness varies by the dust content  and  increases as the
sum of  the  surface  areas  of grains becomes  larger, or in
other words,  the grain size is smaller.  Fig.  7 shows, by
applying  Mie's  theory, isodensity  lines corresponding to
the Ringelman  densities 1, 2  and  3. Also shown in the
figure for reference  is the  visible  region  which was esti-
mated on the  basis of the results of our actual operation.
It can be understood from the "figure  that  smoke color
varies by grain  size even if density is the same. However,
as the grain  size  from the same  process is not always the
same, special care must be taken-for the application of
the above data.
      2.4.2  Steam and S(>3 mist
   As typical visible smokes, steam and SOj  mist can be
mentioned besides dust. Steam and SO3  mist generate
                                                          682

-------
                                                                                           Fig. 8  Comparison of densities
                                                                                                 of smoke emitted from
                                                                                                 heavy oil fired boiler
 Operating condition:
   Pbnl output 25GMW. NH,. magnesium hydroxide injection.
   Ft* in operation.  SO, at economizer oullet-l Sppm ,
   Dust at EP outlet Smg/Nm'
   2SOMW
   Equipped with EH
   With NH,  injection
white  plume when  they  are  emitted from stacks and
cooled  by atmospheric  air. In  this case too,  their condi-
tion is affected  by the  meteorological condition  near  the
exhaust  ports of the stacks. That  is to say, in  case  the
atmospheric  condition is in low-temperature high-humidity
condition, steam generates a large volume of white plume.
To prevent  this, it is necessary  to  raise exhaust  gas tem-
perature, particularly  in case atmospheric  temperature is
low.
   Fig.   8  shows a  difference  in  the  colors of smokes
emitted  from SOj mist arising from  a heavy oil-fired boiler,
whether NHj is  injected into it or nor. From the figures
it  can  be understood  that the color of  smoke is governed
by SOj  mist rather than dust density.

3.   Recent dust  collecting techniques-and trend of applica-
    tion
   3.1   Boilers for utility thermal power plants
      3.1.1   EPs for heavy oil (crude oil) fired boilers.
   Mitsubishi Heavy Industries completed the  world's first
fullscale  NH3 injection  type  EP  in  1966  (the  injection
method  is patented by  MHI). During the  10  years since,
the EP  has  spread at a rapid  pace and almost all of the
heavy  oil fired  boilers in our country are  equipped with
EPs. At  the  beginning, EPs  with  an  efficiency of about 80
per cent were  adopted  as  the  standard.  At present,  in
response  to  the severe  requirement of less than 10-20
mg/Nm3 for outlet dust burden, manufacturers are taking
such methods as the remodelling of the damper  type  EP
as  described  below for higher efficiency and the adoption
of low-sulfur fuels.
   As  a  recent  tendency,  the  adoption  of high-sulfur
heavy oil coupled with  a full-scale flue gas  desulfurization
equipment is increasing. In this case, the quantity of dust
is  larger and moreover, reaction  product  of NHj-SOj
line occupies a greater ratio of its components, giving rise
10  problems  relating  to  the performance and operation  of
EP, and  making it necessary to improve  the NHj  injecting
device,  EP and  ash  treating device in some cases. Study
for diversified  use of EP  is under study. That is  to say,
for desulfurization and denitration purposes, besides, the
conventional  low temperature  EPs  installed  at  the  air
prelieater outlet, liie high-temperature EPs to be installed
before  preheaters  and wet type  EPs to  be  used  after
desulfurization are under study.
      3.1.2  EPs lor coal-fired boilers
   Coal-fired boilers  are under  review.  In the past, many
coal-fired boilers  were used,  but for use in new  plants,
they  have many difficulties which cannot  be covered  by
past experience  only. The reasons are as follows:
(1)  The  capacity  of one plant  is several times as large as
   that  in the past.
(2)  It  is scheduled  to use imported coals  and domestic
   coals jointly. Imported  coals are more difficult  for EP
   to collect dust  than domestic coals.
(3)  Smaller quantity of dust than ever before and a high
   efficiency over  99 per cent are demanded.
   As countermeasuros to  these, measures adapted to the
characteristics of  each plant, such as the increase of the
size of  the  conventional  EP, the adoption  of high  tem-
perature EP and the  injection of additive  are under study.
   3.2  Boilers for private power plants and industries
   These  boilers are  mostly fired by heavy oil. With the
strengthening  of dust exhaust standard  in 1971 and the
enforcement of the environmental pollution control agree-
ment concluded  later, various  kinds of dust  collectors
have come  to be installed  at a rapid  pace. Among various
kinds of dust collectors, high-efficiency  EPs are showing a
steady increase, though there are plants where multiclone
(MC) or  flue  gas -desulfurization  equipment  is used  as
substitute.
   Difference  of the  EPs  for  private  power  plants and
industries from those for  utility is  that  because  of the
high  temperature  of exhaust  gases NHj  injection  for
preventing the  corrosion of EP  is not necessary and most
of  them  are not  injected  with  NHs- In  case NHj is not
injected,  a  greater part of the  components of heavy oil
dust is  carbon, and it has been considered that because of
                                                        683

-------
its low electric resistance, it is difficult to collect with EP.
According  to the recent results of operation, it has been
made clear that  this is not true but rather it is easier to
collect  than NH3  injected dust, as only unburnt portion
of comparatively large grain sizes remains. Even if NHj
injection aimed  at the prevention of corrosion of EP is
not  necessary,  SO} cannot be removed unless  NHj is
injected. For this reason, there are cases where NHj is.
injected as  a countermeasure to acid smut or to make
 smokes transparent.
   Some of the boilers for private power plants are not
 yet  equipped with EP. There is a movement, however, to
 impose duty to  install EP capable of collecting  fine parti-
 cles, or dust collector having the same or higher perform-
 ance as equipment standard for the purpose of reducing
 suspended particulates from the  viewpoint  of environ-
 mental protection. It is expected that sooner or later EPs
 will be adopted  for all boilers for private power plants as
 they  have been adopted for  boilers for utility power
 plants. It is also presumed that new uses of  EPa will be
 developed In relation to  desulfuriaation and  denltration.
   3.3  Main exhaust gas arising from sintering machines
        In steel mills
      3.3.1  Problematics! points in equipment planning
   Sintering machine Is  one of the facilities discharging
 the largest quantity of exhaust gas in steel mills. Dust is
 mainly  composed of iron content and has a  density of
 around 1 g/Nms  generally. Gas  contains a considerable
 •mount of SOj.  EPs wen adopted comparatively recently
 in place of. the conventional cyclones which were con-
 sidered insufficient for the prevention  of environmental
 pollution.
   Mitsubishi Heavy Industries has turned out 38 units of
sintering  machines since  completing its No.   I  unit in
 1967.  Its performance and equipment  planning involves
 considerable  difficulties and requires sufficient  considera-
tion. The important points in equipment planning are as
follows:
(1)' Working voltage is low because of high electric resist-
   ance of dust (performance).
(2)  Dust  collection is  comparatively difficult as the grain
   six*  of dust is small (performance).
(3)  Then is t fear of dust burning, to it is necessary to
   take • measure to prevent burning (equipment).
(4)  Powerful rapping to  necessary as • large quantity of
   dust sticks (equipment).
(5)  For  largMited  equipment, in  particular,  study of
   thermal expansion- and deformation-proof structure is
   essential (equipment).
      3.3.2 Features of our company's planning
   Dust  contains considerable amounts of metallic and
nonmetallic   fine  particles.  Its  electric  resistivity  is
10IJn*cm  or higher  at  normal  temperatures (around
ISO*) and gas moisture  content  (6-8 volfc).  The  high
resistivity is psrtly due to  the resistivity of the abovemen-
tioned fine particles themselves and partly to the fact that
SOj  in gai cannot perform its role  as surface  resistance
reducing agent as  it forms  gypsum  by  combining with
CaO  contained in dust. On the other hand, this gypsum
 hardens densely by suffering a hysteresis of low tempera-
 ture  - water drop spray -  high temperature during the
 operation of the equipment. This also serves as a factor to
 increase resistivity.
    In case electric resistivity is  high, a back corona phe-
 nomenon occurs and in consequence, the working voltage
 drops as already described in 2.'Countermea$ures to this
 are as follows:
 (1) To reduce resistivity.
 (2) To adopt a sufficiently effective dust collecting struc-
    ture based on new idea even in case electric resistivity
    is high.
    For item (1), various methods are available.  However,
 it  is  difficult ot find out a practical method for  general
 use because  of restrictions from sintering  operation and
 expenses.
    For item (2), formation of a strong electric'field or a
 new  electric fluid  field  by utilizing electrode shape and
 electrode  spaced  loading  system  independently  or  in
 combination was undertaken. However, its effectiveness is
 considered  not  definite  in  comparison  with  the  con-
 ventional EP. At present  stage,  our company determines
 the capacity of equipment on the basis of the statistical
 results  of actual operations in the past and by  assuming
 the working  voltage on  the  basis  of the characteristic
 electrode shape and spacing, rapping strength and mecha-
 nism  and power equipment control  system and by use of
 gas temperature as a parameter, obtaining expected results
 stably.
   In the above, we mainly referred  to fine-particle dust.
 It is  clear from the internal  condition of the equipment
 that  the  fine  particles  are subject  to the effect of re-
 scattering in  the equipment  and dust is collected sele-
 ctively. These  fine psrticles,  coupled with the effect of
 high electric resistance, cause the comparatively low dust
 collecting performance.
   Perceiving the behavior of fine particles in fluid, our
 company  determines the  capacity of equipment on the
 basis  of the characteristic  mechanism and  system and by
 use of gas temperature and a certain component of dust
 as parameters.  Particularly, it is well known that rapping
 of  attached dust has  a great effect  on dust collecting
 efficiency.
   Problematical points  in  equipment  planning  were
 enumerated in 3.3.1. They will be discussed later in this
 paper.
      3.3.3  Relation  between dcsulfurixation / denltn-
            tion processes and EP
   Then is a movement  to equip sintering machines with
desulfurication and denitration equipment. Here, EPs are
also playing  a. very  important  role  and giving serious
effect  on the  technical  and  economical aspects of the
equipment, which is described in detail in 3.4.
   3.4 How to  utilise EP  for desulfurlsation and denitri.
       tion processes
      3,4.!  Utilltation of EP for desulfuritation process
   Taking heavy oil  fired boilers for example, various
combinations  are conceivable  for desulfuritation  equip-
ment  and EP as shown in  Table  1. In the past, combina-
                                                       684

-------
    Table 1  Various combinations of desulfurization equipment
            with EP for heavy oil fired boiler
 C...
                       will EP
(EPwthoiilNHilniocHon)

          E?
(Dry EP tHor disullurluHon)
                   NHi

               «Wlh-L(D^EPl
      (Wit tP)
                                            ProM
                                     kwfficiml oWr
                                     *V»lhritii|
                                     Formtioi of >eM IML
                                     Gmrllioi ot wluto *|MO
                                     orSOj.
                                     bcrtMi cl Mdtl int kordo*
                                     in le roictioi product cirriod
                                     o»or Item dtiuUuriioHoi KOCOM
                                           to Ci«« 1 to  3).
                                     biuflitiwl doMlhritiif.
                                     Btrhrimoci.
                                     ForMlio* ol icid iwrt.
                                     Gmritloo of wUtt »!»•
                                     b»SOi
                                     Pollution it EP
                                     ojr iimporilod nisi.
                                     S0t it Iko ouUn ot diitltiirliitio*
                                     09!,
                                     oo II CM ko colloctoJ o| EP.
tlons  1-3  were  most  popular.  It is desirable for the
improvement  of  the quality  of the  by-product  of the
desulfurization  process, and  soot  separation and  waste
water  treating processes to remove dust beforehand by
Installing a  dry type EP before the desulfurization equip-
ment.  Apart from this point, it is a basic problem for the
determination  of the necessity  of EP to investigate to
what extent desulfurization equipment can  play the role
of removing dust and SO3 which  is the role of the con-
ventional EP.
      3.4.1.1  Dust  removing  capacit'y of desulfurization
              equipment
   The gas  cooling  section and  gas absorbing section of
the wot typo desulfurization equipment widely in use now
have * function of a kind of wet type mechanical dust
collector. Therefore, tho  desulfurization  equipment dis-
plays  a  considerable performance for dust of compara-
tively  largo  grain sizes by  giving proper pressure loss to  it
and  it is considered that  in case  it is applied to heavy
oil fired boilers, it can remove dust down to 50 mg/Nnr
in outlet dust  burden.  However,  in  case a higher  dust
removing performance than this is required, it is necessary
to increase  pressure loss to a large extent and for such a
caw  it is rather economical in many cases to install EP  if
the running expense is taken into account.
   On  tho  other hand, in  the  case  an  EP is installed
before the desulfurization  equipment, dust at the inlet of
tho desulfuricailon equipment can be  collected compara-
tively  well  by the effect  of charging  and coagulation in
the EP and  therefore, it is possible to  make an economi-
cal design by  combining  desulfuri«flon  equipment and
EP  properly.  Table  2 compares 'the  performance  of
disulfurlzatlon equipment  between a  case it is equipped
with an EP  and mother eau without EP. The dust remov-
                                                          Table 2 Desulfurizing and dust-removing performance in case
                                                                  EP and desulfurization equipment are combined
r~s
r~1 MOT
1 	 : — i
Howy ol S*I.9K'
, Al Ik tw«
EP tflkMwr
•VIM
Ill
NHi ,,
1 1 | f"~ iH'C 132'C M
L.^
Totol «j,ui!ir ,( Jwi (m,/ymJ)
6C
AOMM of (NH,). SO, in du»t («g/.\m>) 4S
Dwl eolloeliof
rito ojr J«inlf.
Tolil du«l iliniird
(NH,).S04 tonltnt
Totol ) 72
D*«l collMliif
rito li 4owU.
OOJllp«MI IK)
Toltl duu iiudtrd
(NH.).SO, COM..I
57
55
4»
25
                                                        ing  performance of the desulfurization equipment at the
                                                        time the  EP  was  completely stopped is  very low as
                                                        compared  with that at the time the EP was in operation,
                                                        and  particularly,  ammonium  sulfate  content  [(NH«)
                                                        mS04) collecting efficiency was very low. This is due to
                                                        the  fact   that  ammonium  sulfate  content  which  was
                                                        created  by  NH3  injection  became  a  fine  particle  of
                                                        around lp in grain size.
                                                             3.4.1.2  SOj removing capacity of desulfurization
                                                                     equipment
                                                          For  exhaust gases  containing  SOa  such  as  those
                                                        emitted  from  heavy  oil fired  boilers,  it was a general
                                                        practice to solidify SO)  in the form of ammonium sulfate
                                                        content  by injecting  NHj  into  the  gas before  removing
                                                        with EP  and  thereafter, remove the ammonium sulfate
                                                        with EP  for  the purpose of preventing low-temperature
                                                        corrosion and  acid smut formation. As  the result, smoke
                                                        color caused by SOj mist became thinner.
                                                          In contrast, in case desulfurization equipment only was
                                                        used (example 1 in Table 1), there was formation of acid
                                                        smut and even after reheating  of the gas with  after-
                                                        burner, white  plume  (violet) remaining phenomenon was
                                                        observed, in consequence of which doubts arose a* to the
                                                        SOj removing performance of desulfuritatlon equipment,
                                                        It wis confirmed as the result of actual  measurement that
                                                        the  SO3  removing  rate  of deiulfurizatlon equipment to
                                                        not  so high M Us SO}  removing rate.
                                                          The reason for the  low SOj removing rate of desulfuri-
                                                        nit ion equipment  is  presumed to  bo that when |is is
                                                        cooled in desulfurization equipment, the greatest portion
                                                        of  SO)  turns  into  sulfuric acid mist (HjSQ*) in the
                                                        temperature range  of  140-120*C  and tho mist is fino
                                                        particle smaller than  \n. While  S03  gas is diffused tnd
                                                        absorbed, this fine H2SC>4 mist can not  be collected in tho
                                                        desulfurization equipment except by tho removing action
                                                        by  impact alike  in the case  of dust. Because of this rela-
                                                        tion, in case it  is necessary to keep tho discharged quan-
                                                        tity of dust at a sufficiently low level Or to remove  SOj,
                                                        it is essential  to us6 EP jointly. For this reason, case 2 in
                                                        Table  l can be said to be the most desirable method as a
                                                        countermeasure to SOj.
                                                       685

-------
   A rtethod  to collect and  remove mist and  salt gener-
ated by dcsulfuri/ation  and  denitration  equipment  by
iitttalling a wet  type EP after desulfurization (case No. 5)
is under study.  The features  of wet type EP are that it is
capable of reducing the density of discharged dust to such
a low  level that is difficult for dry type EP to attain and
that it is effective for coupling with denitration equip-
ment  described below, making after-burner unnecessary or
reducing operating cost.
       3.4.1.3  Relation between denitration process and EP
   In  the selective catalytic  reduction process with am-
monia in the  dry denitration process, which is in the most
 advanced  stage  of technical  development, some catalyst
 is used in a high temperature state of 250 to 400°C gen-
 erally. In case exhaust gas  contains  dust or  SOx, it  is
 often  the case  that dust attaches to the catalyst, causing
 an increase of pressure loss or spoiling of the catalyst, and
 countermeasure to this is  one of the important problems
 of dry desulfurization process.
   Concerning  this problem,  various  studies  have  been
 made  hitherto,  of which the  most desirable method is to *
 remove dust  completely  by  installing a  dust collector
 before  denitration equipment.  This   case  also  involves
 various technical and  economical problems,  depending on
 the operating conditions  of  the  dust  collector and it  is
 necessary  to investigate  these problems for  the whole
 plant.
   In  order to  enable a dust  collector  to give full play to
 its functions  for pretreatment to desulfurization,  it  is
considered necessary  that the dust collector has  a high
performance enough to reduce  dust burden to a low level
about  10 mg/Nm3 lower than the outlet dust burden
specified on  the basis of the exhaust standard or visible
limit.  As such high-performance dust collector of this
class,  EP is most suitable.  For this reason, our company is
also pushing  forward  the development of dust collectors
for denitration  purpose, centering on EP.
   Various methods of combination  are conceivable for
desulfurization  equipment or denitration equipment with
EP. Basically, they can be squeezed to the following three
cases in Table 3. The main problematical points of EP in
each case and the present  state of our company's develop-
ment activities are briefly introduced below.
    Table 3 Combination of desulfurization equipment, denitrition
            equipment with EP for heavy oil fired boilers
 ClM
i
                 NHi
                                                          EP
                                           Out it Mtltt
                                             tkfera
                                                 UBMin
                                                  wlfilt)
                                                              Table 4 Combination of desulfurlzatioiv equipment, denitration
                                                                      equipment and EP (example) for sintering machines
                                                                                                    Afttr'burning
                                                         686

-------
furization and denitration equipment with EP to be used
for exhaust gas from  sintering machines in a steel mill.
This combination  type is  used for removing dust arising
from  solid content remaining  after mist  eliminator treat-
ment  to less than  3  mg/Nm3. The merit of the installa-
tion of wet type EP is that it is capable  of high-perform-
ance  dust removing  as mentioned  above,  and  thereby
increases  the effect of  the following  denitration equip-
ment,  and  moreover, it can   collect  mist  almost com-
pletely, reducing reheating cost remarkably.
   Our  company   conducted  pilot  tests  to grasp  the
properties  of  gas  after  various  kinds  of desulfurization
processes  and to  confirm  the dust collecting character-
istics  of  EP  and  furthermore,  improved  the  material
quality, the  methods  of cleaning,  water treatment  and
electrode  structure. This EP already entered  the  stage of
practical use and  actual units  are  under production for
heavy oil fired boilers and sintering machines.

4.  Improvement of EP performance — EP with damper
   In  the case  of dry EP, attention must be paid to the
re-scattering of dust in the equipment. Concerning rescat-
tering, we referred to in 2.2.  Of scattering, rapping scat-
tering is violent. In order to improve dust collecting effi-
ciency by  preventing rapping scattering, we developed an
EP with  damper   (patent  pending)  as described below,
which is obtaining excellent result.
   Fig.  9  shows a  rough sketch of the EP with  damper.
The interior of the equipment is divided into four  sec-
tions,  for example (A, B, C,  D)  and  each  section is
independent  for  gas  passage, electrode,  charging,  and
electrode  rapping.  For  dust collection,  all  sections are
made full  use of  for  almost all  time  zones (all  dampers
are kept  open  to the full).  During this period, electrode
rapping does not take place. With the lapse of preset time
depending on  the  density  and  property of dust,  the
dampers at the  inlet  and exit  of section  A, for example,
are closed  to  generate electrode  rapping  only  in  this
section  for dust discharge. Besides,  as  necessity demands,
the section A works  complementary  operations such as
charge stopping or quick rapping  for the  efficiency of
dust discharging.
   The  time of operation  of section A  is  determined
beforehand. After  finish of the operation of section A,
sections B, C and D are operated one after another in the
same  manner, completing one  cycle. These operations are
                                   Piftitiw Mil
conducted  automatically  in  accordance with  a  prepared
program.
   The locations of the dampers are determined according
to  dust  collecting performance required.  For  EPs  for
heavy oil fired boilers,  they  are installed at the  inlet and
exit in  case  outlet dust burden is less than  10  mg/Nm3
and the  partition accuracy of the partition structure  of
each section is raised.
   In case  of planning  for outlet dust burden exceeding
10 mg/Nm3, a damper  is installed at the exit only. As for
the partition of each section, it is enough to partition the
L  part  only. This system makes it  possible to perform
quick rapping after stopping  of  charging  as  mentioned
above, and moreover, has a merit to increase the cleanness
of  electrodes  to a great extent and if this  merit is taken
into account, it can be said to be a noteworthy operation
system. Fig.  10  shows  the performance of the  EP with
damper  in  comparision with that of  the EP without
damper.
                  Fig. 9 EP with damper
       Fig. 10 Relation between dust collecting efficiency
              and size of EP
5.  Reliability of EP
   EPs are the best among various kinds of dust collectors
now in existence both in performance and a wide range
of  application.  This  equipment is  always coupled  with
production  facilities directly or indirectly and their work-
ing ratios and ease of maintenance  are  matters  of great
concern  for user. For  this reason, it is  necessary to  pay
proper consideration to each  condition,  in the design of
the equipment. With the recent  progress toward larger air
now rate and" higher performance,  the  capacities of EPs
have greatly increased (not a few of our products have a
capacity exceeding 15000 m3 per unit),  and moreover,
                                                         687

-------
they have been improved in heat resistance (up to 400°C)
and  pressure  resistance  (up  to 2 SOO  mmAq).  On the
other hand, EPs have a defect that it is difficult to pre-
vent or control damages as their internal condition cannot
be  thoroughly inspected  during operation  and in  most
cases,  damages  can  only be known  through changes in
situation.
   From this viewpoint,  we take up the reliability of this
 equipment  and  briefly  introduce  the main  aim of our
 design   of  the  elements  of  the equipment  and  actual
 products.
    S.I   EP casing
    The  casing of the EP with a capacity exceeding 15 000
 m3 has a surface  area as large as 4000 m3. As it  must
 have strength and rigidity enough to  withstand heat and
 pressure besides various kinds of load including the weight
 of their internal furnishings, earthquake and wind  pres-
 sure, it must be built to be a reasonable structural body
 backed  by  very  strict strength calculation,  since it  is ot
 comparatively thin steel sheet construction.  Furthermore,
 as thermal expansion and contraction  cannot be  disre-
 garded,  the distance between struts becomes larger  than
 110 mm maximum in the above example.
    Our company entered the actual computerization stage
 for structural design several years ago and has succeeded
 in establishing,  by  using structural analysis programs
 jointly,  reasonable wasteless safe structure designing. For
 example, a center pillar structure is adopted for large-type
 high-pressure  EPs  for higher safety.  Thermal  expansion
 and contraction between the casing  and  the supporting
 frame is absorbed by a special pin joint or a plain bearing.
 If the strength of the casing is  insufficient, a considerable
 local deformation will occur  (though  entire  fracture  may
 not occur), causing changes in the arrangement of internal
 furnishings,  particularly  electrodes. With this point  in
 mind, our company is making  efforts for  securing safety
 and accuracy.
   5.2  Collecting electrode
   For functional purpose, a  collecting electrode is made*
 of thin  steel  plate and it is necessary to prevent internal
 temperature  difference   and  deformation  caused  by
 impacts due  to  rapping.  The  collecting electrode devel-
 oped by our  company is composed of narrow rigid mold-
 ings which  are  combined mutually independently  and is
 free from individual or overall deformation nor irregular
 interval between  each molding.
   5.3  Discharging electrode
   Generally,  this is the part  most susceptible to damages
and the  damage of this  part  leads to stoppage of the
equipment.  The  discharging electrode developed  by our
company adopts a' short span  construction  and is stably
charged, almost free  from chord vibration and disconnec-
tion. Consequently, it is not necessary  to divide the charg-
ing  section  finely  to  save  the  increase  in equipment
expenses.
   5.4  Rapping
   The features  of our products-lie in (1) collecting and
discharging electrodes and  their supporting mechanisms,
(2) method of  fixing striking  lever and  electrodes, (3)
striking points and (4) individual rapping and even in case
the surface area of the electrode is larger than 70m2, it
can  obtain an  effective vibration acceleration of about
2000 g near  the striking point and several hundred g at
the remotest  point. Therefore, even adhesive dust comes
off from  the  whole surface easily. The striking hammer is
comparatively light in weight and is safe against damage.
   Striking noise is small, being 65 phons at a distance of
1 m from the equipment.
   5.5  Hopper
   The hopper  should be designed with emphasis on the
prevention of dust bridge and unavailable gas flow. Our
company  adopted, for the  former, an angle  of repose,
comer plate, downward local cone, through shape, agitator
and vibrator according to the property of dust and arranged
a large-sized gas cut-off plate for the latter.  Recently, we
developed a special device (patent pending) to be installed
in  the hopper for  discharging  very  light, fine-grained
adhesive dust. This special device is already in actual use
with good results.
   5.6  High-voltage insulator
   Employing electric dehumidification and blast cleaning
.systems,  this  high-voltage  insulator  is free  from damage
due  to dielectric  breakdown, and can  be held without
damage as it  is supported free of thermal expansion and
contraction.
   5.7  Corrosion and wear
   As  corrosion preventing  measures, we  enforce  heat
retaining  and local heating and make severe selection of
materials  for  dry  type  EP.  For sources  of corrosion, the
best efforts are made for the prevention of outbreak of
corrosive  atmosphere and for avoiding operation  under
corrosive  atmosphere. For the wet type whose  feed water
system adopts a closed system recently, various  kinds of
synthetic   nonmetallic  materials  are  used  properly to
prevent corrosion by feed water.
   The largest wear is the wear of the inlet flue by fluid.
As  a countermeasure to this, we improved  the shape of
the flue and installed a special current  control plate which
obtained  satisfactory result for the protection of the wall
surfaces, also  serving for the reduction of ventilation  loss.
   5.8  Explosion and combusion
   The major combustible gas which is liable to explode
may  be  CO.  Explosion is  a  sudden  combustion  and
combustion easily occurs when (1)  combustible gas, (2)
proper oxygen density  and atmospheric temperature and
(3) ignition source are present. Our company pays much
attention  to the following points and  takes the following
safety measures,  which  have prevented  occurrence of
extraordinary  accidents in our products.
(1)  To check. whether oxygen density is lower than the
   safe  oxygen  density  which is determined by the kind
   and density of combustible gas contained in  mixed gas.
(2)  To keep  atmospheric temperature off  the explosive
   limits.
(3)  To control the combustion of source so as to reduce
   the maximum value of combustible  gas density.
(4)  In order to check  ignition energy on EP  side: to
   adopt  power source  equipment which does  not  gener-
                                                         688

-------
   ate high-frequency sparks, glow and arc by controlling
   voltage by spark detection for each operation, an4 also
   of an interlock  of CO and  Oj  densities and power
   source  equipment.  That is,  practice  of  low voltage
   operation, always, not accompanied by spark.
(5)  The special safe structure enabling the largest-surface
   part of the body of EP to open instantaneously.
   Generally, the  interlocking operation, which detects
combustible gas density and injects inert  gas, is apt to be
segregated  to density and  the detected  density does  not
always indicate the maximum density. Besides, in relation
to time lag, the interlocking operation cannot  be said to
be a sufficient preventive measure.
   Conditions for dust combustion are the same as those
for gas. The neighbourhood of specific dust  which emits
component .gas with the lowest ignition point ignites first
and  its  heat energy burns dust  in other parts one after
another. Considering that the  quantity of dust sticking to
the surfaces of the electrodes which are  the  most impor-
tant but the weakest parts of  EP is responsible for overall
combustion,  our  company  enforced  electrode  damage
preventing   measures  (patent  pending)  including   the
above-mentioned measures for preventing explosion. As its
result, we could prevent serious accidents till the  present.

6.  Conclusion
   In this paper, the authors took up EP, particularly dry
type  EP  preponderantly and  described,  concerning  the
performance  and reliability of  the equipment, the results
of  our research and practical  application and the tech-
nique  of combining EP with desulfurization and  denitra-
tion  equipment.  It is  considered that many technical
problema which have greater effect for our  company and
for a number of researchers on dust collecting techniques
from  practical engineering  viewpoint  are  still  left  for
solution.
   New needs will  be developed  for EP in  future at the
request of the nation. We feel  great responsibility in our
study  and  solicit continued  guidance of  the circles con-
cerned.
                                                      689
               ©by Mitsubishi Heavy Industries,  Ltd.
               (Reproduced by  permission)

-------
                                 TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                          (Please read Inunctions on the reverse before completing/
  REPORT NO.
  EPA-600/7-78-110a
                                                       3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSION NO.
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
 Electrostatic Precipitator Technology Assessment:
  Visits in Japan, November 1977
            5. REPORT DATE
              June 1978
            6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
 7. AUTHORIS)

 Grady B. Nichols
                                                       8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
             Project 3858-5
 9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
 Southern Research Institute
 2000 Ninth Avenue, South
 Birmingham, Alabama  35205
                                                       10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
            EHE624
            11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

            68-02-2610, W.A. 5
 12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
 EPA, Office of Research and Development
 Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory
 Research Triangle Park, NC  27711
             13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
             Final: 11/77-4/78	
             14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE
              EPA/600/13
 is.SUPPLEMENTARY NOTES T£RL-RTP project officer is James H. Abbott,  Mail Drop 61,
 919/541-2925. EPA-600/7-78-110 is the basic report.
 i6. ABSTRACT
               report gives results of a particulate control technology assessment
 visit to Japan by a team of U.S.  investigators. The visit included discussions with
 personnel from universities , industries , and other major installations involved with
 particulate control. Significant research activities were noted in both the academic
 and industrial sectors related to particulate  control and measurements . The report
 summarizes results of the individual discussions,  observations during the tour, and
 discussions of technical papers. Many valuable technical papers supplied to the U.S.
 team are reproduced the the Appendix of the report.
 7.
                              KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
                 DESCRIPTORS
b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDED TERMS  C. COSATI Field/Group
 Air Pollution
 Electrostatic Precipitation
 Dust
 Measurement
 Air Pollution Control
 Stationary Sources
 Japan
 Particulates
13B
13H
11G
14B
 3. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT

 Unlimited
19. SECURITY CLASS (ThisReport)
Unclassified
21. NO. OF PAGES
    697
20. SECURITY CLASS (This page)
Unclassified
                         22. PRICE
EPA Form 2220-1 (»-73)                           gQQ

 AU.S.GOVERNMENTPRINTINGOFFICE:l979-6i+0-013' it 2 39 REGION NO. 4

-------